TW438820B - Use of ethylene Α-olefin copolymer and use of ethylene copolymer composition - Google Patents

Abstract

A copolymer (A) of an ethylene and an Α-olefin has 6-8 carbon atoms is useful for making products of a film, a sheet, a packing material, an injection molded article, a molded foam article and fibers, the products having an excellent mechanical strength, heat resistance property, or transparency. The copolymer has a specific relation between its melt tension (MT) and MFR, and specific relation among the flow activation energy calculated from a shift factor of time-temperature superposition of a flow curve, the number of carbon atom of the Α-olefin in the copolymer, and the amount of the Α-olefin contained in the copolymer. The film made of this copolymer by inflation forming having a thickness of 30 mu m has a haziness meeting a specific requirement. A copolymer composition (A') containing practically the same components of the copolymer (A), a copolymer (B) of ethylene and Α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and another copolymer (C) of ethylene and Α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, with the MFR of (C) and that of (B) being in a specific relation, is equally useful.

Description

r 43BB 2 Ο a7 _____B7__ 五、發明説明（1 ) [技術領域] (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本發明係乙烯.α -烯烴共聚物之用途有關者。又， 本發明亦與上述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物在實質上具有相同 組成及用途之乙烯系共聚物組成物之用途有關者。 再者，本發明與上述乙烯· 烯烴共聚物或乙烯系 共聚物組成物以及其他乙烯系共聚物間之組成物的用途亦 有關。 [背景技術] 乙烯系共聚物藉各種不同成型方法成型而提供多方面 用途應用°乙烯系共聚物隨其成型方法及用途所需求的特 性亦不同。例如吹塑薄膜欲以高速成型時，若要求氣泡不 搖動或不間斷，爲可快速而穩定成型時，尤其在分子量方 面，須選擇具有較大的熔融拉力之乙烯系共聚物。因爲該 特性在中空成型時，爲防止下垂或防止斷裂，或Τ塑模 成型時抑制寬幅差距之發生爲最小限度上，乃是必要的。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 雖然利用齊格勒型催化劑（Zi eg】 er’s Catalyst)，特別 是利用鈦系催化劑而製造乙烯系共聚物時，曰本專利特開 昭56-90810號公報或特開昭60-106806號公報等提出藉 提升熔融拉力或離模膨脹比率而改善成型性狀之方法。然 而一般利用鈦系催化劑所製得乙烯系聚合物，特別是低密 度乙烯系共聚物，其組成分布極廣，製成膜片等成型品時， 含有甚多造成發粘的原因之成分’因此’急待減低該造成 發粘原因之成分。 另外，使用齊格勒型催化劑製造乙烯系共聚物之方法 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) A4規格（210X聊公董） 1 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Γ 4 3 8Β 2 Ο a? _Β7五、發明説明（2 ) 中，利用鉻系催化劑而得的乙烯系共聚物，其熔融拉力雖 較高’但是更希望在熱安定性上有進一步的改善。 利用含有過度金屬一茂金屬絡合物（metallocene)化合 物之烯烴聚合用催化劑所得的乙烯系共聚物，其中有熔融 拉力高且熱安定性良好者，被期待作適合上述要求者。然 而’利用二茂金屬絡合物催化劑而得的乙烯系共聚物，一 般而言，其熔融拉力（1^丨1丁6«11'丨〇11，簡稱爲^11)與流動 活化能量（Ea)之間，有比例相關性。 熔融拉力大的聚合物，如同上述，其氣泡之穩定性優 異，因此，成型性狀較佳。然而，流動活性能量（Ea)高， 代表其成型條件之溫度依附性亦大。故須將成型條件嚴謹 且均句地控制，否則會發生成型物品性狀之不良問題。例 如製成膜片時，其透明性降低等缺點發生。 另一方面，流動活化能量（Ea)低時，成型物品雖然能 防止其不均勻之發生，但是由於熔融拉力低，氣泡不安定 而成型性變劣。 本發明乃針對上述各種問題提供製造透明性及機械強 度優異的膜片，成型物，且其成型性亦優異的乙烯· 〇!-烯烴共聚物之用途爲其目的，同時亦提供實質上具有相同 組成及用途之乙烯系共聚物之用途爲其目的。 [發明之揭示] 本發明有關之單層膜片或片料’多層膜片或片料，射 出成型物，擠壓成型物、纖維、發泡成型物、電線用護套 等成型物，乃係由下述乙烯· 烯烴系共聚物（A)，乙烯 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） 2 310465 ! 438820 A7 ____B7___ 五、發明説明（3 ) 系共聚物組成物（A‘），乙烯系共聚物組成物（A")或乙烯系 共聚物組成物（A'H)所構成《 f.---------裝------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物 此乃乙烯與碳數爲6至8之烯烴之間的共聚物， (A-i)l9〇°C下之熔融拉力與熔體流動速率（MFR) 符合下述條件 9.0XMFR-〇65>MT>2.2XMFR084 (A-ii)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求得 流動活化能量（（Ea) X l〇-4j/m〇l 與共聚物中的a-烯烴 之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α -烯烴之含有率（x mo丨 之間的相關關係符合下式條件， (0.〇39Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaXlO'4^ (0.039 Ln(C-2) + 0.1660)Xx + 2.87 (A-iii)，將該共聚物加以吹塑成型爲厚度3〇//nl之 膜片時，該膜片之霧度符合下述之相關性。 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 190 °C 下的剪切應力（Shear Stress)到達 2.4Χ106 dyne/cm2時’以剪切速度（Shear Rate)所定義之流動性指 數（Flow Index，簡稱爲FI)與熔體流動速率（Melt Flow Rate，簡稱爲MFR)爲， FI g 1 00 X MFR 時， 當a -烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲6之際， 霧度 < OMS/U-tOxlogpxMThqxiCd)0 1 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲7或8之際， 霧度 < 0‘50/(l-d)Xlog(3XMT14) 1_____________— 310465 3 本紙張尺度適β中國國家標卓（CNS M4規格（210X 297公釐） 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4 f 4388 2 0 a? B7 --- 五、發明説明（4 ) 190°c下之剪切應力到達2.4X106dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（F1)與熔體流動速率（MFR) 爲， FI < 1 00 X MFR 時， 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲6之際， 霧度 < 0.25/(l-d)Xlog(3xMTl 4)X(C-3)。」 當α -烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲7或8之際， 霧度 < 0.50/(l-d)Xlog(3XMT14) (但是上式中，d示密度（g/cm3)，MT示熔融拉力（g))。 此種乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)，係由例如有機鋁氧化 物（a)，與下述一般式（I)所示遷移金屬化合物中至少選擇 一種過渡金屬化合物（b-I)， ML ! X...... (I) (上式中’ Μ示週期表之第四族中所選擇之過渡金屬 原子，L1示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少 兩個配位基（L1)係由該數3至10之碳化氫基所選擇至少 一種有機基所構成而具有取代基之環戊二烯基，具有取代 基之環戊二烯基以外的配位基（L1)乃係碳數爲i至12之 碳化氫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、三烷基甲矽院基、鹵素原子 或氫原子，X示過渡金屬（M)之原子價。） 與下述一般式（Π )所示過渡金屬化合物中至少選擇一 種過渡金屬化合物（b-Π )， M L 2 X......( n ) .(上式中’ Μ示週期表之第四族中所選擇之過渡金屬 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2I0X297公釐） 310465 -----------次------訂 f請先閲讀背面之注意事孕再填蹲本Ij f 4388 2 0 A7 B7 五、發明説明（5 ) {請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 原子，L2示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少 兩個配位基（L2)乃係甲基環戊一烯基或乙基環戊二烯基， 上述甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯基以外的配位基（L2) 乃係碳原子數爲1至12之碳化氫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、 三烷基甲矽烷基、鹵素原子或氫原子，X示過渡金屬原子 (Μ)之原子價）。所構成之烯烴聚合用催化劑之共存下，由 乙烯與碳原子數爲6至8之烯烴進行共聚合反應而獲 得。 上述催化劑中，前述有機鋁氧化物（a)，過渡金靥化 合物（b-I)以及過渡金屬化合物（b- Π )係由載劑（c)所載持爲 宜。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1): 乃係乙烯與碳原子數爲6至8之烯烴所構成共聚 物（Β)，而 (B-i)密度在 0.8 80 至 0.970g/cm3 範圍， (B-ii)190°C，2.16kg負載下之熔體流動速率（MFR)在 0.02至200g/10分鐘之範圍， 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (B-iii)室溫下，癸烷可溶性成分重量比率（W)與密度（d) 爲， MFRS10g/10分鐘時，符合下式關係， W< 80 X exp(-1 00(d-0.88)) + 0. 1 MFR> 10g/10分鐘時，符合下式關係， W< 80 X(MFR-9)° 26Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0. 1 (B-iv)以示差掃描型熱量計（簡稱爲DSC)所測定吸熱 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） 5 310465 '4388 2 0 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消资合作社印製 B7五、發明説明（） 6 曲線之最高峰位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)符合下式所示相 關性， Tm< 400Xd-248， (B-v)l9〇°C下之熔融拉力（MT)及溶體流動速率（mfr) 符合下式所示相關性， 9.0XMFR 0 6J> MT> 2.2XMFR 0 *4 (B-vi)流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求得 流動活化能量（（Ea>Xl〇-4J/mol K)與共聚物中的α -烯烴 之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α-烯烴之含有率（X m〇1%) 之相關性符合下式所示條件， (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10'4^ (0.03 9Ln(C-2) + 0.1 660)Xx + 2.87 (B-vii)由GPC所求得重量平均分子量（Mw)與數平均 分子量（Μη)之比率（Mw/Mn) 爲2.2<\^/\1|1<3.5所示的乙烯.^*-烯烴共聚物， 與 由乙烯及碳原子數爲6至8之α-烯烴所構成的共聚 物（C)，而 (C-i)密度在0.880至0.970g/cm3之範圍， (C-i〇190°C，2.16kg負載下之熔體流動速度（MFR)在 0.02至200g/10分鐘之範圍， (C-iii)室溫下，癸烷可溶性成分重量比率（W)與密度（<0 爲， MFRS10g/10分鐘時，符合下式條件| (請先閏讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS〉A4規格（2K3X 297公釐） 6 310465 f 43 88 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（7 ) W< 80 X exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0. 1 MFR> 10g/10分鐘時，符合下式條件， W< 80 X(MFR-9)° 26Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0. 1 (C-iv)以示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線之 最高峰位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)符合下式所示相關， Tm < 400 X d-248， (C-v)l9〇°C下之熔融拉力（MT)及溶體流動速率（MFR) 係 ΜΤ έ 2.2 X 所示乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物之間所 構成的組成物， 共聚物（C)之熔體流動速率（MFR(C))及共聚物（Β)之熔 體流動速率（MFR(B))之比率爲， IS (MFR(C))/(MFR(B))客 20。 該乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)，及上述乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物在實質上具有相同組成與用途。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α')乃係上述乙烯· α -烯烴共 聚物（Β)以及（C)皆屬乙烯•己烯共聚物，而 (A'-i)190°C下之熔融拉力（ΜΤ)及熔體流動速率（MFR) 符合下式所示相關性， 9.0XMFR-〇 63> MT> 2.2XMFR 0 84 (A'-ii)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求 得流動活化能量（（Ea)X 1〇·4 J/mol K)及共聚物（B)以及（C) 中的己烯-1之碳原子數（C)，以及共聚物（B)及（C)中的己 烯-1之含有率總和量（X mol%)間之相關性符合下式條件： (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國圏家標準（CNS ) A4規格（21〇乂297公釐） 7 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 88 2 0 at B7 ____五、發明説明（8 ) (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaX 10'4έ (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.1 660)Xx + 2.87 (人'-丨丨丨）將該共聚物組成物吹塑成型裝成30//111厚之 膜片時，該膜片之霧度符合下式相關條件： 1 90°C下之剪切應力達到2.4 X 1 06dyne/cm2時以剪切 速度所定義的流動性指數（FI)及熔體流動速率（MFR)之關 係爲， 當 FI 2 1 00 X MFR 時， 霧度 < 0.45/(1-(OXlogpxMT^ qxiC-S)0.1 19 0°C下之剪切應力達到2.4X 106dyne/Cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)及熔體流動速率（MFR)之 關係爲， 當 FI < 1 00 X MFR 時， 霧度 < 0.25/(l-d)Xlog(3XMTi 4)x(C-3)01 (但是上式中，d示密度（g/cm3)，MT示熔融拉力（g) ’ C示己烯-1之碳原子數，即示6。） 另外，乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’），除上述（A1-丨）至（A·-iii)的相關條件之外，再符合下式相關條件·· (A’-iv)由GPC所求得重量平均分子量（Mw)及數平均 分子量（Μη)之比率（Mw/Mn)符合2.0$ Mw/Mn客2.5爲理 想。 於乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A') 內，在由有機鋁氧化物（a)與含有環戊二烯架構之配位基 的屬於週期表第四族之過渡金屬化合物在內的烯烴聚合用 (锖先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 8 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印裝 『438820 A7 __________B7_ 五、發明説明（9 ) 催化劑（b-m)之共存下，使乙烯與碳原子數爲3至20之 -烯烴共聚合反應而製得共聚物（D)， (D-i)，密度在 0.850 至 0.980g/cm3 之範圍， (D-ii)配合135°C下，十氫舊中所測定極限粘度[7?] 在0.4至8dl/g之範圍的乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物，而製成乙 烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)與乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（D)之間的 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A ”），以及製成乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A·)與乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)之間的乙烯系共聚物組成 物（A’"）。 但是上述中，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)及乙烯· a -烯烴共聚物（D)並非相同構造之共聚物，同樣地，乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)與（C)以及乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)亦非 相同構造之共聚物。 [實施發明之最佳形態] 本發明有關之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物之用途以及乙烯 系共聚物組成物之用途說明如下。 又 > 本發明中所使用「聚合反應」一詞，不僅包括均 勻聚合反應，亦包括共聚反應在內15又所使用「聚合物」 一詞，不僅包括均与聚合物，亦包括共聚物在內。 本發明有關之膜片、片料、成型物等係由下述乙烯. α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（t)，（A”），（Α·”） 所形成。首先，就乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)’乙烯系共聚 物組成物（A’），（ Α")及（Α1")說明之。 乙烯· 〇；-烯烴共聚物（Α) ---------A------IT (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4规格（2!0Χ2?7公釐} 9 310465 4388 2 0 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（10 ) f請先埤讀背面之注意事項再填蹲本頁〕 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)乃係乙烯及碳原子數爲6至 8之α-烯烴而成的無規共聚物。與乙烯共聚合反應所使 用的碳原子數爲6至8之烯烴，以不含岐鏈之直鏈狀 α-烯烴爲較宜，具體而言，例如1-己烯，1-庚烯，1-辛 烯等，其中以1-己烯爲最佳。 乙烯· cr -烯烴共聚物（Α)具備下列（A-i)至（A-iii)項所 示特性。 (A-i)熔融拉力[MT(g)]及熔體流動速率[MFR(g/10分 鐘）]符合下述相關條件： 9.0XMFR 0 6J> MT> 2.2XMFR 0 *4 其中以 9.0 X MFR-°·65 >MT>2.3XMFR-°·*4 爲宜，最好爲 8.5 XMFR 0 “> MT> 2.5XMFR-0 *4。 具備上述特性之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物，由於熔融拉 力（ΜΤ)高，其成型性優異。 又，上述MFR係依據ASTMD1238-65T所規定方法， 在190 °C，2.16 kg負載條件下測定的。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外，熔融拉力（MT)係將聚合物熔融後，以一定速 度延伸時，測定其應力而決定。換言之，將所製成聚合物 粉狀物依照一般方法熔融後，製成錠狀供作測定用試料， 使用日本東洋精機製作公司所製MT測定器，在樹脂溫度 爲l9〇°C，擠壓速度爲15mm/分鐘，捲取速度爲10至20m/ 分鐘，噴嘴徑爲2.〇9ιηιηφ，噴嘴長爲8mm之條件下進行。 製錠之際，事先在乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物，調配以二次抗 氧化劑用途之三（2.4-二第三丁基苯基）磷酸酯0· 05重量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X29?公釐） 10 310465 f 4388 2 0 at B7 五、發明説明（„) %，耐熱安定劑之正-十八院基_3-(4’ -經基-3’，5’-二第三丁 基苯基）丙酸酯0. 1重量％，塩酸吸收劑用途之硬脂酸鈣 0.0 5重量％。 (A-ii)流動曲線之時間·溫度重疊之移動因素所求得流 動活性化能量（LEa) X 10_M/mol K)與共聚物中的α -烯烴 之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α -烯烴之含有率（x mol%) 之相關性符合下式條件， (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87 < EaX (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.1 660)Xx + 2.87 其中以（0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaX 10.4S (0.03 9Ln(C-2) + 0. 1 5 00) X x + 2.87 爲宜， 尤以（0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87<EaXl0_4S (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0」300)Xx + 2.87 爲較宜。 爲改良膜片成型性，有提升熔融拉力之必要，已知其 有效方法爲導入分岐狀長鏈。無分岐狀長鏈之乙烯· α_ 烯烴共聚物之 Ea 可由 EaX 10_4 = (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)X x + 2.87表示。有分岐狀長鏈存在時，其Ea値變大。EaX 1〇·4> (0.03 9Ln(C-2) + O.OO96) X x + 2.87 ，可推測有分岐 狀長鏈存在，膜片成型性或透明性獲得提升改善。另一方 面變成 Ea X 1 0·4 > (〇.〇3 9Ln(C-2) + 〇, 1 66 0) X x + 2.87 時，成 型性雖然優異，其膜片強度或膜片透明性劣化而不宜。 流動活性化能量（Ea)之測定方法，例如記載於「高分 子實驗學，第9卷，熱力學性性質1[(日本高分子學會， 高分子實驗學編輯委員會編，共立出版社出版，第25至 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -3 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 r 438820 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明（12 ) 28頁）]中，測定粘彈性頻率相依性，由時間、溫度重疊 之移動因素求得流動活化能量（Ea)。將在某標準溫度下所 測定貯藏彈性模數（縱軸）對於角速度（橫軸）之曲線固定， 再以另一測定溫度下，所測定資料依橫軸平行移動時，會 與前述標準溫度之資料重疊（熱流變學之單純性）。將各測 定溫度下所得資料與前述標準溫度之資料加以重疊時所移 動量log(aT)對其測定溫度（絕對溫度）之倒數（1/T)標繪所 得直線之梯度，乘以2.3 〇3尺（尺指氣體常數）時，活化能 量成爲與溫度無相關性之常數。 具體而言，按照下述方法測定Ea。 使用Rheometrics公司製之流變測定儀RDS-Π型， 測定貯藏彈性率（G’（dyne/cm2)之角速度（W(rad/秒鐘））之 分散値。試料夾使用25 mm p之平行托板，試料厚度大約 爲2mm。測定溫度定爲1 30,1 70,200,230°C，在各溫度下 於〇.〇4各WS 400範圍測定其G’値。在130°C下測定時， 爲使結晶完全熔融，先升溫至150t再降至130°C後測定 之。變形量在測定範圍內可檢査得轉矩，且爲防止轉矩過 度，在2至25%範圍內選擇適當者進行。測定後以130°C 爲基準溫度，將上述四種溫度條件之流動曲線加以重疊， 由移動因素之Avrehnius型標繪譜求得Ea。使用RDS-Π 附件之解析用軟體RHI0S進行其計算《 (A-iii)該乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物以吹塑成型製成30/z m厚度膜片時，該膜片之霧度合符下述相關性。 190°C下之剪切應力到達2.4 X 106dyne/cm2時，以剪 -----------------tr (請先閩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 12 310465 4388 2 0 at B7 五、發明説明（13) 切速度定義的流動性指數（FI)及熔體流動速率（MFR)爲， 當 FI g 1 00 X MFR 時， (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 烯烴之碳原子數（C)係6之際， 霧度 < 0.45/(l-d)Xl〇g(3XMT, 4)X(C-3) 01 α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲7或8之際， 霧度 < 0.5 0/( l-d)Xlog(3XMT14)。 190°C下之剪切應力到達2.4Xl06dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度定義的流動性指數（FI)及熔體流動速率（MFR)爲， 當 FI < 1 00 X MFR 時， α -烯烴之碳原子數（C)係6之際， 霧度 < 0.25/(l-d)Xlog(3XMT14)X(C-3)‘01 a -烯烴之碳原子數（C)係7或8之際， 霧度 < 0.5 0/( l-iOxlogPXMT1·4} (但是上式中，d示密度（g/cm3>，MT示熔融拉力（g)° ) 合符上述條件之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物具備優異的成 型性，所製成模片具有優異的透明性。 霧度（Haze)係使用20mm«p · L/D = 26之單軸擠壓機， 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 以25mmp之模頭，模唇寬爲0.7mm，單層縫氣環，以空 氣流量爲901/分鐘，擠岀量爲9 g/分鐘，吹風比率爲1.8， 捲取速度爲2.4m/分鐘，加工溫度爲200°C，按照上述條 件吹塑成型製成30//m膜厚之膜片，依據ASTM-D- 1 003 -6 1測定之。 流動指數（FI)係改變剪切速度之下，將樹脂自毛細管 擠壓出，測定該時刻之應力而決定之。換言之|使用測定 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 13 310465 '438820 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（14) MT所採用的相同試料，藉日本東洋精機製作所製的毛細 管式流變特性試驗機，在樹脂溫度爲〗90 °C，剪切應力範 圍在5X10至3xi〇6dyne/cm2左右下測定之β 另外隨所測定樹脂之MFR(g/10分鐘），按照下述改 變噴嘴之直徑測定之^ MFR > 20 時，用 〇 5 mm， 2〇2MFR>3 時，用 1.0mm， 3gMFR>〇.8 時，用 2.0mm， 0.82 MFR 時，用 3.0mm。 又，密度（d)係190°C，2.16kg負載下測定熔體流動 速率（MFR)時所得單紗在120°C下熱處理1小時，再以1 小時慢慢放冷至室溫後，使用密度梯度管測定之。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)，除上述條件之外，以能符 合下述條件爲佳。 乙烯· 〇：-烯烴共聚物（Α)以由乙烯所衍生的構成單位 占50至100重量％，其中以占55至99重量·爲宜，以占 65至98重量％爲較宜，最宜爲占70至96重量％，由碳 原子數爲6至8之α-烯烴所衍生的構成單位占0至50重 量％，其中以占1至4 5重量％爲宜，以占2至3 5重量％ 爲較宜，最宜爲占4至30重量％ ° 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物之組成，通常由在之 試料管中，將約200mg之共聚物均勻溶解於lml六氯丁 二烯內作爲試料，在測定溫度，測定頻率25.〇5MHz， 譜寬1500Hz，脈衝重複時間爲2.4秒鐘，脈衝寬爲6//秒 ----------I-------iT (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4规格（210x297公釐） 14 310465 438820 t A7 B7 五、發明説明（15 ) 鐘之測定條件下，測定其^C-NMR譜而決定之。 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)之密度（d)在0.880至 0.970g/cm3範圍，其中以在〇_880至0.960g/cm3爲宜，以 在 0.890 至 0.93 5g/em3 爲較宜，最宜在 0.905 至 0.930g/cm3 範圍內。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)之熔體流動速率（MFR)在0.〇2 至200g/10分鐘，其中以在〇.〇5至50g/I0分鐘爲宜，以 在0.1至10g/10分鐘範圍爲較宜。 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)在23DC下，正癸烷可溶性 成分量比率[W(重量％)]及密度[d(g/cm3)]，以能符合下述 相關係爲理想。 當MFRS 1 Og/1 0分鐘時， W<80Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 其中以 W<60Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0. 1 爲宜， 尤以 W<40Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲較宜。 當MFR > 1 0g/1 0分鐘時， W<8〇X(MFR-9)o26Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 又，測定乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物之正癸烷可溶性成分 量（可溶性成分量愈少，其組成分布愈狹）之方法’係將約 3g之共聚物加入在450ml之正癸烷中，在145°C下熔解 後，冷卻至23 °C，過濾去除不溶於正癸烷部分，由濾液 中回收正癸烷可溶性部分而進行。 使用示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定乙烯· d ·烯烴共 聚物（A)之吸熱曲線之最高峰位置之溫度[Tm(°C )]及密度 ---------Λ------訂 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS > Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） 15 310465 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ______ _B7_五、發明説明（16 ) [d(g/cm3)]以符合下式所示相關性爲理想。 Tm < 400 X d-248 其中以Tm< 450Xd-296爲宜， 以 Tm< 500Xd-343 爲較宜， 以 Tm< 550Xd-392 爲優宜。 又’藉示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線之最 高峰位置之溫度Tm係將約5mg的試料裝入鋁盤中，以每 分鐘10 °C升溫至200 °C，在200 °C下保持5分鐘後，再以 每分鐘l〇°C降溫至室溫，繼之，由每分鐘升溫10。(：之吸 熱曲線求得。使用Perlcin-EImer公司製DSC- ??型裝置測 定之。 示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線在最高峰位 置之溫度（Tm)及密度（d)間之相關性，以及正癸烷可溶性 成分量比率（W)及密度（d)間之相關性符合上述相關性的乙 烯· α-烯烴共聚物，其組成分布可謂狹小。 上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)可以將二種以上合倂使 用。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)之製法，例如可由有機鋁氧 化物（a)與前述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物中所選擇至 少一種之過渡金屬化合物（b-Ι)，及前述一般式（Π )所示過 渡金屬化合物中所選擇至少一種之過渡金屬化合物（b_ 11 ) 所製成烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（Cat-1)之存在下’由乙烯 及碳原子數爲6至8之烯烴進行共聚合反應而製造之。 上述中，有機鋁氧化物U)’前述一般式（I)所示過渡 I--------Λ------.W (诸先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4规格（2丨〇><297公釐） 16 310465 4388 2 Ο Α7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明说明（17 ) 金屬化合物中選擇的至少一種之過渡金屬化合物（b-1)， 以及前述一般式（Π)所示過渡金屬化合物中選擇之至少一 種過渡金屬化合物（b_n)，可使用載劑（c)載持（下文中’ 上述載持型催化劑簡稱爲Cat-2。） 其次，就形成烯烴聚合用催化劑（Cat-Ι)及（Cat-2)之 各催化劑成分說明如下： 有機鋁氣化物fa) 有機鋁氧化物（a)[下文中或簡稱爲「成分（a)」]可爲 已往周知之苯可溶性鋁氧烷（aluminoxane)，或 日本專 利之特開平2-276807號公報所揭示的苯不溶性有機鋁氧 化物。 上述鋁氧烷，例如可按照下述方法製造，通常並以碳 化氫溶液而得之。 (1) 以含有吸附水的化合物或含有結晶水的塩類，例 如氯化鎂水合物，硫酸銅水合物，硫酸鋁水合物，硫酸鎳 水合物，氯化亞铈水合物等之碳化氫溶劑懸浮液中，添加 三烷基鋁等有機鋁化合物反應之方法。 (2) 苯 '甲苯、*** '四氫呋喃等溶劑中，直接用水， 冰或水蒸汽與三烷基鋁等有機鋁化合物反應之方法。 (3) 癸烷、苯、甲苯等溶劑中，將三烷基鋁等有機鋁 化合物與二甲基錫氧化物，二丁基錫氧化物等有機錫氧化 物反應之方法。_ 又，該鋁氧烷可含有少量之有機金屬成分。又，由上 述鋁氧烷回收溶液經蒸餾去除溶劑或未反應有機鋁化合物 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2〖〇X297公釐） 17 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（18 ) 之後，再溶解於溶劑中亦可獲得。 製造鋁氧烷之際，所使用有機鋁化合物之具體例舉如 下：例如三甲基鋁、三乙基鋁、三丙基鋁' 三異丙基鋁' 三正丁基鋁、三異丁基鋁、三第二丁基鋁、三第三丁基鋁' 三戊基鋁、三己基鋁、三辛基鋁、三癸基鋁等之三烷基鋁； 三環己基鋁、三環辛基鋁等三環烷基鋁；二甲基鋁氯化物、 二乙基鋁氯化物、二乙基鋁溴化物、二異丁基鋁氯化物等 二烷基鋁鹵化物；二乙基鋁氫化物、二異丁基銘氫化物等 二烷基鋁氫化物；二甲基甲醇鋁化物、二乙基乙醇鋁化物 等二烷基烷基醇鋁化物；二乙基苯酚鋁塩等之二烷基芳氧 基鋁塩等。 上述中以三烷基鋁及三環烷基鋁爲最佳。又，該有機 鋁化合物亦可使用以下列一般式所示異戊二烯基鋁。 (i-C4H9)xAly(C5HI0)z (上式中，X，y，z示正整數，zgzx) 上述有機鋁化物可單獨或混合調配使用。製造鋁氧烷 時所使用溶劑種類有苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯、甲基異 丙苯等芳族碳化氫，戊烷 '己烷、庚烷、辛烷、癸烷、十 二烷、十六烷、十八烷等脂肪族碳化氫；環戊烷、環己烷、 環辛烷、甲基環戊烷等脂環族碳化氫；汽油*燈油等石油 餾分或上述芳族碳化氫，脂肪族碳化氫，脂環族碳化氫溶 劑《其他，例如***、四氫呋喃等醚類亦可使用。上述溶 劑中以採用芳香族碳化氫爲尤宜。 又，上述苯不溶性之有機鋁氧化物，乃60°C之苯中 (請先閔讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2Ϊ0Χ297公釐） 18 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 B7五、發明説明（19 ) 可溶解之鋁成分以鋁原子換算計，在1 0%以下，其中以5 % 以下爲宜，尤宜在2%以下之對於苯呈不溶性或難溶性者。 上述有機鋁氧化物對苯之溶解性乃係相當於100mg 鋁原子之該有機鋁氧化物懸浮在l〇〇ml之苯後，攪拌下 在60°C混合6小時，再用附有夾層之G-5型玻璃濾器在 6 〇°C加熱下進行過濾，濾器上所分離而得固形分，以60 °C之5〇ml的苯洗淨4次後，測定全濾液中所存在鋁原子 之量（X mol)而求得（X%)。 過渡金鼷化合物（b-I)及過渡金靨化合物（b-TT 1 過渡金屬化合物（b-I)係以下述一般式⑴所示過渡金 屬化合物，而過渡金屬化合物（b- Π )乃係下列一般式（Π ) 所示過渡金屬化合物。 ML 1 X......( I) (上式中，Μ示週期表第4族中所選擇之過渡金屬原 子’ L1示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少兩 個配位基（L1)係由碳原子數爲3至1〇之碳化氫基中所選 擇一種取代基之環戊二烯基，具有取代基之環戊二烯基以 外的配位基（L1)示碳原子數爲1至12之碳化氫基、烷氧 基、芳氧基 '三烷基甲矽烷基' 鹵素原子或氫原子，X示 過渡金屬原子（Μ)之原子價。） ML 2 X...... ( Π ) (上式中，Μ示週期表第4族中所選擇過渡金屬原子， L2示配位於過渡金屬原子之配位基，其中至少兩個配位 基（L2)乃係甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯基，而甲基環 (諸先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼（CNS ) Α4規格（UOX297公釐） 19 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（20) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 戊一燦基或乙基環戊二嫌基以外之配位基（L2)係示碳原 子數爲i至12之碳化氫基、院氧基、芳氧基..二院基甲 矽烷基、鹵素原子或氫原子，X示過渡金屬原子（M)之原 子價。） 以下就上述一般式（I)或（Π)所示過渡金屬化合物具體 說明之。 上述一般式（I)中，Μ示週期表第4族中所選擇過渡 金屬原子，具體而言，例如锆、鈦或飴，其中以鉻爲宜。 L1示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少兩 個配位基（L 4乃係自碳原子數爲3至10之碳化氫基中選 擇至少一種作爲其取代基之具有取代基之環戊二烯基。上 述配位基（L1)可爲相同或不同構造。 又，具有取代基之環戊二烯基可具有兩個以上的取代 基，該兩個以上的取代基可爲相同或不同構造。具有取代 基之環戊二烯基，當具有兩個以上的取代基時，至少有一 個取代基係碳原子數爲3至10之碳化氫基即可，其他取 代基可爲甲基、乙基或碳原子數爲3至1〇之碳化氫基。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上述碳原子數爲3至〗0之碳化氫基，其具體例舉有 烷基' 環烷基、芳基、芳烷基等。更具體而言，正丙基、 異丙基 '正丁基、異丁基 '第二丁基 '第三丁基、戊基、 己基、辛基、2-乙基己基' 癸基等烷基；環戊基、環己基 等環烷基；苯基、甲苯基等芳基；苯甲基、新苯基等芳烷 基等。 上述中以烷基爲宜’其中尤以正丙基，正丁基爲尤宜。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS〉Α4規格（2丨0X297公釐） 20 310465 438820 A7 _B7___ 五、發明説明（21 ) 本發明中配位於過渡金屬之具有取代基之環戊二烯基以二 取代環戊二烯基爲宜，尤以1，3-取代環戊二烯基爲尤宜。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又，上述一般式（I)中，配位於過渡金屬原子（M)上的 取代環戊二烯基以外之配位基（L1)乃示碳原子數爲1至12 之碳化氫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、三烷基甲矽烷基、鹵素原 子或氫原子。 該碳原子數爲〗至12之碳化氫基，例如爲烷基、環 烷基、芳基、芳烷基等。更具體而言，例如甲基、乙基、 正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、 戊基、己基、辛基、2-乙基己基、癸基等烷基；環戊基、 環己基等環烷基；苯基、甲苯基等芳基；苯甲基、新苯基 等芳烷基等。 上述烷氧基之例舉有甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異 丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、 戊氧基、己氧基、辛氧基等。 上述芳氧基之例舉有苯氧基等。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上述三烷基甲矽烷基之例舉有三甲基甲矽烷基、三乙 基甲矽烷基、三苯基甲矽烷基等。 上述鹵素原子之例舉有氟、氯、溴、碘。 上述一般式（I)所示遷移金屬化合物之具體例舉有雙 (正丙基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基） 锆二氯化物，雙（正己基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物，雙（A 基-正丙基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化物，雙（甲基-正丁基環戊 二烯基）鉻二氯化物，雙（二甲基-正丁基環戊二烯基）锆二 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 21 310465 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7_五、發明説明（22 ) 氯化物，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物，雙（正丁基_ 環戊二烯基）錐甲氧基氯，雙（正丁基-環戊二烯基）锆乙氧 基氯，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）鍩丁氧基氯，雙（正丁基環 戊二烯基）錐二乙氧化物，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）銷甲基 氯，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）锆二甲基，雙（正丁基環戊二 烯基）銷苯甲基氯，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）锆二苯甲基， 雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）鍩苯基氯，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基） 鉻氫化氯等。 又，上述例舉中，環戊二烯基環之雙取代物係包括1,2-及1,3-取代物，其三取代物包括1，2,3-及1，2,4-取代物。 本發明可用上述銷化合物中之锆金屬使用鈦金屬或給 金屬取代之過渡金屬化合物。 上述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物中，尤以雙（正丙 基環戊二烯基）錆二氯化物，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基）鍩二 氯化物，雙（1-甲基_3_正丙基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物，雙 (1-甲基-3-正丁基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化物爲尤宜。 上述一般式（Π)中，Μ示週期表中第4族中選擇之過 渡金屬原子，具體而言，例如锆、鈦或铪，其中以锆爲尤 宜。 L2示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少兩 個配位基（L2)係甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯基，二者 可爲相同或不同之構造。 又，上述一般式（Π)中，配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之 甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯基以外的配位基（L2)係上 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） 22 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 4388 2 0 A7 B7五、發明説明（23 ) 述一般式（I)中L1所示相同的碳原子數爲1至12之碳化 氫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、三烷基甲矽烷基、鹵素原子或氫 原子。 上述一般式（Π )所示過渡金屬化合物之具體例舉有雙 (甲基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）鍩二 氯化物，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）銷二溴化物，雙（乙基環戊 二烯基）锆二溴化物，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）鍩甲氧基氯， 雙（乙基環戊二烯基）锆甲氧基氯，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）鉻 乙氧基氯，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）銷乙氧基氯，雙（甲基環 戊二烯基）鍩二乙氧化物，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）锆二乙氧 化物，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）锆甲基氯，雙（乙基環戊二烯 基）鉻甲基氯，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）鉻二甲基化物，雙（乙 基環戊二烯基）錆二甲基化物，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）鍩苯 甲基氯，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）鉻苯甲基氯，雙（甲基環戊 二烯基）锆苯甲化物，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）鍩苯甲化物， 雙（甲基環戊二烯基）锆苯基氯，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）鍩苯 基氯，雙（甲基環戊二烯基）锆氫化氯，雙（乙基環戊二烯 基）銷氫化氯等。 本發明可用上述鉻化合物中之錐金靥爲鈦金屬或鈴金 屬所取代之過渡金屬化合物。 上述一般式（Π)所示過渡金屬化合物中，尤以雙（甲 基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物，雙（乙基環戊二烯基）錆二氯 化物爲尤宜。 過渡金屬化合物可由上述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X 297公釐） 23 310465 4388 2 0 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7五、發明説明（24 ) 合物中至少選擇一種過渡金屬化合物以及由上述一般式 (Π)所示過渡金屬化合物中至少選擇一種過渡金屬化合物 而調配使用。該調配使用方法，在相同聚合反應條件下， 以過渡金屬化合物成分而言，僅含上述一般式（I)所示過 渡金屬化合物的催化劑成分所得烯烴聚合物之MFR(簡稱 爲MFR(I))，以及以過渡金屬化合物成分而言，僅含上述 一般式（Π )所示過渡金屬化合物的催化劑成分所得烯烴聚 合物之MFR(簡稱爲MFR(H ))之間的比率成爲 MFR(I)/MFR(n )S20的催化劑之調配中選擇使用爲宜》 具體之調配例舉如下。例如雙（】，3-正丁基甲基環戊 二烯基）锆二氯化物及雙（甲基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物之 組合，雙（〗，3-正丙基甲基環戊二烯基）鉻二氯化物及雙（甲 基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化物之組合，雙（正丁基環戊二烯基） 銷二氯化物及雙（甲基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物之組合等 爲宜。 上述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物中至少選擇一種 之過渡金屬化合物（b-Ι)及由一般式（Π )所示過渡金屬化合 物中至少選擇一種之過渡金屬化合物（b-E)之使用莫耳比 率，即（b-I/b-Π)在99/1至40/60範圍，其中以95/5至45/55 爲宜，以90/10至50/50爲較宜，尤其以85/15至55/45 範圍之用量使用爲最宜。 下文中含由上述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物（b-I) 中選擇之至少一種，以及上述一般式（Π)所示過渡金屬化 合物（b-n)中選擇之至少一種所構成之過渡金屬化合物催 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS } A4規格（2丨0X297公釐} 24 310465 (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 0 A7 B7五、發明説明（25 ) 化劑成分或記載爲「成分（b)」。 烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（Cat-1)係由上述有機鋁氧化 物（a)，遷移金靥化合物（b-I)及遷移金屬化合物（b-Π)所構 成，可使用下述載劑（c)載持上述有機鋁氧化物（a)，過渡 金屬化合物（b-I)及過渡金屬化合物（b-Π )成爲催化劑（Cat-2)而使用。 載劑（c) 視需要而使用之載劑（c)爲無機或有機化合物，其粒 徑在10至300jum範圍，尤以粒徑在20至200jum範圍 之顆粒狀或微粒狀之固體爲較宜採用。其中屬於無機化合 物者；以多孔質之氧化物爲較宜，具體言之，例如二氧化 矽、三氧化二鋁、氧化鎂、二氧化銷、二氧化鈦、三氧化 二硼、氧化鈣、氧化鋅、氧化鋇、二氧化钍等或其混合物’ 例如二氧化矽-氧化鎂、二氧化矽-三氧化二鋁、二氧化矽 •二氧化鈦、二氧化矽-五氧化二釩、二氧化矽-三氧化二 鉻、二氧化矽-二氧化鈦-氧化鎂等< 其中，由二氧化矽及三氧化二鋁所構成群中選擇之一 種成分作爲主成分之載劑爲佳。 又，上述無機氧化物中，含有少量之下述化合物亦可。 例如碳酸二鈉、碳酸二鉀、碳酸鈣、碳酸鎂、硫酸二鈉、 三硫酸二鋁、硫酸鋇、硝酸鉀、二硝酸鎂、三硝酸鋁、一 氧化二鈉、一氧化二鉀、氧化二鋰等之碳酸塩，硫酸塩’ 硝酸塩，氧化物成分亦可。 上述載劑（c)視其種類及製法而性狀不同’其中使用 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項鼻填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS M4規格ί 210X297公釐） 25 310465 438820 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7五、發明説明（26 ) 較宜載劑係比表面積在50至lOOOmVg，尤以1〇〇至 700m2/g爲較宜。其微孔容積在0,3至2,5cm3/g者爲理想。 該載劑在必要時以至lOOOt：焙烤，其中，以在150 至700 °C下焙烤使用爲佳。 上述載劑（c)以吸附水量在1.0重量％以下，其中以〇 . 5 重量％以下爲宜，其表面羥基在1 . 0重量％以上，其中以 I.5至4.0重量％爲宜，以2.0至3.5重量％爲尤宜„ 該載劑（c)之吸附水量（重量％)及表面羥基量（重量％) 按照下述方法求得。 [吸附水量] 在20 0 °C之溫度、常壓、氮氣流動下乾燥4小時，其 乾燥前重量之差値的百分率作爲吸附水量。 [表面羥基量] 在200°C之溫度 '常壓、氮氣流動下乾燥4小時所得 載劑重量爲X(g)，再將該載劑在l〇〇〇°C下焙烤20小時所 得表面羥基消失之焙烤物重量爲Y(g)，然後按照下式計 算之。 表面羥基量（重量％)=[(X-Y)/Z] X 100 本發明中可使用的載劑（c)*尙可舉粒徑在10至300 //m範圍之有機化合物之顆粒狀物或微粒狀物之固體。該 有機化合物之種類，例如乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯、4 -甲基-1-戊烯等碳原子數爲2至14之烯烴爲主要成分所得（共） 聚合物，或以乙烯基環己烷、苯乙烯爲主要成分所得聚合 物或共聚物。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準< CNS ) Α4規格（210X297公釐） 26 310465 * 4388 2 0 A7 B7 五、發明説明（） 27 形成烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（Cat-1)以及（Cat-2)用成 分，必要時尙可使用下述有機鋁化合物（d)。 有機鋁化合物（d) 視需要而使用之有機鋁化合物（d)(下文中或記載成爲 「成分d」），例如下列一般式（I)所示有機鋁化合物。 R'nAl x3.n ……⑴ (上式中，R1示碳原子數爲1至12之碳化氫基，X示 鹵素原子或氫原子，η示1至3。） 上述一般式（i)中，R1示碳原子數爲1至12之碳化氫 基之例舉有烷基、環烷基或芳基，其具體例舉爲甲基、乙 基、正丙基、異丙基、異丁基、戊基、己基 '辛基、環戊 基、環己基、苯基、甲苯基等。 上述有機鋁化合物（d)之具體例舉化合物種類如下。 三甲基鋁、三乙基鋁、三異丙基鋁、三異丁基鋁、三 辛基鋁、三-2-乙基己基鋁等之三烷基鋁類；異戊二烯基 鋁等之烯烴基鋁類；二甲基鋁氯、二乙基鋁氯、二異丙基 鋁氯、二異丁基鋁氯、二甲基鋁溴等之二烷基鋁鹵化物； 甲基鋁倍半氯化物、乙基鋁倍半氯化物、異丙基鋁倍半氯 化物、丁基鋁倍伴氯化物、乙基鋁倍半溴化物等之烷基鋁 倍半鹵化物類；甲基鋁二氯、乙基鋁二氯、異丙基鋁二氯、 乙基鋁二溴等之烷基鋁二鹵化物類；二乙基鋁氫化物、二 異丁基鋁氫化物等之二烷基鋁氫化物類等。 又，有機鋁化物（d)，尙可使用下列一般式（ii)所示化 合物。 (請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -n > 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 27 310465 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印^ _B7____五、發明説明（28 ) R\A1 Υ3.λ ……（ii) (上式中，R1示上述相同意義，Y示-OR2基' -〇SiR% 基、-0A1R42 基、-NR% 基、-5丨1163基，或-N(R7)A1R*2 基， η示1至2、R2、R3、R4及R8示甲基、乙基、異丙基' 異丁基、環己基、苯基等，R5示氫原子、甲基、乙基、 異丙基、苯基、三甲基甲矽烷基等，R6及R7示甲基、乙 基等。）該有機鋁化合物之具體例舉化合物種類如下。 (UR^AUOR2)^所示化合物：例如二甲基鋁甲氧基 化物、二乙基鋁乙氧基化物、二異丁基鋁甲氧基化物等。 (liR^AliOSiR%)^所示化合物：例如 Et2Al(OSiMe3) ' (i s 〇 - B u) 2 A1 (Ο S i M e 3) ' (i s ο - B u) 2 A1 (0 S i Et 3) 等； (3) ΚΛΑ1(0&1ΚΛ)3.η 所示化合物：例如 Et2A10AlEt2、 (iso-Bu)2A10Al(iso-Bu)2 等； (4) ΚΛΑ1(Ν；^2)3.Β 所示化合物：例如 Me2AlNEt2、 Et2AlNHMe ' Me2AINHEt ' E12 A1N ( S i M e 3) 2 ^ (iso-Bu)2AlN(SiMe3)2 等； 所示化合物：例如（iSO-Bu)2AlSiMe3 等； 所示化合物：例如 Et2AlN(Me)AlEt2、（iso-Bu)2AlN(Et)Al(is〇-Bu)2 等。 上述一般式⑴及（ii)所示有機銘化合物中，以一般式 R、A1 ' R^AUOR2)^、R'AUOAIR4,)^ 所示化合物宜， 以R1示異烷基、η爲2之化合物尤宜。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（2丨0Χ297公釐） 28 310465 4388 2 0 a? B7 五、發明説明（29) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（cat-1)係由上述成分（a)及成 分（b)，以及需要時加上成分（d)所構成，烯烴聚合反應用 催化劑（cat-2)(固形物催化劑（cat-2)係由上述成分（a)及成 分（b)載持在載劑（c)上而形成的固形物催化劑（成分），以 及必要時再加上成分（d)所構成。 烯烴聚合物反應用催化劑（cat-1)可以在聚合反應容器 中或聚合反應容器外，將催化劑之各組成分混合接觸而調 製成，亦可將成分（a)作爲固形物成分之後，混合接觸成 分（k)而形成固形物狀催化劑，或首先將成分（a)及成分（b) 混合接觸而形成固形狀催化劑，然後添加在聚合反應系而 利用。 烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（cat-1)，可以在不活化碳化氫 溶劑中，將成分（a)及成分（b)，必要時加上成分（d)，混合 接觸而製成。各成分之混合接觸順序可任選，但混合接觸 成分（a)及成分（b)時，通常在成分（a)之懸浮液中添加成分 (b)爲宜。又，成分（b)可以將構成該成分（b)之二種以上的 過渡金屬化合物（成分（b-I)及成分（b-Π)事先混合之後， 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 再和其他成分混合接觸爲宜。 上述調製烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（cat-1)所使用的不活 化碳化氫溶劑之種類，具體而言，例如丙烷、丁烷、戊烷、 己烷、庚烷、辛烷、癸烷 '十二烷' 燈油等之脂肪族碳化 氫類；環戊烷、環己烷、甲基環戊烷等之脂環族碳化氫類； 苯、甲苯二甲苯等之芳香族碳化氫類：二氯乙烷、氯化苯、 二氯甲烷等鹵化碳化氫類或其混合物等。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS M4規格（2丨0X297公釐） 29 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 B7五、發明説明（3〇 ) 混合接觸成分（a)及成分（b) ’以及必要時加上成分（d) 之際，成分U)之濃度以成分（a)中所含鋁換算*大約在0.1 至5莫耳/1(溶劑），其中以0.3至3莫耳/1(溶劑）範圍爲宜。 成分（a)中的鋁（A1)及成分（b)中的過渡金屬間之原子比率 (A1/過渡金屬），通常在10至500範圍，其中以20至200 爲較宜。必要時所添加的成分（d)中之鋁原子（Al-d)及成分 (a)中之鋁原子（Al-a)之原子比率（Al-d/AUa)，通常在0.02 至3範圍，其中以0.05至1.5範圍爲宜。混合接觸成分（a) 及成分（b)，必要時再加上成分（d)時之混合溫度，通常在-50至150°C範圍，其中以-20至120 °C範圍爲宜，接觸時 間在1分鐘至50小時範圍，其中以10分鐘至25小時範 圍爲宜。 按照上述方法所製備的烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（cat· 1)，以該催化劑lg計，含有成分（b)以過渡金屬原計算， 含有5X10·6至5X10-4莫耳範圍，其中以含10·5至2X10·4 莫耳量爲宜，另外，成分（a)及成分（b)以鋁原子換算，含 有10_2至2.5X10·2莫耳範圍，其中以含有1.5X10·2至2 Xl〇_2莫耳範圍爲較理想。 固形狀催化劑（cat-2)，乃係將上述成分（a)及成分（b)， 以及必要時加上成分（d)，載持在載劑（c)而製成。 製備固形狀催化劑（cat_2)時，其成分（a)、成分（b)、 成分（c)以及成分（d)之混合接觸順序可任選之，但通常以 成分（a)及載劑（c)混合接觸，繼之，混合接觸成分（b)，再 必要時，混合接觸成分（d)爲較宜。且成分（b)以構成該成 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率{ CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 30 310465 f 438820 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7_五、發明説明（31 ) 分（b)之二種以上的過渡金屬化合物之成分（b-I)及成分（b-II)加以事先混合後，再與其他成分接觸混合爲理想。 上述成分（a)、成分（b)、載劑（c>以及成分（d)之混合 接觸，可在不活性碳化氫溶劑中進行。製備催化劑所使用 的上述不活化碳化氫溶劑之種類，可舉上述製備烯烴聚合 反應用催化劑（cat-1)之際，所列舉使用之不活化碳化氫溶 劑。 混合接觸成分（a)、成分（b)及載劑（c)以及必要時添加 之成分（d)之際*成分（b)之使用量以載劑（c)〗g計，換算 成爲過渡金屬原子計，通常在5X10 ·6至5X10 _4莫耳範圍， 其中以1〇_5至2 X 10·4莫耳量爲宜，成分（b)之濃度以約1〇-4 至2X10·2莫耳/1(溶劑）範圍，其中以2X10·4至1(Τ2莫耳 η (溶劑）範圍爲宜。成分（a)中的鋁（Α1)及成分（b)中的過渡 金屬間之原子比率（鋁/過渡金屬）通常在]0至5 00範圍， 其中以20至2 00範圍爲宜。必要時所使用的成分（d)中之 鋁原子（Al-d)及成分（a)中的鋁原子（Al-a)之原子比率（A1-d/Al-a)，通常在0.〇2至3範圍，其中以〇.〇5至1.5範圍 爲宜。混合接觸成分（a)、成分（b)以及載劑（c)，必要時再 加上成分（d)之際，其混合溫度通常在·5〇至I50t範圍， 其中以-20至120 °C範圍爲宜。接觸時間在1分鐘至50小 時，其中以〗0分鐘至25小時爲宜。 按照上述方法所製備而成固形狀催化劑（cat-2)，以載 劑（Ο 1 g計，所含有成分（b)以過渡金屬原子換算，在5 X 1 0“ 至5 X 1 〇-4莫耳範圍’其中以1 0·5至2 X 1 〇·4莫耳量載持爲 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 31 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（32) 宜。另外，載劑（c)lg計，所含成分（a)及成分（d)以鋁原 子換算，載持1〇·3至5 X10·2莫耳量，其中以載持2X1 0·3 至2 X 10·2莫耳量爲較理想。 上述烯烴聚合反應用催化劑（cat-2)亦可爲烯烴在事先 聚合過的預聚合反應用催化劑。 上述預聚合反應用催化劑，在上述成分（a)、成分（b) 以及載劑（c>之共存下，導入烯烴於不活化碳化氫溶劑中 進行預聚合反應而製備之。該時，以上述成分（a)、成分（b) 及載劑（c)構成前述固形狀催化劑成分（cat-2)爲宜。該情 形下，固形狀催化劑成分（cat-2)之外，尙可添加成分（a) 及/或成分（d)。 預聚合反應用催化劑，可以導入烯烴於調製上述固形 狀催化劑（cat-2)(固形狀催化劑成分）之懸浮液中而使用， 或製備成固形狀催化劑（cat-2)之後，由懸浮液中分離所形 成的固形狀催化劑（cat-2)，然後再將固形狀催化劑（cat-2) 加入不活化碳化氫溶劑中變成懸浮狀之後，再導入烯烴而 成。 調製預聚合反應催化劑之際，上述成分（b)之用量以 該成分（b)中之過渡金屬原子換算計，通常在1〇_6至2X10·2 莫耳/1(溶劑），其中以使用5X10·5至10_2莫耳/1(溶劑）量 爲宜。成分（b)之用量以載劑（c)/g計，過渡金屬原子換算 計，通常在5 X 10 _6至5 X 1 0_4莫耳範圍’其中以10」至2 X10·4莫耳用量爲宜。成分（a)中的鋁及成分（b)中的遷移 金屬間之原子比率（鋁/過渡金屬）通常在10至500範圍， (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 32 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 r 4388 2 0 A7 _B7_五、發明説明（33 ) 其中以20至200爲較宜。必要所使用成分（d)中的鋁原子 (Al-d)及成分（a)中的鋁原子（Al-a)之原子比率（Al-d/ A丨-a) 通常在0.02至3範圍，其中以0.05至1.5範圍爲宜。 固體狀催化劑成分以遷移金屬化合物中所含過渡金屬 計，通常以1〇·6至2Χ丨〇_2莫耳/丨（溶劑）量使用，其中以5 Χ10·5至〗(Γ2莫耳/1(溶劑）量使用爲宜。 預聚合反應溫度通常在-2〇至80t範圍，其中以0至 60 °C爲宜。又，預聚合反應時間在〇.5至100小時，其中 以1至5 0小時爲宜。 預聚合反應之際所使用的烯烴種類，例如乙烯及碳原 子數爲3至20之烯烴類，諸如丙烯、1-丁烯、1-戊烯、 4-甲基戊烯、己烯、1-辛烯、1-癸烯、1-十二碳烯' 1-十四碳烯等。其中以乙烯，或及乙烯聚合反應時所用α -烯烴間之組合者爲尤宜。 預聚合反應用催化劑可按照下述方法製備之。即，將 載劑懸浮在不活化碳化氫中。繼之，加入有機鋁氧化物（成 分（a))於該懸浮液中，反應指定時間。然後去除上澄液， 所得固體成分再用不活化碳化氫加以懸浮，再加入過渡金 屬化合物（成分（b))於該反應系內，進行指定時間之反應 後，去除上澄液，而得固形狀催化劑成分。繼之，將上述 製得固形狀催化劑成分加入在含有有機鋁化合物（成分（d)) 之不活化碳化氫中，然後導入烯烴類而預聚合反應催化 劑。 預聚合反應中，所形成烯烴聚合物量以lg載劑（C)計， (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨OX297公釐） 33 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 34 4388 2 0 A7 __B7____ 五、發明説明（） 34 在0.1至500g範圍，其中以0.2至300g爲宜，在0.5至 2〇〇g生成量範圍爲較宜。 又，預聚合反應催化劑中，lg載劑（c)計，載持有成 分（b)以過渡金屬原子換算，大約在5 X 1 0_6至5 X 1 〇_4莫 耳，其中以10·5至2xicr4莫耳量爲宜，成分（a)及成分（d) 中的鋁原子之載持量，以對於成分（b)中的過渡金屬原子（M) 之莫耳比率，（Al/Μ)而言，在5至200範圍，其中以1〇 至150範圍之載持量爲宜。 預聚合反應可採用分批式或連續式反應而進行，亦可 以在減壓、常壓或加壓之任意壓力條件下進行。預聚合反 應中，以氫共存下，至少在135°C之十氫蓍中所測定的固 有粘度[?7]在0.2至7dl/g範圍下製造預聚合物爲宜，尤 以製造0.5至5dl/g之預聚合物爲較宜。 乙烯及烯烴間之共聚合反應，在上述的烯烴聚合 反應用催化劑之存在下，於氣相中或淤漿狀之液相中進 行，其中以在氣相中進行爲理想«淤漿中進行聚合反應， 可使用不活化碳化氫爲溶劑，或使用烯烴本身爲溶劑而進 行反應。 上述淤漿中聚合反應中所使用不活化碳化氫溶劑，具 體而言，例如丙烷、丁烷、異丁烷、戊烷 '己烷、辛烷、 癸烷、十二烷、十六烷、十八烷等脂肪族碳化氫類；環戊 烷、甲基環戊烷、環己烷、環辛烷等之脂環族碳化氫類； 苯、甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族系碳化氫類；汽油、燈油、 輕油等石化餾分等·>其中以脂肪族系碳化氫、脂環族系碳 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼（CNS ) Α4規格（210 X 297公釐） 310465 ----------良------訂------AtI (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 B7五、發明説明（35 ) 化氫、石化餾分等爲較宜。 採用淤槳聚合反應法或氣相聚合反應法進行反應時， 上述催化劑用量，以聚合反應系內的過渡金屬原子濃度 計，通常在至1〇-3莫耳/丨範圍’其中以10·7至1〇·4 莫耳/1用量爲理想·> 由成分（a)及成分（b)，必要時再加上成分（d)所形成之 烯烴聚合反應用催化劑，該必要時所用成分（d)中的鋁原 子（A1)及遷移金屬化合物（b>中的遷移金屬原子（M)間之原 子比率（Al/Μ)在5至300範圍爲宜，其中以10至200範 圍爲宜，尤以〗5至ISO範圍爲較宜。 由成分（a)、成分（b)及載劑（c)，必要時再加上成分（d)所 形成的烯烴聚合反應用催化劑，在聚合反應時，除載劑（c) 上所載持的有機鋁氧化物（成分（a))之外，再加上未經載 持的有機鋁氧化物參與反應亦無妨。該情形下，未經載持 的有機鋁氧化物中之鋁原子（A1)及過渡金屬化合物（b)中 之過渡金屬原子（M)間之原子比率（Al/Μ)在5至300範圍 爲宜，其中以1〇至200範圍爲宜，以在15至150範圍爲 較宜。必要時所加用的成分（d)可載持在載劑（c)上，亦可 在聚合反應之際，再行添加。更可以將成分（d)載持在載 體（c)上，而且反應之際，再行添加。該情形下，載持在 載劑（c)上的成分（d)及聚合反應之際再行添加的成分（d)， 可爲相同種類或不同種類。必要時所加用成分中的鋁 原子（A1)及遷移金屬化合物（b)中的過渡金屬原子（M)間之 原子比率（Al/Μ)在5至3 00範圍，其中以10至200範圍 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼（€他）六4規格（210乂297公釐） 35 310465 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ( 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 __B7_ ____五、發明説明（36 ) 爲宜，在15至150範圍爲較宜。 淤漿聚合反應在實施之際，聚合反應溫度通常在-50 至100°C範圍，其中以0至9(TC範圍爲宜。實施氣相聚合 反應之際，其聚合反應溫度通常在0至120 °C範圔，其中 以20至100°C範圍爲宜。 聚合反應之壓力條件，通常在常壓至100kg/Cm2，其 中以2至5〇kg/cm2之加壓條件爲宜。聚合反應方式可採 用分批式、半連續式、連續式之任意方式進行。 再者，聚合反應亦可分爲兩種不同反應條件下進行， 又，烯烴聚合反應用催化劑，除上述各成分以外，尙可含 有其他有助於烯烴聚合反應之其他成分。 由上述烯烴聚合反應用催化劑可以聚合的烯烴種類， 例如乙烯及碳數爲6至8之烯烴類之外 > 例如丙烯、1-丁烯、1-戊烯、4-甲基-1-戊烯、1-癸烯、1-十二碳烯、1-十四碳烯、1-十六碳烯、1-十八碳烯、1-廿碳烯等烯 烴類；碳數爲3至20之環狀烯烴類，例如環戊烯、環庚 烯、降冰片烯、5-甲基-2-降冰片烯、四環十二碳烯、乙· 甲基-1,4,5,8-二甲醇-1，2,3,4,43,5,8,83-八氫著等。更可使 用苯乙烯、乙烯基環己烷、二烯等。 由上述烯烴之聚合反應方法所製得乙烯· α-烯烴共 聚物，其中由乙烯導出的構成單位占50至100重量％， 其中以55至99重量％爲宜，以65至98重量％爲較宜， 以70至96重量·％量存在爲最宜。由碳原子數爲6至8之 α -烯烴所導出的構成單位占0至50重量％，其中以占1 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） 36 310465 438820 A7 B7 __ 五、發明説明（37 ) 至45重量％爲宜，2至35重量％爲較宜，尤以4至30重 量％量存在爲更宜。 (請先閲讀背面之注^^項再填寫本頁) 按上述所得乙烯· α-烯烴共聚合物最好具有上述（A-i)至（A-iii)項所示特性，可製成具有優異的成形性、透明 性及機械強度之膜片。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1) 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)係與上述乙烯· α -烯烴共 聚物（Α)在實質上具有相同組成及用途，由乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物（Β)及其相異的乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（C)所構成。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)係乙烯及碳原子數爲6至8 之α-烯烴間之無規共聚物。該碳原子數爲6至8之α-烯 烴種類及前述者相同。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Β)中，由乙烯所導出的構成單 位占50至100重量％範圍，其中以占55至99重量％爲宜， 以占65至98重量％爲較宜，占70至96重量％爲最宜。 自碳原子數爲6至8之烯烴所導出的構成單位占〇至 5〇重量％，其中以占1至45重量％爲宜，占2至35重量 %爲較宜，以占4至3 0重量％爲尤宜。 乙烯· α ·烯烴共聚物（Β)以具有下述（B-i)至（Β-νΠ)項 所示特性爲宜，尤其是以具有下述（B-i)至（B-vii〇項特性 者爲尤宜。 (B-i)密度（d)在 0.8 8 0 至 0.9 70g/cm3 範圍，其中以 〇 880 至 0.960g/cm3 爲宜，以 0.890 至 〇.93 5g/cm3 爲較宜，以 〇 9〇5 至0.930g/cm3範圍爲尤宜。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) A4規格（2丨0X297公釐） 37 310465 438820 A7 B7 —---- 五、發明説明（38) (B-ii)熔體流動速率（MFR)在0.02至200g/10分鐘範 圍，其中以0.05至50g/〗0分鐘爲宜*以0.1至l〇g/10分 鐘範圍爲尤宜。 (B-iii)23°C下，正癸烷可溶性成分量比率[W(重量％)] 及密度[d(g/Cm3)]之相關性符合下述條件。 當MFR客10g/10分鐘時， W< 80 X exp(-1 00(d-0.88)) + 0.1 其中以 W<60X ex p(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲宜，以 W<40X exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲較宜。 當MFR> lOgMO分鐘時， W<8〇X(MFR-9)°26Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 (B-iv)示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測得吸熱曲線之最 高峰位置下的溫度[Tm(°C )]及密度[d(g/cm3)]符合下列相 關性。r 43BB 2 〇 a7 _____B7__ 5. Description of the invention (1) [Technical Field] (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This invention is related to the use of ethylene.α-olefin copolymer. The present invention also relates to the use of the ethylene-based copolymer composition having substantially the same composition and use as the above-mentioned ethylene.α-olefin copolymer. The present invention is also related to the use of the above-mentioned ethylene-olefin copolymer or ethylene-based copolymer composition and the composition between other ethylene-based copolymers. [Background Art] Ethylene copolymers are formed by various molding methods to provide a variety of uses. The characteristics of ethylene copolymers vary with the molding method and application. For example, if the blown film is to be molded at a high speed, if the bubbles are not shaken or uninterrupted, in order to be able to be quickly and stably molded, especially in terms of molecular weight, an ethylene-based copolymer having a large melt tensile force must be selected. This is necessary to prevent sagging or breakage during hollow molding, or to minimize the occurrence of wide gaps during T-molding. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, although a Zieger type catalyst (Zi eg) er's Catalyst is used, especially when a titanium-based catalyst is used to produce an ethylene-based copolymer, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 56-90810 Or Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 60-106806 proposes a method for improving the molding properties by increasing the melt tensile force or the mold expansion ratio. However, ethylene-based polymers, especially low-density ethylene-based copolymers, which are generally produced using titanium-based catalysts, have a very wide composition distribution. When they are made into molded products such as membranes, they contain many ingredients that cause tackiness. 'It is urgent to reduce the ingredients that cause stickiness. In addition, the method for manufacturing ethylene-based copolymers using Ziegler-type catalysts This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard {CNS) A4 specification (210X Liao Gongdong) 1 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Γ 4 3 8B 2 〇 a? _B7 5. In the description of the invention (2), although the ethylene-based copolymer obtained by using a chromium-based catalyst has a higher melt tensile force, it is more desirable to further improve the thermal stability. Among the ethylene-based copolymers obtained by using a catalyst for olefin polymerization containing an excessive metallocene metallocene compound, among them, those having high melt tension and good thermal stability are expected to be suitable for the above requirements. However, in general, an ethylene-based copolymer obtained by using a metallocene complex catalyst has a melt tensile force (1 ^ 丨 1 丁 6 «11 '丨 〇11, ^ 11 for short) and a flow activation energy (Ea ), There is a proportional correlation. As described above, a polymer having a large melt tension has excellent bubble stability, and therefore, it has a good molding property. However, the high flow active energy (Ea) means that the temperature dependence of its molding conditions is also large. Therefore, the molding conditions must be rigorously and uniformly controlled; otherwise, the problems of the properties of the molded articles will occur. For example, when a film is formed, disadvantages such as a decrease in transparency occur. On the other hand, when the flow activation energy (Ea) is low, although the molded article can prevent the occurrence of non-uniformity, the molding tension is deteriorated due to the low melt tension and unstable bubbles. The present invention is directed to the above-mentioned various problems. The purpose of the present invention is to provide an application of an ethylene ··! -Olefin copolymer having excellent transparency and mechanical strength for the manufacture of a film and a molded article, and also excellent moldability. At the same time, it also provides substantially the same The composition and use of the ethylene-based copolymer are for its purpose. [Disclosure of the invention] The single-layer film or sheet according to the present invention, such as a multilayer film or sheet, injection molding, extrusion molding, fiber, foam molding, and sheath for electric wires, are all The following ethylene · olefin copolymers (A), ethylene (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 2 310465! 438820 A7 ____B7___ V. Description of the invention (3) Copolymer composition (A '), ethylene copolymer composition (A ") or ethylene copolymer composition (A'H) "f .----- ---- Equipment ------ Order (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Ethylene · α-olefin copolymer This is a copolymer between ethylene and olefins with 6 to 8 carbons. (Ai) Melting tension and melt flow rate (MFR) at 19 ° C meet the following conditions: 9.0XMFR-〇65 > MT > 2.2XMFR084 (A-ii) due to the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve Calculate the flow activation energy ((Ea) X l0-4j / m〇l and the number of carbon atoms (C) of the a-olefin in the copolymer and the - The content of the olefin (the correlation between the x mo Shu conditions conform to the formula, (0.〇39Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaXlO'4 ^ (0.039 Ln (C-2) + 0.1660) Xx + 2.87 (A-iii), when the copolymer is blow-molded into a film with a thickness of 30 // nl, Haze meets the following correlation. When the Shear Stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4 × 106 dyne / cm2, printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Flow Index (Flow Index, abbreviated as Shear Rate) FI) and Melt Flow Rate (MFR for short), when FI g 1 00 X MFR, when the number of carbon atoms (C) of a-olefin is 6, the haze < OMS / U-tOxlogpxMThqxiCd) 0 1 Haze when the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin is 7 or 8 < 0'50 / (ld) Xlog (3XMT14) 1 _____________— 310465 3 This paper is suitable for β Chinese National Standard (CNS M4 specification (210X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 f 4388 2 0 a? B7 --- 5. Description of the invention (4) When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4X106dyne / cm2, the fluidity index (F1) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate For, FI < Haze at 1 00 X MFR when the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin is 6 < 0.25 / (l-d) Xlog (3xMTl 4) X (C-3). ”When the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin is 7 or 8, the haze < 0.50 / (l-d) Xlog (3XMT14) (However, in the above formula, d indicates density (g / cm3), and MT indicates melt tension (g)). The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is selected from, for example, an organoaluminum oxide (a) and at least one transition metal compound (bI), ML! X ...... (I) ('M in the above formula represents a transition metal atom selected in Group 4 of the periodic table, and L1 represents a ligand positioned at a transition metal atom (M), of which at least two The ligand (L1) is a cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent composed of at least one organic group selected from the hydrocarbon groups of 3 to 10, and a ligand other than a cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent. (L1) is a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a trialkylsilyl group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom having a carbon number of i to 12, and X represents the atomic value of the transition metal (M).) And at least one transition metal compound (b-Π), ML 2 X ... (n) selected from the transition metal compounds shown by the following general formula (Π). The paper size of the transition metal selected in the four groups is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X297 mm) 310465 ----------- times ------ order f please Read the notes on the back and fill in the book Ij f 4388 2 0 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5) {Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Atom, L2 indicates that it is located at the transition metal atom (Μ) Ligands, at least two of which (L2) are methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl, other than the above methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl The ligand (L2) is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a trialkylsilyl group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom, and X represents a transition metal atom (M) Atomic value). In the coexistence of the formed olefin polymerization catalyst, it is obtained by copolymerizing ethylene with an olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. In the above catalyst, the organoaluminum oxide (a), the transition metal compound (b-I), and the transition metal compound (b-Π) are preferably supported by a carrier (c). Ethylene copolymer composition (A1): It is a copolymer (B) composed of ethylene and an olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and the density of (Bi) is in the range of 0.8 80 to 0.970 g / cm3, (B-ii ) Melt flow rate (MFR) under a load of 2.16kg at 190 ° C is in the range of 0.02 to 200g / 10 minutes. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (B-iii). Decane soluble components The weight ratio (W) and density (d) are as follows: MFRS10g / 10min. < 80 X exp (-1 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 MFR > When 10g / 10 minutes, the following relationship is satisfied, W < 80 X (MFR-9) ° 26Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 (B-iv) Measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (abbreviated as DSC) This paper applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) 5 310465 '4388 2 0 A7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7 V. Description of the invention () 6 Temperature (Tm) and density of the highest peak position of the curve (D) Corresponds to the correlation shown in the following formula, Tm < 400Xd-248, (Bv) The melt tension (MT) and the solution flow rate (mfr) at 19 ° C meet the correlation shown in the following formula, 9.0XMFR 0 6J > MT > 2.2XMFR 0 * 4 (B -vi) Flow activation energy obtained from the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve ((Ea> Xl0-4J / mol K) and the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin in the copolymer and the copolymer The correlation of the content of α-olefin (X m〇1%) meets the conditions shown in the following formula, (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10'4 ^ (0.03 9Ln (C-2) + 0.1 660) Xx + 2.87 (B-vii) The ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Μη) obtained by GPC (Mw / Mn) is 2.2 < \ ^ / \ 1 | 1 < Ethylene. ^ *-olefin copolymer shown in 3.5, and copolymer (C) composed of ethylene and α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and (Ci) having a density of 0.880 to 0.970 g / In the range of cm3, (Ci190 ° C, melt flow rate (MFR) under a load of 2.16 kg is in the range of 0.02 to 200 g / 10 minutes, and (C-iii) at room temperature, the weight ratio of decane-soluble components (W ) And density ( < 0 is, MFRS10g / 10 minutes, meet the following formula conditions | (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> A4 size (2K3X 297 mm) 6 310465 f 43 88 2 0 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (7) W < 80 X exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 MFR > When 10g / 10min, the following conditions are met, W < 80 X (MFR-9) ° 26Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 (C-iv) Temperature (Tm) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) ) And density (d) meet the correlation shown in the following formula, Tm < Melting tension (MT) and solution flow rate (MFR) at 400 X d-248, (Cv) 19 ° C are the composition of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer shown in MTT 2.2 X The ratio of the melt flow rate (MFR (C)) of the copolymer (C) to the melt flow rate (MFR (B)) of the copolymer (B) is IS (MFR (C)) / (MFR ( B)) Guest 20. This ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1) and the above-mentioned ethylene-α-olefin copolymer have substantially the same composition and use. The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') is the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) and (C) are both ethylene · hexene copolymers, and (A'-i) is a melt tensile force at 190 ° C (MT) and melt flow rate (MFR) are in accordance with the correlation shown in the following formula, 9.0XMFR-〇63 > MT > 2.2XMFR 0 84 (A'-ii) is calculated from the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve The flow activation energy ((Ea) X 10.4 J / mol K) and the number of carbon atoms (C) of hexene-1 in the copolymers (B) and (C), and the copolymers (B) and ( The correlation between the total content of hexene-1 (X mol%) in C) meets the following conditions: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies the Chinese standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (21〇 乂 297 mm) 7 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 88 2 0 at B7 ____V. Invention Description (8) (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10'4 (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1 660) Xx + 2.87 (person'- 丨 丨 丨) When the copolymer composition is blow-molded into a 30 // 111-thick film, The haze of the diaphragm meets the following conditions: 1 The fluidity index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate when the shear stress at 90 ° C reaches 2.4 X 1 06dyne / cm2 The relationship is, when FI 2 1 00 X MFR, the haze < 0.45 / (1- (OXlogpxMT ^ qxiC-S) 0.1 19 When the shear stress at 0 ° C reaches 2.4X 106dyne / Cm2, the flowability index (FI) and melt flow rate defined by the shear rate (MFR), when FI < Haze at 1 00 X MFR < 0.25 / (ld) Xlog (3XMTi 4) x (C-3) 01 (but in the above formula, d indicates density (g / cm3), MT indicates melt tension (g) 'C indicates hexene-1 carbon The number of atoms is 6.) In addition, the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), in addition to the above-mentioned conditions (A1- 丨) to (A · -iii), satisfies the following conditions .... ( A'-iv) The ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Μη) obtained by GPC is preferably 2.0 $ Mw / Mn 2.5. In the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), the organoaluminum oxide (a) and the ligand containing a cyclopentadiene structure belong to the fourth periodic table. For the polymerization of olefins including transition metal compounds (read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 8 310465 Employees of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative printed "438820 A7 __________B7_ V. Description of the invention (9) In the coexistence of a catalyst (bm), copolymerization of ethylene with an olefin having 3 to 20 carbon atoms to obtain a copolymer (D), (Di) , Density in the range of 0.850 to 0.980 g / cm3, (D-ii) Ethylene · α-olefin copolymerization in the range of 0.4 to 8 dl / g when the limiting viscosity [7?] Measured in dehydrogen is at 135 ° C Ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) and ethylene. Α-olefin copolymer (D), and an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), and an ethylene-based copolymer composition ( A ·) and ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) ""). However, in the above, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) and the ethylene · a-olefin copolymer (D) are not copolymers having the same structure. Similarly, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) (C) and ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) are not copolymers of the same structure. [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] Use of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer and the composition of the ethylene-based copolymer according to the present invention The use of the substance is explained below. Also> The term "polymerization" used in the present invention includes not only homogeneous polymerization but also copolymerization. 15 The term "polymer" is used to include both polymers and polymers. , Including copolymers. The film, sheet, and molded article related to the present invention are formed of the following ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (t), (A "), (A ·") . First, the ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) 'ethylene-based copolymer composition (A'), (A ") and (Α1 ") will be described. Ethylene · 〇; -Olefin Copolymer (Α) --------- A ------ IT (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) The paper size applies to Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (2! 0 × 2? 7 mm) 9 310465 4388 2 0 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (10) f Please read the notes on the back before filling this page] Ethylene · α-olefin copolymer （ A) is a random copolymer of ethylene and α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. The olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms are used in the copolymerization reaction with ethylene. A chain α-olefin is preferable, and specifically, for example, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, etc., of which 1-hexene is most preferable. Ethylene · cr-olefin copolymer (A) It has the characteristics shown in the following items (Ai) to (A-iii): (Ai) Melt tension [MT (g)] and melt flow rate [MFR (g / 10 minutes)] meet the following relevant conditions: 9.0XMFR 0 6J > MT > 2.2XMFR 0 * 4 Among them, 9.0 X MFR- ° · 65 > MT > 2.3XMFR- ° · * 4 is preferable, and 8.5 XMFR 0 "> MT > 2.5XMFR-0 * 4 is preferable. Ethylene · α-olefin copolymer with the above characteristics due to melt tension (MT) is high, and its moldability is excellent. Moreover, the above MFR is measured under a load condition of 190 ° C and 2.16 kg in accordance with the method prescribed by ASTMD1238-65T. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (MT) is determined by measuring the stress when the polymer is melted and then stretched at a certain speed. In other words, the prepared polymer powder is melted in accordance with a general method, and then formed into an ingot shape for use as a measurement sample. MT measuring device manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd., at a resin temperature of 190 ° C, an extrusion speed of 15 mm / min, a winding speed of 10 to 20 m / min, a nozzle diameter of 2.09 ιηιηφ, and a nozzle length of 8 mm Under the conditions of ingot making, in the preparation of ethylene, α-olefin copolymer, the third anti-oxidant use (2.4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphate ester 0.05 weight applicable to the paper size China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? Mm) 10 310465 f 4388 2 0 at B7 V. Description of the invention („)%, the positive of heat-resistant stabilizers-Bayuanyuan_3- (4 '-Jingji -3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) propionic acid 0.1% by weight of ester, 0.05% by weight of calcium stearate used for osmic acid absorbent. (A-ii) Flow activation energy (LEa) X 10_M / mol obtained from the time and temperature overlap of the flow curve K) The correlation between the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin in the copolymer and the content (x mol%) of the α-olefin in the copolymer is in accordance with the following formula, (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1 660) Xx + 2.87 where (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10.4S (0.03 9Ln (C-2) + 0. 1 5 00) X x + 2.87 is suitable, especially (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaXl0_4S (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0 ″ 300) Xx + 2.87 is preferred. In order to improve the moldability of the diaphragm, it is necessary to increase the melt tensile force, and it is known that an effective method is to introduce a branched long chain. The Ea of the long-chain ethylene · α_olefin copolymer without divergence can be represented by EaX 10_4 = (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) X x + 2.87. When there is a divergent long chain, its Ea 値 becomes larger. EaX 10.4. (0.03 9Ln (C-2) + 0.000096) X x + 2.87, it can be presumed that there are long chains with divergence, and the film moldability or transparency is improved. On the other hand, when it becomes Ea X 1 0 4 > (〇.〇3 9Ln (C-2) + 〇, 1 66 0) X x + 2.87, although the moldability is excellent, its film strength or film transparency Deterioration is not appropriate. The method for measuring the flow activation energy (Ea) is described in, for example, "Polymer Experiments, Volume 9, Thermodynamic Properties 1 [(The Japan Society of Polymers, edited by the Polymer Experiments Editing Committee, published by Kyoritsu Press, 25th To this paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applied (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -3 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 310465 Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by a consumer cooperative r 438820 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention (12) 28 pages)], the viscoelastic frequency dependence is measured, and the flow activation energy (Ea) is obtained from the moving factors of time and temperature overlap. It will be at a standard temperature The curve of the measured storage elastic modulus (vertical axis) versus the angular velocity (horizontal axis) is fixed. At another measurement temperature, when the measured data moves parallel to the horizontal axis, it will overlap with the data of the aforementioned standard temperature (thermal rheology). The simplicity of the study). The amount of log (aT) shifted when the data obtained at each measurement temperature and the data of the aforementioned standard temperature are superimposed (the absolute temperature The gradient of the straight line obtained by plotting the reciprocal (1 / T) of the temperature), when multiplied by 2.3.03 feet (the ruler refers to the gas constant), the activation energy becomes a constant that has no correlation with temperature. Specifically, it is measured by the following method Ea. Rheometrics RDS-II model was used to measure the dispersion rate of the storage elasticity (G '(dyne / cm2) angular velocity (W (rad / sec)). The specimen holder was 25 mm p. In parallel, the thickness of the sample is about 2mm. The measurement temperature is set to 1 30,1 70,200,230 ° C, and its G '値 is measured at each temperature in the range of 0.004 and WS 400. When measured at 130 ° C, The crystal is completely melted, and the temperature is increased to 150t and then measured to 130 ° C. The amount of deformation can be checked for torque within the measurement range, and to prevent excessive torque, choose an appropriate one in the range of 2 to 25%. After the measurement, 130 ° C was used as the reference temperature, the flow curves of the above four temperature conditions were superimposed, and Ea was obtained from the Avrehnius-type plotting spectrum of the moving factor. The analysis software RHI0S attached to the RDS-Π was used for its calculation "( A-iii) The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer is made by blow molding When the thickness of the film is 30 / zm, the haze of the film meets the following correlation. When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4 X 106dyne / cm2, the shearing ------------ ----- tr (Please read the notes on the reverse side before filling out this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 12 310465 4388 2 0 at B7 V. Description of Invention (13 ) The fluidity index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the cutting speed are, when FI g 1 00 X MFR, (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Carbon number of olefin (C ) On the occasion of 6, the haze < Haze when 0.45 / (l-d) XlOg (3XMT, 4) X (C-3) 01 α-olefin carbon number (C) is 7 or 8 < 0.5 0 / (l-d) Xlog (3XMT14). When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4Xl06dyne / cm2, the fluidity index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate are < Haze at a carbon number (C) of α-olefin of 6 at 1 00 X MFR < 0.25 / (l-d) Xlog (3XMT14) X (C-3) '01 a-When the number of carbon atoms (C) of the olefin is 7 or 8, the haze < 0.5 0 / (l-iOxlogPXMT1 · 4} (However, in the above formula, d indicates density (g / cm3 >, MT indicates melt tension (g) °)) The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer meeting the above conditions is excellent Haze is a single-shaft extruder with a diameter of 20mm «p · L / D = 26. It is printed at 25mmp by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The die head has a die lip width of 0.7mm, a single-layer seam air ring, an air flow rate of 901 / min, a squeeze amount of 9 g / min, a blowing rate of 1.8, a winding speed of 2.4m / min, and a processing temperature. It was blow-molded at 200 ° C under the above conditions to produce a film with a film thickness of 30 // m, which was measured according to ASTM-D- 1 003 -6 1. The flow index (FI) was changed by changing the shear rate. The resin is extruded from the capillary, and the stress at that moment is determined. In other words | The measurement of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 13 310465 '438820 A7 B7 Employees ’Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the cooperative V. Description of the invention (14) The same sample used by MT, borrowed from Japan's Toyo Seiki mechanism Capillary rheological tester, β measured at a resin temperature of 90 ° C and a shear stress in the range of 5X10 to 3xi〇6dyne / cm2, and the MFR of the resin measured (g / 10 minutes) Measure the diameter of the nozzle according to the following changes: MFR > 20 when using 0.5 mm, 202 MFR > 3 using 1.0 mm, 3 gMFR > 0.8 when using 2.0 mm and 0.82 MFR when using 3.0 In addition, the density (d) is 190 ° C, and the single yarn obtained when the melt flow rate (MFR) is measured under a load of 2.16 kg is heat-treated at 120 ° C for 1 hour, and then slowly cooled to room temperature in 1 hour. It is measured using a density gradient tube. In addition to the above conditions, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is preferably capable of meeting the following conditions. Ethylene · 〇: -olefin copolymer (A) is derived from ethylene 50 to 100% by weight, preferably 55 to 99% by weight, more preferably 65 to 98% by weight, most preferably 70 to 96% by weight, from 6 to 8 carbon atoms The α-olefin-derived constituent unit accounts for 0 to 50% by weight, of which 1 to 45% by weight is preferable, and 2 to 35% by weight is Preferably, it is most preferably composed of 4 to 30% by weight of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer. Usually, about 200 mg of the copolymer is uniformly dissolved in 1 ml of hexachlorobutadiene as a sample in a sample tube. Measure the temperature, the measurement frequency is 25.05MHz, the spectral width is 1500Hz, the pulse repetition time is 2.4 seconds, and the pulse width is 6 // second ---------- I ------- iT (please Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210x297 mm) 14 310465 438820 t A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) Under the measurement conditions of the clock, measure it ^ C-NMR spectrum. The density (d) of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is in the range of 0.880 to 0.970 g / cm3, among which 0 to 880 to 0.960 g / cm3 is preferable, and 0.890 to 0.93 5 g / em3 is more preferable. Optimally in the range of 0.905 to 0.930 g / cm3. The melt flow rate (MFR) of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is from 0.02 to 200 g / 10 minutes, and preferably from 0.05 to 50 g / 100 minutes, and from 0.1 to 10 g / minutes. A 10 minute range is more appropriate. The ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) at 23DC preferably has a ratio of n-decane-soluble component amount [W (% by weight)] and a density [d (g / cm3)] that can satisfy the following correlation system. When MFRS 1 Og / 10 minutes, W < 80Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 where W < 60Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is better, especially W < 40Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is preferred. When MFR > 10g / 10 minutes, W < 8〇X (MFR-9) o26Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 Also, determine the amount of n-decane soluble components of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (the smaller the amount of soluble components, the more the composition distribution Narrow method) is to add about 3g of copolymer in 450ml of n-decane, melt at 145 ° C, cool to 23 ° C, filter to remove the insoluble part of n-decane, and recover n-decane from the filtrate The alkane-soluble portion is carried out. Temperature [Tm (° C)] and density of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve of ethylene · d · olefin copolymer (A) measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) --------- Λ- ----- Order (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives This paper is printed in accordance with Chinese national standards (CNS > Α4 size (210 × 297 mm) 15 310465 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ______ _B7_ V. Description of the invention (16) [d (g / cm3)] It is ideal to meet the correlation shown in the following formula. Tm < 400 X d-248 where Tm < 450Xd-296 is preferred, with Tm < 500Xd-343 is preferred, with Tm < 550Xd-392 is excellent. Also, the temperature Tm of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) is that about 5 mg of the sample is loaded into an aluminum pan, and the temperature is increased from 10 ° C to 200 ° C per minute at 200 ° C. After holding for 5 minutes, the temperature was lowered to room temperature at 10 ° C per minute, and then, the temperature was increased by 10 per minute. (: Calculated by the endothermic curve. Measured using a DSC- ?? device manufactured by Perlcin-EImer. The endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) is between the temperature (Tm) and the density (d) of the highest peak position. The correlation between the correlation between n-decane-soluble component ratio (W) and density (d) is consistent with the above-mentioned correlation, and the composition distribution of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer is narrow. The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymerization The compound (A) can be used in combination of two or more kinds. The method for producing the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) can be selected from, for example, an organoaluminum oxide (a) and a transition metal compound represented by the general formula (I). Catalyst (Cat-1) for olefin polymerization prepared from at least one transition metal compound (b-1) and at least one transition metal compound (b_11) selected from the aforementioned general formula (Π) In the presence of 'produced by copolymerization of ethylene and olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. Among the above, the organoaluminum oxide U)' transition I represented by the aforementioned general formula (I) -------- --Λ ------. W (Read the first on the back Precautions to fill out this page) This paper scale applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2 Shu square > < 297 mm) 16 310465 4388 2 〇 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (17) At least one transition metal compound (b-1) selected from the metal compounds, and the general formula At least one transition metal compound (b_n) selected from the transition metal compounds shown in (Π) may be supported using a carrier (c) (hereinafter, the above-mentioned supported catalyst is simply referred to as Cat-2.) Second, an olefin is formed. The components of each of the polymerization catalysts (Cat-1) and (Cat-2) are described below: Organoaluminum vapor fa) Organoaluminum oxide (a) [hereinafter or simply referred to as "ingredient (a)"] may be a past A well-known benzene-soluble aluminoxane, or a benzene-insoluble organoaluminum oxide disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-276807. The aluminoxane can be produced, for example, by the following method, and is usually obtained by using a hydrocarbon solution. (1) Hydrocarbon solvent suspensions containing compounds containing adsorbed water or hydrazones containing crystal water, such as magnesium chloride hydrate, copper sulfate hydrate, aluminum sulfate hydrate, nickel sulfate hydrate, cerium chloride hydrate, etc. , A method of adding organoaluminum compounds such as trialkylaluminum to react. (2) A method of directly reacting water, ice or water vapor with organoaluminum compounds such as trialkyl aluminum in solvents such as benzene'toluene and diethyl ether'tetrahydrofuran. (3) A method of reacting an organoaluminum compound such as trialkylaluminum with an organic tin oxide such as dimethyltin oxide or dibutyltin oxide in a solvent such as decane, benzene, or toluene. In addition, the aluminoxane may contain a small amount of an organometallic component. In addition, the solvent or unreacted organoaluminum compounds are removed from the above aluminoxane recovery solution by distillation (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 〖〇X297 17 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The invention description (18) can also be obtained by redissolving it in a solvent. In the production of alumoxane, specific examples of the organoaluminum compounds used are as follows: for example, trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, tripropylaluminum, 'triisopropylaluminum', tri-n-butylaluminum, triisobutyl Trialkyl aluminum such as aluminum, tri-second butyl aluminum, tri-third butyl aluminum, tripentyl aluminum, trihexyl aluminum, trioctyl aluminum, tridecyl aluminum; tricyclohexyl aluminum, tricyclooctyl Tricycloalkylaluminum such as aluminum; dialkylaluminum halides such as dimethylaluminum chloride, diethylaluminum chloride, diethylaluminum bromide, diisobutylaluminum chloride; diethylaluminum hydride Dialkylaluminum hydrides such as diisobutylammonium hydride; dialkylalkylaluminum alkoxides such as dimethylmethanol aluminide and diethylethanolaluminum hydride; dialkylaryloxys such as diethylphenol aluminum sulfonium Aluminium base, etc. Of the above, trialkylaluminum and tricycloalkylaluminum are most preferred. As the organoaluminum compound, isoprenyl aluminum represented by the following general formula can also be used. (i-C4H9) xAly (C5HI0) z (In the above formula, X, y, and z represent positive integers, and zgzx) The above-mentioned organoaluminum compounds can be used alone or in combination. The types of solvents used in the production of aluminoxane include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene, methyl cumene, pentane'hexane, heptane, octane, decane, and dodecane. , Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexadecane, octadecane; cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane, methylcyclopentane; petroleum distillates such as gasoline * kerosene or the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbons , Aliphatic hydrocarbons, alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents "others, such as ether, tetrahydrofuran and other ethers can also be used. Among the above solvents, aromatic hydrocarbons are particularly preferably used. In addition, the above benzene-insoluble organoaluminum oxide is in benzene at 60 ° C (please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) The paper size of this edition applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2Ϊ0 × 297 mm) 18 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (19) The soluble aluminum content is less than 10% in terms of aluminum atom conversion, of which less than 5% is preferable, especially in Those below 2% are insoluble or insoluble to benzene. The solubility of the above-mentioned organoaluminum oxide to benzene is that the organoaluminum oxide equivalent to 100 mg of aluminum atoms is suspended in 100 ml of benzene, mixed at 60 ° C for 6 hours under stirring, and then G with an interlayer is added. -5 glass filter was filtered under heating at 60 ° C. The solid content was separated from the filter, washed 4 times with 50 ml of benzene at 60 ° C, and then the amount of aluminum atoms in the total filtrate was measured. (X mol). The transition metal compound (bI) and the transition metal compound (b-TT 1 The transition metal compound (bI) is a transition metal compound represented by the following general formula ⑴, and the transition metal compound (b-Π) is the following general formula ( Π) transition metal compound shown in ML 1 X ...... (I) (In the above formula, M shows the transition metal atom selected in Group 4 of the periodic table 'L1 shows that it is located at the transition metal atom (M) A ligand of which at least two ligands (L1) are a cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent selected from a hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cyclopentadiene having a substituent Ligands (L1) other than a radical represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a 'trialkylsilyl' halogen atom or a hydrogen atom, and X represents a transition metal atom (M ).) ML 2 X ...... (Π) (In the above formula, M represents the transition metal atom selected in Group 4 of the periodic table, and L2 represents the ligand located at the transition metal atom, where At least two ligands (L2) are methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl, and the methyl ring (see the note on the back first) Please fill in this page again) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (UOX297 mm) 19 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 Α7 Β7 5. Invention description (20) (Please read the precautions on the back before reading (Fill in this page) Coordination groups (L2) other than pentylcanyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl are hydrocarbon groups, i.e., oxo, aryloxy .. A silyl group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom, and X represents the atomic valence of the transition metal atom (M).) The transition metal compound represented by the above general formula (I) or (Π) will be specifically described below. The above general formula (I) In the formula, M represents a transition metal atom selected in Group 4 of the periodic table, specifically, for example, zirconium, titanium or hafnium, among which chromium is preferred. L1 represents a ligand located at the transition metal atom (M), wherein at least Two ligands (L 4 is a substituted cyclopentadienyl group having at least one selected from hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms as the substituent. The above-mentioned ligand (L1) may be The same or different structure. The cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent may have two or more substituents, and the two More than one substituent may have the same or different structures. When a cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent has two or more substituents, at least one substituent is a hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, that is, Yes, other substituents may be methyl, ethyl, or a hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the above hydrocarbon group having 3 to 0 carbon atoms, Specific examples thereof include alkyl 'cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, etc. More specifically, n-propyl, isopropyl'-n-butyl, isobutyl' second butyl, and third butyl , Alkyl such as pentyl, hexyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl 'decyl; cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl; aryl such as phenyl and tolyl; aromatic such as benzyl and neophenyl Alkyl, etc. Among the above, an alkyl group is preferred ', among which n-propyl is particularly preferred, and n-butyl is particularly preferred. This paper size applies to the Chinese national standard {CNS> A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) 20 310465 438820 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention (21) In the present invention, the cyclopentadienyl group having a substituent group which is located in a transition metal is substituted by two Substituted cyclopentadienyl is preferred, and 1,3-substituted cyclopentadienyl is particularly preferred. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page.) In the general formula (I) above, the ligand (L1) other than the substituted cyclopentadienyl group located on the transition metal atom (M) is carbon. A hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, trialkylsilyl group, halogen atom or hydrogen atom having 1 to 12 atoms. The hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 12 to 12 is, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or the like. More specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl, 2-ethyl Alkyl groups such as hexyl and decyl; cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl and tolyl; aralkyl groups such as benzyl and neophenyl; Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, third butoxy, and pentyloxy Group, hexyloxy, octyloxy and the like. Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group and the like. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The examples of the trialkylsilyl group include trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, and triphenylsilyl group. Examples of the halogen atom include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Specific examples of the migration metal compound represented by the general formula (I) include bis (n-propylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride, and bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride. N-hexylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (A-n-propylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride, bis (methyl-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) chromium dichloride , Bis (dimethyl-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium paper This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 21 310465 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _V. Description of the invention (22) Chloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (n-butyl_cyclopentadienyl) pyromethoxy chloride, bis (n-butyl -Cyclopentadienyl) zirconium ethoxychloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene butoxychloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) cone diethoxide, bis (n Butylcyclopentadienyl) pin methyl chloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dimethyl, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) pinyl benzyl chloride, bis (n-butyl base Cyclopentadienyl) zirconyl benzyl, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) fluorenyl chloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) chromium chloride, etc. Moreover, in the above-mentioned examples, the double-substitution system of the cyclopentadienyl ring includes 1,2- and 1,3-substitutions, and the tri-substitution system includes 1,2,3- and 1,2,4-substitutions. Thing. In the present invention, titanium metal or a transition metal compound substituted for the zirconium metal among the above-mentioned pin compounds can be used. Among the transition metal compounds represented by the general formula (I), bis (n-propylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, and bis (1 -Methyl-3-n-propylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, and bis (1-methyl-3-n-butylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride is particularly preferred. In the above general formula (Π), M represents a transition metal atom selected from Group 4 in the periodic table, and specifically, for example, zirconium, titanium, or hafnium, among which zirconium is particularly preferred. L2 indicates a ligand located at a transition metal atom (M). At least two of the ligands (L2) are methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl. The two may be the same or different. structure. In the above general formula (Π), a ligand (L2) other than methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl which is a transition metal atom (M) is attached (please read the back first) Note: Please fill in this page again.) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210 × 297 mm) 22 310465 Consumption cooperation by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 0 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (23) In the general formula (I), a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a trialkylsilyl group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom having the same number of carbon atoms as represented by L1 in the general formula (I). Specific examples of the transition metal compound represented by the general formula (Π) include bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, and bis (methyl Cyclopentadienyl) pin dibromide, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dibromide, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) fluorenylmethoxy chloride, bis (ethylcyclopentadiene) Group) zirconyl methoxy chloride, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) chromium ethoxychloride, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) pin ethoxychloride, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl)鍩 Diethoxide, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium diethoxide, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium methyl chloride, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) chromemethyl Chlorine, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) chromium dimethylate, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dimethylate, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) fluorenylbenzyl chloride, Bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) chrome benzyl chloride, bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium benzoate, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene benzoate, bis (methyl Cyclopentadienyl) zirconyl phenyl chloride, bis ( Cyclopentadienyl) Tian phenyl chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) zirconium chloride hydride, bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) pin hydrogenated chloride. In the present invention, it is possible to use a transition metal compound in which the above-mentioned chromium compound is substituted by titanium metal or boll metal. Among the transition metal compounds represented by the general formula (Π), bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride and bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride are particularly preferred. The transition metal compound can be transition metallized as shown in the general formula (I) above (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 23 310465 4388 2 0 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7 V. Invention description (24) At least one transition metal compound selected from the compounds and at least one transition metal compound selected from the above-mentioned general formula (Π) And deployment. In this blending and using method, under the same polymerization reaction conditions, in terms of the transition metal compound component, the MFR (referred to as MFR (I)) of the olefin polymer obtained from the catalyst component containing only the transition metal compound represented by the general formula (I) above is obtained And, as far as the transition metal compound component is concerned, the ratio between the MFR (referred to as MFR (H)) of the olefin polymer obtained by only containing the catalyst component of the transition metal compound represented by the general formula (Π) above becomes MFR (I) / MFR (n) S20 catalysts should be selected and used as appropriate. "Specific examples of the deployment are as follows. For example, a combination of bis (], 3-n-butylmethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride and bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (〖, 3-n-propylmethyl ring Combination of pentadienyl) chromium dichloride and bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride, bis (n-butylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride and bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) A combination of alkenyl) and dichloride is preferred. The use of at least one transition metal compound (b-1) selected from the above-mentioned transition metal compounds represented by general formula (I) and the transition metal compound (bE) selected from at least one of the transition metal compounds represented by general formula (Π) Ear ratio, that is, (bI / b-Π) is in the range of 99/1 to 40/60, among which 95/5 to 45/55 is suitable, 90/10 to 50/50 is more suitable, especially 85/15 The dosage range of 55/45 is optimal. The following includes a transition metal compound composed of at least one selected from the transition metal compound (bI) represented by the general formula (I) and at least one selected from the transition metal compound (bn) represented by the general formula (Π). The paper size is subject to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2 丨 0X297mm) 24 310465 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 4388 2 0 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (25) The component of the chemical agent or described as "component (b)". The catalyst (Cat-1) for olefin polymerization is based on the above-mentioned organoaluminum oxide (a), which migrates the gold compound (bI) and The transition metal compound (b-Π) is composed of the following carrier (c) to support the organoaluminum oxide (a), and the transition metal compound (bI) and the transition metal compound (b-Π) become a catalyst (Cat -2) Carrier (c) Carrier (c) used as needed is an inorganic or organic compound with a particle size in the range of 10 to 300jum, especially particles or particles in the range of 20 to 200jum The solid is more suitable. Those who belong to inorganic compounds; porous oxides are preferred, specifically, for example, silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, titanium dioxide, titanium dioxide, boron trioxide, calcium oxide, zinc oxide, Barium oxide, hafnium dioxide, etc. or mixtures thereof 'For example, silicon dioxide-magnesium oxide, silicon dioxide-aluminum oxide, silicon dioxide • titanium dioxide, silicon dioxide-vanadium pentoxide, silicon dioxide-dioxide Chromium, silicon dioxide-titanium dioxide-magnesium oxide, etc. < Among these, a carrier selected from the group consisting of silicon dioxide and aluminum oxide as a main component is preferred. The inorganic oxide may contain a small amount of the following compounds. For example, disodium carbonate, dipotassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, disodium sulfate, dialuminum trisulfate, barium sulfate, potassium nitrate, magnesium dinitrate, aluminum trinitrate, disodium monoxide, dipotassium monoxide, dioxide Samarium carbonate such as lithium, samarium sulfate, samarium nitrate, and oxide components are also possible. The above carriers (c) have different properties depending on their types and manufacturing methods. Among them, please use them (please read the notes on the back first and fill out this page) This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS M4 specifications: 210X297 mm) 25 310465 438820 Economy A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau V. Invention Description (26) The specific surface area of the preferred carrier is 50 to 1000 mVg, especially 100 to 700 m2 / g. It is ideal to have a micropore volume of 0,3 to 2,5 cm3 / g. This carrier is used when necessary, even 1000t: baking, of which baking is preferably used at 150 to 700 ° C. The above-mentioned carrier (c) has an adsorbed water content of 1.0% by weight or less, of which 0.5% by weight or less is preferred, and its surface hydroxyl group is 1.0% by weight or more, of which 1.5 to 4.0% by weight is preferred, and 2.0 to 3.5% by weight are particularly suitable. „The amount of adsorbed water (% by weight) and the amount of surface hydroxyl groups (% by weight) of the carrier (c) can be determined as follows. [Amount of adsorbed water] At a temperature of 20 0 ° C, Dry under pressure and nitrogen flow for 4 hours, and the percentage of the difference in weight before drying is taken as the amount of adsorbed water. [Surface hydroxyl amount] The carrier weight obtained after drying for 4 hours at a temperature of 200 ° C under normal pressure and nitrogen flow is X ( g), the weight of the baked product with disappeared surface hydroxyl groups obtained by baking the carrier at 1000 ° C. for 20 hours is Y (g), and then calculated according to the following formula. Surface hydroxyl amount (% by weight) = [( XY) / Z] X 100 The carrier (c) * 尙 which can be used in the present invention may be a particulate or particulate solid of an organic compound having a particle diameter in the range of 10 to 300 // m. Types, such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 4-methyl-1-pentene and other olefins having 2 to 14 carbon atoms (Co) polymers, or polymers or copolymers based on vinylcyclohexane and styrene (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The paper size applies to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 26 310465 * 4388 2 0 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 27 Formation of catalyst (Cat-1) and (Cat-2) ingredients for olefin polymerization, if necessary The following organoaluminum compounds (d) were used. Organoaluminum compound (d) The organoaluminum compound (d) (hereinafter referred to as "component d") used as needed, for example, an organoaluminum compound represented by the following general formula (I). R'nAl x3.n ... ⑴ (In the above formula, R1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, X represents a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom, and η represents 1 to 3.) In the general formula (i) above, R1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples include alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and isobutyl. , Pentyl, hexyl 'octyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, tolyl and the like. Specific examples of the above-mentioned organoaluminum compound (d) are as follows. Trialkylaluminums such as trimethylaluminum, triethylaluminum, triisopropylaluminum, triisobutylaluminum, trioctylaluminum, and tri-2-ethylhexylaluminum; isoprenyl aluminum, etc. Alkenyl-based aluminum; dimethylaluminum chloride, diethylaluminum chloride, diisopropylaluminum chloride, diisobutylaluminum chloride, dimethylaluminum bromide and other dialkylaluminum halides; methylaluminum times Alkyl sesquihalides such as hemichloride, ethylaluminum sesquichloride, isopropylaluminum sesquichloride, butylaluminum sesquichloride, ethylaluminum sesquibromide, etc .; methylaluminum Dichloro, ethylaluminum dichloride, isopropylaluminum dichloride, ethylaluminum dibromide and other alkyl aluminum dihalides; diethylaluminum hydride, diisobutylaluminum hydride and other dialkyl halides Aluminum hydrides and so on. As the organoaluminum compound (d) and rhenium, a compound represented by the following general formula (ii) can be used. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order -n > Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 27 310465 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ _B7 ____ V. Description of the invention (28) R \ A1 Υ3.λ …… (ii) (In the above formula, R1 indicates the same meaning as above, Y indicates -OR2 basis' -〇SiR % Group, -0A1R42 group, -NR% group, -5 丨 1163 group, or -N (R7) A1R * 2 group, η represents 1 to 2, R2, R3, R4 and R8 represent methyl, ethyl, iso Propyl 'isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, etc., R5 represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, phenyl, trimethylsilyl, etc., R6 and R7 represent methyl, ethyl, etc. The specific examples of the organoaluminum compound are as follows. (UR ^ AUOR2) ^ Compounds such as dimethylaluminum methoxylate, diethylaluminum ethoxylate, diisobutylaluminum methoxylate, and the like. (liR ^ AliOSiR%) ^ Compounds shown: for example, Et2Al (OSiMe3) '(is 〇- B u) 2 A1 (Ο S i M e 3)' (is ο-B u) 2 A1 (0 S i Et 3 ) Etc .; (3) Compounds shown by κΛΑ1 (0 & 1ΚΛ) 3.η: for example, Et2A10AlEt2, (iso-Bu) 2A10Al (iso-Bu) 2, etc .; (4) κΛΑ1 (Ν; ^ 2) 3.Β Shown compounds: For example, Me2AlNEt2, Et2AlNHMe 'Me2AINHEt' E12 A1N (S i M e 3) 2 ^ (iso-Bu) 2AlN (SiMe3) 2, etc .; Shown compounds: For example, (iSO-Bu) 2AlSiMe3, etc .; Shown compounds: For example, Et2AlN (Me) AlEt2, (iso-Bu) 2AlN (Et) Al (is0-Bu) 2, and the like. Among the organic compounds represented by the general formulae ⑴ and (ii) above, compounds represented by the general formula R, A1 ′ R ^ AUOR2) ^, R′AUOAIR4,) ^ are preferred, and R1 is an isoalkyl group, and η is 2. Compounds are particularly preferred. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (2 丨 0 × 297 mm) 28 310465 4388 2 0 a? B7 V. Description of the invention (29) (please first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page again} The catalyst for olefin polymerization (cat-1) is composed of the above component (a) and component (b), and if necessary, component (d) is added. Catalyst for olefin polymerization (Cat-2) (solid catalyst (cat-2) is a solid catalyst (ingredient) formed by supporting the above-mentioned component (a) and component (b) on the carrier (c), and adding it if necessary The catalyst (cat-1) for the olefin polymer reaction can be prepared by mixing and contacting each component of the catalyst in the polymerization reaction container or outside the polymerization reaction container, or the component (a) As a solid component, the component (k) is mixed and contacted to form a solid catalyst, or the component (a) and the component (b) are first mixed and contacted to form a solid catalyst, and then added to a polymerization reaction system for use. Reaction catalyst t-1), it can be made by mixing and contacting component (a) and component (b), if necessary, with component (d) in an inactive hydrocarbon solvent. The mixing and contacting order of each component is optional, However, when contacting the component (a) and the component (b), it is usually preferable to add the component (b) to the suspension of the component (a). In addition, the component (b) may include two or more kinds of the component (b). After mixing the transition metal compound (component (bI) and component (b-Π) in advance, it is advisable to print and contact with other components by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs.) The above-mentioned catalyst for preparing olefin polymerization (cat-1 ) The types of inactive hydrocarbon solvents used, specifically, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons such as propane, butane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, decane 'dodecane' kerosene; Cyclopentane, cyclohexane, methylcyclopentane and other alicyclic hydrocarbons; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene and toluene xylene: dichloroethane, chlorinated benzene, dichloromethane, etc. Hydrogen or its mixture, etc. This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS M4 Grid (2 丨 0X297 mm) 29 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (3〇) Mixed exposure ingredients (a) and ingredients (b) ', and if necessary, add ingredients ( d) At the time, the concentration of component U) is about 0.1 to 5 mol / 1 (solvent) in terms of aluminum contained in component (a), and a range of 0.3 to 3 mol / 1 (solvent) is preferable. The atomic ratio (A1 / transition metal) between the aluminum (A1) in the component (a) and the transition metal in the component (b) is usually in the range of 10 to 500, and 20 to 200 is preferable. The atomic ratio (Al-d / AUa) of the aluminum atom (Al-d) in the component (d) and the aluminum atom (Al-a) in the component (a) is added when necessary, usually in the range of 0.02 to 3, Among them, a range of 0.05 to 1.5 is preferable. Mix the contacting ingredients (a) and (b), and if necessary, add the mixing temperature of ingredient (d), usually in the range of -50 to 150 ° C, of which the range of -20 to 120 ° C is appropriate, and the contact time In the range of 1 minute to 50 hours, a range of 10 minutes to 25 hours is preferable. The catalyst (cat · 1) for olefin polymerization prepared according to the above method, based on the catalyst lg, contains the component (b) in terms of transition metal, and contains 5X10 · 6 to 5X10-4 moles, including 10 The amount of 5 to 2X10 · 4 moles is suitable. In addition, the component (a) and the component (b) are in terms of aluminum atoms and contain a range of 10_2 to 2.5X10 · 2 moles, including 1.5X10 · 2 to 2 Xl〇. _2 Molar range is ideal. The solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2) is prepared by supporting the above-mentioned component (a) and component (b), and if necessary, component (d), and supporting the component (c). When preparing the solid-shaped catalyst (cat_2), the mixing and contacting sequence of the component (a), component (b), component (c), and component (d) can be optional, but usually the component (a) and the carrier (c ) Mixed contact, followed by mixed contacted component (b), and if necessary, mixed contacted component (d) is more suitable. And the component (b) constitutes the composition (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard {CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 30 310465 f 438820 Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the consumer cooperative A7 B7_V. Description of the invention (31) Sub-component (b) of more than two kinds of transition metal compounds (bI) and components (b-II) are mixed in advance, and then contacted with other components and mixed as ideal. The mixing and contacting of the above component (a), component (b), carrier (c >) and component (d) may be performed in an inactive hydrocarbon solvent. The kind of the above-mentioned inactivated hydrocarbon solvent used for preparing the catalyst may be In the above-mentioned preparation of the catalyst (cat-1) for olefin polymerization, the inactivated hydrocarbon solvents used are listed. The contacting component (a), component (b) and carrier (c), and the components (if necessary) ( d) The amount of component (b) used is calculated based on the carrier (c) and g, which is converted into a transition metal atom, usually in the range of 5X10 · 6 to 5X10 _4 moles, among which 10 ~ 5 to 2X The amount of 10 · 4 moles is suitable, and the concentration of the component (b) ranges from about 10-4 to 2X10 · 2 moles / 1 (solvent), in which the range of 2X10 · 4 to 1 (T2 moles η (solvent)) The atomic ratio (aluminum / transition metal) between the aluminum (A1) in the component (a) and the transition metal in the component (b) is usually in the range of 0 to 5 00, and preferably in the range of 20 to 200. The atomic ratio (A1-d / Al-a) of the aluminum atom (Al-d) in the component (d) and the aluminum atom (Al-a) in the component (a) used when necessary, usually 0 .02 to 3 range, in which the range of 0.05 to 1.5 is suitable. The component (a), the component (b), and the carrier (c) are mixed and contacted, and when the component (d) is added, if necessary, the The mixing temperature is usually in the range of · 50 to I50t, preferably in the range of -20 to 120 ° C. The contact time is in the range of 1 minute to 50 hours, and preferably in the range of 0 minutes to 25 hours. Prepared according to the above method Solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2), based on the carrier (0 1 g, the content of the component (b) is converted to a transition metal atom, in the range of 5 X 1 0 "to 5 X 1 〇-4 moles, which is 1 0 · 5 to 2 X 1 〇 · 4 Molar carrying capacity (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 31 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The invention description (32) is appropriate. In addition, the carrier (c) lg, the contained component (a) and component (d) are converted into aluminum atoms and carried. 1 · 3 to 5 X10 · 2 moles, of which 2X1 0 · 3 to 2 X 10 · 2 moles are preferable. The above-mentioned catalyst for olefin polymerization (cat- 2) It may be a catalyst for prepolymerization of olefins previously polymerized. In the catalyst for prepolymerization, the olefin is introduced without activation in the coexistence of the component (a), component (b), and carrier (c >). It is prepared by performing a prepolymerization reaction in a hydrocarbon solvent. In this case, the solid component catalyst component (cat-2) is preferably composed of the component (a), component (b), and carrier (c). In this case, component (a) and / or component (d) may be added in addition to the solid catalyst component (cat-2). The catalyst for prepolymerization can be introduced into an olefin to prepare a suspension of the solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2) (solid-shaped catalyst component), or prepared into a solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2), and then used in the suspension. The formed solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2) is separated, and then the solid-shaped catalyst (cat-2) is added to an inactive hydrocarbon solvent to become suspended, and then the olefin is introduced. When preparing the pre-polymerization catalyst, the amount of the above component (b) is converted into the transition metal atom in the component (b), and is usually 10-6 to 2 × 10 · 2 mole / 1 (solvent). 5X10 · 5 to 10_2 mole / 1 (solvent) is suitable. The amount of component (b) is based on the carrier (c) / g, and is calculated in terms of transition metal atoms, usually in the range of 5 X 10 _6 to 5 X 1 0_4 moles, of which 10 ″ to 2 X10 · 4 moles are used as should. The atomic ratio (aluminum / transition metal) between aluminum in component (a) and migrating metal in component (b) is usually in the range of 10 to 500. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 32 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy r 4388 2 0 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (33) Among them, 20 to 200 is more appropriate. The atomic ratio (Al-d / A 丨 -a) of the aluminum atom (Al-d) in the component (d) and the aluminum atom (Al-a) in the component (a) is usually in the range of 0.02 to 3, Among them, a range of 0.05 to 1.5 is preferable. The solid catalyst component is based on the transition metal contained in the migrating metal compound, and is usually used in an amount of 10.6 to 2 × 丨 〇_2 mol / 丨 (solvent), of which 5 χ10 · 5 to 〖(Γ2 mol / The amount of 1 (solvent) is preferably used. The prepolymerization reaction temperature is usually in the range of -20 to 80t, which is preferably 0 to 60 ° C. In addition, the prepolymerization reaction time is in the range of 0.5 to 100 hours, in which 1 to 50 hours is preferred. The type of olefin used in the pre-polymerization, such as ethylene and olefins having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 4-methylpentene , Hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, 1-dodecene '1-tetradecene, etc. Among them, ethylene or a combination of α-olefins used in the polymerization reaction of ethylene is particularly suitable. The catalyst for prepolymerization can be prepared according to the following method. That is, the carrier is suspended in inactive hydrocarbon. Next, an organoaluminum oxide (component (a)) is added to the suspension, and the reaction is carried out for a specified time. .Then remove the upper liquid, the solid component obtained is suspended with inactive hydrocarbon, and then the transition metal compound (component (B) In this reaction system, after performing the reaction for a specified time, the upper liquid is removed to obtain a solid-shaped catalyst component. Next, the solid-shaped catalyst component obtained as described above is added to an organic aluminum compound (component (d )) Inactivated hydrocarbon, and then introduce olefins to prepolymerize the catalyst. The amount of olefin polymer formed in the prepolymerization is based on the lg carrier (C). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 OX297 mm) 33 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 34 4388 2 0 A7 __B7____ 5. Description of the invention () 34 between 0.1 and 500g The range is preferably 0.2 to 300 g, and more preferably 0.5 to 2000 g. The prepolymerization catalyst includes a lg carrier (c) and a supporting component (b) as a transition metal. Atomic conversion is about 5 X 1 0_6 to 5 X 1 〇_4 mole, of which the amount of 10 · 5 to 2xicr4 mole is appropriate, the amount of aluminum atoms in component (a) and component (d), For the transition metal atom (M) in component (b), In terms of (Al / M), the ear ratio is in the range of 5 to 200, and the supporting amount in the range of 10 to 150 is suitable. The pre-polymerization reaction can be carried out by batch or continuous reaction, or it can be reduced. It is carried out under any pressure conditions of normal pressure, normal pressure or pressure. In the prepolymerization reaction, the intrinsic viscosity [? 7] measured in the coexistence of hydrogen at least at 135 ° C in decahydrogen is in the range of 0.2 to 7 dl / g. It is advisable to make prepolymers, especially 0.5 to 5 dl / g prepolymers. The copolymerization reaction between ethylene and olefins, in the presence of the above-mentioned catalyst for olefin polymerization reaction, in the gas phase or The reaction is carried out in a slurry-like liquid phase, in which the polymerization is preferably carried out in a gas phase. The reaction can be carried out using inactivated hydrocarbon as a solvent or olefin itself as a solvent. The inactivated hydrocarbon solvent used in the polymerization reaction in the above slurry, specifically, for example, propane, butane, isobutane, pentane'hexane, octane, decane, dodecane, hexadecane, ten Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as octane; cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopentane, methylcyclopentane, cyclohexane, cyclooctane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; Petrochemical fractions such as gasoline, kerosene, light oil, etc. > Among them, aliphatic hydrocarbons and alicyclic carbons The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 310465 --- ------- Good ------ Order ------ AtI (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 B7 Description of the invention (35) Hydrogen hydride, petrochemical fraction, etc. are more suitable. When the reaction is carried out by a slurry polymerization method or a gas phase polymerization method, the amount of the above-mentioned catalyst is generally in the range of 10 to 3 mol / 丨, based on the concentration of transition metal atoms in the polymerization reaction system, which is 10 · 7. The amount to 10.4 mol / 1 is ideal. ≫ A catalyst for olefin polymerization formed from the component (a) and the component (b), and if necessary, the component (d), and the component used when necessary ( The atomic ratio (Al / M) between the aluminum atom (A1) in the d) and the migrating metal atom (M) in the migrating metal compound (b >) is preferably in the range of 5 to 300, and preferably in the range of 10 to 200. The range from 5 to ISO is particularly suitable. The catalyst for olefin polymerization formed by component (a), component (b) and carrier (c), and if necessary, component (d), is used during the polymerization reaction. In addition to the organoaluminum oxide (component (a)) carried on the carrier (c), it is also possible to add the unsupported organoaluminum oxide to participate in the reaction. In this case, the unsupported The original atom between the aluminum atom (A1) in the organic aluminum oxide and the transition metal atom (M) in the transition metal compound (b) The ratio (Al / M) is preferably in the range of 5 to 300, in which the range of 10 to 200 is preferable, and the range of 15 to 150 is more preferable. The component (d) added when necessary can be carried in a carrier. (C) can also be added during the polymerization reaction. The component (d) can also be supported on the carrier (c), and it can be added during the reaction. In this case, the The component (d) on the agent (c) and the component (d) added during the polymerization reaction may be the same type or different types. The aluminum atom (A1) and the migrating metal compound ( The atomic ratio (Al / M) between the transition metal atoms (M) in b) is in the range of 5 to 3 00, in which the range of 10 to 200 is applicable to the national standard of China (隼) 6 4 specifications (210 乂) 297 mm) 35 310465 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) (438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __B7_ ____ V. The invention description (36) is appropriate, between 15 and A range of 150 is preferred. When the slurry polymerization is carried out, the polymerization temperature is usually in the range of -50 to 100 ° C, with a range of 0 to 9 (The range of TC is suitable. When the gas phase polymerization is carried out, the polymerization temperature is usually in the range of 0 to 120 ° C, and preferably in the range of 20 to 100 ° C. The pressure conditions of the polymerization are usually from normal pressure to 100kg / Cm2, of which the pressure condition of 2 to 50kg / cm2 is suitable. The polymerization reaction can be carried out in any of batch, semi-continuous, and continuous methods. Furthermore, the polymerization can be divided into two The reaction is carried out under various reaction conditions, and the catalyst for olefin polymerization may contain other components that contribute to the olefin polymerization reaction in addition to the above components. Types of olefins that can be polymerized by the above olefin polymerization catalyst, such as ethylene and olefins having a carbon number of 6 to 8 > such as propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 4-methyl-1-pentene Alkenes, 1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene, 1-pinene, etc .; carbon number is 3 to 20 Cyclic olefins, such as cyclopentene, cycloheptene, norbornene, 5-methyl-2-norbornene, tetracyclododecene, ethyl · methyl-1,4,5,8- Dimethanol-1,2,3,4,43,5,8,83-octahydro waited. Further, styrene, vinylcyclohexane, diene and the like can be used. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer obtained by the above-mentioned polymerization reaction method of olefin, wherein the constituent unit derived from ethylene accounts for 50 to 100% by weight, of which 55 to 99% by weight is preferred, and 65 to 98% by weight is preferred. Preferably, it is present in an amount of 70 to 96% by weight. The constituent units derived from α-olefins with 6 to 8 carbon atoms account for 0 to 50% by weight, of which 1 is 1 (please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 36 310465 438820 A7 B7 __ V. Description of the invention (37) is preferably 45% by weight, 2 to 35% by weight is more suitable, especially 4 to 30% by weight is more suitable . (Please read the note ^^ on the back before filling this page.) The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer obtained according to the above should preferably have the characteristics shown in the above items (Ai) to (A-iii), and can be made with excellent properties. Formability, transparency and mechanical strength. Ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1) The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1) has substantially the same composition and use as the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) described above. ) And its different ethylene α-olefin copolymer (C). The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) is a random copolymer between ethylene and an α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. The types of the? -Olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms are the same as those described above. In the production of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the constituent units derived from ethylene account for 50 to 100% by weight, of which 55 to 99% by weight are preferred. 65 to 98% by weight is preferred, and 70 to 96% by weight is most preferred. The constituent units derived from olefins having 6 to 8 carbons account for 0 to 50% by weight, of which 1 to 45% by weight is preferred, 2 to 35% by weight is more preferred, and 4 to 30% It is particularly preferred by weight. The ethylene · α · olefin copolymer (B) preferably has the characteristics shown in the following items (Bi) to (B-νΠ), especially those having the following (Bi) to (B-vii0) properties (Bi) Density (d) is in the range of 0.8 8 0 to 0.9 70 g / cm3, of which 0880 to 0.960 g / cm3 is preferable, 0.890 to 0.93 5 g / cm3 is more preferable, and 0.95 It is especially suitable to the range of 0.930g / cm3. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard {CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) 37 310465 438820 A7 B7 —---- V. Description of the invention (38) (B-ii ) Melt flow rate (MFR) is in the range of 0.02 to 200 g / 10 minutes, of which 0.05 to 50 g / 0 minutes is preferable * 0.1 to 10 g / 10 minutes is particularly suitable. (B-iii) At 23 ° C, the correlation between the amount of the n-decane-soluble component ratio [W (% by weight)] and the density [d (g / Cm3)] satisfies the following conditions. When MFR is 10g / 10 minutes, W < 80 X exp (-1 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 where W < 60X ex p (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1, preferably W < 40X exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is preferable. When MFR > 10 gMO minutes, W < 8〇 (MFR-9) ° 26Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 (B-iv) Temperature at the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) [Tm (° C)] and density [d (g / cm3)] meet the following correlations.

Tm< 400Xd-248 其中，以Tm<450Xd-296爲宜， 以 Tm< 500Xd-343 爲較宜， 尤以Tm< 5 50 Xd-3 92爲尤宜。 示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測得吸熱曲線之最高峰位 置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)間之相關性，以及正癸烷可溶性 成分量比率（W)及密度（d)之間具有上述相關性的乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)，其組成分布情形可謂狹小。 (Β-ν)熔融拉力[MT(g)]及溶體流動速率[MFR(g/10分 鐘）]符合下述相關關係。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2!0X297公釐） 310465 I---------^-- (請先聞请背西之泣意事項其填寫本頁)Tm < 400Xd-248 Among them, Tm < 450Xd-296 is preferred, Tm < 500Xd-343 is more preferred, and Tm < 5 50 Xd-3 92 is particularly preferred. Correlation between temperature (Tm) and density (d) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), and between the ratio (W) and density (d) of n-decane soluble components The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) having the above-mentioned correlation has a narrow composition distribution. (B-ν) The melt tensile force [MT (g)] and the solution flow rate [MFR (g / 10 minutes)] correspond to the following correlation. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2! 0X297 mm) 310465 I --------- ^-(please read first, please read the Western Weeping Matters and fill in this page)

、1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 38 4388 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（39) 9.0XMFR 0 6 5 < MT< 2.2XMFR 0 84 其中以9.0父\^11，°_65>1^1'>2.3\1^?11-°*4爲宜，以8.5父 MFR-°.65>MT>2.5XMFR-°-*4 爲較宜。 具有上述相關特性之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物，其熔融 拉力（ΜΤ)高，因此，成型性亦優異。 (B-vi)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求 得流動活化能量（（Ea) X 10·4 J/mol K)及共聚物中的〇：-烯 烴之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物的α-烯烴之含有率（X mol%) 間之關係符合下列條件。 (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87<EaXl0'4^ (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.1 660)Xx + 2.87 其中以（〇.〇39Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)XX + 2.87 < EaX 10.4S (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0. 1 500) X Χ + 2· 87 爲宜， 以（0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaX ΗΓ4 客 (0.039Ln(C-2> + 0.1300)Xx + 2.87 爲較宜。 (B-vii)由GPC法所測定分子量分布（Mw/Mn，但Mw 示重量平均分子量，Μη示數平均分子量）符合下述範圍。 2.2 < Mw/Mn <3.5 其中以2.4 < Mw/Mn < 3.0爲較佳。 又’上述分子量分布（Mw/Mn)係使用Miuipore公司 製GPC-l5〇C型儀器按照下述方法測定。 分離管柱使用TSK GNH HT，分離管柱直徑爲72mm， 長度6〇Omm’分離管柱溫度爲140 °C，使用鄰-二氯化苯（日 本和光純藥工業公司製品）及BHT(抗氧化劑用，日本武田 (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 39 310465 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（40) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藥品公司製品）0.025重量％爲移動相，以每分鐘1〇mi移 動’試料濃度爲ο.1重量％，試料注入量爲500ml，檢驗 器使用示差折射儀。標準苯乙烯使用分子量Mw< 1000以 及Mw>4XlO (日本東曹公司製品），分子量爲i〇〇〇<Mw < 4X10之本乙嫌使用日本周壓化學（pressure chemical) 公司製品ΰ (B-viii)分子中所含有不飽和鍵結數，以碳原子數ι〇00 個計，在〇.5以下’且一分子之聚合物計未滿一個。 又’上述不飽和鍵結數之定量，使用13C-NMR，將歸 屬於雙鍵鍵結以外的訊息’即至50ppm範圍的訊息， 以及歸屬於雙鍵鍵結的訊息，即1〇5至150ppm範圍之訊 息的面積強度由積分曲線求得後，再由其比率決定之。 乙烯· 烯烴共聚物（B)’例如在含有有機鋁氧化物 (a)，前述一般式（U )所示過渡金屬化合物（b-Π)的烯烴聚 合反應用催化劑之存在下，由乙烯及碳原子數爲6至8之 烯烴進行共聚合反應而製成。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 上述有機鋁氧化物（a)及過渡金屬化合物（b-Π)如同前 述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（A)之製法項中所說明者相同。又 如同前述情形，亦可以使用載劑（c)，有機鋁化合物（d)， 亦可以進行預聚合反應。各成分之使用量，預聚合反應條 件以及本聚合反應條件亦與前述製造乙烯· α -烯烴共聚 物（Α)時之條件相同。 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（C)乃碳原子數爲6至8之 烯烴及乙烯間之無規共聚物。碳原子數爲6至8之α-烯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準{ CNS ) Α4规格（2丨ΟΧΜ7公釐） 310465 * 4 3 88 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（） 41 烴可舉前述相同種類。 乙烯·〇;-烯烴共聚物（C)中，由乙烯所導出的構成單 位占5 0至1 〇 0重量％，其中以占5 5至9 9重量％爲宜，以 65至98重量％爲較宜，以70至96重量％爲尤宜。由碳 原子數爲6至8之α-烯烴所導出的構成單位占0至50重 量％，其中以占]至45重量％爲宜，以占2至3 5重量％ 爲較宜，以占4至30重量％爲尤宜。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（C)以具有下述（C-i)至（C-v)所 示特性爲宜，其中以具有（C-i)至（C-vi)所示特性爲尤宜。 (C-i)密度（d)在 0.880 至 0.970g/cm3，其中以 0.880 至 0_960g/cm3 爲宜，以 0.890 至 0.935g/cm3 爲較宜，以 0.905 至0.9 3 0 g / c m3範圍爲尤宜。 (C-ii)熔體流動速率（MFR)在0.02至200g/10分鐘範 圍，其中以〇.〇5至50 g/10分鐘爲宜，以〇.1至10 g/10分 鐘範圍爲較宜。 (C-iii)23t下的正癸烷可溶成分量比率[W(重量％)]及 密度[d(g/cm3)]間之相關性符合下述條件。 當MFRS 10g/10分鐘時， W< 80 X exp(-l 00(d-0.88)) + 0.1 其中以 W<60Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲宜， 以 W<40Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲較宜。 當MFR> 10g/10分鐘時， W<80X(MFR-9)O26Xexp(-l 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 範圍 < (C-iv)示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線之最 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -· 訂 1— . 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ297公釐） 41 310465 4388 2 0 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（42) 高峰位置的溫度[Tm(°C )]和密度[d(g/cm3)]之間符合下列 相關關係。 Tm< 400Xd-248 > 其中以Tm< 450 Xd-296爲宜， 以 Tm< 500Xd-343 爲較宜， 以 Tm< 550Xd-392 爲尤宣。 示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線之最高峰位 置的溫度（T m)及密度（d)間之相關性，以及正癸烷可溶性 成分量比率（W)及密度（d)間之相關性具有上述相關關係的 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物，其組成分布可謂狹小 (C-v)熔融拉力[MT(g)]及溶體流動速率[MFR(g/10分 鐘）]之間符合下列相關性。 MT ^ 2.2 X MFR 0 *4 (C-vi)存在於分子中的不飽和鍵結數以1000個碳原 子數計，在〇.5個以下，且1分子之聚合物計，未滿1個。 此種乙烯，α-烯烴共聚物（C)，例如可由含有有機鋁 氧化物（a)，前述一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物（b-I)的烯 烴聚合反應用催化劑之存在下，將乙烯及碳原子數爲6至 8之烯烴進行共聚合反應而製得。上述有機鋁氣化物（a)及 過渡金屬化合物（b-I)之種類，與前述製造乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物（A)之方法中所說明者相同。又，如同前述情形， 亦可使用載劑（c)，有機鋁化合物（d)，亦可進行預聚合反 應°各成分之使用量，預聚合反應以及本聚合反應條件與 前述製造乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)之情形相同。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ，-'w 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS >Α4規格（210X297公釐） 310465 438820 A7 ___B7___ 五、發明说明（43 ) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A_)以含有前述乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物（Β)在1至90重量％，其中以含2至80重量％爲宜’ 以及含有前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（C)在10至99重量％， 其中以含20至98重量爲宜。 上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Β)及乙烯· α -烯烴共聚 物（C)所構成之乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α·)，其乙烯· α -烯 烴共聚物（Β)之熔體流動速率（MFR(B))及乙烯.β -烯烴共 聚物（C)之熔融流動速率（MFR(C)間之比率以符合下述關 係爲宜。 IS (MFR(C))/(MFR(B))S 20。 特別是在本發明中，上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（B)及 共聚物（C)皆屬乙烯•己烯-1共聚物爲理想》該情形之下’ 乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α')宜爲如下所示實質上及乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)具有相同物性，亦可期待其相同的用途。 (A’-i)熔融拉力[MT(g)]及溶體流動速率[MFR(g/l〇分 鐘）]符合下述相關關係。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 9.0XMFR o 65> MT> 2.2XMFR 0 84 其中以 9.0XMFR-°.65>MT>2.3XMFR-°.S4 爲宜， 以 9.0父^1?11-〇.65>\11'>2.5\]^[11/°.*4爲較宜。 具有上述特性之乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)，由於其熔 融拉力（MT)高，因此，其成型性優異。 (A〜ii)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求 得的流動活化能量（（Ea)XlO_4J/m〇l K)，與共聚物（B)以 及共聚物（C)中的己烯-1之碳原子數（〇，共聚物（B)及共 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） ~ ~ 43 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ! 438820 A7 B7_________五、發明説明（44 ) 聚物（C)中之己烯-1之含有率總計（X mol%)之相關性符合 下述條件。 (0.039Ln(C-2) + 〇.〇〇96)Xx + 2.87< EaX 10 4 ^ (0.03 9Ln(C-2) + 0. 1 660)X x + 2.87 > 其中以（0-039Ln(C-2> + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaXlO‘4S (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0. 1 500) X x + 2.87 爲宜， 以（0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)Xx + 2.87< EaX l〇-4S (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.1300)Xx + 2.87 爲較宜。 (A'-iii)該乙稀系共聚物組成物（A')藉吹塑成型法製成 30/zm膜厚之膜片時，該膜片之霧度符合下述關係。 I9〇°C下，剪切應力到達2.4Xl06dyne/cm2時以剪切 速度所定義的流動性指數（FI)及熔融流動速率（MFR)爲， 當 FI g 1 00 X MFR 時， 霧度 < OJS/U-iOXlogUXMTiqxtCd)。1 190°C下，剪切應力到達2.4Xl06dyne/cm2時以剪切 速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)和熔體流動速率（MFR)爲， 當 FI < 1 〇〇 X MFR 時， 霧度 < 〇.25/(l-d)Xlog(3XMTi 4)X(C-3)。1 (但是d示密度（g/cm3)，MT示熔融拉力（g)，C示己 烯-I之碳原子數，即示6。） 能滿足上述條件之乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ，其成型 性優異，所製得膜片之透明性亦優異。 又，乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)除上述條件之外，能滿 足下述條件爲宜。 ----------裝------^------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CMS ) A4規格(210X297公釐） 44 310465 438820 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（¢5 ) (A、iv)GPC法所測得分子量分布（Mw/Mn，但Mw示 重量平均分子量，Μη示數平均分子量）在2.0SMw/MnS 0.25之範圍，其中以2.0S Mw/Mn客2.4爲宜。 又，乙烯系共聚物組成物（Aj，其由乙烯所導出的構 成單位在5〇至100重量％，其中以55至99重量％爲宜， 以65至98重量％爲較宜，尤以70至96重量％爲最宜》 其由碳原子數爲6至8之α-烯烴類，其中宜爲以己烯-1 所導出的構成單位占0至50重量。Λ，其中以1至45重量 %爲宜，以2至35重量％爲較宜，以4至30重量％之量 存在爲尤宜。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α’）之密度（d)在0.880至 0.970g/cm3 範圍，其中以 0.880 至 0.960g/cm3 爲宜，以 0.890 至〇.93 5g/cm3爲較宜，以0.905至0.93 0g/cm2範圍爲最 宜。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A]之溶體流動速率（MFR)在 0.05至200g/10分鐘範圍，其中以〇.〇8至5 0g/10分鐘爲 宜，以〇,1至I0g/10分鐘範圍爲較宜。 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')在230 °C下，其正癸烷可溶 性成分量比率[\¥(重量％)]及密度[d(g/Cm3)]間之關係以符 合下述條件爲理想。 當MFR客1 0g/ 1 0分鐘時， W< 80 X exp(-1 00(d-0. 88)) + 0. 1 其中以 W<60Xexp(-100(d-0.88 )) + 0.1 爲宜 以 W<40Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲較宜。 (請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝- 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X 297公釐） 45 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 r 438820 A7 __B7_五、發明説明（μ ) 46 當MFR> 10g/10分鐘時， W< 80 X(MFR-9)° 26Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')以示差掃描型熱量計（DSC) 所測定吸熱曲線之最高峰位置的溫度[Tm(°C )]及密度 [d(g/Cni3)]間之關係以符合下述條件爲理想。 Tm < 400 X d-248， 其中以Tm<450Xd-2 96爲宜， 以 Tm< 500Xd-343 爲較宜， 以 Tm<55〇Xd-392 爲尤宜》 當示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線之最高峰 位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)間之關係，以及正癸烷可溶性 成分量比率（W)及密度（d)間之關係在上述條件範圍時，該 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)之組成分布可謂狹小。 乙烯* α-烯烴共聚物（B)及乙烯· 烯烴共聚物（C) 所構成之乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ，可藉由已爲周知方法 製造，例如可按照下述製成。 (1) 將乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)及乙烯· α ·烯烴共聚 物（C)以及所欲添加的其他組成分，藉轉鼓機、擠壓機、 捏和機等加以機械性混合或熔融混合的方法。 (2) 將乙烯.α -烯烴共聚物（Β)及乙烯· 〇:-烯烴共聚 物（C)以及所欲添加之其他組成分，使用適當溶劑（例如己 烷、庚烷、癸烷、環己烷'苯、甲苯及二甲苯等碳化氫溶 劑）加以溶解，然後去除溶劑之方法。 (3) 將乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)及乙烯· α -烯烴共聚 (请先閱讀背面之注意事項#填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國ΐ家標準（CNS )八4規格（2ΪΟΧ297公釐） 46 310465 438820 Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明) 物（c)以及所欲添加之其他組成分，使用適當溶劑分別溶 解，再將所製備溶液混合後去除溶劑之方法β (4)將上述（1)至（3)項之方法混合配備使用之方法。 由上述說明可知本發明有關之乙烯.α -烯烴共聚物（Α) 以及乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α')，其本身皆具備優異的成型 性’可製成透明性及機械強度優異的膜片，可與其他聚合 物類，甚中宜爲乙烯· 烯烴共聚物類調配，例如乙烯. -烯烴共聚物（Α)與其他乙烯.烯烴共聚物之乙烯系 共聚物組成物（Α”），乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α1)與其他乙 烯· α-烯烴共聚物之乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α1")等之用途 使用。上述之其他乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物種類，以下述說 明的乙烯_ cr-烯烴共聚物（D)尤爲適用。 本發明中所使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)係乙稀及碳 原子數爲3至20之α-烯烴間之無規共聚物。上述與乙烯 並聚合反應所使用的碳原子數爲3至20之α-烯烴種類， 可舉丙烯、1-丁烯' 1-戊烯、己烯、4-甲基-1-戊烯 ' 辛烯、卜癸烯、卜十二碳烯、1-十四碳烯、1-十六碳烯、 1-十八碳烯、1-廿碳烯等。 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)中，其由乙烯所導出的構成 單位占50至1〇〇重量。/。，其中以占55至99重量％爲宜， 以占65至98重量％爲較宜，以70至90重量％之量存在 爲尤宜。碳原子數爲3至20之α·烯烴所導出的構成單位 占0至50重量。/。，其中以占1至45重量爲宜，以占2至 35重量爲較宜，以4至30重量％之量存在爲尤宜。 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標暴（CNS ) 格（210Χ297公釐 310465 ----------裝------訂------氕 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) '438820 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（48) 上述乙烯.〇!.烯烴共聚合物（D)以具備下述（D_i)、 (D-ii)所示特性爲宜，以具備下述（D-ί)至（D-iv)所示特性 爲較宜。 (D-i)密度（d)在 0.850 至 0.980g/cm3範圔，其中以 0.910 至 0.960g/cm3 爲宜’以 0.915 至 0.955g/cm3 爲較宜，以 0.920 至0.95〇g/cm3範圍爲尤宜。 (D-ii)】35°C下，在十氫蓄中所測定的固有粘度[7?]爲 0‘4至8d〗/g範圍，其中以0.4至1.25dl/g爲宜，以0.5至 1.23dl/g範圍爲較宜》 (D-iii)由示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測得吸熱曲線之 最高峰位置的溫度[Tm(°C)]及密度[d(g/cm3)]之間符合下 述相關性。 Tm< 400Xd-250， 其中以Tm< 450Xd-297爲宜， 以 Tm< 500Xd-344 爲較宜， 以 Tm< 550Xd-391 爲尤宜。 (D-iv)室溫下，正癸烷可溶性成分量比率[W(重量％)] 及密度[d(g/cm3)]間符合下述相關性》 當MFR客1 0g/10分鐘時， W< 80 X exp(-l 00(d-0.88)) + 0. 1， 其中以 W<60Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲宜， 以 W<40Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 爲較宜。 當MFR > 10g/l 0分鐘時， W< 80X(MFR- 9 ) 0 2 6 Xexp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1。 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 48 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 '438820 A7 _B7____五、發明説明（49 ) 具備上述特性，即由示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測得 吸熱曲線之最高峰位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)間之關係， 以及正癸烷可溶性成分量比率（W)及密度（d)間之關係符合 上述條件的乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)，其組成分布情形可 謂狹小 但上述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)及乙烯· α -烯烴共 聚物（D)並非相同構造，又，乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Β)及（C) 與乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)亦非相同構造。具體而言，乙 烯_ α -烯烴共聚物（D)及乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)至（C) 之間，可藉下述特性而加以區別。 即，乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（D)係不符合共聚物（Α)所 訂定條件（A-i)至（A-iii)項中至少一個條件之共聚物。 又，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)係不符合共聚物（B)所 訂定條件（B-iii)至（Β-vii)項中至少一個條件之共聚物。 又，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)係不符合共聚物（C)所 訂定條件（C-iii)至（C-v)項中至少一條件之共聚物。 又，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)較之其他乙烯· α-烯 烴共聚物，在1 3 5 °C下，十氫賓中所測定固有粘度[??]小， 且密度低者爲最宜性狀之一。乙烯* α -烯烴共聚物（D)， 較之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Β)及（C)，在135 °C下，十氫荖 中所測得固有粘度[??]爲小，且其密度低者爲其最宜性狀 之一。 上述的乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)，例如可在有機鋁氧 化物（a)，含後述一般式（ΙΠ )所示過渡金屬化合物之烯烴 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS) A4規格（2I0X297公釐） 49 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 ____B7____ 五、發明説明（5〇 ) 聚合用催化劑之共存下，將乙烯及碳原子數爲3至20之 烯烴類進行共聚合反應而製成。上述有機鋁氧化物（a>如 前述製造乙烯，α-烯烴共聚物（A)之方法中所說明相同。 又’如同前述情形，亦可使用載劑（C)，有機鋁化合物（d) 等，亦可先進行預聚合反應。各成分之使用量，預聚合反 應條件，以及本聚合反應條件等，亦與前述製造乙烯· α •烯烴共聚物（Α>之情形相同。 以下就過渡金屬化合物（b-ΙΠ)說明之。 過渡金靥化合物fh-m ) 製造乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)之際所使用含有環戊二 烯架構之配位基的屬於週期表第四族之過渡金屬化合物 (b-m)(下文中，或簡稱爲「成分（b-DI)」），若爲含有環 戊二烯架構的配位基而屬於週期表第四族之過渡金屬化合 物時並未予任何限制，但一般以下列一般式（ΠΓ )所示過渡 金屬化合物爲宜。 M L 3 x...... ( DI ) 上式中，Μ示週期表第四族中所選擇的過渡金屬原 子’具體言之，例如锆、鈦或給，其中以鍩爲宜。 X示過渡金屬原子之原子價》 Ρ示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至少一 個L3係具有環戊二烯架構之配位基上述具有環戊二烯架 構之配位基的種類，例如環戊二烯基、甲基環戊二烯基、 二甲基環戊二烯基、三甲基環戊二烯基、四甲基環戊二烯 基、五甲基環戊二烯基、乙基環戊二烯基、甲基乙基環戊 ---------"------、玎-------1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家播準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 50 310465 438820 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（51) 二烯基、丙基環戊二烯基、甲基丙基環戊二烯基、丁基環 戊二烯基' 甲基丁基環戊二烯基、己基環戊二烯基等之院 基取代環戊二烯基或茚基，4,5,6,7-四氫化？基、蕗基等。 此等基可爲鹵素原子、三烷基甲矽烷基等所取代。 上述具有環戊二烯基架構之配位基中，以烷基取代環 戊二烯基爲尤宜。 上述一般式（m)所示化合物含有兩個以上的具有環戊 二烯基架構之配位基時，其中兩個具有環戊二烯基架構之 配位基相互間，可介乙烯、丙烯等烯烴基、異亞丙基、二 苯基亞甲基等之取代烷叉基，亞甲矽烷基，或二甲基亞甲 矽烷基、二苯基亞甲矽烷基、甲基苯基亞甲矽烷基等之取 代亞甲矽烷基等予以鍵結合。 又，前述一般式（瓜）中，具有環戊二烯基架構之配位 基以外之L3，例如與前述一般式（I)中之L1所示相同的碳 原子數爲1至12之碳化氫基、烷氧基、芳氧基、三烷基 甲矽烷基 '鹵素原子、氫原子，或S03R基（但R示可具 有鹵素原子等取代基之碳原子數爲1至8之碳化氫基> ) 上述以S03R基所示配位基之例舉有對-甲苯磺酸酯基、 甲磺酸酯基、三氟甲磺酸酯基等。 上述一般式（ΠΙ)所示過渡金屬化合物，例如當過渡金 屬之原子價爲4時，其具體例舉可由下述一般式（nr，）表 不之。 R\R31R4mR3nM……（m ’） .(上式中，Μ示上述過渡金屬原子，R2示具有環戊二 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -訂· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國囤家標準（CNS〉Α4規格（21〇Χ297公釐） 51 310465 4388 2 Ο 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7_五 '發明説明（52 ) 烯基架構之配位基，R3、R4及示具有環戊二烯基架構 之基、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基，烷氧基、芳氧基、 三烷基甲矽烷基、S03RS、鹵素原子或氫原子，k示1 以上之整數，k +l + m + n = 4。） 本發明中，上述一般式內’ r3、只4及R5中一個爲具 有環戊二烯架構之配位基的芳環烯金屬衍生物，其中以例 如R2及R3係具有環戊二烯架構之配位基的芳環烯金屬化 合物爲適用。 上述具有環戊二烯架構之基可介乙烯、丙烯等烯烴 基、異亞丙基、二苯基亞甲基等之取代亞烷基’亞甲矽烷 基或二甲基亞甲矽烷基，二苯基亞甲矽烷基等之取代亞甲 矽烷基等，而予鍵結。另外，該時其他配位基（例如R4、 及R5)可示具有環戊二烯架構之基、烷基、環烷基、芳基、 芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、三烷基甲矽烷基、so3R基、 鹵素原子或氫原子》 上述一般式（ΙΠ)所示過渡金屬化合物之具體例舉有雙 (茚基）锆二氯化物、雙（茚基）锆二溴化物、雙（茚基）鍩雙（對 -甲苯磺酸酯）、雙（4,5,6,7·四氫化茚基）鍩二氯化物、雙（莽 基）銷二氯化物、乙烯基雙（茚基）鍩二氯化物、乙烯基雙（茚 基）鍺二溴化物、乙烯基雙（茚基）二甲基銷、乙烯基雙（？ff 基）二苯基鍩、乙烯基雙（茚基）甲基鉻-氯化物 '乙烯基雙（茚 基）鉻雙（甲磺酸酯）、乙烯基雙（茚基）鍩雙（對-甲苯磺酸 酯）、乙烯基雙（茚基）锆雙（三氟化甲磺酸酯）' 乙烯基雙 (4,5，6,7-四氫化茚基）锆二氯化物、異丙叉基（環戊二烯基- 本紙張尺度適_用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2i〇X297公釐) 52 310465 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局R工消費合作社印製 4 388 2 0 A7 A / _B7__五、發明説明（53 ) 苐基）錐二氯化物、異亞丙基（環戊二烯基-甲基環戊二烯 基）錆二氯化物、二甲基亞甲矽烷基雙（環戊二烯基）銷二 氯化物 '二甲基亞甲矽烷基雙（甲基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化 物、二甲基亞甲矽烷基雙（二甲基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化 物，二甲基亞甲矽烷基雙（三甲基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化 物、二甲基亞甲矽烷基雙（茚基）锆二氯化物、二甲基亞甲 矽烷基雙（茚基）銷雙（三氟化甲磺酸酯）、二甲基亞甲矽烷 基雙（4,5,6,7-四氫化茚基）锆二氯化物、二甲基亞甲矽烷 基（環戊二烯基-葬基）鍩二氯化物、二苯基亞甲矽烷基雙 (茚基）锆二氯化物、甲基苯基亞甲矽烷基雙（茚基）鉻二氯 化物、雙（環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物、雙（環戊二烯基>鉻二 溴化物、雙（環戊二烯基）甲基锆-氯化物、雙（環戊二烯基） 乙基銷-氯化物、雙（環戊二烯基）環己基銷-氯化物、雙（環 戊二烯基）苯基鍩-氯化物、雙（環戊二烯基）苯甲基銷-氯化 物、雙（環戊二烯基）鉻-氯-氫化物、雙（環戊二烯基）甲基 锆-氫化物、雙（環戊二烯基）二甲基銷、雙（環戊二烯基）二 苯基銷、雙（環戊二烯基）二苯甲基銷、雙（環戊二烯基）鍩 甲氧基氯、雙（環戊二烯基）鍩乙氧基氯、雙（環戊二烯基） 銷雙（甲磺酸酯）、雙（環戊二烯基）錐雙（對-甲苯磺酸酯）、 雙（環戊二烯基）锆雙（三氟化甲磺酸酯）、雙（甲基環戊二烯 基）鉻二氯化物、雙（二甲基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化物、雙（二 甲基環戊二烯基）鍩乙氧基氯、雙（二甲基環戊二烯基）錆 雙（三氟化甲磺酸酯）、雙（乙基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物、 雙（甲基乙基環戊二烯基）锆二氯化物、雙（丙基環戊二烯 ------------4------、u (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2丨0乂297公釐） 53 310465 438820 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（54 ) 基）銷二氯化物、雙（甲基丙基環戊二烯基）鉻二氯化物、 雙（丁基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物、雙（甲基丁基環戊二烯 基）鉻二氯化物、雙（甲基丁基環戊二烯基）锆雙（甲磺酸 酯）' 雙（三甲基環戊二烯基）銷二氯化物、雙（四甲基環戊 二烯基）鍩二氯化物、雙（五甲基環戊二烯基 >鲒二氯化物、 雙（己基環戊二烯基）鍩二氯化物、雙（三甲基甲矽烷基環 戊二烯基）锆二氯化物等。 又，上述例舉中，環戊二烯基環之二取代基化合物包 括1，2-及I，3-取代基化合物、三取代基化合物包括丨，2,3_ 及1，2,4-取代基化合物。又，丙基、丁基等烷基包括其正 烷基' 異烷基、第二烷基、第三烷基等異構物在內。 又，上述錐化物中，可將鉻以鈦或給取代係供本發明 用途使用。 又，上述以一般式（nr)所示過渡金屬化合物中，包括 前述以一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物（b-Ι)以及前述以一 般式（H)所示過渡金屬化合物（b-n)在內。 乙烯* α-烯烴共聚物（D)，可在上述烯烴聚合反應用 催化劑存在下，將乙烯及碳原子數爲3至20之烯烴進 行共聚合反應，藉此反應製得密度爲0.850至0.980g/cm3 之共聚物而達成。 乙烯·〇:·烯烴共聚物（D)係對1〇〇重量份之上述乙 烯· 烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）而計， 宜爲使用99至60重量份，更宜爲按照95至60重量份之 比率而使用。 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS) Α4規格（2ΙΟΧ297公釐） 54 310465 438820 經濟部中央#隼局員工消费合咋和印製 55 A7 B7 五、發明説明（55 ) 乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)及上述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物（Α·)間之組成物，可依照前述周知 方法而製造之°製造之際，可用單一或複數個聚合反應容 器’在不同反應條件下分成兩個階段以上之多階段式聚合 反應方法而進行共聚反應。 本發明有關之成型物乃以前述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、（ΑΗ)' (Α1")所成型而得。 該成型物之種類，例如單層膜片、多層膜片、射出模 塑物、擠壓成型物、纖維、發泡物、電纜護層等。更具體 而言’例如農業用膜片（單層、多層）、遮水片料' 多層膜 片、包裝用膜片（多層膜片、彈性膜片 '高負載包裝用膜 片 >、多層遮斷用膜片、層合膜片用密封物、重包裝用膜 片、穀物用裝袋、流體包裝用軟包袋、分批包裝用捲裝袋、 母子裝用內裝容器、醫療用容器、耐熱容器、纖維、發泡 成型物、墊圈、擠壓加工品 '硬管、各種射出模塑物 '電 線用護套等。 使用前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A’）、（A") ' (Α，"）所製成成型物詳細說明如下： 農業用膜片（m μ 農業用膜片由前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系 共聚物組成物（A')、（A1，）、（A'")以及視其需要，包括已往 周知之抗氧化劑、紫外光吸收劑、潤滑劑、增滑劑、抗叠 |黏劑、流滴劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑，碳黑、中密度聚乙稀、 i 丨乙稀•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物橡膠等 坎紙張&度遇3宁11阗家標ff- ( (NS ; Α4規格：2丨0x29?公釐： 310465 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) L-----------------装------訂------涑-- 經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 __B7 五、發明説明ς ) 所構成。 本發明有關之農業用膜片*其膜厚在3至30/im範 圍，其中以7至20/zm範圍爲宜。 農業用膜片可由前述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A”）、（A'”），例如藉吹塑法、Τ-模 頭法之膜片成型而製成。利用吹塑法之膜片成型，可將共 聚物（Α)或組成物（A·)、（A”）、（Α"·)介由狹縫模頭擠壓， 以指定氣流使之膨脹而製成。 該種農業用膜片富有與土壤之粘附性，換言之，柔軟 性優異之外，同時具有優異的耐候性、抗拉特性、抗撕裂 性、耐衝擊性、剛性等各種特性，可提供主要以提升地溫 爲目的之覆蓋用膜片使用，在露地栽培、隧道栽培、半促 成塑膠房栽培、加工用無支柱栽培、早生栽培等各種農業 用途。 農業用多層膜片= 本發明有關農業用多層膜片乃係由外層、中間層及內 層所構成三層層積膜片。 外層 構成本發明有關農業用多層膜片之外層係由前述乙 烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A”）、 (A1")、無機化合物以及必要時再加上耐候安定劑、防渾 濁劑等之組成物所製成- ! ! 由共聚物（A)或組成物（A]、（AH)、（A'”）所構成外層，|1T printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 38 4388 2 0 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (39) 9.0XMFR 0 6 5 < MT < 2.2XMFR 0 84 Among which 9.0 parent \ ^ 11, ° _65 > 1 ^ 1 '> 2.3 \ 1 ^? 11- ° * 4 is preferable, and 8.5 parent MFR- ° .65 > MT > 2.5XMFR- °-* 4 is more suitable. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer having the above-mentioned related characteristics has a high melt tension (MT), and therefore, it is also excellent in moldability. (B-vi) The flow activation energy ((Ea) X 10 · 4 J / mol K) obtained from the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve and the number of carbon atoms of the 0: -olefin in the copolymer (C ) And the α-olefin content (X mol%) of the copolymer satisfy the following conditions. (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaXl0'4 ^ (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1 660) Xx + 2.87 where (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) XX + 2.87 < EaX 10.4S (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1500) X χ + 2.87, preferably (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX ΗΓ4 (0.039Ln (C-2 > + 0.1300) Xx + 2.87 is more suitable. (B-vii) molecular weight distribution determined by GPC method (Mw / Mn, but Mw indicates weight average molecular weight, Mn indicates number average molecular weight) meets The following range: 2.2 < Mw / Mn < 3.5 Among them, 2.4 < Mw / Mn < 3.0 is preferred. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) is a GPC-150 ° C instrument manufactured by Miuipore. The measurement was carried out according to the following method. TSK GNH HT was used as the separation column. The separation column had a diameter of 72 mm and a length of 600 mm. The separation column had a temperature of 140 ° C and o-dichlorobenzene (product of Japan Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) ) And BHT (for antioxidants, Takeda, Japan (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 39 310465 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( 40) (Please Read the notes on the back and fill in this page again.) Pharmaceutical company products) 0.025% by weight is the mobile phase, moving at 10mi per minute. The sample concentration is ο. 1% by weight, the sample injection volume is 500ml, and the tester uses a differential refractometer. The standard styrene uses molecular weights Mw < 1000 and Mw > 4XlO (products of Tosoh Corporation, Japan), and molecular weights of 〇〇〇 < Mw < 4X10 are suspected of using products from Japan pressure chemical company (ΰ B-viii) The number of unsaturated bonds contained in the molecule, based on the number of carbon atoms 500,000, is less than 0.5 ', and less than one molecule of the polymer. Also' the number of unsaturated bonds described above Quantitatively, using 13C-NMR, the area intensity of messages belonging to a message outside the double bond 'i.e. to the range of 50 ppm, and messages belonging to the double bond, i.e. the range of 105 to 150 ppm, is determined by the integral curve. After the calculation, the ratio is determined. For example, the ethylene / olefin copolymer (B) 'is polymerized in an olefin containing an organoaluminum oxide (a) and the transition metal compound (b-Π) represented by the general formula (U). The presence of a catalyst for the reaction , By the ethylene and carbon atoms of the olefin 6-8 to prepare the copolymerization reaction. Duo printed by employee cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The above-mentioned organoaluminum oxide (a) and transition metal compound (b-Π) are the same as those described in the above-mentioned production method of ethylene.α-olefin copolymer (A). As in the foregoing case, a carrier (c), an organoaluminum compound (d) may be used, and a prepolymerization reaction may be performed. The amount of each component, the pre-polymerization reaction conditions, and the present polymerization conditions are also the same as those used in the production of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A). The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (C) is a random copolymer between an olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms and ethylene. The size of α-olefin paper with 6 to 8 carbon atoms is applicable to Chinese national standard {CNS) A4 size (2 丨 〇 × 7mm) 310465 * 4 3 88 2 0 A7 B7 Explanation of the invention () 41 The same hydrocarbons as mentioned above can be cited. In the ethylene · 〇; -olefin copolymer (C), the constituent unit derived from ethylene accounts for 50 to 100% by weight, of which 55 to 99% by weight is preferable, and 65 to 98% by weight is suitable. More preferably, it is more preferably 70 to 96% by weight. The constituent units derived from α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms account for 0 to 50% by weight, of which 4 to 45% by weight are preferred, 2 to 35% by weight are more preferred, and 4 It is particularly preferably 30% by weight. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (C) preferably has the characteristics shown in the following (C-i) to (C-v), and particularly preferably has the characteristics shown in (C-i) to (C-vi). (Ci) Density (d) is 0.880 to 0.970g / cm3, of which 0.880 to 0_960g / cm3 is preferred, 0.890 to 0.935g / cm3 is more preferred, and 0.905 to 0.9 3 0 g / c m3 is particularly suitable . (C-ii) The melt flow rate (MFR) is in the range of 0.02 to 200 g / 10 minutes, of which 0.05 to 50 g / 10 minutes is preferable, and 0.1 to 10 g / 10 minutes is more suitable. . (C-iii) The correlation between the n-decane-soluble content ratio [W (% by weight)] and the density [d (g / cm3)] at 23t satisfies the following conditions. When MFRS 10g / 10 minutes, W < 80 X exp (-l 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 W < 60Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is better, W < 40Xexp (- 100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is more appropriate. When MFR> 10g / 10 minutes, W < 80X (MFR-9) O26Xexp (-l 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 range < (C-iv) endothermic curve measured by differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) Best (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-· Order 1—. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 41 310465 4388 2 0 Α7 Β7 Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of the Invention (42) The relationship between the temperature [Tm (° C)] and the density [d (g / cm3)] at the peak position corresponds to the following. Tm < 400Xd-248 > Among them, Tm < 450 Xd-296 is preferred, Tm < 500Xd-343 is more preferred, and Tm < 550Xd-392 is particularly declared. Correlation between the temperature (T m) and the density (d) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), and the ratio between the ratio (W) and density (d) of the soluble component in n-decane Correlation The composition distribution of ethylene · α-olefin copolymers with the above correlations can be described as narrow (Cv) melt tension [MT (g)] and solution flow rate [MFR (g / 10 minutes)]. Sex. MT ^ 2.2 X MFR 0 * 4 (C-vi) The number of unsaturated bonds in the molecule is calculated as 1,000 carbon atoms, less than 0.5, and less than 1 molecule as a polymer . Such an ethylene / α-olefin copolymer (C) can be prepared by, for example, using an organoaluminum oxide (a) and an olefin polymerization catalyst containing a transition metal compound (bI) represented by the aforementioned general formula (I), for example. And olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms are copolymerized and prepared. The types of the above-mentioned organoaluminum vapor (a) and transition metal compound (b-I) are the same as those described in the method for producing an ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A). In addition, as in the foregoing case, a carrier (c), an organoaluminum compound (d) can also be used, and a prepolymerization reaction can also be performed. The amount of each component, the prepolymerization reaction, and the present polymerization reaction conditions are the same as those described above for the production of ethylene · α- The same applies to the olefin copolymer (A). (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page), -'w This paper size applies to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) 310465 438820 A7 ___B7___ 5. Description of the invention (43) (please read first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page again.) The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A_) should contain 1 to 90% by weight of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B), and 2 to 80% by weight is preferred. And the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (C) is contained in an amount of 10 to 99% by weight, and preferably 20 to 98% by weight. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) and the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer ( C) The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), the melt flow rate (MFR (B)) of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B), and the ethylene. Β-olefin copolymer (C) The melt flow rate (MFR (C) ratio is preferably in accordance with the following relationship. IS (MFR (C)) / (MFR (B)) S 20. In the present invention, in particular, the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymerization is performed. (B) and copolymer (C) are both ideal ethylene / hexene-1 copolymers "" Ethylene copolymer composition (A ') "in this case As shown below, it has substantially the same physical properties as the ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A), and the same application can be expected. (A'-i) Melt tension [MT (g)] and solution flow rate [MFR (g / l0 minutes)] Complies with the following related relationship: Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 9.0XMFR o 65 > MT > 2.2XMFR 0 84 Among which 9.0XMFR- ° .65 > MT > 2.3XMFR- ° .S4 is suitable, and 9.0 parent ^ 1? 11-〇.65 > \ 11 '> 2.5 \] ^ [11 / °. * 4 is preferable. The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1) having the above characteristics Because of its high melt tension (MT), it has excellent moldability. (A ~ ii) The flow activation energy ((Ea) XlO_4J / m〇l K), which is obtained from the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve. ), And the number of carbon atoms of the copolymer (B) and hexene-1 in the copolymer (C) (0, the copolymer (B) and the paper size apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ) ~ ~ 43 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs! 438820 A7 B7 _________ V. Description of the Invention (44) The total content of hexene-1 in the polymer (C) (X mol%) correlation satisfies the following conditions: (0.039Ln (C-2) + 〇〇〇〇096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10 4 ^ (0.03 9Ln (C-2) + 0.16660) X x + 2.87 > Among them, (0-039Ln (C-2 > + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaXlO'4S (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1500) X x + 2.87 is suitable, and ( 0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) Xx + 2.87 < EaX 10-4S (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.1300) Xx + 2.87 is preferable. (A'-iii) When the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') is formed into a film having a film thickness of 30 / zm by a blow molding method, the haze of the film conforms to the following relationship. The flowability index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate when the shear stress reaches 2.4Xl06dyne / cm2 at I90 ° C are, when FI g 1 00 X MFR, the haze < OJS / U-iOXlogUXMTiqxtCd). 1 At 190 ° C, when the shear stress reaches 2.4Xl06dyne / cm2, the fluidity index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate are: when FI < 1 00X MFR, the fog Degree < 0.25 / (ld) Xlog (3XMTi 4) X (C-3). 1 (However, d indicates the density (g / cm3), MT indicates the melt tension (g), and C indicates the number of carbon atoms of hexene-I, ie, 6.) An ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ, Its moldability is excellent, and the transparency of the obtained film is also excellent. In addition to the above-mentioned conditions, the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·) should satisfy the following conditions. -------- --Packing ------ ^ ------ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 44 310465 438820 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (¢ 5) (A, iv) Molecular weight distribution measured by GPC method (Mw / Mn, but Mw indicates weight average molecular weight, and Mn indicates number average molecular weight) In the range of 2.0SMw / MnS 0.25, 2.0S Mw / Mn is preferably 2.4. In addition, the ethylene-based copolymer composition (Aj, whose constituent unit is derived from ethylene is 50 to 100% by weight, of which It is preferably 55 to 99% by weight, more preferably 65 to 98% by weight, and most preferably 70 to 96% by weight. It consists of α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. Preferably, the constituent unit derived from hexene-1 accounts for 0 to 50 weight. Λ, which is preferably 1 to 45% by weight, more preferably 2 to 35% by weight, and is present in an amount of 4 to 30% by weight as The density (d) of the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') is in the range of 0.880 to 0.970 g / cm3, of which 0.880 to 0.960 g / cm3 is preferable, and 0.890 to 0.93 5 g / cm3 is more preferable. The optimum range is 0.905 to 0.93 0 g / cm2. The solution flow rate (MFR) of the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A) is in the range of 0.05 to 200 g / 10 minutes, of which 0.08 to 50 g / 10 The minute is preferably, and the range of 0.1 to 10 g / 10 minutes is more suitable. The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') at 230 ° C has a ratio of the amount of n-decane-soluble components [\ ¥ (wt%)] The relationship between density and density [d (g / Cm3)] is ideal to meet the following conditions. When MFR is 10g / 10 minutes, W < 80 X exp (-1 00 (d-0. 88)) + 0. 1 Among them, W < 60Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is better, and W < 40Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is better. (Please read the precautions on the back before reading (Fill in this page) Binding-The size of the paper used in the book applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 Specifications (210X 297mm) 45 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs r 438820 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention (μ) 46 When MFR > 10g / 10 minutes, W < 80 X (MFR-9 ) ° 26Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 Temperature of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) [Tm (° C)] The relationship between density and density [d (g / Cni3)] is preferably to satisfy the following conditions. Tm < 400 X d-248, of which Tm < 450Xd-2 96 is preferred, Tm < 500Xd-343 is more preferred, and Tm < 55 × d-392 is particularly preferred. When a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC ) The relationship between the temperature (Tm) and the density (d) of the highest peak position of the measured endothermic curve, and the relationship between the ratio of n-decane soluble component amount (W) and the density (d) are within the above-mentioned conditions. The composition distribution of the copolymer composition (A1) is narrow. An ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ) composed of ethylene * α-olefin copolymer (B) and ethylene-olefin copolymer (C) can be produced by a known method, and can be produced, for example, as follows. (1 ) Mechanically mix the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B), ethylene · α · olefin copolymer (C), and other components to be added by means of a drum machine, extruder, kneader, or the like A method of melt mixing. (2) Ethylene.α-olefin copolymer (B) and ethylene · 〇: -olefin copolymer (C) and other components to be added, using an appropriate solvent (for example, hexane, heptane, etc.) (Decane, cyclohexane, benzene, toluene, xylene, and other hydrocarbon solvents), and then the solvent is removed. (3) Ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) and ethylene · α-olefin copolymerization ( Please read the notes on the back #Fill this page first) This paper size is in accordance with China National Standards (CNS) 8 4 specifications (2 × 0 × 297 mm) 46 310465 438820 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ) (C) and other components to be added Are dissolved using a suitable solvent, and then the mixed solution was prepared after removal of the solvent β method (4) above (1) to the method of item (3) were mixed with the use of the method. From the above description, it can be seen that the ethylene.α-olefin copolymer (A) and the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') according to the present invention have excellent moldability per se. They can be made into films with excellent transparency and mechanical strength. Sheet, which can be blended with other polymers, especially ethylene · olefin copolymers, such as ethylene.-olefin copolymer (A) and other ethylene-olefin copolymer composition (A "), The ethylene copolymer composition (A1) and other ethylene · α-olefin copolymers are used in applications such as ethylene copolymer composition (A1 "), etc. The types of other ethylene · α-olefin copolymers mentioned above are described below. Ethylene_cr-olefin copolymer (D) is particularly suitable. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) used in the present invention is a random copolymer of ethylene and α-olefins having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The type of α-olefin having 3 to 20 carbon atoms used in the above-mentioned polymerization reaction with ethylene may include propylene, 1-butene '1-pentene, hexene, 4-methyl-1-pentene' Octene, Budecene, Budodecaene, 1-Tetradecene, 1-Hexadecene, 1-Ten Octaene, 1-fluorene, etc. In the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D), the constituent unit derived from ethylene accounts for 50 to 100% by weight, of which 55 to 99% by weight Preferably, 65 to 98% by weight is preferred, and 70 to 90% by weight is particularly preferred. The constituent units derived from α · olefins having 3 to 20 carbon atoms occupy 0 to 50% by weight. Among them, 1 to 45 weight is preferable, 2 to 35 weight is more suitable, and 4 to 30 weight% is particularly suitable. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard Storm (CNS) grid (210 × 297) 310465 mm ---------- install ------ order ------ 氕 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) '438820 A7 B7 Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by an employee consumer cooperative V. Description of the invention (48) The above ethylene. Olefin copolymer (D) should preferably have the characteristics shown in (D_i) and (D-ii) below, and should have the following (D -ί) to (D-iv) are more suitable. (Di) Density (d) is in the range of 0.850 to 0.980 g / cm3, of which 0.910 to 0.960 g / cm3 is preferred. 0.915 to 0.955 g / cm3 is more suitable, 0.920 to 0.95 g / cm3 (D-ii)] The intrinsic viscosity [7?] Measured at 35 ° C in a dehydrogen storage is in the range of 0'4 to 8d / g, where 0.4 to 1.25 dl / g is used. (D-iii) Temperature [Tm (° C)] and density [d] of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) (g / cm3)]. Tm < 400Xd-250, of which Tm < 450Xd-297 is preferred, Tm < 500Xd-344 is more preferred, and Tm < 550Xd-391 is particularly preferred. (D-iv) At room temperature, the ratio between the amount of n-decane-soluble components [W (% by weight)] and the density [d (g / cm3)] accords with the following correlation. "When the MFR is 10 g / 10 minutes, W < 80 X exp (-l 00 (d-0.88)) + 0.1, where W < 60Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 is appropriate, and W < 40Xexp (-100 (d-0.88 )) + 0.1 is more appropriate. When MFR > 10 g / l for 0 minutes, W < 80X (MFR-9) 0 2 6 Xexp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 48 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' 438820 A7 _B7____ Description of the invention (49) It has the above characteristics, that is, the relationship between the temperature (Tm) and the density (d) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), and the ratio of the amount of n-decane soluble components (W) and density (d) The relationship between the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) that meets the above conditions can be described as a narrow composition distribution, but the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) and ethylene · α-olefin The copolymer (D) does not have the same structure, and the ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (B) and (C) have different structures from the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D). Specifically, the ethylene_α-olefin copolymer (D) and the ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (A) to (C) can be distinguished by the following characteristics. That is, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) is a copolymer which does not satisfy at least one of the conditions (A-i) to (A-iii) specified in the copolymer (A). The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) is a copolymer which does not satisfy at least one of the conditions (B-iii) to (B-vii) specified in the copolymer (B). The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) is a copolymer which does not satisfy at least one of the conditions (C-iii) to (C-v) specified in the copolymer (C). In addition, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) has a lower intrinsic viscosity [??] as measured in dehydrobin at 1 35 ° C than other ethylene · α-olefin copolymers, and the lower density is One of the most desirable traits. The ethylene * α-olefin copolymer (D) has a lower intrinsic viscosity [??] than that of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (B) and (C) measured at 135 ° C in decahydroarene, And its density is one of its most suitable traits. The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) may be, for example, an olefin containing an organoaluminum oxide (a) containing a transition metal compound represented by the general formula (IΠ) described below (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2I0X297 mm) 49 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 ____B7____ 5. Description of the invention (50) Coexistence of polymerization catalyst And olefins having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are copolymerized to make them. The aforementioned organoaluminum oxide (a > is the same as described in the aforementioned method for producing an ethylene, α-olefin copolymer (A). Also, as in the foregoing case, a carrier (C), an organoaluminum compound (d), etc. may also be used. The prepolymerization reaction may be performed first. The amount of each component, the prepolymerization reaction conditions, and the present polymerization reaction conditions are also the same as those in the case of producing the ethylene · α • olefin copolymer (A >). The transition metal compounds are as follows. (B-II) Explanation. Transition metal compound fh-m) Transitions belonging to the fourth group of the periodic table used in the production of ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (D) that contain ligands of the cyclopentadiene structure Metal compounds (bm) (hereinafter, or simply "component (b-DI)") are not given any transition metal compounds belonging to the fourth group of the periodic table if they contain a ligand of the cyclopentadiene structure. Restrictions, but generally the transition metal compound represented by the following general formula (ΠΓ) is suitable. ML 3 x ... (DI) In the above formula, M represents the transition metal atom selected in the fourth group of the periodic table ' Specifically, such as zirconium, titanium or give, where鍩 is preferred. X represents the atomic valence of the transition metal atom. P represents the ligand coordinated to the transition metal atom (M), at least one of which L3 is a ligand having a cyclopentadiene structure. The above has a cyclopentadiene structure. Types of ligands, such as cyclopentadienyl, methylcyclopentadienyl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl, trimethylcyclopentadienyl, tetramethylcyclopentadienyl, penta Methylcyclopentadienyl, ethylcyclopentadienyl, methylethylcyclopentyl --------- " ------, 玎 ------- 1 ( Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Broadcasting Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 50 310465 438820 Α7 B7 V. Description of the invention (51) Dienyl, propylcyclopentane Dienyl, methylpropylcyclopentadienyl, butylcyclopentadienyl ', methylbutylcyclopentadienyl, hexylcyclopentadienyl, etc. substituted cyclopentadienyl or indene Group, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro? Group, fluorenyl group, etc. These groups may be substituted by a halogen atom, trialkylsilyl group, etc. Among the above-mentioned ligands having a cyclopentadienyl structure Substituted cyclopentyl with alkyl A diene group is particularly preferred. When the compound represented by the general formula (m) contains two or more ligands having a cyclopentadienyl structure, two of the ligands having a cyclopentadienyl structure are mutually Can be substituted by alkylene groups such as ethylene, propylene, isopropylidene, diphenylmethylene, etc., substituted alkylidene groups, methylenesilyl groups, or dimethylsilyl groups, diphenylsilyl groups, A methylphenylsilyl group is substituted with a silyl group, etc. In addition, in the general formula (melon), L3 other than a ligand having a cyclopentadienyl structure is, for example, the same as the general formula In (I), L1 represents a hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a trialkylsilyl group, a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom, or a S03R group having the same carbon number as 1 to 12 (but R A hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent such as a halogen atom >) The examples of the above-mentioned coordination group represented by the S03R group include a p-toluenesulfonate group, a mesylate group, Flumesulfonate and the like. The transition metal compound represented by the above general formula (II), for example, when the atomic valence of the transition metal is 4, can be specifically exemplified by the following general formula (nr,). R \ R31R4mR3nM ... (m '). (In the above formula, M indicates the above transition metal atom, and R2 indicates cyclopentadiene (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)-Staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption cooperation Du printed This paper is in accordance with Chinese standards (CNS> A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 51 310465 4388 2 〇 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7_5 'Invention Description (52) Alkenyl-based ligands, R3, R4, and cyclopentadienyl-based groups, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, trialkylsilane Group, S03RS, halogen atom or hydrogen atom, k represents an integer of 1 or more, and k + l + m + n = 4. In the present invention, one of 'r3, only 4 and R5 in the above general formula is cyclopentadiene. As the aromatic cycloolefin metal derivative having an olefinic structure ligand, for example, R2 and R3 are aromatic cycloolefin metal compounds having a ligand having a cyclopentadiene structure. The above-mentioned base having a cyclopentadiene structure may be used. Substituted alkenyl groups such as ethylene, propylene, isopropylidene, diphenylmethylene, etc. 'Silylene or dimethylsilyl, diphenylsilyl, etc. are substituted for the silyl group, etc., and are then bonded. In addition, other ligands (such as R4 and R5) at this time Illustrates a group having a cyclopentadiene structure, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a trialkylsilyl group, a so3R group, a halogen atom, or a hydrogen atom. Specific examples of the transition metal compound represented by the general formula (II) include bis (indenyl) zirconium dichloride, bis (indenyl) zirconium dibromide, and bis (indenyl) fluorenebis (p-toluenesulfonate). Bis (4,5,6,7 · tetrahydroindenyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (manganyl) pin dichloride, vinyl bis (indenyl) fluorene dichloride, vinyl bis (indenyl) Germanium dibromide, vinyl bis (indenyl) dimethyl pin, vinyl bis (? Ff) diphenylphosphonium, vinyl bis (indenyl) methyl chromium-chloride'vinyl bis (indenyl) ) Chromium bis (methanesulfonate), vinyl bis (indenyl) fluorene bis (p-toluenesulfonate), vinyl bis (indenyl) zirconium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonate) 'ethylene Bis (4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindenyl) zirconium dichloride, isopropylidene (cyclopentadienyl-suitable for this paper _ Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (2i × 297mm) (%) 52 310465 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the R Industrial Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 388 2 0 A7 A / _B7__ V. Description of the Invention (53) 苐 基) Cone II Chloride, isopropylidene (cyclopentadienyl-methylcyclopentadienyl) 锖 dichloride, dimethylsilyl bis (cyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride 'dimethyl Methylenesilylbis (methylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, dimethylsilylbis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, dimethylsilylbis (Trimethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride, dimethylsilylidene bis (indenyl) zirconium dichloride, dimethylsilylidene bis (indenyl) pin bis (trifluoride) Mesylate), dimethylsilylidene bis (4,5,6,7-tetrahydroindenyl) zirconium dichloride, dimethylsilylidene (cyclopentadienyl-buryl)鍩 Dichloride, diphenyl Methylenesilylbis (indenyl) zirconium dichloride, methylphenylsilylbis (indenyl) chromium dichloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, bis (cyclopentadiene) Alkenyl > chromium dibromide, bis (cyclopentadienyl) methyl zirconium-chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) ethyl pin-chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) cyclohexyl pin -Chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) phenylfluorene-chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) benzyl pin-chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) chromium-chloro-hydride, Bis (cyclopentadienyl) methyl zirconium hydride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) dimethyl pin, bis (cyclopentadienyl) diphenyl pin, bis (cyclopentadienyl) di Benzyl pin, bis (cyclopentadienyl) fluorenylmethoxy chloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) fluorenthoxychloride, bis (cyclopentadienyl) pin bis (methanesulfonate), Bis (cyclopentadienyl) cone bis (p-toluenesulfonate), bis (cyclopentadienyl) zirconium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonate), bis (methylcyclopentadienyl) chromium Dichloride, bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride Bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) 鍩 ethoxychloride, bis (dimethylcyclopentadienyl) 锖 bis (trifluoromethanesulfonate), bis (ethylcyclopentadienyl)鍩 Dichloride, bis (methylethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride, bis (propylcyclopentadiene) ------------ 4 ------, u (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 乂 297 mm) 53 310465 438820 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Employees ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention (54) group) pin dichloride, bis (methylpropylcyclopentadienyl) chromium dichloride, bis (butylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, bis (methyl) Butylcyclopentadienyl) chromium dichloride, bis (methylbutylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium bis (methanesulfonate) 'bis (trimethylcyclopentadienyl) pin dichloride, Bis (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (pentamethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (hexylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene dichloride, bis (trimethylcyclopentadienyl) fluorene Methylsilylcyclopentadiene Base) zirconium dichloride and the like. Furthermore, in the above examples, the di-substituent compounds of the cyclopentadienyl ring include 1,2- and 1,3-substituent compounds, and the tri-substituent compounds include 丨, 2, 3_, and 1, 2, 4-substitution. Based compound. In addition, alkyl groups such as propyl and butyl include isomers such as n-alkyl 'isoalkyl, second alkyl, and third alkyl. In the above taper, chromium or titanium may be used for the purpose of the present invention. The transition metal compound represented by the general formula (nr) includes the transition metal compound (b-1) represented by the general formula (I) and the transition metal compound (bn) represented by the general formula (H). Included. The ethylene * α-olefin copolymer (D) can be copolymerized with ethylene and an olefin having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in the presence of the above-mentioned catalyst for olefin polymerization reaction, thereby obtaining a density of 0.850 to 0.980 g / cm3 copolymer. The ethylene · 〇: · olefin copolymer (D) is preferably used in an amount of 99 to 60 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned ethylene · olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '). , More preferably used at a ratio of 95 to 60 parts by weight. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2IO × 297 mm) 54 310465 438820 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs ## Bureau Consumer Consumption and Printing 55 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (55) The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) and the composition between the above-mentioned ethylene.α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer (A ·) can be produced according to the aforementioned well-known method At the time of manufacture, a single or a plurality of polymerization reaction vessels can be used to perform a copolymerization reaction in a multi-stage polymerization method divided into two or more stages under different reaction conditions. The molded article of the present invention is obtained by molding the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A,), (ΑΗ) '(Α1 "). The type of the molded article includes, for example, a single-layer diaphragm, a multilayer diaphragm, an injection molded article, an extruded article, a fiber, a foam, a cable sheath, and the like. More specifically, 'for example, agricultural film (single-layer, multilayer), water-shielding sheet', multilayer film, packaging film (multi-layer film, elastic film 'high-load packaging film>), multilayer film Diaphragms, seals for laminated films, diaphragms for heavy packaging, bagging for cereals, flexible bags for fluid packaging, roll bags for batch packaging, inner containers for mother and child, medical containers, Heat-resistant containers, fibers, foam moldings, gaskets, extruded products 'hard tubes, various injection molded products' sheaths for electric wires, etc. Composition using the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer (A '), (A ")' (Α, ") The molded article is described in detail as follows: Agricultural film (m μ Agricultural film is made of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) or Ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A1,), (A' ") and as needed, including conventionally known antioxidants, ultraviolet light absorbers, lubricants, slip agents, anti-stacking | sticking Agent, dripping agent, antistatic agent, colorant, carbon black, medium density polyethylene, i 丨 ethylene Acid vinyl ester copolymer, ethylene.α-olefin copolymer rubber and other embossed paper & degree meets 3 ning 11 阗 family standard ff- ((NS; A4 specifications: 2 丨 0x29? Mm: 310465 (Please read the back Please fill in this page again for the matters needing attention) L ----------------- Installation ------ Order ------ 涑-Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-Industrial Consumption Printed by the cooperative 438820 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention)). The agricultural film * related to the present invention has a film thickness in the range of 3 to 30 / im, of which 7 to 20 / zm is suitable. Agricultural film It can be molded from the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), (A'"), for example, by a blow molding method or a T-die method. It can be made by blown film forming. The copolymer (A) or composition (A ·), (A "), (A " ·) can be extruded through a slit die to specify the air flow. It is made by expanding. This kind of agricultural membrane is rich in adhesion to the soil, in other words, it has excellent weather resistance, tensile properties, tear resistance, impact resistance, and rigidity in addition to excellent flexibility. And other characteristics It is used for covering membranes mainly for the purpose of raising the ground temperature, and is used in various agricultural applications such as open field cultivation, tunnel cultivation, semi-promoted plastic house cultivation, processing without pillar cultivation, early growth cultivation, etc. Agricultural multi-layer diaphragm = This invention relates to The agricultural multi-layer film is a three-layer laminated film composed of an outer layer, an intermediate layer, and an inner layer. The outer layer composition The agricultural multi-layer film according to the present invention has an outer layer composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or Ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A "), (A1 "), inorganic compounds, and if necessary, weather stabilizers, anti-turbidity agents, etc.--Made of copolymer ( A) or the outer layer of the composition (A], (AH), (A '"), |

i由於光線透過率之經時衰退甚小，所以具有此種外層之農I ___ 一 _ i f紙張尺度國家標進，; Λ4规格（'&lt; 297公釐 ~ ' 310465 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 餐------ΐτ-------^---- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社·&amp;裝 438820 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明（57 ) 業用多層膜片可提供長期使用。 另外，使用上述共聚物（A)或組成物（A’）、（ A&quot;)、（ A'，'）， 可使多層膜片之外層薄層化而使多層膜片輕量化。 無機化合物 製造多層膜片之外層之際，所使用無機化合物乃含對 保溫有效的鎂、鈣、鋁及矽之至少一種原子之無機氧化物、 無機氫氧化物、水滑石類等。 具體而言，例如二氧化矽、三氧化二鋁、氧化鎂、氧 化鈣等之無機氧化物；三氫氧化鋁、二氫氧化鎂、二氫氧 化鈣等之無機氫氧化物；以下列一般式所示之無機複合 物，其燒成物等之水滑石類等。 Μ2\.χΑ[χ(〇Η)2(Αα·)χ/Β · mH2〇 (上式中，M2 +示鎂、鈣或鋅之二價金屬離子，A&quot;·示 氯、溴、碘、N032-、CIO4·、S042、C〇22、Si〇32、ΗΡ042-、 HB〇32_、P〇42·等之陰離子，x示符合0&lt;x&lt;0.5之條件的 數値，m示符合〇Smg2之條件的數値 其中以水滑石類爲適用，特別是以上式所示無機複合 物之煅燒物爲較宜。 上述無機化合物可單獨或二種以上混合使用之。 無機化合物之平均粒徑在10#m以下，其中以5#m 以下爲宜，尤其以3//m以下爲更宜。 無機化合物之平均粒徑在上述範圍內時’可得透明性 良好的多層膜片。 本發明中，上述無機化合物之用量，以100重量份之i 冬紙張疋度適用中阐國家標準·. OS , Λί规格（2!〇乂297公釐； ----------装------訂------婊 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 57 310465 f 4388 2 0 A7 _____B7__ 五、發明説明（58 ) 共聚物（A)或組成物（A，），（A&quot;)、（A'_，）計，使用1至20重 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 量份’其中以使用1至1 8重量份爲宜，以2至1 5重量份 之用量比率爲最宜。 製造多層膜片之外層之際，按照上述範圍使用無機化 合物時，可得保溫性優異的多層膜片。 耐候安定劑 製成多層膜片之外層之際，必要時所使用耐候安定劑 可大別爲紫外光吸收劑及光安定劑》光安定劑在農業用膜 片之薄膜爲有效，而耐候安定劑之改良效果較大。 上述光安定劑可使用已往周知的光安定劑，其中以使 用受阻胺系光安定劑（Hindered Amine Light Staqilijers， 簡稱爲HALS)爲宜》 受阻胺系光安定劑之種類，具體言之，可使用下列化 合物。 (1) 雙（2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基）癸二酸酯， (2) 琥珀酸二甲酯-1-(2 -羥乙基）-4-羥基-2，2,6,6-四甲 基呢陡聚合物5 經濟部中央標準局員二消費合诈社印絜 (3) 肆（2,2,6,6-四甲基_4_哌啶基）·1，2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸 酯， (4) 2,2,6，6 -四甲基-4-六氫毗啶苯甲酸酯， (5) 雙-(1,2,6,6-四甲基_4-六氣啦陡基）-2-(3,5-二-第二 丁基-4·羥基苯甲基）-2-正丁基丙二酸酯， (6) 雙-(N-甲基_2,2,6,6·四甲基_4_六氫毗啶基）癸二酸 | 酯’ 1 .III I , I 1-- ^ W _·.··*·-·*— UTJ-· ，W ' 11-1 58 310465 張尺度國蓼嫖率,.Ά )如规格：2!〇 &lt;29?公釐 裡濟部中央標準局_工消費合作社印製 59 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（59 ) (7) 1,1’-(1，2-乙烷二基）雙（3,3,5,5-四甲基哌畊酮， (8) (混合2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶/十三烷基）_1，2,3,4· 丁垸四羧酸酯， (9) (混合1，2,2,6,6-五甲基-4·哌啶/十三烷基）4,2,3,4. 丁烷四羧酸酯， (1〇)混合{2，2,6,6-四甲基-4-呢啶/召，冷，彡，，泠，-四甲 基·3-9-[2,4,8，：Ι〇-四噚基螺（5,5)十—烷]二乙基}“，2,3,4_ 丁烷四羧酸酯， (1】）混合{1，2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶/彡，卢，；3|，召_.四 甲基-3-9-[2,4,8，10-四噚基螺（5,5)十一院]二乙基卜 1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸酯， 雙（3·胺基丙基）乙二胺_2,4-雙[N-丁基-N· (1，2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-呢啶基）胺基]_6_氯-丨，3,5_三哄縮合 物， (13) Ν，Ν’-雙（2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基）_己二胺及 I，2-二溴乙烷之縮合物， (14) [Ν-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基）_2 —甲基- 2-(2,2,6,6- 四甲基_4·哌啶基）亞胺基]丙醯胺等。 上述受阻目女系光安定劑可單獨或二種以上混合使用。 上述光安定劑之用量’以共聚物（A)或組成物（A]、 (A”）、（A’&quot;）100重量分計，使用〇〇〇5至5重量分，其中 以使用〇.〇〇5至2重量分爲宜，尤其以按照00〗至1重 量分之比率使用爲最宜。 1 | 上述紫外光吸收劑之具體例舉如下： 本紙張尺度m S家標f f ; A4現格（2UI &lt;29^^&quot;; —— 310465 ----------装------訂------東 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} A7 438820 B7 — &quot; __ ____ 五、發明説明（60 ) {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 苯基水楊酸酯、對-第三丁基苯基水楊酸酯、對-辛基 本基水楊酸醋等之水楊酸系紫外光吸收劑；2,4·二徑基二 苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基_4_辛氧基二 苯甲酮、2-羥基_4_十二烷氧基二苯甲酮、2,2ι_二羥基_4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2·-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮' 2-經基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮等之二苯甲酮系紫外光吸 收劑；2-(2·-羥基-V-甲基苯基）苯駢***、2_(2，·羥基_5，_ 第三丁基苯基）苯駢***、2·(2'-羥基-3，，5，-二-第三丁基苯 基）苯駢***、2·(2’-羥基-3·-第三丁基-5，·甲基苯基）_5_氯 苯駢***、2-(2·-羥基-3·，5·-二-第三丁基苯基）_5-氯苯駢 ***、2-(2'-羥基-3，，5，-二-第三戊基苯基）苯駢***等之苯 駢***系紫外光吸收劑；2-乙基己基-2·氰基-3,3'-二苯基 丙烯酸酯、乙基-2-氰基-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸酯等之氰基丙 烯酸酯系紫外光吸收劑等。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合泎社印掣 上述紫外光吸收劑之用量，以100重量分之共聚物（A) 或組成物（A')、（A”）、（A1&quot;)計，使用0.005至5重量分範 圍，其中以使用0.005至2重量分爲宜，尤其以0.01至1 重量分之比率使用爲最宜。 其他成分 上述共聚物（A)或組成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、（A1”）在不影響 本發明之目的範圍內，尙可配合使用已往周知的防渾濁 劑、抗靜電劑、熱安定劑等其他成分。 防渾濁劑以使用由多元醇及碳原子數爲12至24之高 級脂肪酸（包括羥基脂肪酸）所構成局部酯化物爲主要成分 310465 A紙張尺度適用國家標绝：C'XS : Λ4规格（公嫠； _ ~ A7 B7 d3B820 五、發明説明（61) 之防渾濁劑爲宜。 中間層 構成本發明有關農業用多層膜片之中間層由乙烯·乙 酸乙烯酯共聚物、無機化合物以及必要時再加含乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A- 1 )、耐候安定劑、防渾濁劑之組成物所構 成。 乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物 本發明中所使用上述乙烯.乙酸乙烯酯共聚物，其乙 酸乙烯酯含量在2.0至30重量％，其中以3.0至25重量 %爲宜，以5.0至20重量％範圍爲最宜。 由上述乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物構成中間層時，可得 保溫性優異的多層膜片。本發明中所謂「保溫性」乃指由 白天吸收太陽能而地溫上升的大地在夜間放出輻射能時， 加以吸收' 放射而使溫室、隧道內部之溫度（包括氣溫及 地溫）加以保持的功能。 [無機化合物] 多層膜片之中間層構成之際，所使用無機化合物之種 類及上述製成外層所使用者相同&lt;= 本發明中，無機化合物之用量，以100重量分之乙烯· 乙酸乙嫌醋共聚物以及下述的乙嫌.α -儲烴共聚物（Ad) 總量計，使用1至20重量分，其中以使用1至18重量分 爲宜’以使用2至15重量分範圍爲更宜。但是上述共聚 物（A-1)爲任意使用組成物，所以有時之零重量分而不使 用。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注^^項再填寫本頁)i Due to the small decline of light transmittance over time, the agriculture with this outer layer I ___ _ if the paper scale national standard, Λ4 specifications ('&lt; 297 mm ~' 310465 (Please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page for more information) Meal ------ ΐτ ------- ^ ---- Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs &amp; Equipment 438820 A7 _ B7 V. Description of Invention (57) Industry Multi-layer film can provide long-term use. In addition, the use of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A', ') can make the outer layer of the multi-layer film thinner. Multilayer diaphragms are lightweight. Inorganic compounds are used to make the outer layers of multilayer diaphragms. The inorganic compounds used are inorganic oxides, inorganic hydroxides, and hydrotalcites that contain at least one atom of magnesium, calcium, aluminum, and silicon that are effective in heat preservation. Specifically, for example, inorganic oxides such as silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, etc .; inorganic hydroxides such as aluminum trihydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, and calcium hydroxide; Inorganic compounds shown in the general formula, hydrotalcites, etc. Μ2 \ .χΑ [χ (〇Η) 2 (Αα ·) χ / Β · mH2〇 (In the above formula, M2 + shows a divalent metal ion of magnesium, calcium, or zinc, A &quot; shows chlorine, bromine, iodine, Anions of N032-, CIO4 ·, S042, Co22, Si〇32, HP042-, HB〇32_, P〇42 ·, etc., x indicates a number that meets the condition of 0 &lt; x &lt; 0.5, and m indicates that it meets 0 mg Among these conditions, hydrotalcites are suitable, especially the calcined product of the inorganic compound represented by the above formula. The above inorganic compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The average particle diameter of the inorganic compound is 10 #m or less, preferably 5 #m or less, especially 3 // m or less. When the average particle diameter of the inorganic compound is within the above range, a multilayer film with good transparency can be obtained. In the present invention, The amount of the above-mentioned inorganic compound is based on 100 parts by weight of the winter paper. National Standards ·. OS, Λί specifications (2! 〇 乂 297 mm; ---------- install --- --- Order ------ 婊 (谙 Read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 57 310465 f 4388 2 0 A7 _____B7__ 5. Description of the invention (58) Copolymer (A) or composition (A, (A &quot;), (A'_,) meter, use 1 to 20 weight (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Quantities' of which 1 to 18 parts by weight is appropriate, 2 to A dosage ratio of 15 parts by weight is most suitable. When an outer layer of the multilayer film is manufactured, when an inorganic compound is used within the above range, a multilayer film having excellent heat retention can be obtained. When the weather-resistant stabilizer is made into the outer layer of a multi-layer film, the weather-resistant stabilizer used when necessary can be largely different from ultraviolet light absorbers and light stabilizers. "Light stabilizers are effective in the film of agricultural films, and The improvement effect is greater. As the light stabilizer, a conventionally known light stabilizer can be used. Among them, a hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS) is preferred. The type of the hindered amine light stabilizer, specifically, it can be used. The following compounds. (1) bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) sebacate, (2) dimethyl succinate-1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-hydroxy -2,2,6,6-Tetramethylnesand polymer 5 Member of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China (3) (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl_4_piperidine ) · 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid ester, (4) 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hexahydropyridine benzoate, (5) bis- ( 1,2,6,6-tetramethyl_4-hexakiladyl) -2- (3,5-di-second-butyl-4 · hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butylpropanediyl Acid esters, (6) bis- (N-methyl_2,2,6,6 · tetramethyl-4_hexahydropyridinyl) sebacate | esters' 1. III I, I 1-- ^ W _ ·. ·· * ·-· * — UTJ- ·, W '11-1 58 310465 scale national standard rate, .Ά) Such as specifications: 2! 〇 &lt; 29? Bureau_Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 59 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (59) (7) 1,1 '-(1,2-ethanediyl) bis (3,3,5,5-tetramethylpiperazine) Phenone, (8) (mixed 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine / tridecyl) 1,2,3,4 · butane tetracarboxylic acid ester, (9) (mixed 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4 · piperidine / tridecyl) 4,2,3,4. Butane tetracarboxylic acid ester, (1〇 ) Mixed {2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-imidine / zhao, cold, hydrazone, ling, -tetramethyl · 3-9- [2,4,8 ,: Ι〇- 四Fluorenylspiro (5,5) deca-alkane] diethyl} ", 2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid ester, (1)) mixed with {1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl- 4-piperidine / fluorene, Lu ,; 3 |, zhao_. Tetramethyl-3-9- [2,4,8,10-tetramethylspirospiro (5,5) eleven hospital] diethylbu 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid ester, bis (3 · aminopropyl) ethylenediamine_2,4-bis [N-butyl-N · (1,2,2,6, 6-pentamethyl-4-meridinyl) amino] -6_chloro- 丨, 3,5_triad condensate, (13) Ν, Ν'-bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl Condensate of hexamethylene-4-piperidinyl) -hexanediamine and 1,2-dibromoethane, (14) [N- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) _2 —Methyl-2- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4 · piperidinyl) imino] propanamide, etc. The above-mentioned hindered female female light stabilizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the above light stabilizer is based on 100 weight points of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A), (A "), (A '&quot;), and is used in an amount of 0.05 to 5 weight points, of which 〇.〇〇5 to 2 weight is appropriate, especially in accordance with 00〗 ～ 1 weight The ratio for optimum use. 1 | Specific examples of the above-mentioned ultraviolet light absorbers are as follows: The paper size m S family standard ff; A4 is now (2UI &lt; 29 ^^ &quot;; —— 310465 ---------- pack- ----- Order ------ East (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} A7 438820 B7 — &quot; __ ____ V. Description of the invention (60) {Please read the notes on the back before (Fill in this page) Salicylic acid-based ultraviolet light absorbers such as phenylsalicylic acid, p-tert-butylphenylsalicylic acid, and p-octyl basic salicylic acid vinegar; 2,4 · diameter Benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy_4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy_4-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2,2ι_dihydroxy_4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2 · -dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone '2-meryl-4-methoxy- 5-sulfobenzophenone and other benzophenone-based ultraviolet light absorbers; 2- (2 · -hydroxy-V-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2_ (2, · hydroxy_5, _ Third butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2 · (2'-hydroxy-3,, 5, -di-third-butylphenyl) benzenetriazole, 2 · (2'-hydroxy-3 · -Third-butyl-5, · methylphenyl) _5_chlorophenylhydrazone Azole, 2- (2 · -hydroxy-3 ·, 5 · -di-tert-butylphenyl) _5-chlorophenylhydrazinetriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3,, 5, -di-section Triamylphenyl) benzophenazolium and other benzotriazole-based ultraviolet light absorbers; 2-ethylhexyl-2 · cyano-3,3'-diphenylacrylate, ethyl-2-cyanide Based on cyanoacrylate based UV light absorbers such as 3,3'-diphenyl acrylate, etc. The amount of the above UV light absorbers printed by the Consumer Consumption Agency of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is 100 weight points. The copolymer (A) or the composition (A '), (A "), (A1 &quot;) is used in the range of 0.005 to 5 parts by weight, in which 0.005 to 2 parts are used, especially 0.01 to 1 part by weight It is most suitable to use the ratio of other components. Other components The above-mentioned copolymer (A) or composition (A1), (A &quot;), (A1 ") can be used in combination with conventionally known anti-bacterial agents as long as they do not affect the purpose of the present invention. Other ingredients such as turbidity agents, antistatic agents, heat stabilizers, etc. The anti-turbidity agents are mainly composed of local esters composed of polyhydric alcohols and higher fatty acids (including hydroxy fatty acids) having 12 to 24 carbon atoms. 3 10465 A paper standard applicable national standards must be: C'XS: Λ4 specifications (public 嫠; _ ~ A7 B7 d3B820 V. Description of the invention (61) the anti-turbidity agent is suitable. The middle layer constitutes the agricultural multilayer film of the present invention. The intermediate layer is composed of an ethylene · vinyl acetate copolymer, an inorganic compound, and a composition containing an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A-1), a weather-resistant stabilizer, and an anti-turbidity agent if necessary. Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer The ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer used in the present invention has a vinyl acetate content of 2.0 to 30% by weight, preferably 3.0 to 25% by weight, and 5.0 to 20% by weight. For optimum. When the intermediate layer is composed of the ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer described above, a multilayer film having excellent thermal insulation properties can be obtained. In the present invention, the term "heat-insulating property" refers to the function of maintaining the temperature (including air temperature and ground temperature) inside the greenhouse and the tunnel by absorbing radiation when the ground where the ground temperature rises by absorbing solar energy during the day emits radiant energy at night. . [Inorganic compound] When the middle layer of the multilayer film is composed, the types of inorganic compounds used are the same as those used for the outer layer. <= In the present invention, the amount of inorganic compound is 100 parts by weight of ethylene and ethyl acetate Based on the total amount of vinegar copolymer and the following α-hydrocarbon storage copolymer (Ad), 1 to 20 weight points are used, of which 1 to 18 weight points is preferred, and 2 to 15 weight points are used. It is more appropriate. However, the above-mentioned copolymer (A-1) is an arbitrary composition, and therefore it may not be used in some parts by weight. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 310465 (Please read the note ^^ on the back before filling this page)

,1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 61 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 __B7五、發明説明（62 ) 構成多層膜片之中間層之際，按照上述比率使用無機 化合物時，可得保溫性優異的多層膜片。 乙烯，α-烯焊共聚物（Α-1Ϊ 構成多層膜片之中間層之際，必要時所採用的乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A_l)，乃上述構成外層之際所使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)中，其密度在0.92 5 g/cm3以下，其中以 0.88至0.920g/cm3之乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物爲宜。 本發明中，乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（Α-1)及乙烯.乙酸 乙烯酯共聚物（C)間之重量比率[(A)/(C)]在99/1至1/99 範圍，其中以90/〗0至〗0/90範圍爲宜，在80/20至20/80 範圍爲更宜。 構成多層膜片之中間層之際，對於乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯 共聚物而言，按照上述重量比率使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 物（Α-丨）時，可使中間層薄片化。 耐候安定劑 構成多層膜片之中間層之際，必要時所使用的耐候安 定劑乃係上述製成外層之際所使用的紫外光吸收劑及光安 定劑。 光安定劑之用量，以100重量分之乙烯· α -烯烴共 聚物（Α-1)及乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之總量計，使用0.00 5 至5重量分，其中以使用0.005至2重量分爲宜，以使用 0.01至1重量分爲最宜。但是共聚物（Α-1)爲任意使用成 分，有時示零重量分。 紫外光吸收劑之用量，以100重量分之乙烯· α-烯 ----------•乂------、1τ------Λ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本瓦) 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（2ί0Χ297公釐） 62 310465 t 438820 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作乜印製 _________B7 ________五、發明説明（63 ) 烴共聚物（A-1)及乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之總量計，使 用0.005至5重量分，其中以使用0.005至2重量分爲宜， 以使用0.01至1重量分爲最宜。但是共聚物（A-1)爲任意 使用成分，有時示零重量分。 其他成分 不影響本發明之目的範圍內，中間層形成用之乙烯· 乙酸乙烯酯共聚物尙可配合使用已·往周知的防渾濁劑、防 霧劑、抗靜電劑、熱安定劑等之添加物。 上述防渾濁劑以使用上述多元醇及碳原子數爲】2至 24之高級脂肪酸（包括羥基脂肪酸）所構成局部酯化物爲 主要成分者爲宜。 防渾濁劑之用量，以100重量分之上述乙烯_ α-烯 烴共聚物（Α-1)及乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物總量計，使用 0.005至5重量分，其中以使用0.1至4重量分爲宜，以 使用0.5至3重量分之比率爲最宜。但共聚物（Α-1)爲任 意使用成分，有時其使用量爲零。 內層 構成本發明有關的農業用多層膜片之內層係由共聚物 (Α)或組成物（A()、（A&quot;)、（Α·&quot;)而製成。上述共聚物（Α)或 組成物（ΑΊ (A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;&gt;中，尙可配合無機化合物、耐候 安定劑 '防渾濁劑等。 本發明中，上述無機化合物之用量，以100重量分之 共聚物（Α)或組成物（A1)、（ΑΗ)、（Α'11)之總量計，使用1 至3重量分之比率爲宜。 63 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -----------装------訂------東------ 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作科印製 4388 2 0 at __B7 五、發明説明（64 ) 構成多層膜片之內層之際，按照上述比率使用無機化 合物時，可得保溫性優異的多層膜片。 耐候安定劑 製成多層膜片之內層之際，必要時所使用的耐候安定 劑爲上述的紫外光吸收劑及光安定劑。 上述光安定劑之用量，以1〇〇重量分之共聚物（A)或 組成物（A’&gt;、（A1·)、（A1&quot;)之總量計，使用0.005至5重量 分，其中以使用〇.〇〇5至2重量分爲宜，以使用〇.〇1至1 重量分爲最宜。 上述紫外光吸收劑之用量，以1〇〇重量分之共聚物（A) 或組成物（A，）、（A，1)、（A_&quot;)之總量計，使用0.005至5重 量分，其中以使用0.005至2重量分爲宜，以使用〇.〇1 至1重量分爲最宜。 其他i分 在不影響本發明之目的範圍內，製成多層膜片之內層 時，尙可配合使用已往周知的防渾濁劑、抗靜電劑、熱安 定劑等之添加物。 上述防渾濁劑以使用上述由多元醇及碳原子數爲12 至24之高級脂肪酸（包括羥基脂肪酸）所構成局部酯化物 爲主要成分之防渾濁劑爲較宜。 防渾濁劑之用量，以1〇〇重量分之上述共聚物（A)或 組成物（A，）、（A，，）、（A，&quot;）之總量計，使用0.005至5重量 分，其中以使用0.1至3重量分爲宜，以使用0.5至2重 量分之比率爲最宜。 本纸張尺度適。P驾國家標ί : ；;八4说格；2Κ)Χ 29./公t ' ----------1------IT------# (請先闊讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 64 43882 Ο Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（65 ) 多層膜片 由上述外層，中間層及內層所構成之本發明有關的農 業多層膜片，其外層厚度通常在3至100/zm，其中以10 至80/zm爲宜，最好在20至70 範圍，其中間層厚度 在10至150#m範圍，其中以20至120只m爲宜，以30 至100/zm範圍爲最宜，其內層厚度在3至100/zm範圍， 其中以10至爲宜，以20至範圍爲最宜， 且其金屬厚度在30至200#m範圍，其中以50至180只 m爲宜，以70至150jt/m範圍爲最宜》 本發明有關的農業用多層膜片具有下述物理特性。 (I )埃門道爾夫（£1則11(1〇1^)撕裂強度以\^方向言， 在9〇kg/cm以上，宜爲在100kg/cm以上，且TD方向而 言，在90kg/cm以上，宜爲在100kg/cm以上。 (n)l〇〇#m厚度下之落錘衝擊強度在90 0g以上，其 中以lOOOg以上爲宜。 (ΠΙ )抗拉破裂強度在MD方向爲35〇kg/cm2以上，以 3 70 kg/cm2以上爲宜，且在TD方向爲3 5 0 kg/cm2以上， 以370 kg/cm2以上爲宜。 (IV)100//m厚度下之初期透光率在9〇%以上，以92〇/〇 以上爲宜，且曝露在室外120日後之透光率爲8 5 %以上， 以8 7%以上爲宜。 | 又’埃門達爾夫撕裂強度依日本工業標準JIS Z 1702 爲據，進行多層膜片之MD方向及TD方向之撕裂強度試 | I ； I驗而求之。其落錘衝擊強度依JIS Z 1 707爲據（落錘尖端 | j ! 各紙張尺度適用T围國家標率「NS ) Λ4规格：210X 297公楚） 310465 ----------裝------訂------泉 (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部申央標準局員工消費合作社印Μ 65 A7 438820 ___ B7_ 五、發明説明（66 ) 徑爲38mm)進行衝擊試驗而求之。抗拉破裂強度依JIS K 6^81爲據，按照下述條件就多層膜片之TD方向及MD方 向，使用十字頭移動速度固定型抗拉試驗機（Inst ron公司 製品）進行抗拉試驗而求之。 又，本發明有關50/zm厚度之農業用多層膜片，其 光澤通常在60%以上，其霧度通常在15%以下。 又，上述膜片之光澤係依據AS TM D 523，以入射角60 °所測定者。又上述膜片之霧度係依據ASTMD1 003-6 1 而測定之結果。 [製造多層膜片之方法] 上述本發明有關的農業用多層膜片，係分別將上述多 層膜片之各層中所使用聚乙烯系樹脂及上述添加劑之成分 混合，在萬馬力密閉式混合機或輥式硏磨機中熔融混合， 繼之，使用共擠壓吹塑法或共擠壓T-模頭法，將外層中 間層及內層加以層合而製成。 該濃業用多層膜片具有優異的保溫性、防塵性、強韌 性，應用在溫室、隧道等農、園藝用設施方面，可長期利 用提供經濟作物之栽培用途。, 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 61 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy In this case, a multilayer film having excellent thermal insulation properties can be obtained. Ethylene, α-ene welding copolymer (A-1Ϊ) When the intermediate layer of a multilayer diaphragm is used, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A_1) used when necessary is the ethylene · α- In the olefin copolymer (A), the density is 0.92 5 g / cm3 or less, and among them, an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer of 0.88 to 0.920 g / cm3 is preferable. In the present invention, the ethylene.α-olefin copolymer (A -1) and ethylene. The weight ratio [(A) / (C)] between ethylene acetate copolymer (C) is in the range of 99/1 to 1/99, where 90 / 〖0 to〗 0/90 is In the case where the intermediate layer of the multi-layered diaphragm is formed, the ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer is used in the weight ratio as described above. -丨), the intermediate layer can be thinned. When the weather-resistant stabilizer constitutes the intermediate layer of the multilayer film, the weather-resistant stabilizer used when necessary is the above-mentioned ultraviolet light absorber and light used in the outer layer. Stabilizer The amount of light stabilizer is 100% by weight of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A-1) and ethylene · vinyl acetate. Based on the total amount of the substance, 0.00 5 to 5 parts by weight are used, of which 0.005 to 2 parts are preferably used, and 0.01 to 1 part are most suitable. However, the copolymer (Α-1) is an optional component and has Zero weight points are shown. The amount of UV absorber is 100% by weight of ethylene · α-ene ---------- • 乂 ------, 1τ ------ Λ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this tile.) This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (2ί0 × 297 mm) 62 310465 t 438820 A7 Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _________B7 ________ 5. Description of the invention (63) Based on the total amount of the hydrocarbon copolymer (A-1) and the ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, 0.005 to 5 parts by weight are used, and 0.005 to 2 parts by weight are preferably used, and 0.01 to The weight of 1 is optimal. However, the copolymer (A-1) is an optional component, and sometimes it shows zero weight. Other components do not affect the purpose of the present invention. The ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer for intermediate layer formation尙 Can be used with known anti-turbidity agents, anti-fog agents, anti-static agents, heat stabilizers The above-mentioned anti-turbidity agent is preferably composed of the above-mentioned polyol and a local esterified product of a higher fatty acid (including hydroxy fatty acid) having a carbon number of 2 to 24 as the main component. The amount of the anti-turbidity agent is 100 0.005 to 5 parts by weight based on the total amount of the above-mentioned ethylene_α-olefin copolymer (A-1) and ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, of which 0.1 to 4 parts by weight is preferred, and 0.5 to 5 parts are used A ratio of 3 parts by weight is optimal. However, the copolymer (A-1) is an optional component, and the amount thereof may be zero in some cases. The inner layer constitutes the inner layer of the agricultural multilayer film according to the present invention made of a copolymer (Α) or a composition (A (), (A &quot;), (Α · &quot;). The above-mentioned copolymer (Α ) Or the composition (ΑΊ (A &quot;), (Α '&quot; &gt;), 尙 can be compounded with an inorganic compound, a weathering stabilizer, an anti-turbidity agent, etc. In the present invention, the amount of the above-mentioned inorganic compound is 100 parts by weight. Based on the total amount of copolymer (Α) or composition (A1), (ΑΗ), (Α'11), it is advisable to use a ratio of 1 to 3 parts by weight. 63 310465 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this (Page) ----------- Installation ------ Order ------ East ------ Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperation Section of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 0 at __B7 V. Explanation of the invention (64) When the inner layer of the multi-layer film is formed, when an inorganic compound is used according to the above ratio, a multi-layer film having excellent heat insulation can be obtained. When a weather-resistant stabilizer is used to make the inner layer of the multi-layer film, it is necessary The weather-resistant stabilizer used at the time is the above-mentioned ultraviolet light absorber and light stabilizer. The amount of the light stabilizer used is 100% by weight of the copolymer (A) or the composition ( Based on the total amount of A '&gt;, (A1 ·), (A1 &quot;), 0.005 to 5 parts by weight are used, and it is preferable to use 0.005 to 2 parts by weight, and 0.001 to 1 part by weight. The amount of the above-mentioned ultraviolet light absorbing agent is 0.005 based on the total amount of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A,), (A, 1), (A_ &quot;) of 100 parts by weight. 5 weight points, of which 0.005 to 2 weight points are preferred, and 0.001 to 1 weight points are most suitable. Other i points are within the range of not affecting the purpose of the present invention, and are made into a multilayer film. In the layer, 尙 can be combined with conventionally known additives such as anti-turbidity agents, anti-static agents, heat stabilizers, etc. The above-mentioned anti-turbidity agent uses the above-mentioned polyols and higher fatty acids (including hydroxyl groups having 12 to 24 carbon atoms) The anti-turbidity agent whose main component is a local ester compound composed of fatty acid is more suitable. The amount of the anti-turbidity agent is 100 parts by weight of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A,), (A ,,). (A, &quot;) based on the total amount of 0.005 to 5 weight points, of which 0.1 to 3 weight points is appropriate, so that The ratio of 0.5 to 2 weight points is the most suitable. The paper size is appropriate. P driving national standard: ;; 8 4 grid; 2K) X 29. / male t '---------- 1 ------ IT ------ # (Please read the precautions on the back first and then fill out this page) 310465 64 43882 〇 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (65) The multi-layer diaphragm consists of the above outer layer and middle layer The thickness of the outer layer of the agricultural multi-layer membrane according to the present invention formed by the inner layer is usually 3 to 100 / zm, preferably 10 to 80 / zm, preferably 20 to 70, and the thickness of the middle layer is 10 To 150 # m, of which 20 to 120 m is suitable, 30 to 100 / zm is the most suitable, and the thickness of the inner layer is 3 to 100 / zm, of which 10 to 10 and 20 to It is most suitable, and its metal thickness is in the range of 30 to 200 # m, among which 50 to 180 m is preferable, and 70 to 150 jt / m is the most suitable. "The agricultural multilayer film according to the present invention has the following physical properties characteristic. (I) Emmen Dalf (£ 1,11 (1〇1 ^) tear strength in \ ^ direction, above 90kg / cm, preferably above 100kg / cm, and in the TD direction, in Above 90kg / cm, preferably above 100kg / cm. (N) The impact strength of the falling weight at a thickness of 100 # m is above 900g, of which above 1000g is preferred. (ΠΙ) The tensile rupture strength is in the MD direction. It is preferably 35 kg / cm2 or more, preferably 3 70 kg / cm2 or more, and more than 350 kg / cm2 in the TD direction, and preferably 370 kg / cm2 or more. (IV) 100 // m thickness or less The initial light transmittance is more than 90%, preferably 92.0 / 0 or more, and the light transmittance after exposure to the outdoors for 120 days is more than 85%, more preferably 87%. | The tear strength is based on the Japanese Industrial Standard JIS Z 1702, and the tear strength tests in the MD direction and TD direction of the multilayer diaphragm are carried out | I; I to determine. The drop weight impact strength is based on JIS Z 1 707 ( Drop hammer tip | j! National standard of T-round "NS" for each paper size 规格 4 Specification: 210X 297 cm) 310465 ---------- Installation ------ Order ----- -Quan (Read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Shenyang Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumption Cooperative Print 65 A7 438820 ___ B7_ 5. The description of the invention (66) diameter is 38mm) and it is obtained by impact test. The tensile rupture strength is based on JIS K 6 ^ 81. The TD direction and the MD direction are obtained by performing a tensile test using a crosshead moving speed fixed tensile tester (product of Instron Co., Ltd.) In addition, the present invention relates to a multilayer film for agricultural use having a thickness of 50 / zm, and its gloss is usually Above 60%, the haze is usually below 15%. In addition, the gloss of the above-mentioned film is measured according to AS TM D 523 at an angle of incidence of 60 °. The haze of the above-mentioned film is based on ASTMD1 003-6 1 and the result of the measurement. [Method for manufacturing a multilayer film] The above-mentioned agricultural multilayer film according to the present invention is obtained by mixing the components of the polyethylene-based resin and the additives described above in each layer of the multilayer film. Melt mixing in a horsepower closed mixer or roll honing machine, followed by coextrusion blow molding or co-extrusion T-die method, the outer layer intermediate layer and the inner layer are laminated. Thick film for thick industry has excellent Insulation resistance, dust resistance, toughness, application in greenhouses, tunnels and other agricultural, horticultural facilities, can provide long-term benefit with the use of cultivation of cash crops.

摭水片料I 遮水片料係由前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系 共聚物組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α·&quot;)以及必要時再加上碳黑， 耐熱安定劑，耐候安定劑，色料，塡充劑（不包括碳黑）， j潤滑劑，抗靜電劑’耐燃劑，發包劑等周知的添加劑所構 { i成。遮水片料尙可舆其他底材，補強材料，排水材料等配 各纸铢尺度適吒中國國家梯準i cxs ) AUt格:+ 210X297公釐* _ 310465 ----------装------訂------東 (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 66 ' 438B20 A 7 B7_ 五、發明説明（67 ) 合，由前述共聚物（A&gt;或組成物（A]、（A”）、（A I形成之 層作爲內層或外層而製成多層構造物。 遮水片料之厚度爲1.5 mm下，撕裂時之拉伸（據JIS A6008，總片法，速度爲200mm/分鐘）在80%以上，厚度 爲1.5mm下，穿刺時之拉伸在5mm以上，藉現場實際使 用的加熱密封機在500°C之設定溫度，以密封速度5m/分 鐘之條件下，加熱密封時，熔融部分之剝離強度（據JIS K6328，速度爲50mm/分鐘）以10kg/2 0mm以上爲適宜。 遮水片料會觸及有凹凸面之物體，尤指先端尖銳的物 體，因此，撕裂時之拉伸與穿刺時之拉伸，在維持遮水片 料之性能上成爲重要因素。 又，上述現場實際使用之加熱密封機可用來斯達公司 製之熱風片料熔融機10E型，將溫度設定在500 °C，速度 爲5 m/分鐘之條件下，將兩張片料熔融，調整在23 °C下 放置48小時以上狀態之後，據JIS K6328,以速度爲50mm/ 分鐘之條件下，進行剝離強度試驗，測定其剝離強度作爲 熔融特性之指標。穿刺試驗使用In stron公司製造的萬能 試驗機。將遮水片料固定在直徑5 cm之器具上，以具有 先端爲平坦而直徑0.7mm之針，測50mm/分鐘之速度穿 刺時的斷裂強度，而求其斷裂強度/片料厚度（kg/mm)與斷 裂時之拉伸値。 本發明有關的遮水片料，可利用現場實際使用的加熱 密封機’輕易且高強度下加熱密封，所以實用上極爲適宜。i |本發明之遮水料具備優異的抗拉強度 '扯裂強度，扯裂時| 本紙張尺度適.η 7闺國家標&lt;;一 310465 ----------装------訂------東 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 67 經濟部中央標隼局員工消费合咋社印製 310465 438820 A7 _____B7_ 五 '發明説明（68 ) 之拉伸、穿剌強度、穿刺時之拉伸等機械強度、柔軟性及 熔融特性。 多層膜片： 多層膜片由底材膜片層及前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A”）' (Α，1，）所構成層而製成。 構成上述底材膜片之材料，祗要具有膜片形成能力之 外’並無其他任何限制。可採用任意的聚合物、或紙、鋁 箔、賽珞仿等。上述聚合物，例如高密度聚乙烯《中、低 密度聚乙烯’乙烯、乙酸乙烯酯共聚物，乙烯、丙烯酸酯 共聚物，離子絡合聚合物，聚丙烯、聚-1-丁烯 '聚-4-甲 基-1-戊烯等烯烴系聚合物，聚氯乙烯，聚偏二氯乙烯， 聚苯乙烯，聚丙烯酸酯，聚丙烯睛等乙烯系聚合物，耐綸 6，耐綸66’耐綸10，耐綸11，耐綸12，耐綸610，聚 間-二甲苯基己二醯胺等聚醯胺系聚合物，聚對苯二甲酸 乙二酯，聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯/異酞酸酯，聚對苯二甲酸 丁二酯等聚酯系聚合物，聚乙烯醇，乙烯、乙烯醇共聚物， 聚碳酸酯系聚合物等。 又，底材膜片係聚合物材料時，該聚合物膜片可爲無 方向或單軸或雙軸延伸者。 該底材可視多層膜片用途而選擇適用者。例如包裝用 複合膜片，可隨所包裝的內容物種類而選擇之。例如被包 裝物品係容易腐敗的食品時，選擇使用聚醯胺，聚偏二氯 乙烯，乙烯•乙烯醇共聚物，聚乙烯醇，聚酯等之透明性、 剛性、耐透氣性等優異的樹脂類。被包裝物件爲點心、糕| 通用 t S 國家標準（.; Λϋ ( 2: ΰ X 297公:Ϊ -----------裝------訂------泉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印架 69 f 4388 2 0 at __B7___ 五、發明説明（69 ) 點類或纖維包裝等時，選擇透明性、剛性、耐透水性良好 的聚丙烯樹脂等爲宜ΰ 上述底材上，擠壓塗布以前述乙烯烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α·Μ)之際，可以在底 材上直接擠壓塗布共聚物（Α)或組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α1”）， 亦可爲提升底材及共聚物（Α)或組成物（A’）、（ΑΜ&gt;、（Α'&quot;) 間之粘接力，在底材上事先用周知方法塗布有機酞系，聚 乙烯醯亞胺系，異氰酸酯系等之增粘塗層劑，或設置粘接 性聚烯烴，髙壓法聚乙烯等的打底樹脂層之後，再以共聚 物（Α)或組成物（A_)、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;·)擠壓塗布亦適宜。 又，底材及接觸底材之樹脂（例如上述打底用樹脂或 共聚物（Α)，組成（A1) ' (A&quot;)、（Α'”）之間，爲確保其粘接 性，擠壓樹脂之熔融膜上吹以臭氧氣體強制氧化膜之表面 亦爲可行方法。 上述多層膜片可提供各種包裝用途，例如湯等液狀食 品；醬菜、藉篛絲等含水食品；日本豆醬（味噌）' 果醬等 糊狀食品；砂糖、小麥粉、調味料等粉狀食品；醫藥錠劑、 顆粒劑等藥品之包裝用途。上述用途中，多層膜片具有密 封層之功能 包裝用多曆腊片： 包裝用多層膜片由外層，一或二層以上之中間層及內 層之至少三層構造之膜片所構成。外層及內層所使用之樹 脂組成有異於構成中間層之樹脂組成。The water-repellent sheet I is composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (Α · &quot;), and if necessary, Carbon black, heat-resistant stabilizers, weather-resistant stabilizers, pigments, fillers (excluding carbon black), j-lubricants, antistatic agents, flame retardants, outsourcing agents, and other well-known additives are made up of {icheng. The water-shielding sheet material can be used with other substrates, reinforcement materials, drainage materials, etc. Each paper baht scale is suitable for China's national standard i cxs) AUt grid: + 210X297 mm * _ 310465 --------- -Equipment ------ Order ------ East (Read the precautions on the back before you fill out this page) Duty Printing 66 '438B20 A 7 B7_ (67) A multilayer structure made of the aforementioned copolymer (A &gt; or the composition (A), (A)), (AI) as an inner layer or an outer layer. The thickness of the water-shielding sheet is 1.5 mm The tensile strength at the time of tearing (according to JIS A6008, the total sheet method, the speed is 200mm / min) is more than 80%, the thickness is 1.5mm, and the tensile strength during puncture is more than 5mm. When the machine is set at a temperature of 500 ° C and a sealing speed of 5m / min, the peel strength of the molten part (according to JIS K6328, the speed is 50mm / min) is preferably 10kg / 2 0mm or more when it is heat sealed. Sheets can touch objects with uneven surfaces, especially those with sharp tips. Therefore, stretching during tearing and stretching during puncture, The performance of the water-shielding sheet material becomes an important factor. In addition, the heating and sealing machine actually used on the site can be used as a hot air sheet melting machine 10E made by Star Corporation, and the temperature is set at 500 ° C and the speed is 5 m / min. Under the conditions, the two sheets were fused and adjusted to stand at 23 ° C for more than 48 hours. Then, according to JIS K6328, a peel strength test was performed at a speed of 50 mm / minute, and the peel strength was measured as the melting characteristic. The index of the puncture test is a universal testing machine manufactured by Instron. The water-shielding sheet is fixed on a device with a diameter of 5 cm, and the needle with a flat tip and a diameter of 0.7 mm is measured at a speed of 50 mm / min. The breaking strength is determined by the breaking strength / sheet thickness (kg / mm) and the tensile strength at the time of breaking. The water-shielding sheet of the present invention can be heated easily and with high strength by using a heat sealer actually used on site. It is sealed, so it is very suitable for practical use. I | The water-shielding material of the present invention has excellent tensile strength 'tearing strength, when tearing | The paper size is suitable. Η 7 National Standard &lt; one 310465 ---- ------ install-- ---- Order ------ East (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Printed by the Consumer Consumption Cooperative 67 438820 A7 _____B7_ Five 'Invention Description (68) Mechanical strength, softness, and melting characteristics such as tensile, puncture strength, and tensile strength during puncture. Multilayer film: Multilayer film consists of the base film layer and the aforementioned ethylene · The α-olefin copolymer (A) or a layer composed of an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A ")' (A, 1,). There are no other restrictions on the materials constituting the above-mentioned substrate film, other than having the ability to form a film. Any polymer can be used, or paper, aluminum foil, or imitation. The above polymers are, for example, high-density polyethylene "medium and low-density polyethylene 'ethylene, vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene, acrylate copolymers, ion complex polymers, polypropylene, poly-1-butene' poly- Olefin polymers such as 4-methyl-1-pentene, polyvinyl polymers such as polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polystyrene, polyacrylate, polyacrylamide, nylon 6, 66 ' Nylon 10, Nylon 11, Nylon 12, Nylon 610, Polymethylene polymers such as poly-xylyl adipamide, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate Polyester polymers such as esters / isophthalates, polybutylene terephthalate, polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene, vinyl alcohol copolymers, and polycarbonate polymers. When the substrate film is a polymer material, the polymer film may be a non-directional or uniaxial or biaxial extension. The substrate can be selected according to the application of the multilayer film. For example, the packaging composite film can be selected according to the type of contents to be packaged. For example, when the packaged product is a perishable food, a resin such as polyamine, polyvinylidene chloride, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyester, etc., which is excellent in transparency, rigidity, and gas permeability resistance, is selected. class. The packaged items are snacks and cakes | General t S National Standards (.; Λϋ (2: ΰ X 297): Ϊ ----------- Pack -------- Order ----- -Quan (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed Stand 69 F 4388 2 0 at __B7___ by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of Invention (69) For point or fiber packaging, select transparency Polypropylene resin with good rigidity and water resistance is suitable. On the above substrate, extrusion coating with the aforementioned ethylene olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), ( (A · M), the copolymer (Α) or the composition (A '), (A &quot;), (Α1 ") can be directly extruded and coated on the substrate, or the substrate and the copolymer (Α) can be improved. ) Or the composition (A '), (ΑΜ &gt;, (Α' &quot;)), the organic phthalate-based, polyethylene-imide-based, isocyanate-based, etc. are coated on the substrate by a known method in advance. Adhesive coating agent, or a primer resin layer such as adhesive polyolefin, pressure-pressed polyethylene, etc., followed by copolymer (Α) or composition (A_), (A &quot;), (Α &quot; ) Extrusion coating is also suitable. In addition, the substrate and the resin contacting the substrate (such as the above-mentioned primer resin or copolymer (A), the composition (A1) '(A &quot;), (Α' ")) are To ensure its adhesion, it is also a feasible method to squeeze the surface of the molten film of the resin with ozone to force the oxidation of the film. The above-mentioned multilayer film can provide various packaging applications, such as soups, liquid foods, pickles, shredded silk, etc. Water-containing foods; paste foods such as Japanese soy sauce (miso) jam; powdered foods such as sugar, wheat flour, and seasonings; packaging applications for pharmaceuticals such as tablets, granules, etc. In the above applications, the multilayer film has a sealing layer Multi-functional wax for functional packaging: The multilayer film for packaging is composed of an outer layer, one or more intermediate layers and at least three layers of the inner layer. The resin composition used in the outer layer and the inner layer is different. Based on the resin composition of the intermediate layer.

外層及內層由前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（α)或乙烯系I 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣車；M4规格（2丨〇,&lt;297公釐、 310465 I fi - Ji til - n n I n _ I n τ ϋ I _ ___ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經 部 中 A 標 準 費 含 作 7上 印 製 438820 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（70 ) 共聚物組成物（A')、（Α&quot;)、（Α·Μ)所構成。又，構成外層及 內層用之共聚物（Α)或組成物（As)、（a&quot;)、（Α,Μ)可爲相同 或不同構造者》 中間層可由前述底材膜片之材料用樹脂組成物中任意 選擇之。例如1-丁烯系共聚物以及必要時由乙烯•丙烯b 丁烯無規（共）聚物所構成樹脂或樹脂組成物所製成者爲 宜。 1-丁烯系（共）聚物乃係1-丁烯均聚合物或1-丁烯含量 爲75至85莫耳％，丙烯含量爲15至25莫耳％之丁烯、 丙烯共聚物。 該1-丁烯系（共）聚合物之MFR在0.1至Sg/io分鐘 範圍’其中以0.5至2g/〗〇分鐘爲宜，密度在0.890至 0,925g/cm3範圍，其中以0.895至0.920g/cm3範圍爲宜。 該1-丁烯系（共 &gt;聚合物可使用一般周知的齊格勒-納塔氏 催化劑（Ziegler-Natta’s catalyst)而製造之。 本發明中’ 丁烯系（共）聚合物，對1-丁烯系（共）聚 合物及乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物之總量100重量％計， 使用40至100重量％範圍，其中以50至90重量％爲宜， 以55至95重量％之比率使用爲最宜。 乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物，其丙烯含量爲50至98 莫耳％’宜爲在70至97莫耳％範圍。 乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物，其MFR在0.1至 | 100g/10分鐘範圍，其中以1至30g/10分鐘爲宜》其密度 在 0.890 至 0.910g/cm3 範圍 β 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準 310465 ----------装------訂------東 (請先閱讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費含作社印製 438820 a? Β7 五、發明説明（Ή ) 上述乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物可使用一般齊格勒-納塔氏催化劑而製造之》 本發明中，乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物係對1-丁烯 系（共）聚合物及乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物之總量100 重量％計，使用〇至60重量％，其中以10至50重量％爲 宜，以使用5至45重量％之比率爲最宜。 1-丁烯系（共）聚合物及乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物 之比率在上述比率範圍時可得具備優異的自動包裝機用切 割性之多層膜片。 本發明中，上述構成外層及內層之樹脂或樹脂組成物 同樣的在構成中間層之樹脂或樹脂組成物中，1-丁烯系（共） 聚合物以及乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚物之外，在不影響 本發明之目的範圍中，尙可添加各種安定劑、配合劑、塡 充劑等。其中，尤其爲提升內容物之外観，可添加防渾濁 劑、抗靜電劑等，或爲保護包裝內容物添加抗紫外光劑， 亦可添加抗氧化劑、潤滑劑等。 中間層尙可由一層或二層以上之按上述範圍內的用量 配合之1-丁烯系（共）聚合物及乙烯•丙烯1-丁烯無規共聚 物而構成。 本發明有關的包裝用多層膜片，通常製成10至20μπι 厚度，其中間層爲1至5μιη，外層及內層分別調整在2至 8μπι之厚度。又，隨用途之需求，內層及/或外層之更外 j層，尙可用其他樹脂層而形成。 ! i 包裝用多層膜片，將構成各層之各成分分別以各種混 i___ _ 不紙張尺度適玥中国國家標準K:NS ; A4規格 71 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本页) .装- 訂 A7 B7 438820 五、發明説明（72 ) 合機混合後，使用一般成型法，例如擠壓機上備有複數模 頭辱片之吹塑膜片成型機，或T-模頭成型機而製造之。 包裝用多層膜片在縱方向及橫方向之埃門道爾夫撕裂 強度之比率（橫方向/縱方向）以9.1以下爲適宜，據此可得 優異的包裝用膜片。尤其利用在自動包裝機，膜片之橫方 向移動的刀片所切割，因此，切割性的優劣可藉縱方向及 橫方向之埃門多爾夫撕裂強度之比率加以評估之。該埃門 多爾夫撕裂強度之比率在9.1以下時，可判斷爲自動包裝 機用切割性良好的膜片。 本發明有關的包裝用多層膜片，其埃門多爾夫撕裂強 度比率爲9.1以下，因此，自動包裝機上之切割容易，同 時能快速連續包裝而效率極佳。又，上述埃門多爾夫撕裂 強度係據JIS Z-1702所示方法測定者》 又，本發明有關的包裝用多層膜片，其透明性優異， 霧度値一般在2.0%以下。 又，本發明有關的包裝用多層膜片，其指壓復原性優 異，其初期復原率在70%以上，永久變形値在5.5 mm以 下。 又，本發明有關的包裝用多層膜片，其低溫密封性良 好，在9〇°C下加熱密封之膜片的密封強度爲lOOkg/cm2 以上。 上述包裝用多層膜片，其機械強度特性、透明性及低 溫加熱密封性優異，且包裝後，例如用指捺壓內容物，其 膜片之復原性良好。甚適合食品、日常用品之包裝用途。 表紙張尺度適國國家梂準; AJ規格（2!().&lt;297公趁； 310465 —---------裝------訂------京 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 72 A7 4388 2 0 B7 五、發明説明（73 ) 彈性包裝用膜片： 彈性包裝用膜片係由前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A〇、（A”）、（Α'&quot;)以及必要時再加上 其他樹脂成分，例如密度爲0.88〇至〇.895g/cm3之乙儲· 丙烯無規共聚物，密度爲0.910至0.924g/cm3之高壓法乙 烯·乙酸乙烯酯無規共聚物等所構成。 上述其他樹脂成分之含量，以 100重量份之前述共聚 物（A)或組成物（A)，（Α1)，（Α·Μ)而計，使用〇至40重量 份範圍。 又，本發明中，由前述共聚物（Α)或組成物（A)，（Α]， (Α'&quot;)，或共聚物（Α)或組成物（A)，（A1)，（Am)和其他樹脂 成分所構成組成物中，在不影響本發明之目的範圍內，可 配合使用增滑劑、防粘劑、防止渾濁劑、抗靜電劑，爲保 護內容物之紫外光防止劑等各種添加劑。 上述增滑劑，例如使用油醯胺，硬脂醯胺，芥醯胺等 高級脂肪酸之醯胺類爲宜。 又，上述防粘劑以使用二氧化矽、滑石等之無機物爲 宜。 抗靜電劑以使用例如甘油脂肪酸酯、山梨醣醇脂肪酸酯類 爲宜。 由上述共聚物（A)或組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（A'·1)所構成 膜片，具備必要程度之適度的粘接性，惟更需要提升粘接 性時，可調配使用2至〗〇重量％左右之液狀聚丁二烯、 聚異丁烯等於線性低密度聚乙烯即可β 本紙張尺度適疋中辑固家標車._ v:N+S ί Λ4规格(210^(297公犛：· ----------装------訂------東 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作杜印繁 310465 73 A7 B7 438820 五、發明说明（74 ) 本發明有關的彈性包裝用膜片’如上述含有由共聚物 (A )或組成物（A 1 )、（ A ”）、（ A '”）所構成膜片° 本發明有關的彈性包裝用膜片’其厚度通常在10至50»1111 範圍。該彈性包裝用膜片可爲單層構造或多層構造者。 上述單層構造之彈性包裝用膜片可利用吹塑法，T-模頭法 等一般膜片成型法而製造之。 上述多層構造之彈性包裝用膜片可利用已往周知的成 型方法，例如擠壓機上備有複數之模頭唇片之吹塑膜片成 型或T-模頭成型機等之成型設備製造之。 彈性包裝用膜片在縱方向之抗拉裂斷應力（據JIS Z1702 法）在400kg/cm2以上，縱方向之抗拉裂斷拉伸（據J1S Z1702法）在500%以上，耐衝擊強度（據ASTMD3420法） 在2500kg，cm/cm以上，縱方向之撕裂強度（據；HS Z1702 法）在50kg/cm以上，粘著強度（20kg，5〇t：xl日）在3至 25g/cm，拉伸3 00%而經過1小時後之應力在1 50至 300g/15mm，最高拉伸界限在300%以上爲宜。 本發明有關的彈性包裝用膜片較之已往的低密度聚乙 烯或乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之膜片。其抗拉裂斷拉伸大， 可拉伸至3 00至600%，因此，適用於高拉伸用途或異形 物（兩種以上形狀互異的包裝內容物）之彈性包裝用途。 又，本發明有關的彈性包裝用膜片，較之已往的低密度聚 乙烯或乙烯•乙酸乙烯酯共聚物之膜片。包裝後所加之應 力小，不會使被包裝物變形，同時包裝後之膜片強度高， 膜片外觀亦良好。 i 本紙張尺度適笊國家棣準 I. CNS +; Λ4規格（21GX297公釐！ &quot; ' 310465 ----------装------訂------涑 (.诸先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 74 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社ίμ製 75 4388 2 0 at Β7 五、發明説明（75 ) 本發明有關的彈性包裝用膜片，可爲單層之前述共聚 物（A)或組成物（A1)、（A”）、（A”’）所構成之膜片，也可由 上述共聚物（A)或組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（A'”）所構成膜片層 之外，再具有一層或二層以上之膜片層所構成多層構造之 膜片。 上述多層構造之彈性包裝用膜片，例如彈性包裝用膜 片上共有非粘接面及粘接面之多層膜片，乃係以前述共聚 物（A)或組成物（A)，（A&quot;) &gt; (A'&quot;)之膜片層爲中間層，在其 中間層之一方表面上，介由高密度之線性低密度聚乙烯所 構成膜片層做爲非粘接層，對彈性包裝用膜片之全厚度而 計，以5至30%左右厚度而形成，同時在中間層之另一方 表面上，介由前述共聚物（A)或組成物（A]、（AM)、（A’··） 中配合以2至10重量。/。之液狀聚異丁烯、液狀聚丁二烯 等而構成之組成物所製成的膜片層作爲粘接層，對彈性包 裝用膜片之全厚度而計，以5至30%程度之厚度形成而製 成。 上述彈性包裝用膜片，可以高度拉伸且具有適度的粘 接性，包裝後對於包裝內容物不會加上過度之應力，包裝 後之強度特性，外観皆優異，同時膜片不會有過度的粘接 性，其生產加、包裝性狀、使用操作性等皆優異。 包裝用膜片： 包裝用膜片乃指經改良過的包裝或包裝機用膜片，更 詳言之，乃示具有經改善的透明性、韌性、擠壓加工性及| 輻射交聯功能之能收縮、被覆、延伸、熱粘及真空包裝用丨The outer layer and inner layer are made of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (α) or ethylene series I. The paper size is applicable to Chinese national prototypes; M4 specifications (2 丨 〇, &lt; 297 mm, 310465 I fi-Ji til-nn I n _ I n τ ϋ I _ ___ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The standard fee in the middle of the book is printed as 7 printed on 438820 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (70) Copolymer composition ( A '), (Α &quot;), (Α · Μ). In addition, the copolymer (A) or the composition (As), (a &quot;), (Α, Μ) constituting the outer layer and the inner layer may be The same or different structure "The intermediate layer can be arbitrarily selected from the resin composition for the material of the aforementioned substrate film. For example, a 1-butene-based copolymer and, if necessary, an ethylene-propylene b-butene random (co) polymer The resin or resin composition is preferably made of a 1-butene-based (co) polymer which is a 1-butene homopolymer or a 1-butene content of 75 to 85 mole% and a propylene content of 15 to 25 mol% of butene and propylene copolymers. The MFR of the 1-butene-based (co) polymer is in the range of 0.1 to Sg / io minutes, of which 0.5 to 2g / 〇minutes are suitable, and the density is in the range of 0.890 to 0,925 g / cm3, in which the range is preferably 0.895 to 0.920 g / cm3. The 1-butene-based (co-> polymer) may be generally known Ziegler-Natta It is manufactured by Ziegler-Natta's catalyst. In the present invention, the total of a butene-based (co) polymer, a 1-butene-based (co) polymer and an ethylene-propylene 1-butene random copolymer The amount is 100% by weight, and a range of 40 to 100% by weight is used, with 50 to 90% by weight being preferred, and 55 to 95% by weight being most suitable. Ethylene • propylene 1-butene random copolymer, which The propylene content is 50 to 98 mol% ', preferably in the range of 70 to 97 mol%. The ethylene • propylene 1-butene random copolymer has an MFR in the range of 0.1 to | 100 g / 10 minutes, of which 1 to 30 g / 10 minutes is better. Its density is in the range of 0.890 to 0.910g / cm3. Β This paper size applies to Chinese national standard 310465 ---------- installation ------ order ------ East (Please read the note on the back before filling out this page.) Consumption of employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs includes printing by the company 438820 a? B7 5. Description of the invention (Ή) The above ethylene • The 1-butene random copolymer can be produced using a general Ziegler-Natta catalyst. In the present invention, the ethylene-propylene 1-butene random copolymer is (co) polymerized with 1-butene. Based on 100% by weight of ethylene and propylene 1-butene random copolymer, 0 to 60% by weight is used, of which 10 to 50% by weight is preferable, and a ratio of 5 to 45% by weight is most suitable. . When the ratio of the 1-butene-based (co) polymer and the ethylene / propylene 1-butene random copolymer is within the above-mentioned ratio range, a multilayer film having excellent cuttability for an automatic packaging machine can be obtained. In the present invention, the resin or resin composition constituting the outer layer and the inner layer is the same as the resin or resin composition constituting the intermediate layer, and the 1-butene-based (co) polymer and ethylene • propylene 1-butene are random. In addition to the copolymer, various stabilizers, complexing agents, fillers, and the like can be added within a range not affecting the purpose of the present invention. Among them, in order to enhance the content of the contents, anti-turbidity agents, anti-static agents, etc., or anti-ultraviolet agents, or antioxidants, lubricants, etc. may be added to protect the contents of the packaging. The intermediate layer 尙 can be composed of one or two or more layers of a 1-butene-based (co) polymer and an ethylene-propylene 1-butene random copolymer blended in the above range. The multi-layer film for packaging according to the present invention is usually made to a thickness of 10 to 20 μm, with an intermediate layer of 1 to 5 μm, and the outer layer and the inner layer are adjusted to a thickness of 2 to 8 μm, respectively. In addition, according to the needs of the application, the inner layer and / or the outer layer of the outer layer j may be formed of other resin layers. ! i Multi-layer film for packaging, each component of each layer is mixed in various kinds i _ _ Not suitable for Chinese paper standard K: NS; A4 size 71 310465 (Please read the note on the back before filling this page) .Packing-order A7 B7 438820 V. Description of the invention (72) After the machine is mixed, the general molding method is used, for example, a blown film forming machine equipped with a plurality of die heads on the extruder, or a T-die head. Machine made. The Emmendolf tear strength ratio (horizontal direction / longitudinal direction) of the multilayer film for packaging is preferably 9.1 or less, and an excellent packaging film can be obtained. In particular, it is cut by a blade moving in the transverse direction of the diaphragm in an automatic packaging machine. Therefore, the cutting quality can be evaluated by the ratio of the tear strength of the Emmendorf in the longitudinal direction and the transverse direction. When the ratio of the tear strength of the Emmendorf is 9.1 or less, it can be judged that the film has good cuttability for an automatic packaging machine. The multilayer film for packaging according to the present invention has an Emmendorf tear strength ratio of 9.1 or less. Therefore, cutting on an automatic packaging machine is easy, and at the same time, packaging can be performed quickly and continuously with excellent efficiency. In addition, the above-mentioned Emmendorf tear strength is measured according to the method shown in JIS Z-1702. Also, the multilayer film for packaging according to the present invention is excellent in transparency, and the haze 値 is generally 2.0% or less. Further, the multilayer film for packaging according to the present invention has excellent finger pressure recovery properties, an initial recovery rate of 70% or more, and a permanent deformation of 5.5 mm or less. Moreover, the multilayer film for packaging according to the present invention has good low-temperature sealing properties, and the sealing strength of the film heat-sealed at 90 ° C is 100 kg / cm2 or more. The above-mentioned multilayer film for packaging has excellent mechanical strength characteristics, transparency, and low-temperature heat-sealing properties, and after packaging, for example, pressing the contents with fingers, the film has good resilience. Very suitable for packaging of food and daily necessities. Table paper standards are suitable for national standards; AJ specifications (2! (). &Lt; 297 publicly available; 310465 ----------- installed -------- ordered ------ Beijing ( Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 72 A7 4388 2 0 B7 V. Description of the invention (73) Films for flexible packaging: · Α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A〇, (A "), (Α '&quot;) and other resin components if necessary, for example, a density of 0.88 to 0.9895 g / cm3 ethylene storage · propylene random copolymer, high density ethylene · vinyl acetate random copolymer with a density of 0.910 to 0.924g / cm3, etc. The content of the other resin components mentioned above is 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned copolymerization (A) or composition (A), (A1), (A · M), in the range of 0 to 40 parts by weight. In the present invention, the copolymer (A) or the composition (A) is used. (A), (Α '&quot;), or copolymer (A) or composition (A), (A1), (Am) and other resin components, without affecting the purpose of the present invention Within the range, various additives such as slip agents, anti-sticking agents, anti-turbidity agents, and antistatic agents can be used together to protect the contents from ultraviolet light. Such slip agents, such as oleylamine and stearylamine, can be used in combination. Preferably, amines of higher fatty acids such as erucamide are suitable. In addition, the anti-sticking agent is preferably an inorganic substance such as silica, talc, and the like. The antistatic agent is, for example, glycerin fatty acid ester or sorbitol fatty acid ester. The film composed of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A' · 1) has the necessary degree of moderate adhesiveness, but it is necessary to improve the adhesion. At the time of performance, liquid polybutadiene and polyisobutene equal to linear low-density polyethylene can be used in the range of 2 to 0% by weight. Β This paper is suitable for medium-sized cars._ v: N + S ί Λ4 specifications (210 ^ (297 public 牦: · ---------- install -------- order -------- east (谙 read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Consumption Cooperation between Employees of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du Yinfan 310465 73 A7 B7 438820 V. Description of the Invention (74) Film for Flexible Packaging Related to the Invention 'As mentioned above, the film containing the copolymer (A) or the composition (A 1), (A'), (A '") is included ° The film for flexible packaging according to the present invention has a thickness of usually 10 to 50 »1111 range. The flexible packaging film can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. The above-mentioned single-layer structured flexible packaging film can be manufactured by a general film molding method such as a blow molding method, a T-die method, and the like. The above-mentioned multi-layered flexible packaging film can be manufactured by molding methods known in the past, such as blown film molding with a plurality of die lips on an extruder or T-die molding machines. . The tensile cracking stress (based on JIS Z1702 method) of the flexible packaging film in the longitudinal direction is 400 kg / cm2 or more, and the tensile cracking resistance (based on the J1S Z1702 method) in the longitudinal direction is 500% or more. The impact strength ( According to ASTMD3420 method) Above 2500kg, cm / cm, the tear strength in longitudinal direction (according to HS Z1702 method) is above 50kg / cm, and the adhesive strength (20kg, 50t: xlday) is from 3 to 25g / cm It is stretched by 300% and the stress after 1 hour is between 150 and 300g / 15mm, and the maximum stretch limit is more than 300%. The flexible packaging film according to the present invention is compared with the conventional low-density polyethylene or ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film. It has a large tensile crack resistance, which can be stretched to 300 to 600%. Therefore, it is suitable for high-tension applications or flexible packaging applications with special shapes (two or more different packaging contents with different shapes). In addition, the film for flexible packaging according to the present invention is compared with the conventional low-density polyethylene or ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film. The stress applied after packaging is small and will not deform the package. At the same time, the strength of the membrane after packaging is high and the appearance of the membrane is also good. i This paper is suitable for national standards I. CNS +; Λ4 specification (21GX297 mm! &quot; '310465 ---------- Installation ------ Order ------ 涑) (. Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 74 74 388 2 0 at Β7 by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The film for elastic packaging according to the present invention may be a single-layer film composed of the aforementioned copolymer (A) or the composition (A1), (A "), (A" '), or may be composed of the aforementioned copolymer (A ) Or the composition (A ·), (A &quot;), (A '") in addition to the diaphragm layer, and has one or two or more diaphragm layers constitute a multilayer structure of the diaphragm. The flexible packaging film, such as a multilayer film having a non-adhesive surface and an adhesive surface on the flexible packaging film, is based on the aforementioned copolymer (A) or composition (A), (A &quot;) &gt; ( The film layer of A '&quot;) is an intermediate layer. On one surface of the intermediate layer, a film layer composed of high-density linear low-density polyethylene is used as a non-adhesive layer. Based on the full thickness of the flexible packaging film, it is formed with a thickness of about 5 to 30%, and on the other surface of the intermediate layer, the aforementioned copolymer (A) or composition (A), (AM ), (A '··) A film layer made of a composition composed of liquid polyisobutylene, liquid polybutadiene, etc. in an amount of 2 to 10% by weight is used as an adhesive layer for elasticity Based on the full thickness of the packaging film, it is formed with a thickness of about 5 to 30%. The above-mentioned flexible packaging film can be highly stretched and has moderate adhesiveness, and it will not affect the packaging contents after packaging In addition to excessive stress, the strength characteristics after packaging are excellent, and the film will not have excessive adhesiveness, and its production, packaging properties, and handling are excellent. Sheet refers to an improved film for packaging or packaging machines, more specifically, it shows the ability to shrink, cover, extend, heat with improved transparency, toughness, extrusion processability, and radiation crosslinking function For sticky and vacuum packaging 丨

T 本纸張尺度適用中阐國家搮準ί 0¾ ) A4^格U】〇:&lt; 297公釐:‘ 310465 ----------*衣------1T------t (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標嗥局員工消費合作社印製 310465 43882 0 Β,7 五、發明説明（76 ) 的膜片。此種膜片至少備有一種乙嫌·α -儲烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A)，（A')’（Α·&quot;)所構成層之—層， 亦可爲多層，亦可爲雙軸配向，或具有阻絕特性。 該乙烯-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（a，）' (A”）' (Α&quot;')中，尙可在不影響本發明硏究者所開發膜片 之優良特性範圍內使用添加劑，例如抗氧化劑（諸如受阻 苯酚系（例如CibaGeigy公司所製迨之Irganox 1010(商標 品）等），磷酸酯類（例如Irgafos(商標品）168等），粘接用 添加劑（例如聚異丁烯（簡稱爲PIB)等），PEPQ(商標品， Sandoz化學公司製造，主要成分爲雙苯基膦酸酯），色料、 著色劑、塡充劑等。該膜片中尙可含有抗疊粘劑，改善摩 擦係數用添加劑，上述添加劑中，例如未經處理或經處理 過之二氧化矽，滑可 '碳酸鈣及粘土等，與第級及第二級 脂肪酸釀胺類、矽氧被覆劑等包含其中。另外，例如美國 專利第4 ’ 486，5 52號（Niemann等人〉所記述，可添加膜 片之抗霧性改善用添加劑。另外，爲提升抗靜電性以便包 裝對電子過敏的內容物而另加添加劑，例如單獨使用第四 級銨化物單獨，或與EAA或其他官能性聚合物類組合而 添加使用。 本發明之上述包裝用及包裝機包裝用烯烴膜片之製造 中所使用乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α1&quot;)，無論爲單層或多層構造，可爲其唯一 使用的聚合物成分。該乙烯_α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系 共聚物組成物（A·)、（Afl)、（Α〜）同時混合其他聚合物類， 本纸張尺度適甩中國阐家樣CNS '丨Α4规格（210X297公釐:· 76 ----------壯衣------，訂------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填离本页) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印¾ 4388 2 0 at Β7 五、發明説明（77 ) 得以改善膜片之加工性、膜片強度、熱密封性或粘接性等β 該乙烯· α 烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α，）、 (A”）、（Α1&quot;)及其他聚合物成分適當混合而製成的包裝用 及包裝機包裝用膜片，保持有改良特性，在特定條件下備 有不同改良特性之適當組合。上述乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（A··)' (ΑΙΗ&gt;同時混合使用之 數種適切材料，例如高壓低密度聚乙烯（簡稱LDPE)，乙 烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物（簡稱EVA)，乙烯/羧酸共聚物類以 及其離子絡聚物類，聚丁烯類（簡稱PB)以及α-烯烴聚合 物類，例如高密度聚乙烯、中密度聚乙烯、聚丙烯、乙烯 /丙烯共聚物類、線性低密度聚乙烯（簡稱LLDPE)以及超 低密度聚乙烯，以及接枝改質聚合物類與其混合物等，上 述可以改變密度、MWD及/或聚合物之組合者，例如美國 專利第5,03 2,463號公報中Smith氏所公開者（據引用而包 括在本發明內）均可包括之。但上述例舉並非局限本發明 範圍不待說明。上述混合組成物中，該乙烯·α-烯烴聚合 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α’&quot;）以至少占 5 0%爲適宜，其中尤以至少占80%爲最佳。然而多層膜片 構造時，其外側膜片層（本發明相關領域中所謂外被層或 表面層）以及密封層在本質上由該乙烯_ α -烯烴共聚物（Α) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（ΑΜ)、（Α·&quot;)所構成》 本發明之定向或未定向膜片構造物，可利用一般簡便 的熱風吹氣泡、鑄塑擠壓或擠壓被覆技術而製造。同時， 尤指定向膜片時，可利用較複雜的方法，例如伸幅框架法， -----.-------裝------訂------嚷 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 及紙張尺度通t國國家椟準; Λ4規格U丨0X297公釐） 77 310465 A7 438820 ____ B7 五、發明説明U ) 雙重氣泡法或截留氣泡法等而製造之。 本發明技術及本說明書中所指拉伸或定向以可互換方 式使用，但實際上，定向係藉擠壓在管之內部空氣壓力或 擠壓膜片邊緣之伸幅框架等拉伸膜片而產生的結果。 上述簡單的熱風吹氣泡膜片製法，例如記載在化學技術百 科詞典第3版，Kirk-Othmer著，第16卷，416-417頁以 及第 18 卷 ’ 191 至 192 頁，1981 年（The Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology， Kirk-Othmer)中。製造雙軸定向 膜片適用之複雜方法，例如記載於美國專利第3, 456, 044 號公報（Pahlke)中之雙氣泡法，以及雙軸拉伸或定向膜片 適用之其他製造方法，例如美國專利第4，865，902號公 報（Golike等人），美國專利第4，352，849號公報 (Mueller)，美國專第 4，820，557 號公報（Warren)，美國 專利第4，927，708號公報（Herran等人），美國專利第4， 963，419號公報（Lustig等人）以及美國專利第4，952，45 1 號公報（Mueller)等中皆有所記載。 如巴格（Pahlke)在美國專利第3，456，044號公報中 所記載，與簡單氣泡法比較，而採用雙重氣泡法或截留氣 泡法進行膜片加工製造時，在機械方向及橫向雙方向之膜 片向得以顯著增大。定向得以增大時，膜片在繼後之加熱 操作時，其自由收縮値會提向。另外，巴格氏在美國專利 第3，4 5 6, (M4號公報中，另外賴士特等人在美國專利第 5,0 5 9,48 1號公報中所記述，低密度聚乙烯和超低密度聚 乙烯材料以簡單的氣泡法製造時，分別在機械方向及橫方 太纸張尺度適用中闺國家標準（CNS &gt; A4规格（2!〇X297公釐） ---,-------裝------訂------t (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾隼局員工消費合作社印掣 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7_____ 五、發明説明（79 ) 向顯示不良好收縮特性。例如在兩方向其自由收縮率約低 3%。然而與周知膜片材料對照而觀，尤其美國專利第 5,059,48丨號公報，美國專利第4,976,898號公報以及美 國專利第4,8 63,796號公報中，賴士特等人所揭示的膜片 材料對照而言，尙有斯密士在美國專利第5,032,463號公 報中所掲示膜片材料對照而論，本發明之乙烯·α-烯烴共 聚物（Α&gt;或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)，（A&quot;)、（Α1&quot;)以簡單 的氣泡方法，可在機械方向及橫方向之雙方向顯示其獲得 改良的收縮性。更以提高充氣比率，例如相當於2.5: 1 或更高之充氣比率而採用簡單的氣泡方法，或更適當的採 用巴格氏在美國專利第3,456,044號公報中已揭示的方 法，或賴士特等人在美國專利第4,976,898號所公開之雙 重氣泡法製造該乙烯烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α__’）時，在機械方向及橫方向皆能達 成具有良收縮性之結果。因此 &gt; 所製得膜片甚適合於收縮 包裝目的之用途。 使用方程式：BUR=氣泡直徑+模頭直徑求本說明書 中簡稱爲BUR所表币之充氣比率（Blow-up ratio)之値。 本發明之包裝用及自動包裝機用烯烴膜片可爲單層或多層 構造之膜片。該膜片屬單層構造之情形下，該單層膜片中， 至少含有一種乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A ’）、（ A &quot; )、（ A Μ· ) 1 0重量％，其中以至少含有3 〇重 量％爲較宜，甚至可以至少含有一種乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物 (Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（ΑΗ)、（Α，”）達100重量％。 衣紙張尺度適用f國國家標準；; A4規^~ ' 310465 -----------裝------訂------t (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員Η消費合作社印製 79 A7 B7 r 4388 2 Ο 五、發明説明（8〇 ) 以構成該單層爲目的而使用之乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ、（A&quot;)、（A1&quot;)之種類，視膜片 所期待特性而決定°同時’該膜片構成中，使用二種以上 之乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、 (A&quot;)、（A’&quot;）時，以加工及使用條件雙方面中，能相互熔 融爲其局部的標準下選擇其聚合物之種類。同樣情形之 下，在該單層構造中，使用一種以上之乙烯·α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')' (A·’）、（Α*Μ)與一種以 上之一般的乙烯聚合物類（例如美國專利第3,645, &quot;2號 公報中所記載方法製成之一般均一分枝線性乙烯· α-烯 烴共聚物類，或美國專利第4,076,698號公報中所記載之 請 先 聞 .讀 .北 面 '竟' 事 項 再 寫 本 頁 裝 齊格勒方法所製成之一般性不均一分枝乙烯 -烯烴共 訂 聚物等）之混合物時，以此等乙烯聚合物類對於該乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（ΑΜ)、（Α·&quot;) 所示相熔性爲一部分之基準而選擇其使用種類。 隨著此等單層所表現各種特性，在多種形式之包裝方 法中選擇適合使用之單層。實際上，單層膜片最適用於拉 伸重叠包裝及外被包裝用途。拉伸收縮包裝中之必要條件 的氧氣通過率方面，本發明之乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A J、（ A”）、（Α，”）所製造的單層膜片 具有驚人的優異的氧氣透過率。 氧氣可以透過的特性，例如包裝肉類時，尤指將各個 紅肉切片攤開並予伸縮包裝之際（即食品業者/肉店等爲其 銷售目的，實際上最先將肉塊切成小片包裝時）由於氧氣 % 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作枉印製 ^紙張尺度迺用十國i家標準::ds ) ^格（ 4388 2 0 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ____ B7五、發明説明ς ) 可以透過，能爲新鮮的紅肉添加所欲的有光澤的紅色，所 以特別有益。包裝各個紅肉切片上有效的膜片，通常要具 備最低限之收縮性，同時尙具備良好的拉伸性。該膜片最 好具有氧氣通過性，同時該膜片永久不變形而能保持所包 裝內容物之鮮肉之魅力’且能使消費者可以檢查該肉片， 膜片要具有良好的復原彈性。1993年4月28日由Pak-Wing Steve Chum及Nicole F. WhitemaiT以『食品包裝方法』 所提案之美國專利中公開有上述包括各種紅肉部分之食品 包裝方法。然而以現在技術而言，即或未能利用膜片之伸 縮性，包裝各種紅肉部分時所用膜片可藉熱收縮性膜片而 加以製成。 拉伸重疊包裝方法所使用最適切的一種單層乃係由乙 烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、 (Α1”）及乙烯/ «·召-不飽和羰基共聚物（例如EVA，ΕΑΑ)， 乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/(EMAA&gt;，以及上述之鹼金屬塩（離子鍵 聚合物），酯類以及其他衍生物等之混合物。 共擠壓或層合之多層膜片構造物（例如3至5層之多層構 造膜片），以本說明書所記述的乙烯· α ·烯烴共聚物（A)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A”）、（Α1&quot;)爲該構造物之芯層’ 外側表面層，中間層及/或內部密封層而使用。尤其本發 明之熱粘性膜片乃使用至少一種之本說明書所記載的乙 烯·α-烯烴共聚物（人&gt;或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（Α&quot;)、 (Α，”）做爲該膜片構造物所具備之至少一層的可熱封性外 側層用途。該可熱封性外側層與其他層類同時擠壓或以第 f紙張尺度述.:£!巾國魂家標準&lt;:JNS /\4规格·: 210 ·&lt;297公釐 81 310465 (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^--------^------II------ft--- 1 1 - I ml n^i » -- -I β 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（82 ) 二道操作將該可熱封性外側層層積在其他層類均可。上述 皆見記載於例如 Wilmer A. Jenlsins 及 James P. Harrigton 共著之『食品塑膠包裝（Packing Foods with Plastics)，1991 年』或塑膠工程師協會RETEC會報（1981年6月15至17 曰）中，第 211 至 229 頁上，W. J. Schrenk 及 C. R, Finch 共著之F遮斷包裝共擠壓技術（Coextrusion for Barrier Pack-aging)』中，皆屬可實施技術。 多層膜片構造中，一般而言，本發明說明書中所記載 的乙烯·β -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、 (A&quot;)、（Α&quot;')至少占該多層膜片構造物整體之10% 該多層 構造物之其他層類可包括遮斷層及/或粘接層以及/或結構 層等，但上述並非局限本發明範圍不待說明。該其他層可 採用各種不同材料，亦可利用其中若干材料作爲相同膜片 構造物內之兩個以上層類成分用途上述材料種類例如包 含有箔片 '耐綸、乙烯/乙烯醇（EV0H)共聚物類、聚偏二 氯乙烯（PVDC)、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯（PET)、定向聚丙烯 (OPP)、乙烯/乙烯乙酸醋（EVA)共聚物類。乙烯/丙烯酸 (EAA)共聚物類、乙烯/甲基丙烯酸（EMAA)共聚物類、 ULDPE、LLDPE、HDPE、MDPE、LMDPE、LDPE、離子 絡合共聚物類、接枝改質聚合物類（例如順丁烯二酸酐接 枝聚乙烯等）以及紙等。一般，該多層膜片構造物含2至 7層。 本說明書中所揭示的多層膜片構造物之形態之一種爲 至少含有三層（例如『A/B/A』構造物等）。該構造物中， 丨丨 _ —·.· ._ — — — __ 本紙張尺度適A甲國國家棣準（〇；S ) λ4規格（2!0.&lt;297公趁） —------------裝------訂------味 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 82 310465 4388 2 0 at ____B7__ 五、發明説明（83 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 其各外側層至少含有一種乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A') ' (A&quot;)、（Α'Η)，同時至少一個芯層或 隱藏餍爲藉高壓法所製成的低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)。上述 多層膜片構造物保持有整體的良好膜片強度之下，顯示驚 人的良好光學特性。一般而言，該膜片構造所備有層之比 率，就構造物整體比率而言，芯層成爲膜片構造物之主要 部分之構造比率。即該芯層至少得占整體膜片構造物之 33%(例如以三層膜片構造物而言，各外側層（Α)占整體膜 片構造物之33重量％之外，芯層（乙層）之LDPE層亦占整 體膜片構造物之33重量％。三層膜片構造物中，該LDPE 之芯層至少占整體膜片構造物之70%爲適宜。另外，在不 使光學特性劣化的範圍內，可內藏追加層於該膜片構造物 中。例如使用由乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類，乙烯丙烯酸 共聚物類或無水物枝接改質聚乙烯類等所構成之粘接層或 中間層，或使用由偏二氯乙烯/氯乙烯共聚物類或乙烯乙 烯醇共聚物類等所構成的遮斷層等。更適切的三層膜片構 造物中，其各外側層（甲層 &gt;至少含有一種乙烯·α-烯烴共 聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）、（Α'&quot;)占整體 膜片構造物之15重量％，而芯層（乙層）之LDPE占整體膜 片構造物之7〇重量％。該多層膜片構造物再進行定向及/ 或輻射線照射（其順序可任意改變）可製得多層構造之收縮 性膜片構造物或經調節之線性可撕裂（linear tearability) 功能之外包裝構造物。本發明說明書中所揭示的適用於具 備經改良之光學透明性的多層膜片構造之LDPE，一般具 本紙張尺ΐέ適巧中國國家標準CNS Μ4说格（2】0乂297公釐) ~ 83 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 /1 3 SB 20 A7 _______B7___ 五、發明說明（84 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4寫本頁) 有 0.915g/cm3 至 〇.93 5 g/cm3 之密度，0.1g/10 分鐘至 10g/10 分鐘之熔融指數’至少尙顯示/g之熔融拉力。爲改進光 學透明性，該乙烯_ α ·烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α’&quot;），一般具有之密度爲〇.85g/cm3至 0.96g/cm3範圍’其中以〇_9g/cm3至0.92g/cm3之密度爲 更佳’其熔融指數（12)在0.2g/〗0分鐘至10g/10分鐘範圍， 其中以0.5 g/ΊΟ分鐘至2 g/ΊΟ分鐘之熔融指數爲更佳。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此等多層膜片構造物在膜片中單獨使用乙烯-烯烴 共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)* (A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)(下述 膜片構造物之組成中簡記爲（Α)&gt;，或與其他氧氣透過性膜 片層，例如乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯（EVA)及/或乙烯/丙烯酸（ΕΑΑ) 等組合使用時，可顯示氧氣透過性。特別有趣的是例如 (A)/EAA/(A)，（A)/VLDPE/(A)及 LLDPE/(A)/LLDPE 等膜 片構造物。不但可以代替通常使用的PVC，同時又適合 於多種新鮮食品，例如零售用切割的紅肉、魚、家禽、蔬 菜1水果、乳酪等，以及零售用而由環境中有氧氣供應時 可得好處或必需呼吸之其他食品類上，需要拉伸外包裝用 途。更適切的用途爲必須具有良好的氧氣透過性、拉伸性、 復原彈性及熱密封性之非收縮性膜片（例如經雙重氣泡加 工所衍生的不具有雙軸定向之膜片），而由批發商或零售 商以一般性之任意形態，例如以導料輥等之形態而利用， 同時也可提供一般包裝用裝置之使用β 另一方面，此等多層膜片構造物亦可含有氧氣遮斷膜片（例 如Dow化學公司所製造的聚偏氯乙烯聚合物所製成膜片 310465 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） A7 438820 B7_ 五、發明説明（85 ) 之薩冉樹脂（商標名，Saran)’或美國Kuraray公司之分公 司的美國Kuraray公司（日本（Kuraray公司總投資之美國 子公司）所製造的乙烯/乙烯醇共聚物之E VAL樹脂等（商標 名）。另外，包裝最初切割大塊肉片（即’爲提供特定消費 者消費目的尙需再切割而輸送特殊販售店之大塊肉片）之 特殊用途的膜片，其氧氣遮斷特性非常重要。Davis等人 在美國專利第4，886，69〇號公報中記載，上述經包裝的 最初切割肉片到達零售肉店/食品業者之時刻，爲方便去 除其包裝膜片，該氧氣遮斷層亦需設計成爲具備可撕裂 性。此種可撕裂性之構造或設計，對於各個分包裝部分之 所謂製就包裝（case-ready)之真空外包裝用途特別有益， 據此，不需爲添加鮮紅色之目的而以氧氣透過性包裝材料 重新包裝。 採用任意周知方法，例如擠壓加熱成型方法等，亦可 以將本說明書中所記述的乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）、（A’&quot;）所製成之膜片構造物， 事先按照擬包裝的製品形狀及輪廓成型後利用。使用上述 事先已成型的膜片構造物之優點，可以提升延伸性，據所 要求延伸性而使膜片厚度變薄，縮短熱封及循環時間等， 可補充或避免所施與各個包裝操作事項* 該單層或多層膜片構造物之厚度係可變性的。然而， 本說明書中所記述的單層或多層雙方膜片構造物之厚度， 其典型範圍在0.1密耳（mil)(2.5pm)至50密耳（1270μιη)， 其中以〇.4密耳（ΙΟμπι)至15密耳（381μπ1)爲較佳，尤其以 本紙張尺度速用中國闺家標4Μ CNS ; A4規格、210X297公釐 310465 I I壯衣I I 訂 (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 43ΒΒ20 五、發明説明（86 ) 〇·6密耳（15μηι)至4密耳（102μπι)範圍爲最佳。 由本說明書中所記述的乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙 烯系共聚物組成物（Α_)、（八&quot;）、（人，&quot;）所製成之膜片構造物， 其驚人的優點在比較例之一般齊格勒聚合反應所得線性乙 烯· α ·烯烴聚合物比較，具有效率更高的輻射交聯性能。 本發明之一面爲利用上述特殊聚合物類所顯示輻射效率， 而選擇性或分別的製造具有已交聯的膜片層之膜片構造 物。爲進一步利用上述本發明之優點，將含有此種乙烯· « -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A。、（Α&quot;’） 之特定膜片層材料，利用親輻射劑（pro-rad agents)，例如 Warren氏在美國專利第4,957,790號公報中所記載的三聚 氰酸三烯丙酯等及/或抗氧化劑之交聯阻止劑，例如Evert 等人在美國專利第5,05 5,3 2 8號公報中所記載的丁基羥基 甲苯等同時調配使用。 另外，爲提升上述膜片構造物之收縮溫度範圍及熱密 封溫度範圍時，該輻射所交聯亦爲一種有效方法。例如美 國專利第5,089,32 1號公報中揭示有具備良好的輻射交聯 性能的熱密封性外側層至少一層以及芯層至少一層之多層 膜片構造物。輻射交聯技術中以電子束源之；S-輻射及鈷 6〇之輻射性元素進行r -輻射乃係使膜片材料形成交聯的 最常用方法。 輻射交聯方法中，利用吹塑膜片方法製成熱可塑性膜 片後，曝露在輻射劑量爲2〇Mrad之輻射源（例如彡-或u -線）而使聚合物膜片產生交聯。期望定向膜片之際，例如 _ f紙張尺度通/¾中國®家橾率0NS ) Λ4机格ί 公釐 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •裝. 訂T Applicable country standards in this paper: 0)) A4 ^ grid U] 〇: &lt; 297 mm: '310465 ---------- * 衣 ------ 1T-- ---- t (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 310465 43882 0 Β, 7 V. The diaphragm of the invention description (76). This type of membrane is provided with at least one layer composed of ethylene-α-hydrocarbon storage copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), (A ')' (Α · &quot;). It can be multi-layered, biaxially oriented, or has barrier properties. The ethylene-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (a,) '(A ")' (Α &quot; ') does not affect the excellent characteristics of the diaphragm developed by the researchers of the present invention. Use additives within the scope, such as antioxidants (such as hindered phenols (for example, Irganox 1010 (trademark) manufactured by CibaGeigy), phosphate esters (for example, Irgafos (trademark) 168, etc.), adhesive additives (for example, Polyisobutylene (abbreviated as PIB), etc., PEPQ (trademark, manufactured by Sandoz Chemical Co., the main ingredient is bisphenyl phosphonate), colorants, colorants, fillers, etc. The diaphragm may contain anti- Laminating agent, additive for improving coefficient of friction. Among the above additives, such as untreated or treated silica, calcium carbonate and clay, etc., and the first and second grade fatty acids, amines and silica Coating agents and the like are included. In addition, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4'486,5 52 (Niemann et al.), An additive for improving the antifogging property of a film can be added. In addition, in order to improve the antistatic property so that the Allergic content Additives are added, for example, by using the fourth-order ammonium compound alone or in combination with EAA or other functional polymers. The ethylene used in the production of the above-mentioned olefin film for packaging and packaging machine packaging according to the present invention · The α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (A1 &quot;) can be used as the sole polymer component in a single-layer or multi-layer structure. The ethylene _α-olefin copolymer (Α) or ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (Afl), (Α ~) At the same time mixed with other polymers, this paper is suitable for Chinese analysts like CNS '丨 Α4 Specifications (210X297 mm: · 76 ---------- Zhuang Yi ------, order ------ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Economy Department of Central Standards Bureau Consumer Consumption Du Yin ¾ 4388 2 0 at Β7 V. Description of Invention (77) Improved film processability, film strength, heat sealability, or adhesiveness etc. β This ethylene · α olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A,), (A "), (A1 &quot;) and other polymer components are appropriately mixed and The finished packaging film and packaging machine packaging film have improved characteristics, and appropriate combinations of different improved characteristics are provided under specific conditions. The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A ··)' (ΑΙΗ &gt; Several suitable materials mixed at the same time, such as high pressure low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), ethylene / carboxylic acid copolymer And its ionic complexes, polybutenes (abbreviated as PB) and α-olefin polymers, such as high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene / propylene copolymers, linear low density polymers Ethylene (LLDPE for short) and ultra-low density polyethylene, as well as graft modified polymers and their mixtures, etc., which can change the density, MWD and / or polymer combination, for example, in US Patent No. 5,03 2,463 Anyone disclosed by Smith (which is incorporated herein by reference) can be included. However, the above examples are not limited to the scope of the present invention and need not be described. In the above mixed composition, the ethylene · α-olefin polymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot;), (A '&quot;) is preferably at least 50%, of which Especially at least 80% is the best. However, when a multilayer diaphragm is constructed, its outer diaphragm layer (so-called outer cover layer or surface layer in the field related to the present invention) and the sealing layer are essentially composed of the ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer. (A '), (ΑΜ), (Α · &quot;) "The oriented or non-oriented membrane structure of the present invention can be blown by hot air, cast extrusion or extrusion coating technology, which is generally simple and convenient. Manufacturing. At the same time, when specifying the diaphragm, more complicated methods can be used, such as the stenter frame method, -----.--------------------------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) and the paper size should be in accordance with the national standards of the country; Λ4 specification U 丨 0X297 mm) 77 310465 A7 438820 ____ B7 V. Description of the invention U) Double bubble method or trapped bubble method And so on. The stretching or orientation referred to in the technology of the present invention and in this specification are used interchangeably, but in fact, the orientation is achieved by stretching a diaphragm such as a stenter frame pressed against the internal air pressure of the tube or the edge of the diaphragm. The results produced. The above-mentioned simple method of making a hot air bubble film is described in, for example, the 3rd Edition of the Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, by Kirk-Othmer, Vol. 16, pp. 416-417, and Vol. 18, '191-192, The Encyclopedia of 1981 (The Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Kirk-Othmer). Complex methods suitable for manufacturing biaxially oriented diaphragms, such as the two-bubble method described in US Patent No. 3,456,044 (Pahlke), and other manufacturing methods suitable for biaxially stretched or oriented diaphragms, such as the United States Patent No. 4,865,902 (Golike et al.), US Patent No. 4,352,849 (Mueller), US Patent No. 4,820,557 (Warren), US Patent No. 4,927, It is described in U.S. Patent No. 708 (Herran et al.), U.S. Patent No. 4,963,419 (Lustig et al.), And U.S. Patent No. 4,952,45 1 (Mueller). As described by Pahlke in U.S. Patent No. 3,456,044, compared with the simple bubble method, when the double-bubble method or the trapped-bubble method is used to manufacture a diaphragm, the mechanical and transverse directions are used. The diaphragm is significantly enlarged. When the orientation is increased, the diaphragm shrinks freely during subsequent heating operations. In addition, Baghs et al., In U.S. Patent No. 3,4 56, (M4, and Reist, et al., In U.S. Patent No. 5,0 5 9,48 1, describe low-density polyethylene and ultra-thin When the low-density polyethylene material is manufactured by the simple bubble method, the national standards (CNS &gt; A4 specifications (2! 〇X297 mm)) are applied in the machine direction and the horizontal paper size, respectively. ---, ---- --- Installation ------ Order ------ t (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) The Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs's Consumer Cooperatives Seal 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7_____ V. Description of the invention (79) shows poor shrinkage characteristics. For example, its free shrinkage is about 3% lower in both directions. However, it is compared with well-known diaphragm materials, especially US Patent No. 5,059,48 丨, US Patent No. 4,976,898 In the Japanese Patent Gazette and US Patent No. 4,8 63,796, the comparison of the diaphragm material disclosed by Rice and others is based on the comparison of the diaphragm material disclosed by Smith in US Patent No. 5,032,463. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A &gt; or ethylene copolymer composition (A) of the present invention ), (A &quot;), (Α1 &quot;) can show improved shrinkage in both mechanical and horizontal directions with a simple bubble method. It can also increase the inflation rate, for example, equivalent to 2.5: 1 or higher The inflation ratio is a simple bubble method, or, more suitably, the method disclosed by Bagh's in US Patent No. 3,456,044, or the double bubble method disclosed by Rice et al. In US Patent No. 4,976,898. When the ethylene-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), or (A__ ') is used, the mechanical contraction and the horizontal direction can achieve a good shrinkage result. Therefore &gt; The obtained film is very suitable for the purpose of shrink packaging. Using the formula: BUR = bubble diameter + die diameter, find the Blow-up ratio of the currency represented by BUR in this specification. The packaging of the present invention The olefin film for automatic packaging machines and films can be a single-layer or multi-layer structure. In the case of a single-layer structure, the single-layer film contains at least one kind of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or Ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (AM ·) 10% by weight, of which at least 30% by weight is preferable, and it may even contain at least one type of ethylene · α-olefin copolymerization (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΗ), (Α, ") up to 100% by weight. Applicable to the national standards of national standards for clothing and paper; A4 regulations ^ ~' 310465 ---- ------- Installation ------ Order ------ t (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by a member of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 79 A7 B7 r 4388 2 〇 5. Description of the invention (80) The ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ, (A &quot;), (A1 &quot;)) used for the purpose of forming the single layer The type depends on the expected characteristics of the film. At the same time, in the film structure, two or more types of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A,), (A &quot;) are used. In the case of (A '&quot;), in terms of processing and use conditions, the type of polymer can be selected under the criterion of being able to melt each other as a local standard. In the same case, in this single-layer structure, more than one type of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ')' (A · '), (A * M), and More than one type of general ethylene polymers (for example, generally uniform branched linear ethylene · α-olefin copolymers made by the method described in U.S. Patent No. 3,645, &quot; 2, or U.S. Patent No. 4,076,698 Please read the records first. Read. The "Actual" item on the north side and then write on this page the general heterogeneous branched ethylene-olefin co-ordered polymer made by the Ziegler method. The polymer is selected based on the phase-meltability shown in the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (AM), and (A · &quot;) as a part kind. With the various characteristics exhibited by these single layers, a suitable single layer is selected among various forms of packaging methods. In fact, single-layer diaphragms are best suited for stretch overlap packaging and outer packaging applications. In terms of the oxygen transmission rate necessary for stretch shrink packaging, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (AJ, (A "), (A,")) of the present invention The single-layer diaphragm has a surprisingly excellent oxygen transmission rate. The characteristics of oxygen transmission, such as when packing meat, especially when the individual red meat slices are spread out and stretched and packaged (ie, food manufacturers / butchers, etc. sell it for them) For the purpose, when the meat is cut into small pieces first, due to the oxygen%, the consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 枉 printed ^ paper size, using the standards of the ten countries :: ds) ^ grid (4388 2 0 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __ B7 V. Description of invention) It can be penetrated and can add the desired glossy red to fresh red meat, so it is particularly useful. The effective film on the packaging of each red meat slice should usually have the minimum shrinkage and good stretchability. The diaphragm preferably has oxygen permeability, and at the same time, the diaphragm will not be deformed permanently to maintain the charm of the fresh meat in the packaged contents, and the consumer can inspect the meat slice. The diaphragm must have good resilience. The above-mentioned food packaging method including various red meat portions was disclosed in the US patent proposed by Pak-Wing Steve Chum and Nicole F. WhitemaiT on April 28, 1993 as "Food Packaging Method". However, according to the current technology, that is, the shrinkability of the film may not be utilized, and the film used for packaging various red meat portions can be made by a heat-shrinkable film. The most suitable type of monolayer used in the stretch-overlapping method is composed of an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (Α1 "), and ethylene /« Call-unsaturated carbonyl copolymers (such as EVA, EAA), ethylene / methacrylic acid / (EMAA &gt;), and mixtures of the above-mentioned alkali metal fluorene (ionic bond polymers), esters, and other derivatives. Coextrusion Laminated or laminated multi-layer film structures (for example, three to five-layer multi-layer film structures) using the ethylene · α · olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') described in this specification. , (A "), (Α1 &quot;) are used as the core layer of the structure, the outer surface layer, the middle layer and / or the inner sealing layer. In particular, the heat-adhesive film of the present invention uses at least one of the types described in this specification. A heat-sealable ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (human &gt; or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (Α &quot;), (Α, ") as at least one layer of the membrane structure) Use of the outer layer. The heat-sealable outer layer is simultaneously extruded with other layers or f Paper scale description :: £! National standard for towels &soul; &lt;: JNS / \ 4 specifications :: 210 &lt; 297 mm 81 310465 (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) ^ --- ----- ^ ------ II ------ ft --- 1 1-I ml n ^ i »--I β 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (82) Two operations The heat-sealable outer layer may be laminated in other layers. All of the above are described in, for example, "Packing Foods with Plastics, 1991" by Wilmer A. Jenlsins and James P. Harrigton or plastic Coextrusion for Barrier Pack-aging by WJ Schrenk and C. R, Finch in the RETEC Journal of the Society of Engineers (June 15-17, 1981), pages 211-229. " In the multilayer film structure, generally, the ethylene-β-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot; ), (Α &quot; ') accounts for at least 10% of the entire multilayer diaphragm structure. Other layers of the multilayer structure may include a barrier layer and / or an adhesive layer and / or a structural layer, etc. However, the above is not limited to the scope of the present invention and is not to be explained. The other layers may use various different materials, and some of them may also be used as two or more layer components in the same membrane structure. The above materials include, for example, foils. Fiber, ethylene / vinyl alcohol (EV0H) copolymers, polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), oriented polypropylene (OPP), ethylene / vinyl acetate (EVA) copolymerization Category. Ethylene / acrylic acid (EAA) copolymers, ethylene / methacrylic acid (EMAA) copolymers, ULDPE, LLDPE, HDPE, MDPE, LMDPE, LDPE, ion complex copolymers, graft modified polymers (such as Maleic anhydride grafted polyethylene, etc.) and paper. Generally, the multilayer diaphragm structure contains 2 to 7 layers. One of the forms of the multilayer diaphragm structure disclosed in this specification is to include at least three layers (for example, "A / B / A" structure, etc.). In this structure, 丨 丨 _ — ·. · ._ — — — — __ The paper size is suitable for the country A country standard (0; S) λ4 specification (2! 0. &Lt; 297) --------- Equipment ------ Order ------ Taste (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 82 310465 4388 2 0 at ____B7__ V. Description of the invention (83) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, each outer layer contains at least one ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ')' (A &quot;), (Α'Η), and at least one core layer or hidden 餍 is a low density polyethylene (LDPE) made by the high pressure method. The above-mentioned multilayer film structure exhibits surprisingly good optical characteristics while maintaining overall good film strength. In general, the ratio of the layers provided in the diaphragm structure, in terms of the overall structure ratio, the core layer becomes the structure ratio of the main part of the diaphragm structure. That is, the core layer must occupy at least 33% of the entire diaphragm structure (for example, in the case of a three-layer diaphragm structure, each outer layer (A) accounts for 33% by weight of the entire diaphragm structure, and the core layer (B Layer) of the LDPE layer also accounts for 33% by weight of the overall film structure. In a three-layer film structure, it is appropriate that the core layer of the LDPE accounts for at least 70% of the overall film structure. In addition, the optical characteristics are not affected. Within the scope of deterioration, additional layers can be built in the membrane structure. For example, adhesives made of ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene acrylic copolymers, or anhydrous grafted modified polyethylenes can be used. The connection layer or intermediate layer, or a blocking layer made of vinylidene chloride / vinyl chloride copolymers or ethylene vinyl alcohol copolymers, etc. In a more appropriate three-layer diaphragm structure, each outer layer ( Layer A> contains at least one kind of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A "), (A '&quot;) accounting for 15% by weight of the entire diaphragm structure, And the core layer (layer B) of LDPE accounts for 70% by weight of the overall membrane structure. The multilayer film The structure is then directed and / or irradiated (the order can be changed arbitrarily) to produce a multi-layer structure of a shrinkable diaphragm structure or a package structure outside the adjusted linear tearability function. The LDPE disclosed in the description of the invention, which is suitable for a multilayer film structure with improved optical transparency, generally has the same paper size as the Chinese national standard CNS M4 (2) 0 乂 297 mm) ~ 83 ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 310465/1 3 SB 20 A7 _______B7___ 5. Description of the invention (84) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing 4 on this page) 0.915g / cm3 to 0.93 The density is 5 g / cm3, and the melt index of 0.1 g / 10 minutes to 10 g / 10 minutes is at least 尙 display / g melt tension. In order to improve optical transparency, the ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene series The copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (Α '&quot;) generally has a density in the range of 0.85 g / cm3 to 0.96 g / cm3', with a density of 0-9 g / cm3 to 0.92 g / cm3. Better density 'with a melt index (12) of 0.2 g / 0 to 10 g / 10 minutes Among them, the melting index of 0.5 g / Ί0 minutes to 2 g / Ί0 minutes is more preferred. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, these multilayer film structures use ethylene-olefin copolymer alone in the film (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1) * (A &quot;), (Α '&quot;) (The composition of the following membrane structure is abbreviated as (A) &gt;), or with other oxygen-permeable membranes When the sheet is used in combination with, for example, ethylene / vinyl acetate (EVA) and / or ethylene / acrylic acid (EAA), it can show oxygen permeability. Particularly interesting are membrane structures such as (A) / EAA / (A), (A) / VLDPE / (A), and LLDPE / (A) / LLDPE. Not only can replace the commonly used PVC, but also suitable for a variety of fresh foods, such as cut red meat for retail, fish, poultry, vegetables1 fruits, cheese, etc., and for retail use when the supply of oxygen from the environment can benefit or For other foods that must be breathed, it is necessary to stretch the outer packaging. A more suitable application is a non-shrinkable diaphragm that must have good oxygen permeability, stretchability, resilience and heat sealability (for example, a diaphragm without biaxial orientation derived from double bubble processing). Wholesalers or retailers can use it in any general form, such as in the form of a guide roller, etc. At the same time, it can also provide the use of general packaging equipment. Β On the other hand, these multilayer film structures can also contain oxygen shielding. Diaphragm (such as the membrane made of polyvinylidene chloride polymer manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd. 310465) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 438820 B7_ V. Description of the invention ( 85) Saran Resin (trade name, Saran) 'or E-VAL resin made of ethylene / vinyl alcohol copolymer made by Kuraray Corporation of the United States, a subsidiary of Kuraray Corporation (Japan (Kuraray Corporation ’s US subsidiary)) (Trade name). In addition, the packaging is initially cut into large pieces of meat (that is, 'large pieces of meat that need to be re-cut and delivered to a special store for specific consumer purposes). It is important that the oxygen-blocking properties of the diaphragm are used. Davis et al., In US Pat. No. 4,886,69, describe that the time when the above-mentioned packaged initially cut meat pieces arrive at a retail butcher / food industry is convenient. After removing its packaging film, the oxygen barrier layer must also be designed to have tearability. This tearable structure or design is for the so-called case-ready vacuum outer packaging of each sub-packaging part The use is particularly beneficial, and accordingly, it is not necessary to repack with oxygen-permeable packaging materials for the purpose of adding bright red. Using any well-known method such as extrusion heating molding method, the ethylene · α described in this specification can also be used. -Membrane structures made of olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A "), (A '&quot;), which are used in advance according to the shape and contour of the product to be packaged The advantages of using the previously-formed diaphragm structure can improve the extensibility, reduce the thickness of the diaphragm according to the required extensibility, shorten the heat sealing and cycle time, etc., which can supplement Or avoid the application of each packing operation * The thickness of the single-layer or multi-layer diaphragm structure is variable. However, the thickness of the single-layer or multi-layer diaphragm structure described in this specification is typically in the range of 0.1 mil (2.5pm) to 50 mil (1270μιη), of which 0.4 mil (10μπι) to 15 mil (381μπ1) is preferred, especially the Chinese standard used on the paper scale 4M CNS; A4 specifications, 210X297 mm 310465 II Zhuang Yi II (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative A7 Β7 43ΒΒ20 V. Description of the invention (86) The best range is from 0.6 mils (15 μηι) to 4 mils (102 μπι). The diaphragm structure made of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (Α_), (eight &quot;), (person, &quot;) described in this specification is amazing. Compared with the linear ethylene · α · olefin polymer obtained by the general Ziegler polymerization reaction of the comparative example, it has the advantages of more efficient radiation crosslinking performance. One aspect of the present invention is to selectively or separately manufacture a film structure having a cross-linked film layer by using the radiation efficiency shown by the above-mentioned special polymers. In order to further utilize the advantages of the present invention described above, a specific film layer material containing such an ethylene «-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A., (A &quot;')) will be used. , Using pro-rad agents, such as Warren's US Pat. No. 4,957,790, triallyl cyanurate, etc. and / or antioxidant cross-linking inhibitors, such as Evert et al. The butyl hydroxytoluene and the like described in US Patent No. 5,05 5,3 2 8 are simultaneously prepared and used. In addition, in order to increase the shrinking temperature range and heat sealing temperature range of the diaphragm structure, the radiation station Cross-linking is also an effective method. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,089, 321 discloses a multilayer diaphragm structure having at least one heat-sealable outer layer and at least one core layer having good radiation cross-linking properties. Radiation cross-linking In the cross-linking technology, the electron beam source; S-radiation and the radiation element of cobalt 60 for r-radiation are the most commonly used methods to cross-link the film material. Among the radiation cross-linking methods, the blown film method is used Made hot After the plastic film, the polymer film is cross-linked by exposure to a radiation source (such as ytterbium- or u-ray) with a radiation dose of 20 Mrad. When it is desired to orient the film, for example, China® furniture rate 0NS) Λ4 grid ί mm (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) • Pack. Order

經濟部中央橾準/JW工消費合作社印$L 310465 A7 438820 _B7_ 五、發明説明（87 ) 收縮及外包裝等時’在進行最後的膜片定向之前或後，可 :感應輻射交聯，然而最好在進行膜片之最後定向前感應輻 :射交聯爲理想。在進行最後的膜片定向前，以錠狀或膜片 輻射方法製造熱收縮性膜片或外包裝用膜片時，此等膜片 一定而顯示較高收縮拉力使包裝的彎曲及底板用紙之彎曲 有偏高傾向，相反地，在輻射前進行定向時，所得膜片之 收縮拉力可能爲降低。不同於收縮拉力，本發明之乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（AH)、（A’”） 所顯示自由收縮特性，無論在最終膜片定向前或後進行輻 射，其本質不受影響。 本發明說明書中所記述進行膜片構造物處理上有效的 輻射技術包括該領域之技術人員所周知的各種技術。其中 以電子束（彡-線）輻射裝置以O.SMrad至20Mrad之線量輻 射而達成目的爲適宜。本說明書中所記述之由乙烯·α-烯 烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;’）所 製成收縮性膜片構造物，因爲該輻射處理之結果所產生鏈 之斷裂程度較低，所以可期得物性之改進效益。 本發明之熱粘性膜片作爲定向或未定向單層或多層構 造物，在襯袋紙盒（bag in box)及成形充塡密封（f0rm-fm-seal)操作方面能顯示其有益性。使用本發明之膜片在成 形充塡密封操作上之例舉，記載於WilmerA. Jenkins及 Jamer P. Harrington共著之『食品塑膠包裝』之第32至83 頁中（1S91年出版）。包裝機器製造硏究所之C. G. Davis 著『包裝機器操作：第8期，成形充塡密封，自修篇』（1982 本紙張尺度適家標革&quot;ΙϋΤ,Μ規格 之⑴父:^了公釐了· 87 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印t -----裝------訂------'t-------- 310465 438820 A7 _____B7_ 五、發明説明（88 ) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 年4月版）；M，Bakken編輯之f包裝技術（Wiley)百科字 典』，John Wi 丨 ey&amp; Sons ( 1986 年}出版（第 334 頁，第 364 至369頁）；以及S. Sacharow及A. L. Brody共著之包 裝導論』Harcourt Brace Javanovich 出版社出版（1987 年）（第3 3 2至326頁）中所記載，藉垂直或水平式之成形 充塡密封包裝及熱成形充塡密封包裝亦能達成製造包裝品 之目的。成形充塡密封包裝最有效'的設備爲Hayssen Ultima Super CMB公司製品之垂直式成形充塡密封包裝 機，使用該包裝機可進行典型產品，例如食品、藥劑及硬 體等之包裝。袋裝熱成行後排氣裝置之其他製造廠商尙有 Cryovac及Koch等公司。 高倉雷包裝用瞠片： 高負重包裝用膜片亦爲前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α·”）所構成膜片，該 膜片之厚度至少在大約1.25密耳（31μτη)，具有0.92 3至 0.95g/cm3範圍之膜片密度。其典型者較之現行產業上所 使用聚乙烯膜片至少有3〇%高之撕裂強度或耐衝擊性。此 種膜片可提供高負重包裝（heavy-duty packaging)及輸送 包裝用途，另外在熱塡充包裝用途方面亦可採用。 本說明書中論及新穎膜片時，使用F中型模數』一詞 代表r膜片之理論密度j在0.923至0.95 g/cm3範圍者。 本說明書中，構成要件之聚合物類或層片之已知重量及回 溫後的測定密度所計算而得之膜片密度作爲上述『膜片之 理論密度』而使用。 用國家標準（（:阽）Λ4規格（210X 297^^7&quot; —— &quot; 88 310465 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消費合作社印tf· 89 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（89 ) 本說明書中論及新穎的膜片時，所使用F厚膜』一詞 乃指膜厚在約1.25密耳（31μΙη)以上之膜片厚度。 『可變式史托克擠壓加工』一詞乃指可以將膜片用環 狀模頭及史托克之高度，亦即氣泡膨脹處間之距離，在吹 塑膜片製造過程中，由0英吋（Ocm)至144英吋（3 66cm)範 圍內加以變化者。該詞包括周知的袋式吹塑膜片擠壓加工 及史牝克吹塑膜片擠壓加工之雙方。本說明書中所使用『高 史托克擠壓加工』一詞乃指膜片用環狀模頭及氣環（air ring)間之距離爲3〇英吋（76cm)或以上的意義。 本說明書中所使用『熱塡充』一詞乃指在4 5 °C以上 之產品溫度下包裝或塡充產品之操作。本說明書中所使用 『高負重』一詞乃指一般大量或單一包裝重量在10英磅 (4.5kg)以上之產品之包裝》 本發明之膜片所顯示抗撕裂性係依據ASTMD〗922所 規定方法測定而以g表示者》該抗撕裂性之測定係就機器 方向（簡稱MD)及橫方向（簡稱C D)之兩方向進行。本說 明書中使用撕裂強度一詞表示MD抗撕裂値及CD抗撕裂 値間之平均値，亦同樣以g表示之。本發明之膜片所示耐 衝擊性依據ASTM Dl7〇9所規定方法測定之。隨厚度增加 而性能値亦提升的相關性存在時，據此，以實際測定之膜 厚（μπ〇爲基礎按照比例評估撕裂及衝擊結果之高低，正 確地以3密耳標準化β然而實施此種標準化計算而報告者 僅屬厚度變化在1 0%範圍內者，亦即測定厚度在2.7至3 . 3 密耳範圍內始適用》 丨 —-*-*—*·**—^*·^·**^--__ ________ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CMS ) Α4規格（210X29；/公釐1 ™ 310465 I.--·.------裝------訂------束 (請先M讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作、社印製 438820 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（9Q ) 本發明之中型模數膜片之理論密度在0.923 g/cm3至 〇.95g/cm3 範圍。其中以 〇.926g/cm3 至 0.948g/cm3 範圍爲 宜，以〇.93g/cm3至0.945g/cm3範圍爲最宜。 膜厚通常在約1.25密耳以上，其中以1.5密耳至8.75 密耳範圍爲宜，以2密耳至8密耳範圍爲最宜。 該新穎膜片所示撕裂強度或耐衝擊性，與已往技術所 製得膜片密度、熔融指數及膜厚相等的聚乙烯膜片比較至 少高過3 0 %。 該新穎膜很容易成型爲袋狀，作爲高負重包裝及運輸 包裝用途之外，作爲熱塡充包裝用途亦皆有用。上述用途 方面，要求具有良好的特性平衡之膜片，即撕裂、衝擊及 尺度安定性良好，同時強度高且模數屬中等程度之膜片》 該新穎膜片可使用可變性史托克吹塑擠壓加工法製造 之。採用吹塑膜片擠壓加工製造膜片乃周知者。例如Dowd 之美國專利第4,63 2,801號公報中記述有典型的吹塑膜片 擠壓加工方法可供參考。典型的方法中，導入聚合物於螺 桿型擠壓機中，然後在該擠壓機中熔融後，於加壓下在擠 壓機中向前進行。上述熔融的聚合物通過膜片用環狀塑模 後擠壓而產生熔融之管狀物。繼之，供應空氣於環狀塑模 中，使上述管狀物膨脹而產生所欲直徑之『氣泡』。藉環 狀塑模及其位置在該塑模下游處之夾輥（nip rollers)將空 氣封密在上述氣泡內之後，再將氣泡壓碎而產生平折吹塑 膜片（Uy-fl at film) β該膜片藉擠壓率、氣泡直徑及夾取 速度調節其最終厚度，而上述更可利用螺桿速度、牽出比 本紙張尺度適用Λ國國家標隼、C'NS ) Α4規格ί 210X297公釐） 310465 I:--Γ—-----裝------訂------嗥 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經漓部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 91 438820 A7 B7___ 五、發明説明（91 ) 率（haul-off rate)以及捲取速度等變數而可以調整。氣泡 直徑及夾取速加以固定而提升擠壓率，膜片最終厚度會變 厚。 典型的吹塑擠壓方法，一般可分類爲『史托克』或『袋 式』擠壓加工兩種《史托克擠壓加工時，在環狀塑模之相 當上方處發生氣泡之鼓吹及膨脹並進行調節。該熔融之管 在上述環狀塑模之至少5英吋（12.7 cm)以上高處，直至膨 脹爲止，該管與膜片用環狀塑模幾乎維持在相同直徑，藉 氣環（一般具有單一唇片構造）將氣流及機械方向成平行狀 供應至上述管之外側處。另外，爲確保製造中氣泡之最適 安定性爲目的，可以冷卻氣泡之內側，同樣亦可採用氣泡 安定法手段在內側方面。 使用史托克擠壓加工時，可改善分子鬆弛（molecular relaxation)情形，據此，可減輕在一個方向之定向過剩的 傾向而可獲得均衡之膜片物性，此乃周知的技藝。提升史 托克高度 &gt; 亦即隨提高膨脹部分之高度，通常橫方向（CD) 之特性會改進，據此，平均膜片特性亦可提升改善。高分 子量之聚乙烯組成物，例如高分子量之高密度聚乙烯（簡 稱HMW-HDPE)及高分子量之低密度聚乙烯（簡稱HMW-LDPE)等（此等爲保證其充分的氣泡安定性，具有充分的 熔融強度），在製成吹塑膜片之際，利用史托克擠壓加工， 尤其以高史托克擠壓加工最爲有益。 袋式擠壓加工之際，由塑模出的氣泡立即鼓起而能膨 脹爲目的，利用環狀塑模旁邊位置的氣環供應空氣。該氣 呆紙張尺度適用中國國家4^7。泌:,纖格;210 X297公釐） 310465 -------i------装------訂------京 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 438820 Μ Β7 五、發明説明（92 ) 環以加氣後確保氣泡之安定性爲目的，典型者爲雙重唇片 型。袋式擠壓加工之使用範圍較之史托克擠壓加工爲廣， 一般而言，適合於分子量較低，熔融強度較低的聚乙烯組 成物，例如線性低密度聚乙烯（LLDPE)及超低密度聚乙烯 (ULDPE)等之擠壓加工用途。 利用史托克及袋式擠壓加工可製造單層膜片及多層膜 片。本發明之膜片可任意爲單層構造物或多層構造物。多 層膜片可以利用其技術領域中周知的任何技術加以製成， 該技術包括例如共擠壓加工，層合或二者混合利用等方 法。然而本發明中最適的厚膜之中等模數的聚乙烯膜片爲 單層膜片構造物。 本發明之膜片在製造時，在不影響本發明硏究者所揭 示的改良撕裂性及耐衝擊性範圍內，可添加例如抗氧化 劑，磷酸酯類，粘接劑，Standostab PEPQ(Sundoz公司製 品之商標名），色料，著色劑等添加劑及塡充劑等於前述 乙烯·α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、 (Α&quot;)、（八&quot;'）中&lt;一般而言，並非必要的添加劑，例如抗 疊粘劑以及提升摩擦係數特性用途之添加劑（例如未處理 及經處理的二氧化矽，滑石，碳酸鈣及粘土，第一級，第 二級與取代脂肪酸醯胺類等包括之，當然不限定在上述舉 例範圍）、剝離劑、矽氧被覆材料等也可以包含在本發明 之膜片內使用。另外，爲提升本發明之膜片的抗靜電性， 例如可用在包裝對於電子過敏產品之高負重包裝方面爲目 的，尙可添加另一種添加劑，例如第四級銨化物等，可以 \ i It . n n n 訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適甩中國國家標準ί CNS ) A4规格(:210X29：7公釐：? 92 310465 A7 438820 _B7 五、發明説明（93 ) 單獨添加或配合乙烯-丙烯酸（E A A)共聚物類或其他官能 性聚合物類添加使用β 本新穎膜片之強度特性由於經過有利改善，因此，製 告本新穎膜片所用膜片組成物中，可加入回收再利用材料 及廢料材料以及稀釋用聚合物，其添加量較之已往技術用 聚乙烯膜片組成物時，典型的可供料量更多量混合或配合 使用，此種新穎膜片尙能賦與或保持有高負重包裝及運輸 用途上所必備優良性能等特性。上述稀釋材料之適當種 類，例如彈性體類，橡膠類及無水物修飾聚乙烯類（例如 以聚丁烯及順丁烯二酸酐接枝化之LLDPE极HDPE)，高 壓聚乙烯類，例如低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)等，乙烯/丙烯酸 (ΕΑΑ)共聚物類，乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯（EVA)共聚合物類以及 乙烯/甲基丙烯酸酯（EMA)共聚合物類等以及其混合物等 皆包括之。 延伸粘培腌叶： 本發明之延伸粘接膜片至少含有兩層，在片面上具備 實質上的粘接性，可適合延伸包裝材料用之多層膜片。本 新穎的多層膜片之構成如下：至少具有大約0.90g/cm3或 約0.90g/cm3以下之密度的至少一種乙烯烯烴共聚物 (Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A]、（A”）、（Α'&quot;)所構成之內 層；具備大約0.9Og/cm3之密度的至少一種膜片形成性烯 烴聚合物組成物所構成之表層，以及任意的至少一種高度 乙烯聚合物組成物所構成之至少一種芯層或構造層而成。 表層較之內層呈現殊少的粘接性。芯層或構造層隨符 i»r I —I. 3 --- HI 士衣 ^^^1 ^^^1 ml In fn (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部中央標準局員Η消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準CNS ) Λ4規格（2丨0X297公釐： 93 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 五、發明説明（94 ) 合特定的膜片強度條件而可以改變。 據本發明，所製成片面具有粘接性之膜片，用作小件 或大件物品之包裝或保存用途上之延伸包裝，延伸帶裝以 及拉力捲取等方面甚爲有用。本發明之單面粘接膜片不需 要粘接用添加物或官能性聚合物之協助。 本發明之優點坷舉塑膜唇片之鼓起，蓄積及低分子量 物質之移動或其減少或其消失。此乃意指製造膜片及包裝 操作中可減少其淸淨與保持時間。對於相鄰接物品及包裝 物之粘接以及污染，塵埃或破片之表面保持有關問題亦會 減少。 本發明之另一層面乃可提供具有相同流力學及單體化 學特性之聚合物類所構成單面粘接性膜片，藉此在共擠壓 中，使容易達成同樣獲得改良的熔融粘度及再利用性能之 良好的聚合物互熔性。 本發明之又一層面乃膜片在延伸條件下，其高粘接性 不會減少，可以提供具有顯著的延伸性及呈現非延伸性的 粘接性的單面粘接性膜片。 上述粘接量係與形成膜片之內層及表層之聚合物或混 合組成物之密度有關，並發現隨著內層之聚合物密度減低 粘接性可獲得改善的事實》 本發明之內層在當內層之密度爲0.9 0 g/cm3以下，其 中以0.85g/cm3至0.89g/cm3範圍時爲宜，以〇.86g/cm3至 〇_88g/Cm3範圍時最宜，對表層表現實質上之粘接性。本 發明之表層之密度在0.90g/cm3以上，其中以0_91g/cm3 L.--- ------^------iT------t (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 衣紙張尺度適用中國國家標準CNS ; Λ4規格（2丨0:&lt;297公釐； 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 0 A7 _B7_五、發明説明（95 ) 至0,96g/cm3範圍爲宜，以0.93g/cm3至〇.95g/cm3範圍爲 最宜。當其密度在最宜的〇.93g/cm3至0.95g/cm3範圍之 表層賦與具相等延伸性及非延伸的粘接性之單面粘接膜 本發明之多層膜片所含有的芯層或構造層之密度，可 隨最終用途上整個膜片強度要件之需求而改變。 本發明之構成內層而具有密度在〇.90g/cm3或0.90g/Cms 以下之乙烯聚合物乃含有非常低密度之聚乙烯（VLDPE&gt;， 上述共聚物（A)或組成物（A')、（A·1)、（A_&quot;)以及其混合組 成物。其中內層宜爲由共聚物（A)或組成物（A')、（A”）、（ A&quot;) 所構成。 構成本發明之表層的具有大於0.9 0 g/cm3的密度的膜 片形成性烯烴組成物，包括丙烯及乙烯聚合物，例如聚丙 烯、乙烯、丙烯共聚物，低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)，中密度 聚乙烯（MDPE)，高密度聚乙烯（HDPE)，共聚物（A)或組成 物（AJ、（AH)、（AM')，不均勻與均勻分歧線性低密度聚乙 烯（LLDPE)，不均勻與均勻分歧之非常低密度聚乙烯 (VLDPE)以及上述的混合組成物。其中表層宜爲由聚丙 烯，例如MDPE或HDPE，或與MDPE單獨混合配合的聚 丙烯所構成，據此，可賦與相等延伸性及非延伸粘接性之 優良性能。 構成本發明之芯層或構造層之乙烯聚合物，乃包含低 密度聚乙烯（LDPE)，中密度聚乙烯（MDPE)，高密度聚乙 烧（HDPE)，共聚物（A)或組成物（A’）、（A1，）、（A，，，），不均 ---^------裝------訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用宁闼國家標準（〇]^;/\4蜾格(:2丨0乂297公釐 95 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 * 438820 A7 ___B7_五、發明説明（％ ) 勻與均勻分歧線性低密度聚乙烯（LLDPE)，不均勻與均勻 分歧的非常低密度之聚乙烯（VLDPE)。 上述不均勻分歧VLDPE及LLDPE乃線性聚乙烯技術 方面之從事人員所周知，可藉齊格勒•納塔溶液，淤漿或 氣相聚合法，以及安德遜等人之美國專利第4,076,698號 公報中所記載之配位金屬催化劑之應用下製造之。此種齊 格勒型線性聚乙烯非均勻分歧，其熔融拉力低。又，此等 聚合物爲低密度而不呈現實質上之無定形此及具有固有 的實質上高密度（結晶）之聚合物部分所造成。在〇.90g/Cm3 以下之密度，此等物質甚難使用一般的齊格勒-納塔氏催 化劑而製造，同時其錠狀化亦非常困難。錠狀物具有粘接 性，甚容易粘接成塊狀。 上述均勻分歧的VLDPE及LLDPE亦爲線性聚乙烯技 術方面之從事工作者所周知。例如可參照美國專利第 3,645,992號公報所揭示的內容，此乃在使用鍩及鈀催化 劑系列之溶液中，淤漿中或氣相法中製造者。美國專利第 4,937,299號公報中，伊文等人報告使用芳環烯金屬衍生 物催化劑之製造方法。此種第二級之線性聚乙烯爲均一分 歧聚合物，與齊格勒型之不均勻線性聚乙烯同樣地其熔融 拉力低。此等聚合物之商品由三井化學『TAFMER』及公 司以Exxon化學公司以『Exact』商品名市販* 內層所使用的乙烯聚合物組成物，以及表層使用的膜 片形成性烯烴聚合物組成物，以及本發明之芯層或構造物 所使用的高強度乙烯聚合物組成物乃係由乙烯之單獨聚合 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（210,&lt;297公釐； 96 310465 438820 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7五、發明説明（97 ) 反應’或乙烯與少量的各種單體間之互相聚合反應而製成 的乙烯聚合物。 爲達成本發明所期待之結果，下列添加劑、色料、著 色劑、塡充劑及加工助劑等雖非必需品，但可以包含在公 開的延伸包裝材料中。上述添加劑之例舉有粘結添加劑、 粘接劑（例如ΡΙΒ)，滑劑及抗疊粘劑、抗氧化劑（例如 Ciba-Geigy 公司所提供的 Irganox 1010 或 Irganox 1076 等受阻酚類 &gt;，磷酸酯（例如Ciba-Geigy公司所提供的 Irgafos 168)，StandstabPEPQ(例如 Sundoz 公司提供）， 色料、著色劑、塡充劑及加工助劑等。上述添加劑之使用 調配範圍自然在不妨害本發明所發現實質上的粘接性及非 粘接性不待說明。 本發明之多層膜片由包括A/B及A/B/C構造物的二 層以上之膜片藉膜片層合法及/或共擠壓技術以及相關技 術領域所周知的吹塑或鑄模膜片擠壓裝置等製造之。然而 較佳的構造物可藉共擠壓技術，宜爲採用鑄膜共擠壓技術 而製成的A/B/C構造物。 適用的吹塑膜片製法，例如記載於Kirk-Othmer著1化 學技術』大辭典，第3版，紐約州John Wiley &amp; Sons公 司，1981年出版，第16卷，第416至417頁及第18卷， 第1 9 1至1 92頁中。適用的鑄模擠壓法，例如記載於現 代塑膠（ModernPlastics)1989年10月中旬號，百科全輯 (Encyc 丨 opedia Issue)，第 66 卷第 11 期，第 256 至 25 7 頁 中。適用的共擠壓技術與必要條件，由布德勒氏記述在 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS M4規格（230X29?公釐） 97 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費今泎杜印製 98 4388 20 A7 . ____B7 五、發明説明)Printed by the Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / JW Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives $ L 310465 A7 438820 _B7_ V. Description of the Invention (87) When shrinking and packaging etc. 'Before or after the final film orientation: Inductive radiation cross-linking, however It is best to induce radiation: radiation cross-linking before the final orientation of the diaphragm. Before the final film orientation is performed, when a heat shrinkable film or an outer packaging film is manufactured by an ingot or film radiation method, these films must show a high shrinkage tension, which causes the bending of the packaging and the use of paper on the bottom plate. The bending tends to be high. Conversely, when the orientation is performed before irradiation, the shrinkage tension of the obtained film may be reduced. Unlike shrinkage tension, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (AH), (A '") of the present invention exhibits free shrinkage characteristics, regardless of the orientation of the final membrane Radiation is performed before or after, and its essence is not affected. The radiation technology effective in the treatment of the diaphragm structure described in the description of the present invention includes various technologies known to those skilled in the art. Among them, electron beam (彡 -ray) It is appropriate that the radiation device achieves the purpose by radiating a linear amount of O.SMrad to 20Mrad. The description in this specification consists of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot;) (A &quot; ') The shrinkable film structure made by (A &quot;') has a low degree of chain breakage as a result of the radiation treatment, so it can be expected to improve the physical properties. The heat-adhesive film of the present invention is used as an orientation or Non-oriented single-layer or multi-layer structure can show its benefits in bag-in-box and f0rm-fm-seal operations. Using the film of the present invention in forming filling-sealing Operational For example, it is described in pages 32 to 83 of "Food Plastic Packaging" by Wilmer A. Jenkins and Jamer P. Harrington (published in 1S91). CG Davis of Packaging Machinery Manufacturing Research Institute "Packaging Machine Operation: 8th Period, forming, filling, sealing, self-study "(1982 paper standard IKEA standard leather &quot; ΙΤΤ, the father of M specifications: ^ mm. 87 (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China ----- installation ------ order ------ 't -------- 310465 438820 A7 _____B7_ V. Description of the Invention (88) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) (April Edition); M, Bakken's Encyclopedia of F Packaging Technology (Wiley) Encyclopedia ", published by John Wi 丨 ey & Sons (1986) (p. 334) , Pp. 364 to 369); and "Introduction to Packaging by S. Sacharow and AL Brody," published by Harcourt Brace Javanovich (1987) (pp. 332-326), using vertical or horizontal forming Filled and sealed packaging and thermoformed filled and sealed packaging can also achieve the purpose of manufacturing packaging products. The most effective equipment for filling and sealing packaging is Hayssen Ultima Super CMB's vertical forming filling and sealing packaging machine. This packaging machine can be used for typical products such as food, pharmaceuticals and hardware packaging. Hot-packing Other manufacturers of rear exhaust devices include Cryovac and Koch. Takakura Thunder's cymbals for packaging: The film for high-load packaging is also composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot;), (Α · ") Film with a thickness of at least about 1.25 mils (31 μτη) and a film density in the range of 0.92 3 to 0.95 g / cm3. Its typical value is at least 3 compared with the polyethylene film used in the current industry. % High tear strength or impact resistance. This type of film can provide heavy-duty packaging and transportation packaging, and it can also be used for hot-fill packaging. This specification refers to novel films In the case of tablets, the term "medium modulus of F" is used to represent the theoretical density j of the r film in the range of 0.923 to 0.95 g / cm3. In this specification, the known weight of the polymer or layer sheet constituting the requirements and the temperature after warming The density of the diaphragm calculated from the measured density is used as the above "theoretical density of the diaphragm". The national standard ((: 阽) Λ4 specification (210X 297 ^^ 7 &quot; —— &quot; 88 310465 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standard)隼 shellfish consumer cooperatives India tf 89 438 820 A7 B7 five Explanation of the invention (89) When referring to novel diaphragms in this specification, the term "F-thick film" refers to the thickness of a diaphragm with a film thickness of approximately 1.25 mils (31 μΙη) or more. "Variable Strok The term "extrusion processing" refers to the height of the ring die and the stock that can be used for the diaphragm, that is, the distance between the expansion of the air bubbles. During the manufacture of the blown diaphragm, from 0 inches (Ocm) to 144 Change within inches (3 66cm). The term includes both the well-known bag blown film extrusion process and the Stryker blown film extrusion process. The term "High Stark Extrusion" is used in this specification. The term "press processing" means that the distance between the ring die for the diaphragm and the air ring is 30 inches (76 cm) or more. The term "hot filling" used in this specification is Refers to the operation of packaging or filling products at a product temperature above 45 ° C. The term "high load" used in this manual refers to products that generally have a large or single package weighing more than 10 pounds (4.5kg) Packaging "The tear resistance shown by the film of the present invention is measured in g in accordance with the method specified in ASTMD〗 922. "Shower" The measurement of the tear resistance is carried out in two directions of the machine direction (abbreviated as MD) and the transverse direction (abbreviated as CD). The term "tear strength" is used in this specification to mean MD tear resistance and CD tear resistance The average 値 between 亦 and 同样 is also expressed in g. The impact resistance shown in the film of the present invention is measured according to the method specified in ASTM D107. When there is a correlation that the performance 値 also increases with increasing thickness, based on this, Based on the actual measured film thickness (μπ〇), the tear and impact results were evaluated according to the proportion. It was correctly standardized to 3 mils. However, the implementation of this standardized calculation and the reporter only reported that the thickness change was within 10%. Those, that is, the measurement thickness is only applicable within the range of 2.7 to 3.3 mils "丨 —- *-* — * · ** — ^ * · ^ · ** ^ --_ ________ This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CMS) Α4 specification (210X29; / mm 1 ™ 310465 I .-- · .------ installation ------ order ------ beam (please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page again) Consumption Cooperation of Employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Printed by the Society 438820 Α7 Β7 V. Description of Invention (9Q) Medium Modulus Film of the Invention The theoretical density of the tablet is in the range of 0.923 g / cm3 to 0.95 g / cm3. Among them, a range of 0.926 g / cm3 to 0.948 g / cm3 is preferable, and a range of 0.993 g / cm3 to 0.945 g / cm3 is most suitable. The film thickness is usually above about 1.25 mils, with a range of 1.5 to 8.75 mils being preferred, and a range of 2 to 8 mils being most preferred. The tear strength or impact resistance of this novel membrane is at least 30% higher than that of a polyethylene membrane with the same density, melt index, and film thickness as the membranes made in the prior art. The novel film can be easily formed into a bag shape, and it is also useful as a hot-filling packaging application in addition to high-load packaging and transportation packaging applications. For the above applications, a film with a good balance of properties is required, that is, a film with good tear, impact and dimensional stability, at the same time, high strength and a medium modulus. "The novel film can be used with a variable Stark blower. Manufactured by plastic extrusion processing. It is well known to use blown film extrusion to make films. For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,63,801 to Dowd describes a typical blown film extrusion process for reference. In a typical method, the polymer is introduced into a screw-type extruder, and then melted in the extruder, and then it is advanced in the extruder under pressure. The molten polymer is extruded through an annular mold of a diaphragm to produce a molten tube. Next, air is supplied to the ring mold, which expands the above-mentioned tube and generates a "bubble" of a desired diameter. Uy-fl at film is formed by ring-shaped mold and nip rollers located downstream of the mold to seal the air in the air bubbles, and then crush the air bubbles ) β This film adjusts its final thickness by extrusion rate, bubble diameter and pinch speed, and the above can use screw speed and draw-out ratio. This paper is applicable to Λ national standard, C'NS) Α4 specifications ί 210X297 (Mm) 310465 I: --Γ —----- installation ------ order ------ 嗥 (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Staff of the Central Bureau of Standards Consumption Cooperation Du Print 91 438820 A7 B7___ V. Invention Description (91) Variables such as haul-off rate and winding speed can be adjusted. The diameter of the bubble and the clamping speed are fixed to increase the extrusion rate, and the final thickness of the diaphragm will become thicker. Typical blow molding extrusion methods can be generally classified as "Stark" or "bag type" extrusion processing. "In the Stark extrusion processing, bubbles are blown and Swell and adjust. The molten tube is at least 5 inches (12.7 cm) above the ring mold until it expands. The tube and the ring mold for the diaphragm are maintained at almost the same diameter. The lip structure) supplies the airflow and the mechanical direction in parallel to the outer side of the tube. In addition, in order to ensure the optimal stability of the bubbles during manufacturing, the inside of the bubbles can be cooled, and the method of bubble stabilization can also be used on the inside. When using Stark extrusion processing, molecular relaxation can be improved. Accordingly, the tendency of excessive orientation in one direction can be reduced to obtain balanced physical properties of the diaphragm. This is a well-known technique. Raise the Stoke height &gt; That is, as the height of the inflated portion is increased, the characteristics in the lateral direction (CD) generally improve, and accordingly, the average diaphragm characteristics can also be improved. High molecular weight polyethylene composition, such as high molecular weight high density polyethylene (referred to as HMW-HDPE) and high molecular weight low density polyethylene (referred to as HMW-LDPE), etc. (to ensure their sufficient bubble stability, Sufficient melt strength), when making blown film, it is most beneficial to use Stark extrusion processing, especially high Stark extrusion processing. During the bag extrusion process, air bubbles from the mold immediately swell and expand, and air is supplied by an air ring located next to the annular mold. The air-laid paper scale is applicable to China 4 ^ 7. Bi :, fiber; 210 X297 mm) 310465 ------- i ------ install -------- order ------ Beijing (please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 438820 Μ B7 V. Description of the invention (92) The purpose of the ring is to ensure the stability of air bubbles after aeration, typically a double lip type. The use of bag extrusion is wider than that of Stark extrusion. Generally speaking, it is suitable for polyethylene compositions with low molecular weight and low melt strength, such as linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) and ultra-thin Extrusion processing for low density polyethylene (ULDPE). Single-layer and multi-layer films can be manufactured by using Stark and bag extrusion processes. The diaphragm of the present invention may be a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure. Multilayer diaphragms can be made using any technique known in their technical field, including techniques such as coextrusion, lamination, or a combination of both. However, the polyethylene film of the middle modulus of the most suitable thick film in the present invention is a single-layer film structure. When the film of the present invention is manufactured, within the range of not improving the tear resistance and impact resistance disclosed by the researchers of the present invention, for example, antioxidants, phosphate esters, adhesives, Standostab PEPQ (Sundoz Corporation) can be added. (Brand name of the product), additives such as colorants, colorants and fillers are equal to the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (Α &quot;), (八 &quot; ' ) Medium &lt; Generally speaking, unnecessary additives such as anti-adhesion agents and additives for improving friction coefficient characteristics (such as untreated and treated silica, talc, calcium carbonate and clay, first class, first Secondary and substituted fatty acids such as ammonium are included, and of course, are not limited to the above-mentioned examples), release agents, silicone coating materials, etc. can also be used in the film of the present invention. In addition, in order to improve the antistatic property of the film of the present invention, for example, it can be used in the packaging of electronic allergy products for the purpose of high-load packaging. Another additive, such as a fourth-level ammonium compound, can be added. Order by nnn (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The paper size is suitable for the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (: 210X29: 7 mm:? 92 310465 A7 438820 _B7 V. Description of the invention (93) Separately Adding or blending with ethylene-acrylic acid (EAA) copolymers or other functional polymers Adds the use of β The strength characteristics of the novel membrane have been improved. Therefore, in the membrane composition used in the production of this novel membrane, When adding recycled materials, waste materials, and dilution polymers, the added amount is typically more than the polyethylene film composition used in the prior art, which can be mixed or used in combination. It can impart or maintain the characteristics required for high load-bearing packaging and transportation. The appropriate types of the above-mentioned diluted materials, such as elastomers, rubbers and Modified polyethylene (such as LLDPE polar HDPE grafted with polybutene and maleic anhydride), high pressure polyethylene, such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), etc., ethylene / acrylic acid (ΕΑΑ) copolymers Ethylene / vinyl acetate (EVA) copolymers, ethylene / methacrylate (EMA) copolymers, etc., and mixtures thereof are all included. Extended sticky pickled leaves: The extended adhesive film of the present invention Contains at least two layers, has substantial adhesiveness on the sheet surface, and is suitable for extending a multilayer film for packaging materials. The novel multilayer film has the following structure: at least about 0.90 g / cm3 or about 0.90 g / cm3 Inner layer consisting of at least one ethylene olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A), (A "), (A '&quot;) with the following density; a layer having a density of about 0.9Og / cm3 The surface layer composed of at least one membrane-forming olefin polymer composition, and at least one core layer or structural layer composed of any at least one highly ethylene polymer composition. The surface layer exhibits less stickiness than the inner layer. Connection. Core or structure The layer i = r I —I. 3 --- HI Shiyi ^^^ 1 ^^^ 1 ml In fn (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page} The paper size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese national standard CNS) Λ4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm: 93 310465 4 3 8 8 2 0 A7 B7 Printed by the staff of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for consumer cooperation Du V. Invention Description (94) The strength condition of the diaphragm can be changed. According to the present invention, the produced diaphragm with adhesiveness on one side is used for packaging of small or large items or for extension packaging, preservation of extension tape, tension winding, etc. Aspect is very useful. The single-sided adhesive film of the present invention does not require the assistance of adhesive additives or functional polymers. The advantages of the present invention are the bulging of the plastic film lip, the accumulation and the movement of the low molecular weight substance, its reduction or its disappearance. This means that the cleaning and holding time can be reduced during the manufacturing and packaging operations. For the adhesion and contamination of adjacent articles and packaging, problems related to the maintenance of dust or fragmented surfaces will also be reduced. Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a single-sided adhesive film composed of polymers having the same fluid dynamics and monomer chemical characteristics, thereby making it easy to achieve the same improved melt viscosity and co-extrusion in coextrusion. Good polymer intermelting properties for reuse. Another aspect of the present invention is that the film does not reduce its high adhesiveness under stretching conditions, and can provide a single-sided adhesive film with remarkable stretchability and non-extensibility. The above-mentioned adhesion amount is related to the density of the polymer or the mixed composition forming the inner layer and the surface layer of the diaphragm, and it has been found that the adhesiveness can be improved as the polymer density of the inner layer decreases. The inner layer of the present invention When the density of the inner layer is below 0.90 g / cm3, which is preferably in the range of 0.85g / cm3 to 0.89g / cm3, it is most suitable in the range of 0.86g / cm3 to 〇_88g / Cm3, and the performance of the surface layer Substantial adhesion. The density of the surface layer of the present invention is above 0.90g / cm3, among which 0_91g / cm3 L. --- ------ ^ ------ iT ------ t (Please read the Note: Please fill in this page again) The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese national standard CNS; Λ4 specification (2 丨 0: &lt; 297 mm; 310465 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 0 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention The range of (95) to 0.96 g / cm3 is suitable, and the range of 0.93 g / cm3 to 0.95 g / cm3 is most suitable. When the density is in the optimal range of 0.93 g / cm3 to 0.95 g / cm3, Single-sided adhesive film with equal elongation and non-elongation adhesiveness The density of the core layer or structural layer contained in the multilayer film of the present invention can be changed according to the requirements of the strength requirements of the entire film in the end use. The ethylene polymer constituting the inner layer of the present invention and having a density of 0.90 g / cm3 or less than 0.90 g / Cms is a very low density polyethylene (VLDPE &gt;, the above-mentioned copolymer (A) or composition (A ') , (A · 1), (A_ &quot;) and their mixed compositions. The inner layer is preferably composed of copolymer (A) or composition (A '), (A "), (A &quot;). Composition The film-forming olefin composition of the surface layer of the present invention having a density greater than 0.9 0 g / cm3, including propylene and ethylene polymers, such as polypropylene, ethylene, propylene copolymer, low density polyethylene (LDPE), and medium density Polyethylene (MDPE), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), copolymer (A) or composition (AJ, (AH), (AM '), heterogeneous and uniform divergence linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), uneven Very low-density polyethylene (VLDPE) and the above-mentioned mixed composition that are different from the uniform. The surface layer is preferably composed of polypropylene, such as MDPE or HDPE, or polypropylene mixed with MDPE alone. Excellent properties of equal elongation and non-elongation adhesion. The ethylene polymer constituting the core layer or structural layer of the present invention includes low density polyethylene (LDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), and high density polyethylene. (HDPE), copolymer (A) or composition (A '), (A1,), (A ,,,), unevenness --- ^ ------ installation ------ order ( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies Ninglang National Standards (〇) ^ ; / \ 4 蜾 格 (: 2 丨 0 乂 297mm 95 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs * 438820 A7 ___B7_ V. Description of the invention (%) Uniform and uniform divergence linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE ), Very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), which is uneven and evenly divergent. The above-mentioned heterogeneous divergent VLDPE and LLDPE are well known to those engaged in linear polyethylene technology. They can be borrowed from Ziegler Natta solution, slurry or gas phase polymerization, and US Patent No. 4,076,698 by Anderson et al. Manufactured under the application of the described coordination metal catalyst. This Ziegler-type linear polyethylene is non-uniformly divergent and has a low melt tensile force. Also, these polymers are caused by the low density without exhibiting substantial amorphousness and the inherently high density (crystalline) polymer portion. At a density of less than 0.90 g / Cm3, it is very difficult to produce these materials using ordinary Ziegler-Natta catalysts, and it is also very difficult to form tablets. The ingots are adhesive and easily adhere to a block. The above-mentioned uniformly divergent VLDPE and LLDPE are also well known to workers engaged in linear polyethylene technology. For example, reference may be made to the disclosure of U.S. Patent No. 3,645,992, which is produced in a solution using a rhenium and palladium catalyst series, in a slurry, or in a gas phase method. In U.S. Patent No. 4,937,299, Evan et al. Report a method for producing an aromatic cycloolefin metal derivative catalyst. This second-stage linear polyethylene is a homogeneous disperse polymer and has a low melt tensile force similar to the Ziegler-type non-uniform linear polyethylene. These polymers are sold by Mitsui Chemicals "TAFMER" and the company Exxon Chemical Company under the trade name "Exact" * The ethylene polymer composition used in the inner layer and the membrane-forming olefin polymer composition used in the surface layer The high-strength ethylene polymer composition used in the core layer or structure of the present invention is a separate polymerization of ethylene (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Λ4 specification (210, &lt; 297 mm; 96 310465 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed B7 V. Description of the invention (97) reaction or the mutual polymerization reaction between ethylene and a small amount of various monomers In order to achieve the desired result of the present invention, although the following additives, colorants, colorants, fillers, and processing aids are not required, they can be included in the disclosed extended packaging materials. Examples include adhesive additives, adhesives (such as PIB), slip agents and anti-adhesives, and antioxidants (such as Irganox 10 provided by Ciba-Geigy). Hindered phenols such as 10 or Irganox 1076 &gt;, phosphate esters (such as Irgafos 168 provided by Ciba-Geigy), StandstabPEPQ (such as provided by Sundoz), colorants, colorants, fillers and processing aids, etc. The range of use of additives is naturally not to be explained without prejudice to the substantial adhesiveness and non-adhesiveness found in the present invention. The multilayer film of the present invention consists of two or more layers including A / B and A / B / C structures. The film is manufactured by the film layer method and / or co-extrusion technology and the blow molding or mold film extrusion device known in the related technical field. However, the better structure can be co-extrusion technology, which is preferably A / B / C structure made using cast film coextrusion technology. Suitable blown film manufacturing methods are described in, for example, Kirk-Othmer, 1 Chemical Technology "Dictionary, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & amp, New York Sons Corporation, published in 1981, vol. 16, pages 416 to 417 and vol. 18, pages 191 to 192. Suitable die extrusion methods are described, for example, in Modern Plastics 1989 10 Mid-month issue, Encyclopedia (Encyc 丨 opedia Issue) Volume 66, Issue 11, pages 256 to 25 7. Applicable co-extrusion technology and necessary conditions are described by Budler (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to China Standards (CNS M4 specifications (230X29? Mm) 97 310465 Employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China print 98 4388 20 A7. ____B7 V. Description of the invention)

Film Extrusion Manual ： Process, Materials, Properties, “Coextrusion ·’第四章，第 31 至 80 頁中（TAPPIPress 出版， Atlanta, Ga‘ 1992 年）。 本發明之多層膜片之各聚合層之熔融指數在0,4至 20g/10分鐘範圍，其中以〇.5至12 g/10分鐘爲宜，以0.8 至6g/10分鐘範圍爲最宜。 本發明之多層膜片之總厚度在0.4至20密耳（10至 508μιη)範圍。其中以0.6至10密耳（15至254μηι)範圍爲 宜，以0.8至5密耳（20至127μιη)範圍更宜。 本發明之Α/Β型多層膜片之層比以往之Α/Β = 2 : 98爲大 範圍，其中以5 : 95至35 : 65範圍爲宜，以10 : 90至25 至75範圍爲更宜。二層以上之多層膜片之層比以表層及 內層保持相等厚度，芯層或構造層之比率在至98重量 %範圍，其中以65至95重量％範圍爲宜’以70至90重 量％範圍之層比爲更宜。 多層摭斷膜片= 多層遮斷膜片指氧氣及水分不透過性多層遮斷膜片， 但亦包括利用前述多層遮斷膜片所製成之產品’例如截骨 術用袋（Osteotomy bags)’藥劑經皮性輸入用層合物，可 熱封密性袋等。 依照本發明之一種形態，可提供膜片1英吋寬至少具Film Extrusion Manual: Process, Materials, Properties, "Coextrusion · 'Chapter 4, pages 31 to 80 (published by TAPPIPress, Atlanta, Ga' 1992). The melt index of each polymer layer of the multilayer film of the present invention is The range of 0.4 to 20 g / 10 minutes, of which 0.5 to 12 g / 10 minutes is preferable, and 0.8 to 6 g / 10 minutes is most suitable. The total thickness of the multilayer film of the present invention is 0.4 to 20 densities. Range of ears (10 to 508 μιη). Among them, a range of 0.6 to 10 mils (15 to 254 μηι) is more suitable, and a range of 0.8 to 5 mils (20 to 127 μιη) is more suitable. The layer is larger than the conventional Α / Β = 2:98, in which the range of 5: 95 to 35: 65 is preferable, and the range of 10: 90 to 25 to 75 is more suitable. The layer of the multilayer film with two or more layers Keep the same thickness as the surface layer and the inner layer, and the ratio of the core layer or the structure layer is in the range of 98% by weight, in which the range of 65 to 95% by weight is preferable, and the ratio of the layer in the range of 70 to 90% by weight is more suitable.摭 Break diaphragm = Multi-layer cut diaphragm refers to oxygen and moisture-impermeable multi-layer cut diaphragm, but also includes the use of The product made of the multilayer cut-off film, such as an osteotomy bag, is a laminate for transdermal input, a heat-sealable bag, etc. According to one aspect of the present invention, it is provided Diaphragm at least 1 inch wide

I 有1.〇英膀，宜爲超過15英膀之熱密封強度之氧氣及水 |I has 1.00 British arms, preferably oxygen and water with a heat seal strength exceeding 15 British men |

II

分不透過性多層遮斷膜片。 IImpervious multi-layer blocking diaphragm. I

上述『氧氣不透過性』乃指膜片具有90cc/m2/H*atm I — - -|||丨_·· Mill I· I I II I ΙΙΙΓ ||_ ·ιι· _ —. 一 一丨· ι··ι — — — ——^ m m _ ι — 艮紙張尺度適4中,¾¾家榡準’：:NS \ 規格i 公鳘：_ ~' ' 310465 ---K------装------訂—-----t {讀先閱讀背面之注意^項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準馬員工消費合作杜印製 r 438820 A7 ________B7 五、發明説明) 以下之氧氣透過性，而『水分不透過性』係指膜片具有 5g/m2/H以下之水蒸氣透過性者。 本發明之一種形態中，膜片除上述特性之外，至少尙 含有可熱密封性之表層的遮斷層。該遮斷層例如含有可熱 密封性的表層（包括單層或多層）以及所欲能提供氧氣或水 分不透過性之任意的適當遮斷層材料。適當的上述遮斷 材料爲偏二氯乙烯及氯乙烯或甲基丙烯酸酯間之共聚合 物。當遮斷層含有偏二氯乙烯及氯乙烯或甲基丙烯酸酯間 之共聚合物時，遮斷層尙可含有乙烯及乙酸乙烯酯間之共 聚合物〇至6重量％，尙含有4至6重量％之加工助劑等 爲最宜。 本發明之一種形態中，遮斷層及至少一種可熱封密的 表層同時擠壓而成。爲提供所欲柔軟性，該可熱密封的表 層宜爲在機械方向（MD)及橫方向（TD)之雙方具有未滿 15,000psi之2%割線模數。可熱密封的表層含有乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A_)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;&gt;。 爲協助膜片之加工，表層中（單層或多層 &gt; 可含有乙烯及乙 酸乙烯酯之共聚物〇至1〇重量％，如能含有0.5至5%之 共聚物作爲加工助劑更宜。該表層中尙可任意添加滑劑/ 防粘劑等。表層及遮斷層之間，可以將乙烯及乙酸乙烯酯 共聚物之粘接層同時擠壓，提升層間之粘接性較爲理想。 本發明之較佳形態爲兩個可熱密封之表層間同時擠壓 以遮斷層而構成 表層占膜片厚度之70容量％，遮斷層 占膜片厚度之30重量％。使用該構造物可製成可回收再 | 本紙張尺度適用f國國家揉单{ C1nsTa4規格（2 i G 29 7公* ---^-------装------訂------t (請先閲讀背面之注^|^項再填寫本頁) 310465 99 438820 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（100 ) 利用之截骨術用袋或軟袋。遮斷層及表層（包括單層或多 層）分別製造後，再以適當的粘接劑聚合物、液狀粘接劑 或熱熔融粘接劑等加以層積亦屬可行。本發明之多層遮斷 膜片在0.45Hz下以65°角度彎曲時呈現未滿85dB之噪 音，其中以〇·45Ηζ下以65°角度彎曲時表現未滿83dB 之噪音爲宜，以在〇·45Ηζ下以65°角度彎曲時表現未滿 81dB之噪音爲最宜。 本發明之另一種形態中，可在遮斷層追加以追加層而 製成藥劑經皮性輸送用之體系。該體系宜爲包括對於藥劑 系統具有關門功能之遮斷膜片之背層（backing丨ay er) 〇含 有活性藥劑之粘接劑，宜爲粘附在膜片之一個表層上。鄰 接在粘接劑係接觸在病患之皮膚，可以一面調節釋放藥劑 功能之調節釋放膜。 上述例舉之另一形態爲背層爲調節藥劑在病患皮膚中 擴散，製造具有貯存活性藥劑之開口部分之隱蔽用調節釋 放膜的可含有活性藥劑之貯藏部分。其周邊全部使用粘接 劑粘接對於病患皮膚可供經皮性輸送用系統。最好在膜片 上及粘接劑上覆蓋以剝離層，在使用前作爲保護構造。 因此’本發明之特點在提供可利用同時擠壓法或層積 法能製造氧氣與水之不透過性多層遮斷膜片。本發明之又 一特性爲臭氣遮斷性、柔軟性以及低噪音性。另外，尙可 提供製造袋狀物與軟袋用可熱密封性表層材料。 本發明之另一形態中，本發明之多層遮斷膜片，可採 用例如供料頭式共擠壓法（feed-black coextrusion)，多料 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 100 310465 A7 438820 B7__ 五、發明說明（m ) 道式模頭同時擠壓法（multiple manifold die (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) co ext ru si ο η)，或將二種組成之標準型擠壓技術而製造° 各個獨立層之容積（厚度）可在擠壓時調整之。因此’多層 構造物之總厚度亦可予調節。另一種製法爲分別製造各個 獨立層，再用適當粘接層同時層合而製成。 膜片中的聚合物，爲保護其低噪音性，其製造上自然 產生的結果以外，不另意圖加以拉長或延伸。例如以吹塑 法製造的膜片，在機械方向（MD)及橫方向（TD)雙方向本 質上多少具有若干定向，而鑄模法製成的膜片在橫方向 (TD)就保未延伸狀態。一般而言，膜片中所導入定向愈小 其噪音亦愈小«本發明之多層遮斷膜片在0.45 Hz下’以 65°角度彎曲時，表現未滿85dB之噪音，其中在0.45Hz 下，以65°角度彎曲時，呈現未滿83 dB之噪音爲較佳’ 尤以0.45Hz下，以65°角度彎曲時，表現未滿81dB之 噪音爲最佳。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 更進而爲提供所欲柔軟性*可熱密封性之表層，最好 在機械方向（MD)及橫方向（TD)雙方向具有未滿I 5,000psi 之2%割線模數。上述2%割線模數爲膜片屬於剛性或柔軟 性之指標。可熱密封性表層而言，據本研究者發現其2% 割線模數値愈低，所得膜片愈柔軟《—般而言，膜片之2% 割線模數盡能放低，同時利用已有製造設備亦可加工爲 宜。就多層膜片整體而言，2%割線模數以3 0,000p si以下 爲宜。所得多層膜片具有低氧氣及水蒸氣透過性，又具備 截骨術用途所必要之臭氣遮斷性、柔軟性及低噪音性。 本紙張尺度適用中國国家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 101 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Λ3ββ2〇 Α7 Β7五、發明説明) 氧氣及水不透過性多層遮斷膜片，包含氯乙烯（15至 20重量％)及偏二氯乙烯至85重量％)之共聚物’或偏 氯乙烯（93至94重量％)及甲基丙烯酸甲醇（6至7重量％) 之共聚物所構成遮斷層。適當的遮斷材料例如可舉Dow Chemical公司所市販的薩冉樹脂（Saran，商標名）469與 薩冉MA。使用薩冉遮斷層材料時，加工助劑可使用〇至 6重量％之乙烯及乙酸乙烯酯共聚物，最宜含有4至6重 量％»上述乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物組成物之適當市販品 可舉E. I. dn Pont de Nemours公司以商標品Elvax提供 之共聚物。 遮斷層宜爲以含有乙烯烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系 共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α1&quot;)之兩層可熱密封性表層同 時擠壓，或層積於前述兩層之間。 遮斷膜片可藉折疊膜片後，將乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）' (Α1”）之表層互相加以 熱密封而製成可再利用之整骨術用袋或軟袋使用。上述袋 狀物宜爲具備 90cc/m2/H，atm(1.8cc/100in2/H*atm)以下之 氧氣透過度。遮斷膜片之總厚度爲35至100//m，其中遮 斷層占膜片總厚度之〗〇至30% »表層（必要時尙加上粘接 劑層）之典型者由膜片總厚度之70至90%所構成。 本發明之多層遮斷膜片亦可利用適當的粘接劑藉層合 技術而製造之。例如遮斷層及表層（單層或多層）分別製成 後，繼之用粘接劑聚合物、液狀粘接劑 '或熱熔融粘接劑 加以層合而製成。上述結合遮斷層及表層使用之適當的粘The above "oxygen impermeability" means that the diaphragm has 90cc / m2 / H * atm I —--||| 丨 丨 Mill I · II II I ΙΙΙΓ || _ · ιι · _ —. One One 丨 · ι ·· ι — — — —— ^ mm _ ι — The paper size is moderate, ¾¾home standard ':: NS \ Specification i Public 鳘: _ ~' '310465 --- K ------ Install ------ order ------- t (Read the first note on the back ^ before filling out this page) Central Standard Malaysia Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer Cooperation Du printed r 438820 A7 ________B7 V. Description of the invention) The following Oxygen permeability, and "moisture impermeability" refers to the membrane with a water vapor permeability of 5g / m2 / H or less. In one aspect of the present invention, in addition to the above-mentioned properties, the diaphragm includes at least a blocking layer having a heat-sealable surface layer. The barrier layer contains, for example, a heat-sealable surface layer (including a single layer or a plurality of layers) and any appropriate barrier layer material desired to provide oxygen or moisture impermeability. A suitable blocking material is a copolymer of vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride or methacrylate. When the barrier layer contains a copolymer of vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride or methacrylate, the barrier layer 尙 may contain a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate 0 to 6% by weight, and 尙 may contain 4 to 6% by weight % Processing aids are most suitable. In one form of the present invention, the blocking layer and at least one heat-sealable surface layer are simultaneously extruded. To provide the desired softness, the heat-sealable surface should preferably have a 2% secant modulus of less than 15,000 psi in both the machine direction (MD) and the transverse direction (TD). The heat-sealable surface layer contains an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A_), (A &quot;), (Α '&quot; &gt;. To assist the processing of the diaphragm, the surface layer ( Single-layer or multi-layer &gt; may contain copolymers of ethylene and vinyl acetate 0 to 10% by weight, it is more suitable if it can contain copolymers of 0.5 to 5% as processing aids. In the surface layer, a lubricant / Release agent, etc. Between the surface layer and the blocking layer, the adhesive layer of the ethylene and vinyl acetate copolymer can be extruded simultaneously to improve the adhesion between the layers. The preferred form of the present invention is two heatable The sealed surface layers are simultaneously squeezed to cut off the layer to constitute 70% of the thickness of the film, and the cutoff layer accounts for 30% of the thickness of the film. This structure can be made recyclable | This paper is suitable for country f Country rubbing list {C1nsTa4 specification (2 i G 29 7 male * --- ^ ------- install -------- order ------ t (please read the note on the back first ^ | ^ Please fill in this page again) 310465 99 438820 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (100) Used osteotomy bag Soft bag. After the barrier layer and the surface layer (including single layer or multiple layers) are separately manufactured, it is also feasible to laminate them with an appropriate adhesive polymer, liquid adhesive or hot-melt adhesive. The multilayer cut-off diaphragm exhibits noise less than 85dB when bent at a 65 ° angle at 0.45Hz, and it is suitable to exhibit noise less than 83dB when bent at a 65 ° angle at 0.45Ηζ. It is most suitable to exhibit a noise of less than 81dB when bent at an angle of 65 °. In another form of the present invention, an additional layer can be added to the blocking layer to make a system for percutaneous drug delivery. The system should preferably include a solution for the drug. The system has the function of closing the backing of the diaphragm. The adhesive containing the active agent should be adhered to a surface layer of the diaphragm. Adjacent to the adhesive is in contact with the patient. The skin can be adjusted to release the drug on one side. Another form of the above example is that the back layer is for the diffusion of the agent in the patient's skin, and a concealed release film with an opening for storing the active agent can be contained. The storage part of sexual medicines. All the surroundings are bonded with adhesives. It is a percutaneous delivery system for patients' skins. It is best to cover the diaphragm and adhesives with a peeling layer and use it as a protective structure before use. Therefore, the feature of the present invention is to provide a multi-layered barrier film that can be made of oxygen and water by simultaneous extrusion or lamination. Another characteristic of the present invention is odor-blocking property, softness, and Low noise. In addition, 尙 can provide heat-sealable surface layer materials for manufacturing pouches and soft bags. In another aspect of the present invention, the multilayer blocking film of the present invention can use, for example, a feed-head coextrusion. Press-feed method (feed-black coextrusion), multiple materials (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 100 310465 A7 438820 B7__ 5. Description of the invention (M) Multiple manifold die (multiple manifold die (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) co ext ru si ο η), or use two standard extrusion technologies Each independent The volume (thickness) can be adjusted if pressed. Therefore, the total thickness of the 'multi-layer structure can also be adjusted. Another method is to manufacture each independent layer separately, and then simultaneously laminate them with an appropriate adhesive layer. In order to protect the low-noise property of the polymer in the diaphragm, the polymer is not intended to be elongated or extended in addition to the natural production results. For example, the diaphragm manufactured by the blow molding method has a certain number of orientations in both the machine direction (MD) and the transverse direction (TD), and the diaphragm made by the casting method remains unextended in the transverse direction (TD). . Generally speaking, the smaller the orientation introduced in the diaphragm, the lower the noise. «The multilayer cut-off diaphragm of the present invention exhibits less than 85dB of noise when bent at an angle of 65 ° at 0.45 Hz, of which at 0.45 Hz When bending at a 65 ° angle, it is better to present noise less than 83 dB ', especially at 0.45 Hz, when bending at a 65 ° angle, it is best to perform noise less than 81 dB. Printed by the Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to further provide the desired softness * heat-sealable surface layer, preferably in the machine direction (MD) and the transverse direction (TD) with less than I 5,000psi. 2% secant modulus. The above 2% secant modulus is an indicator that the diaphragm is rigid or flexible. As for the heat-sealable surface layer, according to this researcher, the lower the 2% secant modulus 値, the softer the resulting film.—In general, the 2% secant modulus of the film can be lowered as much as possible. It is advisable to have processing equipment. For the whole multilayer diaphragm, the 2% secant modulus is preferably less than 30,000p si. The obtained multilayer film has low oxygen and water vapor permeability, and has the odor blocking property, softness, and low noise necessary for osteotomy applications. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 101 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ3ββ2〇Α7 B7 5. Description of the invention) Oxygen and water impermeable multilayer barrier film Tablets containing a copolymer of vinyl chloride (15 to 20% by weight) and vinylidene chloride to 85% by weight 'or vinylidene chloride (93 to 94% by weight) and methanol methacrylate (6 to 7% by weight) A blocking layer made of a copolymer. Suitable blocking materials include, for example, Saran resin (Saran (trade name)) 469 and Saran MA marketed by Dow Chemical. When using Saran barrier materials, processing aids may use 0 to 6% by weight of ethylene and vinyl acetate copolymers, and most preferably contain 4 to 6% by weight of the appropriate commercial product of the above ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer composition. The copolymer provided by EI dn Pont de Nemours under the trademark Elvax is mentioned. The blocking layer should preferably be extruded simultaneously with two heat-sealable skin layers containing ethylene olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A1 &quot;), or laminated on Between the aforementioned two layers. The blocking membrane can be produced by folding the membrane and then heat-sealing the surface layers of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A ") '(A1") to each other. Use as a reusable osteotomy bag or soft bag. The above-mentioned bag should preferably have an oxygen permeability below 90cc / m2 / H, atm (1.8cc / 100in2 / H * atm). The total thickness of the blocking film is 35 to 100 // m, in which the blocking layer accounts for 0 to 30% of the total thickness of the film »The surface layer (if necessary, plus an adhesive layer) is typically the total thickness of the film 70% to 90%. The multilayer blocking film of the present invention can also be manufactured by laminating techniques using a suitable adhesive. For example, the barrier layer and the surface layer (single layer or multiple layers) are separately made, and then laminated with an adhesive polymer, a liquid adhesive 'or a hot-melt adhesive. Appropriate bonding used in combination with the barrier layer and the surface

In I I n i— I n HI n I— i T (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本f ) 本紙張尺度適用中國国家榇準（CNS } A4現格（210X297公釐） 102 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費.合作杜印f 103 4 3 8 Β 2 0 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明ς3 ) 接劑聚合物，雖非限定其種類’例如可舉乙酸乙烯酯、丙 烯酸乙酯 '甲基丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸及一氧 化碳間之乙烯性不飽和共聚物。其他酸類之例舉有乙烯及 丙烯酸甲酯或丙烯酸間之離子絡合聚合物，以及接枝無水 共聚合物等。上述適當的液狀粘接劑或熱熔融粘接劑之種 類，並非有所限定。但是例如胺酯，共聚酯以及丙烯酸醯 胺之共聚物爲材料者可供使用。 氧氣及水分不透過性五層遮斷膜片，如前面所討論， 包含由適當的遮斷材料所構成之遮斷層。遮斷層宜爲在兩 個外側之可熱密封的表層之間，將粘接劑層以三明治狀按 置，與兩個外側之可熱密封的表層同時擠壓而製成。該五 層形態之可熱密封的表層可包含已公表的PCT申請專利 第PC T/US92/0 8812號所記載的乙烯及α-烯烴之實質上的 線性共聚合物，或例如Exact樹脂及Tafmer樹脂等均勻 分歧之線性聚烯烴樹脂。適當的粘接劑種類可舉對於遮斷 層及表層之相互粘接性有改善性能的乙烯與乙酸乙烯酯間 之共聚物。 爲製造經皮性輸送藥劑用體系，就含有遮斷膜片及追 加層而構成本發明之另一形態中最簡單形態而言，膜片之 遮斷層及表層，具備對於藥劑體係成爲遮斷功能之背面膜 片而存在。該遮斷膜片更進而在前述膜片之一面粘接存在 有基質（matrix)之粘接劑層，上述基質（matrix)中可含有 已調配的活性藥劑。上述粘接劑乃經選擇者，即必須具備 與上述活性藥劑有互溶性，且對活性藥劑而言，有透過性 尽紙張尺度適;ΐΐ，闺國家標草 310465 ----：--------装------訂------味 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部t央標準局員L消費合作杜印 310465 438820 A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明（1〇4 ) 者始適用。例如含有***、硝基甘油、尼古丁及萬菪 胺等多種活性藥劑可藉上述方式投與病患者使用。理論上 言，幾乎任何藥劑皆可藉此種方式投藥使用。 粘接層上設有接觸病患者皮膚且能調釋放藥劑功能之 調節釋放用膜。另外，在膜之周緣或膜之所有表面上可追 加粘接劑層，該粘接劑層乃爲固定對於病患者皮虜能經皮 性輸送藥劑系統而存在的。本發明中爲實施上述形態所使 用粘接劑種類，例如醫藥用粘接劑，諸如矽氧粘接劑，丙 烯酸粘接劑或乙酸乙烯酯粘接劑等。一般而言，上述形態 下，該藥劑輸送系統係密封在包裝中或對著第二遮斷膜片 固定，使用前再去除之。 本發明之另一種經皮性藥劑輸送系統說明如下。遮斷 層及表層之中，形成有可形成爲包含活性藥劑用之貯存池 的遮斷膜片。向貯存池之開口部分以調節釋放用膜隱蔽 之。膜之周緣或膜之所有領域上可適用的粘接劑，對於病 患者之皮膚層具有固定上述系統之功能。另外’所選擇的 粘接劑及活性藥劑應有互溶性1且對於活性藥劑而言，應 備有透過性。宜爲剝離層等在使用前以粘接劑及膜加以隱 蔽作爲保護。 由多層遮斷膜片所製含有開口部分之典型的回收可再 利用之截骨術用袋，可藉折叠多層膜片之邊緣，再將該邊 緣加以熱密封而製成。宜爲以一種可熱封密性表層提供上 述袋或軟袋之內層。藉本發明之遮斷膜片可以提供截骨術 用途上所期待的柔軟性及靜電穩定性，以及防水性與臭氣 夂紙張尺度適;國家標準 Ο、. Λ4規格；公疫. 104 ----------装------訂------t I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) * 438820 A7 B7_____ 五、發明説明（105 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 遮斷性及氧氣遮斷性。據該領域之業者評估’本發明之遮 斷膜片在需求對於水及氧氣具備遮斷性機能之其他包裝用 途方面，同樣可開拓其用途。 層合膜片用封閉層： 層合膜片用封閉層係使用前述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A》、（An)、（ Α’”）藉空冷吹塑法製 造之。 本發明有關之層合膜片用封閉層，其落錘衝擊強度在 100kg/cm以上，其中以150kg/em以上爲宜°又，該膜片 之完全密封溫度在1 3 0 °C以，以1 1 〇至1 3 〇 °C範圍爲宜。 又，本發明有關層合膜片用封閉層，其粘連強度—般在 1 .5kg/cm以下，楊氏抗拉模數通常在3500kg/cm2以上。 本發明有關層合膜片用封閉層之厚度爲1〇至150μιη，其 中以10至60#m範圍爲宜。 以上述本發明有關層合膜片用封閉層在基材上層積， 即可得層合膜片。 經濟部中失標隼局員r\消費含作社印製 上述基材之種類乃係可形成膜片狀之任意材料所構成 薄膜物可供使用。上述薄膜物之具體例舉有聚合物膜片或 片料、布、紙、金屬箔，賽珞仿等。 上述層合膜片用封閉層具備優異的低溫熱密封性、熱 粘性 '耐衝擊性、防粘性、開封性等特性。 重包裝用瞳片： i 重包裝用膜片乃指依日本工業標準K678 〗法測定|In II ni— I n HI n I— i T (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this f) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 standard (210X297 mm) 102 310465 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption of employees of the Standards Bureau. Cooperation Du Yin f 103 4 3 8 Β 2 0 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention 3) The contact polymer, although it is not limited in its type, such as vinyl acetate, ethyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate Ethylene unsaturated copolymers among esters, methyl acrylate, acrylic acid and carbon monoxide. Examples of other acids include ethylene-methyl acrylate or ionic complex polymers between acrylic acid and grafted anhydrous copolymers. The types of the above-mentioned suitable liquid adhesives or hot-melt adhesives are not limited. However, copolymers such as amine esters, copolyesters, and ammonium acrylate are available as materials. The oxygen and moisture impervious five-layer shut-off diaphragm, as previously discussed, includes a shut-off layer composed of a suitable shut-off material. The blocking layer should preferably be made by sandwiching the adhesive layer in a sandwich shape between the two outer heat-sealable surface layers and simultaneously pressing the two outer heat-sealable surface layers. The five-layer heat-sealable surface layer may include substantially linear copolymers of ethylene and α-olefins as described in published PCT application patent No. PC T / US92 / 0 8812, or Exact resin and Tafmer, for example. Resin and other linearly divergent linear polyolefin resins. Suitable types of adhesives include copolymers of ethylene and vinyl acetate which have improved performance in the mutual adhesion between the barrier layer and the surface layer. In order to manufacture a system for transdermal drug delivery, in the simplest form of another aspect of the present invention that includes a blocking membrane and an additional layer, the blocking layer and surface layer of the membrane have a blocking function for the pharmaceutical system The back side membrane exists. The blocking film further adheres an adhesive layer of a matrix on one side of the aforementioned film, and the matrix may contain a formulated active agent. The above-mentioned adhesive is selected, that is, it must have mutual solubility with the above active agents, and for the active agents, there is permeability to the paper size; ----- Install ------ Order ------ Flavor (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Member of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs L Consumption Du Yin 310465 438820 A7 ___B7_ V. The invention description (104) applies only. For example, a variety of active agents containing estrogen, nitroglycerin, nicotine, and metformin can be administered to patients in the above manner. In theory, almost any medicament can be administered in this way. The adhesive layer is provided with a modified release film which can contact the skin of a sick patient and can adjust the release drug function. In addition, an adhesive layer may be added on the periphery of the film or on all surfaces of the film, and the adhesive layer exists to fix the percutaneous delivery of the drug system to the patient's skin. In the present invention, the types of adhesives used for the implementation of the above embodiments are, for example, medical adhesives, such as silicone adhesives, acrylic adhesives, vinyl acetate adhesives, and the like. Generally, in the above mode, the drug delivery system is sealed in a package or fixed against a second blocking membrane, and it is removed before use. Another percutaneous drug delivery system of the present invention is described below. Among the blocking layer and the surface layer, a blocking film which can be formed as a storage tank for containing an active agent is formed. Conceal the release film to the opening of the reservoir to adjust the release film. Adhesives applicable to the periphery of the film or all areas of the film have the function of fixing the above system to the skin layer of the patient. In addition, the selected adhesive and active agent should be mutually soluble1 and should be transparent to the active agent. It is better to cover the release layer, etc. with an adhesive and a film for protection before use. A typical recyclable osteotomy bag containing an opening portion made of a multilayer cut-off diaphragm can be made by folding the edge of the multilayer diaphragm and heat-sealing the edge. It is desirable to provide the inner layer of the bag or soft bag with a heat-sealable surface layer. The blocking membrane of the present invention can provide the softness and electrostatic stability expected for osteotomy applications, as well as waterproofness and odor-resistant paper sizes; national standards 0,. Λ4 specifications; public epidemic. 104- -------- Install ------ Order ------ t I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) * 438820 A7 B7_____ V. Description of the invention (105) (Please (Read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) Blocking and oxygen blocking. According to the evaluation of those in the field, the barrier film of the present invention can also be used for other packaging applications that require barrier properties to water and oxygen. Sealing layer for laminated film: The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ", (An), (A '")) is used as the sealing layer for laminated film. Manufactured by a blow molding method. The closing layer for a laminated film according to the present invention has a drop weight impact strength of 100 kg / cm or more, and preferably 150 kg / em or more. The complete sealing temperature of the film is 1 3 0 ° C, preferably in the range of 110 to 130 ° C. In addition, the sealing layer for laminated films of the present invention has a blocking strength of generally 1.5 kg / cm or less, and Young's tensile die The number is usually more than 3500 kg / cm2. The thickness of the sealing layer for laminated films of the present invention is 10 to 150 μm, of which the range of 10 to 60 # m is suitable. Laminated film can be obtained by laminating on the substrate. The member of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bureau of Economic Affairs, R \ Consumer includes the type of substrate printed by the above-mentioned company, which is a film made of any material that can form a film. Specific examples of the above-mentioned film materials include polymer films or sheets, cloth, paper, metal foil, and imitations. The sealing layer for laminated film has excellent low-temperature heat sealability, thermal tackiness, impact resistance, anti-sticking, and unsealing properties. Pupils for repackaging: i The membrane for repacking refers to the Japanese Industrial Standard K678 〖Method determination |

I 之楊氏模數在400(^8/(^2以上，依據人37\101709八法所| ! 夂紙張坨度適Θ卞涅阉冢標準..A4規各，2丨0_&lt;297公釐'~~1 105 310465 經濟部中夾搮隼局負工消费合作让印製 106 '4388 2 0 A7 _ B7______ 五、發明説明（1〇6 ) 測定之落錘衝擊強度在5 5 fcg/cm以上’其膜片厚通常在30 至20〇em範圍。 重包裝用膜片可將前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙 烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、（A&quot;)、（Α，·，）藉吹塑法、Τ-模頭法 而製造之。又例如可與聚酯、聚醣胺等膜片層合而構成多 層膜片。 上述重包裝用膜片具有優異的機械強度、透明性 '膜 片表面平滑性等特性，可適用食品、辦公室用品 '家具、 玩具、電氣機器、機械零件等之包裝用途。又可提供寒冷 地域之重包裝袋而使用。 裝穀用袋： 本發明之裝穀用袋由前述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α&gt;或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）、（Α'”）之膜片所構成，由 重疊兩張膜片封密其三方向而製成。換言之’留下一端成 爲開口部分，相對的另一端作爲袋底，即任意形態均可包 括之。例如將一張膜片折疊成雙層，將其兩側封閉形成袋 狀，或將兩張合成樹脂製膜片重疊’封閉其三方向形成袋 狀亦可行，另外以吹塑法等成形爲筒狀（或管狀）之膜片， 將其一端封閉，一端留爲開口部分亦可行° 且，封閉膜片之一端之際’雖然將膜片互相熔融較爲 理想，但是封閉膜片之際，若能達成密封內容物之目的即 可，任何方法皆可採用。The Young's modulus of I is above 400 (^ 8 / (^ 2, according to the eight methods of 37 \ 101709). '' ~~ 1 105 310465 Printed 106 '4388 2 0 A7 _ B7______ by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. V. Description of the invention (106) The impact strength of the falling hammer is measured at 5 5 fcg / cm The thickness of the above film is usually in the range of 30 to 200 μm. The film for heavy packaging can be made of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A,), (A &quot;), (A, ·,) Manufactured by a blow molding method and a T-die method. For example, it can be laminated with polyester, glycanamine, and other films to form a multilayer film. The above-mentioned film for repacking has excellent Mechanical strength, transparency, film surface smoothness and other characteristics, can be used for food, office supplies' furniture, toys, electrical equipment, mechanical parts, and other packaging applications. It can also provide heavy-duty bags for use in cold regions. Bag: The grain-filling bag of the present invention is composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A &gt; or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A ") (Α ′ ”) is composed of two diaphragms that are sealed in three directions. In other words, one end is left as an opening and the other end is the bottom of the bag, which can be included in any form. For example, it is possible to fold a film into two layers, and seal the two sides to form a bag shape, or overlap two synthetic resin films to form a bag shape by closing the three directions, and use a blow molding method to form For cylindrical (or tubular) membranes, one end is closed, and one end is left as an open part. Also, when closing one end of the membrane, 'Although it is ideal to melt the membranes together, when the membranes are closed, Any method can be used if the purpose of sealing the contents can be achieved.

[延伸部分] I 延伸部分乃指下述固定捆綁用繫帶之處’亦是本發明i ---^-------裝------訂------東 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1[Extended part] I The extended part refers to the following place where the strap is used for fixed binding. It is also the present invention i --- ^ ------- installation ------ order ------ east (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 1

^ W··· —,..嶋— .-f ™ ..—*，，·_Ι|··-，«Hilt I 表纸垠尺度適用.如国幽家掭洋. Λ4規格：2:0 &lt;37公痠； 310465 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（1〇7 ) 之裝穀用袋要封閉開口部分之際’繫帶捲捆之盤據° 該延伸部分可加設在袋狀膜片之開口部分之一端’亦 可另加設膜片而構成，亦可在袋狀物成型製造之劑’將延 伸部分之膜片重疊同時形成作爲延伸部分之用。 [繫帶] 繫帶乃指封閉裝穀用袋之開口部分所使用細繩。該繫 帶之材料可爲任意質料，若爲利用與裝穀用袋膜片相同材 料即可。當本發明之裝穀用袋要回收再利用處理之際較爲 方便。 [繫帶用封合部分] 繫帶用封合部分乃指安裝繫帶於延伸部分所設置部 分。該繫帶用封合部分可以將延伸部分之一部分向另一方 之膜片上之開口部分側彎曲，將繫帶包容在其內部折疊而 構成。然後，例如將折疊的延伸部分互相加封合而藉以簡 單地串入繫帶亦屬可行的一種方式。或將延伸部分與繫帶 同時封合使繫帶固定不動亦無妨。又，例如在繫帶用封合 部分之內側塗布粘接劑，再將繫帶與繫帶用封合部分同時 粘接而使繫帶固定不動亦行。 [縫隙] 縫隙乃設置在繫帶用封合部分與另一方之膜片上的開 口部分之間的空隙。設有此縫隙時，裝穀用袋在使用之際， 其開口部分容易開啓，另外，將裝穀用袋之繫帶捲繞捆綁 封閉時可作爲捲捆餘留處而方便操作。該縫隙之寬度在5 至100mm範圍，其中以10至3〇mm範圍爲較佳。 ..衣紙張尺度適另家標準f Ά〉：，Λ4規格::2】0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 --------^------iT------^------- 107 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費令作社卵製 108 310465 438B20 A7 ___B7__ 五、發明説明（1〇8 ) [本發明之附加構成因素] 本發明之裝穀用袋主要由上述必須構成因素而構成’ 但尙可附加下述其他構成因素。 [搭蓋部分] 本發明之裝穀用袋，由上述繫帶用封合部分向上述開 口部分側延伸而能覆蓋上述開口部分設置所定寬幅之搭蓋 部分。搭蓋部分可以阻止開口部分附近之內容物功能，因 此，裝穀用袋臥放時亦不致使內容物之穀物散散落的優 點。 且，搭蓋部分之寬度至少大於前述縫隙之寬度，一般 在30至150mm，宜爲在50至100mm範圍。 [褶襞部分] 裝穀用袋之前述袋底部分，可設置前述合成樹脂製膜 片之一端向內折疊形成V字形之截面的褶襞部分。 褶襞部分之存在可使裝入穀物於裝穀用袋之際’袋底 變成平穩狀，且成穩定樹立狀而較佳。 該時，裝穀用袋底部之各個角落上，施與兩邊及各個 褶襞部分之寬度幾乎等長的等腰三角形之斜邊狀的斜線狀 封合時，底部之寬度無論穀物收容量之多少，袋底有成爲 定形之優點。 [通氣孔] 前述膜片可以沿著裝穀用袋之兩側設置複數個通氣孔 | 而使所收容的穀物能維持在適當狀態之好處。該通氣孔可| 任意在前述膜片之前述開口部分端或袋底端之至少一端處i^ W ··· —, .. 嶋 — .-f ™ ..— * ,, _Ι | ··-, «Hilt I Surface paper 垠 scales are applicable. For example, Guoyoujiayang. Λ4 Specifications: 2: 0 &lt; 37 public acid; 310465 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (107) When the bag for grain loading is to be closed, the tray is tied with a roll. ° This extension can be added to the bag-shaped diaphragm One end of the opening portion can also be formed by adding a film sheet, or the agent for forming and manufacturing the bag-like object can be used as an extension part while overlapping the film sheets of the extension part. [Lacing] Lace refers to the string used to close the opening of the bag for grain loading. The material of the strap may be any material, and it is sufficient to use the same material as the film for the bag for grain loading. It is convenient when the grain-filling bag of the present invention is to be recycled. [Sealing section for lacing] The sealing section for lacing refers to the portion provided for attaching the lacing to the extension. The sealing portion for a tie can be formed by bending a part of the extension portion toward the opening portion side of the other diaphragm, and fold the inside of the tie by accommodating the tie. Then, for example, it is also feasible to seal the folded extensions with each other so as to simply string into the lace. Or seal the extension with the strap to keep the strap in place. Alternatively, for example, an adhesive may be applied to the inside of the sealing portion for a tie, and then the tie and the sealing portion for a tie may be simultaneously adhered to fix the tie. [Gap] The gap is a gap provided between the sealing portion for the tie and the opening portion on the other diaphragm. When this gap is provided, the opening of the grain-filling bag is easy to open when it is used. In addition, when the strap of the grain-filling bag is wound and bundled, it can be used as a remainder of the roll for easy operation. The width of the gap is in the range of 5 to 100 mm, with a range of 10 to 30 mm being preferred. .. The size of the paper is suitable for another standard f Ά〉 :, Λ4 Specification:: 2] 0 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -------- -^ ------ iT ------ ^ ------- 107 310465 Consumption Order of Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the system of eggs 108 310465 438B20 A7 ___B7__ 5. Description of the invention (1〇 8) [Additional constituent factors of the present invention] The bag for grain filling of the present invention is mainly constituted by the above-mentioned necessary constituent factors', but other constituent factors described below may be added. [Covering part] The valley-containing bag of the present invention extends from the above-mentioned lacing sealing part to the side of the opening part so as to cover the opening part and provide a cover part of a predetermined width. The cover part can prevent the function of the contents near the opening part. Therefore, it is advantageous that the grain-filled bag does not cause the grains of the contents to scatter when lying down. In addition, the width of the covering portion is at least larger than the width of the aforementioned gap, and is generally 30 to 150 mm, preferably 50 to 100 mm. [Pleated portion] The bottom portion of the bag for a grain-containing bag may be provided with a pleated portion in which one end of the synthetic resin film is folded inward to form a V-shaped cross section. The presence of the pleated portion makes it possible to stabilize the bottom of the bag when the grain is loaded into the bag for grain loading, and to form a stable stand. At this time, when oblique sealing of an isosceles triangle with an isosceles triangle width of almost equal length is applied to each corner of the bottom of the bag for grain loading, the width of the bottom regardless of the grain capacity , The bottom of the bag has the advantage of becoming shaped. [Ventilation holes] The diaphragm can be provided with a plurality of ventilation holes along both sides of the bag for grain loading, so that the contained grain can be maintained in an appropriate state. This vent can be | at any one of the aforementioned open end of the diaphragm or at least one of the bottom end of the bag i

尺度ΐί ί中 ί國家標^ ； CNS ； ； 2iO I.---------装------訂------東 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 4 3 88 2 0 a? Β7 五、發明説明（IQ9 ) 以複數形成爲宜。又，各個通氣孔可和膜片成爲一體按照 長方形狀設置之。 另外，通氣孔亦可以在兩張膜片之任意一方設置，或 設置於雙方膜片上均可。 又，裝穀用袋收容穀物之後’往往需予經常運輸移動。 因此，需具備優異的耐衝擊性、抗撕裂性。 本發明有關裝穀用袋由共聚物（A)或組成物（A’）、 (A&quot;)、（A’&quot;）例如使用吹塑法製成的膜片所製成，因此， 具備裝穀用袋用途之適切的強度’所以’與已往常用的聚 乙烯製厚袋可以製成較薄的。由共聚物（A)或組成物（A’）、 (A&quot;)、（A&quot;')以空冷式吹塑法製成的膜片，具有下述性狀 者適於裝穀用袋之用途。 (i)楊氏抗拉模數在4000kg/cm2以上’ (ii&gt;落錘衝擊強度在55kg/cm以上。 兩者，前述膜片之總量以占5 0%以上爲宜裝穀用袋之 膜片厚度以30至200μπι範圍爲宜。 又，該膜片在冰點以下的寒冷地域，亦具備充分可利 用的低溫耐掉落強度等優異特性，因此，可降低膜片厚度’ 同時亦適於快速製造膜片，其生產性甚佳。 據本發明之裝穀用袋，使用時首先開啓設置於裝穀用 袋之一端的開口部分，由開口部分裝入適量的穀物’然後 將延伸部分向另一方的膜片之開口端側適當捲繞數次。最 後將繫帶之兩端打結綁緊而封閉開口部分。故裝穀用袋之 j 上述使用方法與已往紙製之裝穀用袋相同，因此’生產者! --------^-----------裝------訂------束 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 109 ' 43 88 2 0 A7 __B7 五、發明説明（) 110 或商人可依據己往的作業習慣使用本發明之裝穀用袋，甚 爲方便。 又，本發明之裝穀用袋爲合成樹脂製袋，因此，較己 往的紙製裝穀用袋其製造成本低而經濟《又，上述各項構 成因素，可能範圍內可任意組合採用》 [裝穀用袋之製造方法] 其次，就本發明之裝穀用袋之製造方法說明之。即由 二張膜片中，一張膜片之邊端較另一張膜片之開口端部分 向開口方向延伸的延伸部分之設定有開之延伸部分形成工 程，以及前述延伸端部分沿著袋狀物之寬方向供應繫帶之 繫帶供應步驟，以及將前述延伸端部分將前述繫帶含包狀 反轉在前述另一張膜片之開口端側而加以彎曲之彎曲工 程，最後將前述反轉而彎曲之延伸端部分，以內含前述繫 帶之狀態，且與前述另一膜片的開口端部分之間保留前述 縫隙之狀態下，重疊而熔融的密封製袋步驟所構成。 在上述情形下，重疊的二張膜片之三面封閉，一端形 成底部，另一端成爲開口部分而構成之裝穀用袋，可使用 二張獨立的膜片封閉三面而製造，亦可利用一張膜片折疊 成爲兩張再將二面封閉而製成，若利用吹塑膜片製法，事 先形成爲筒狀膜片，由於雙面早已封閉可以簡化製造步驟 而有利。Standards ΐ ί Chinese 国家 National Standards ^ CNS; 2iO I .----------------------------- Order (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3 88 2 0 a? Β7 5. The invention description (IQ9) should be formed in plural. Each of the vent holes may be formed integrally with the diaphragm in a rectangular shape. In addition, the vent hole may be provided on either one of the two diaphragms, or may be provided on both diaphragms. In addition, after the grain is stored in the bag, it often needs to be transported. Therefore, it is necessary to have excellent impact resistance and tear resistance. The bag for grain filling according to the present invention is made of a copolymer (A) or a composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A' &quot;), for example, a film made by using a blow molding method. Grain bags have the proper strength 'so' and can be made thinner with thick polyethylene bags that have been used in the past. The film made of the copolymer (A) or the composition (A '), (A &quot;), and (A &quot;') by an air-cooling blow molding method has the following properties and is suitable for use in a grain bag. (i) Young's tensile modulus is more than 4000kg / cm2 '(ii &gt; Drop weight impact strength is more than 55kg / cm. Both, the total amount of the aforementioned diaphragm is more than 50%, which is suitable for the use of grain bags The thickness of the diaphragm is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 μm. In addition, the diaphragm also has excellent characteristics such as sufficient low temperature drop resistance in cold areas below freezing point, so it can reduce the thickness of the diaphragm. The diaphragm is quickly manufactured, and its productivity is very good. According to the bag for filling grain according to the present invention, the opening part provided at one end of the bag for filling grain is first opened, and an appropriate amount of grain is filled from the opening part, and then the extension part is directed toward The open end of the other diaphragm is properly wound several times. Finally, the two ends of the strap are tied and tied to close the open portion. Therefore, the method of using the bag for the valley and the paper bag for the past The same, so 'producer! -------- ^ ----------- install -------- order ------ beam (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) 310465 109 '43 88 2 0 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention () 110 or the merchant can use the jewellery of the present invention according to his own working habits It is very convenient to use a bag. Furthermore, the grain-filling bag of the present invention is a bag made of synthetic resin. Therefore, compared with the conventional paper-filled grain-filling bag, the manufacturing cost is lower and economical. Can be used in any combination within the scope "[Manufacturing method of grain-filling bag] Next, the manufacturing method of the grain-filling bag of the present invention is explained. That is, from two diaphragms, the edge of one diaphragm is more than the other The opening portion of the diaphragm is extended to the opening direction, and an open extension portion forming process is set, and the aforementioned step of supplying the lace portion with the lace portion along the width direction of the bag is provided, and the aforementioned extension is performed. The end part is a bending process of inverting the aforementioned lace with a bag-like shape on the open end side of the other diaphragm, and finally bending the extended end part that is reversed and curved to contain the aforementioned lace, In the above-mentioned case, three sides of the overlapped two diaphragms are closed, and one end forms a bottom, with the aforementioned gap remaining from the open end portion of the other diaphragm. , The other end of the bag is an opening part, which can be manufactured by using two independent diaphragms to seal three sides, or it can be made by folding one diaphragm into two and then closing the two sides. The plastic film manufacturing method, which is formed into a cylindrical film in advance, is advantageous because the two sides have been closed for a long time, which can simplify the manufacturing steps.

再者，尙可增加將前述底部向內側折褶形成截面爲V 字形之褶襞部分的底部折褶步驟。另外，沿著前述膜片之I 兩側設置複數個通氣孔之穿孔步驟亦可予安排&quot;更可設在I -- I 一· _ .»一— I , ,| . - . ____ __________ m 」 .咎紙張义度逍X…阈國家標準：O::: : A4規格；2ίύ :&lt; 297公芨） 310465 ----„-------β------IT------像 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社.叶¾ 110 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合咋.杜gr製 111 f 4 3 88 2 0 a7 __ B7 五、發明説明（m ) 前述另一膜片上前述開口端部分與袋底端部分之任意至少 —部分沿著形成複數個通氣孔之第二穿孔步驟。 [流動性材料包裝用軟袋] 流動性材料包裝用軟袋係一種包裝流動性材料（例如 牛乳等液態食品）以消費者爲對象之包裝用軟袋，由含前 述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、 (A&quot;)、（Α’&quot;）之特定膜片構造物而製成。 本發明中使用乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚 物組成物（A')、（ΑΗ)、（Α’”）之聚合物封閉層的單層膜片構 成物以製造包裝流動性材料用途之本發明之軟袋。 一般而言，單獨使用乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A1)、（ΑΗ)、（Α’”）作爲本膜片或膜片構造 物之封閉層用途。然而亦可將熱封閉層用其他聚合物類與 乙烯-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α') ' (A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)混合而共用。一般而言，乙烯·α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（ΑΗ)' (Α'Η)占膜片構 造物總量之10至1〇〇重量％。 又，本發明之軟袋製造用聚合物中’亦可添加本領域 技術人員所周知的各種添加劑，該添加劑之種類，例如抗 氧化劑、磷酸酯類、粘接劑、Standostab PEPQ(商標名， Sander公司製品），抗疊粘劑、滑劑、紫外光安定劑、色 料' 加工助劑等。 本發明說明書中所掲示的膜片及膜片構造物乃至少含 有一層由乙烯-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 Μ e 丄 -------------- Mu- I I, am in-- __ ·ι···- —&lt;w· J·· —…一叫.·· ^ —1 *** I . 11 11 表纸張尺廋適TT'i國家標蕈’、,\4規格:.2!0_&lt;29·;公複' 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本I) .-------^--^------裝------訂------京----- 經濟部中央樣绛局員工消費合诈.印¥i 310465 43882 0 A7 B7 五 '發明説明（112 ) (Af)、（A&quot;)、（Af&quot;)所構成者，其中以作爲封閉層用途爲條 件者，可任意爲單層或多層膜片構造物。該封閉層之厚度 至少爲約0.1密耳（2.5// m)及以上，其中以0.2密耳（5&quot; m)至10密耳（254//m)爲合適，以0.4密耳（10/ζιπ)至5密 耳（1 27 // m)爲較合適。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之驚人的特徵在膜片之熱 封密範圍甚廣》該膜片構造物之熱封密範圍，一般在50 至l6〇°C之間，其中較佳者可成爲75t至13〇t範圍。本 發明之封閉層之密度與已往技術用不均勻分歧之乙烯聚合 物類所製成的聚乙烯膜片在相同密度下比較時，發現本發 明之封閉層具有較廣的熱封密範圍。由膜片構造物利用熱 密封法製造軟袋時，爲提升柔軟性最重要的是擴大熱封密 範圍。具備上述指定的熱封密溫度範圍之膜片構造物之製 造上所使用共聚物（A)或組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（A·”）之熔點 範圍，一般在50至130 °C，其中較佳者可成爲55 °C至Π5 °C範圍。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之另一種預料不到的特徵 爲在低溫度下該膜片表現熱封密強度。本發明之膜片構造 物，按照下述定義使用DTC熱粘性強度法（DTC Hot Tack Strength Method)時，大約在110 °C之密封棒溫度下，大 約0.3秒鐘以內至少能達成大約1N/英吋（39.4N/m)之熱粘 性強度，或使用本發明說明書中下述定義之DTC熱粘性 強度法時，大約在°C之封密棒溫度下，大約在0.4秒 |鐘以內至少能達成1 lbf/英吋（175N/m)之熱粘性強度。本 _ ^ -Ty — 一，w·- | III _ , «.',—.— —«r .--- II I I - — , f - , -- ,___..-‘一 -, , _|· I····· II ^1.. _ j纸張尺度適*十阈國家標準！； Λ·4规格；z 2】[&gt;;&lt;29，公# ) 112 I---r-------裝------訂------泉 (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) # 438820 Α7 ____Β7五、發明説明（113 ) 經濟部中央標率局員工消费合作.甘印装 發明之膜片構造物至少在約IN/英吋（39.4N/m)力量下， 表現大約110 °c以下之熱粘性或熱密封開始溫度。使用本 發明之封閉層所製造的密封層較之高密度的已使技術之聚 乙烯所使用密封層，在低密封溫度下表現高強度之結果。 使用已往的包裝用設備，例如垂直成型塡充密封機等高速 操作而欲達成甚少漏袋之軟袋製造，其重要條件爲低溫下 能得高熱密封強度。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之密封層中，使用乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A') I (A&quot;&gt;、（A·&quot;) 時，尤其以本發明之軟袋與使用線性低密度聚乙烯、線性 超低密度聚乙烯，高壓低密度聚乙烯或上述的組成物所製 成之軟袋比較時，本發明之軟袋的優點爲（1)使用成型塡 充密封機可高速加工製造軟袋，（2)可得漏袋甚少的軟袋 包裝結果。 本發明之一種形態中，可利用管狀形態之膜片構造物 製造軟袋，在橫方向保持其熱密封末端。該膜片構造物之 性狀如下； (I)含有由乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)所構成層至少一層’且占有 至1〇〇重量％範圍， (Π )含有由不均勻分歧的線性乙烯/&lt;^3至Clg之α -烯 烴共聚物、高壓低密度聚乙烯及乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物 1 I所構成群中選擇之至少一種聚合物〇至90重量％所構成 ( 膜片層至少一層。 卞紙張尺度適:^國家標準^^::^:^規格:^:^以^公釐 113 310465 (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------裝------訂------泉------------- 經濟部中央標隼&quot;員工消費合诈、社印製 438320 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（114 ) 上述（Π)項中之不均匀分歧的線性乙烯/^3至c&quot;之 α -烯烴共聚物指一般所稱之線性低密度聚乙烯（例如使用 齊格勒催化劑而製造之聚乙烯等）。該線性低密度聚乙烯 往往再分類爲若干次分類’該次分類通常以非常低密度聚 乙烯（簡稱爲VLDPE)或超低密度聚乙烯（簡稱爲ULDPE) 表示之。本說明書中上述VLDPE及ULDPE乃可互換使用 之術語，相關領域之技術人員一般亦如此使用該兩項術 語。上述（Π)項中的線性低密度聚乙烯之密度’ 一般在 0.87g/cm3 至 0.94g/cm3 範圍，其中以 〇.87g/cm3 至 0.915 g/cm3範圔爲宜。上述（Π)項之不均勻分歧的線性低 密度乙烯/&lt;：3至q，之α-烯烴共聚物宜爲呈0.1至l〇g/l〇 分鐘之熔融指數。 上述（Π)項之高壓低密度聚乙烯宜爲呈現0.916至 〇.93g/cm3之密度以及〇.1至分鐘之熔融指數。 該（Π)項之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物中的乙烯：乙酸 乙烯酯之重量比率以2.2: 1至24: 1範圍爲較宜’此亦 呈現0.2至10g/10分鐘之熔融指數。 本發明之吳一種形態包-疽-i- (a)密度在〇.9〗5g/cm3以下’熔融指數在l〇.0g/l〇分 鐘以下，至少含一種之乙筛· 烯烴共聚物（A)或乙嫌系 共聚物組成物（Α·&gt;、（AH)' (A’”）10至100重量％ ’同時 | ί ! | (b)由不均勻分歧的線性乙烯/C3至C,*之a -烯烴共聚丨 | ! i物、高壓低密度聚乙烯及乙烯—乙酸乙烯酯（EVA)共聚物 ί j ί 丨選出的至少一種聚合物0至90重量％之摻合物所製造的 ： 表紙張尺度逑3 A :¾¾¾苹：格' 297公釐、 ------------β------’訂------&quot;------ &quot;骑先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 114 '438820 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合泎社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（115 ) 軟袋。 上述（b)項中之不均勻分歧的線性乙烯/&lt;：3至Cli之α-嫌烴共聚物指一般所稱的線性低密度聚乙烯（例如使用齊 格勒催化劑而製造之聚乙烯等）。該線性低密度聚乙烯如 前述包含非常低密度之聚乙烯（VLDPE)及超低密度聚乙烯 (ULDPE)。該（b)項之線性低密度聚乙烯之密度一般在 0.87g/cm3 至 〇.94g/cm3 範圍，其中以在 〇.87g/cm3 至 0.9 1 5g/cm3範圍爲宜。該（b)項之不均勻分歧的線性低密 度乙烯/(：3至（：&quot;之烯烴共聚物宜爲具有〇.1至1〇 g/1〇 分鐘之熔融指數》 該（b)項之高壓低密度聚乙烯宜爲具有0.916至 0.9 3g/cm3範圍之密度以及0.1至i〇g/i〇分鐘之熔融指數。 該（b)項之乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物中的乙烯：乙酸乙 烯酯之重量比宜爲在2.2: 1至24: 1之範圍，其熔融指 數宜爲在0.2至10g/10分鐘範圍》 本發明之軟袋用的膜片構造物包含多層或複合膜片構 造物，宜爲該構造物所含有上述聚合物密封層作爲軟袋之 內側層。Furthermore, the 尙 may be added with a bottom fold step of folding the bottom portion inwardly to form a pleated portion having a V-shaped cross section. In addition, the perforation step of setting a plurality of air holes along the I side of the aforementioned diaphragm can also be arranged &quot; more can be set at I-I-_. »One-I,, |.-. ____ __________ m ”.Issuance of paper blame X… threshold national standard: O :::: A4 size; 2ίύ: &lt; 297 gong) 310465 ----„ ------- β ------ IT ------ Like (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Employee Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Ye ¾ 110 Consumption of Employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 111 f 4 3 88 2 0 a7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention (m) Any one of the aforementioned open end portion and the bottom end portion of the other membrane, at least-partly along the second perforation step forming a plurality of air holes. [Flowable material packaging Soft bag] A soft bag for flowable materials is a soft bag for packaging liquid materials (such as liquid food such as cow's milk) intended for consumers. It contains the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene. It is made of specific membrane structure of copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (Α' &quot;). In the present invention, ethylene is used. · Single-layer diaphragm structure of polymer sealing layer of α-olefin copolymer (A) or vinyl copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΗ), (Α' ") for the manufacture of packaging fluid materials Soft bag of the present invention. Generally, an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (ΑΗ), or (A '") is used alone as a sealing layer for the diaphragm or the diaphragm structure. However, other polymers for the heat-sealing layer may be mixed with the ethylene-olefin copolymer (Α) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ')' (A &quot;), (Α '&quot;) and used in common. In other words, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), (ΑΗ) '(Α'Η) accounts for 10 to 100% by weight of the total amount of the membrane structure. Various additives known to those skilled in the art can also be added to the polymer for manufacturing soft bags of the present invention, and the types of the additives, such as antioxidants, phosphate esters, adhesives, Standostab PEPQ (trade name, Sander Corporation) Products), anti-adhesives, slip agents, UV stabilizers, colorants' processing aids, etc. The membranes and membrane structures shown in the description of the present invention contain at least one layer of an ethylene-olefin copolymer (A ) Or ethylene-based copolymer composition M e 丄 -------------- Mu- II, am in-- __ · ι ···-— &lt; w · J ·· ——… .............. ^ —1 *** I. 11 11 The paper size is suitable for TT'i national standard mushroom ', \ 4Specifications :. 2! 0_ &lt; 29 ·; Public reply '310465 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this I) .------- ^-^ ------ install ------ order ------ Beijing ----- Consumption fraud among employees of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. India ¥ i 310465 43882 0 A7 B7 Five 'Invention Notes (112) (Af), (A &quot;), (Af &quot; ), Of which the conditions for use as a closure layer can be a single-layer or multilayer diaphragm structure. The thickness of the closure layer is at least about 0.1 mil (2.5 // m) and above, of which 0.2 5 &quot; m) to 10 mils (254 // m) are suitable, and 0.4 mils (10 / ζιπ) to 5 mils (1 27 // m) are more suitable. The soft bag of the present invention is used The amazing feature of the diaphragm structure is that the heat seal range of the diaphragm is very wide. The heat seal range of the diaphragm structure is generally between 50 and 160 ° C, and the better one can be 75t to 13 〇t range. The density of the sealing layer of the present invention is the same as that of the prior art polyethylene film made of unevenly divergent ethylene polymers. In comparison, it is found that the sealing layer of the present invention has a wide heat-sealing range. When manufacturing a soft bag from a membrane structure by a heat-sealing method, it is most important to increase the heat-sealing range in order to improve flexibility. The melting point range of the copolymer (A) or composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A · ") used in the manufacture of the diaphragm structure of the specified heat-sealing temperature range is generally 50 to 130 ° C, the better of which can be in the range of 55 ° C to Π5 ° C. Another unexpected feature of the film structure for a soft bag of the present invention is that the film exhibits heat-sealing strength at low temperatures. When using the DTC Hot Tack Strength Method according to the following definition of the diaphragm structure of the present invention, it can reach at least about 1N / English in about 0.3 seconds at a sealing rod temperature of about 110 ° C. Inches (39.4N / m) of thermal tack strength, or using the DTC thermal tack strength method defined below in the description of the present invention, at a temperature of approximately 0 ° C, at least 0.4 seconds | min. 1 lbf / inch (175N / m) hot tack strength.本 _ ^ -Ty — I, w ·-| III _, «. ', —. — —« R .--- II II-—, f-,-, ___..-' 一-,, _ | · I ···· II ^ 1 .. _ j Paper size is suitable for national standards of ten thresholds! ; Λ · 4 specifications; z 2] [&gt; &lt; 29, public #) 112 I --- r --------------------------- Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) # 438820 Α7 ____ Β7 V. Description of the invention (113) Employees' cooperation with the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. N / m), exhibiting a hot-tack or heat-seal starting temperature below about 110 ° c. The sealing layer produced by using the sealing layer of the present invention exhibits higher strength at a lower sealing temperature than the high-density sealing layer used in the technical polyethylene. The use of conventional packaging equipment, such as vertical molding, filling and sealing machines, and other high-speed operations to produce soft bags with few leaks, is an important condition for high heat seal strength at low temperatures. In the sealing layer of the film structure for a soft bag of the present invention, an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') I (A &quot; &gt;, (A · &quot;) is used. In particular, when comparing the soft bag of the present invention with a soft bag made of linear low density polyethylene, linear ultra low density polyethylene, high pressure low density polyethylene or the above composition, the advantages of the soft bag of the present invention In order to (1) use a molding filling and sealing machine to process and manufacture soft bags at high speed, and (2) obtain soft bag packaging results with few leaked bags. In one form of the present invention, a tubular structure can be used to make soft bags. The bag holds its heat-sealed end in the horizontal direction. The properties of the diaphragm structure are as follows; (I) Contains an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot; ), (A '&quot;) constitutes at least one layer' and occupies a range of 100% by weight, (Π) contains heterogeneously divergent linear ethylene / &lt; ^ 3 to Clg α-olefin copolymer, high pressure At least one selected from the group consisting of low density polyethylene and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer 1 I The polymer is composed of 0 to 90% by weight (the film layer is at least one layer.) 卞 Paper size is appropriate: ^ national standard ^ :: ^: ^ specifications: ^: ^ in ^ mm 113 310465 (Please read the note on the back first (Please fill in this page again for matters) ------- Installation ------ Order ------ Spring ------------- Central Ministry of Economic Affairs &quot; Employee Consumption Joint fraud, printing 438320 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (114) The unevenly diverging linear ethylene / ^ 3 to c &quot; in the above item (Π) refers to the generally-known linear low-density polymer Ethylene (such as polyethylene produced using Ziegler catalysts). This linear low-density polyethylene is often reclassified into several classifications. 'This classification is usually classified as very low-density polyethylene (VLDPE) or ultra-low-density polyethylene. Ethylene (referred to as ULDPE for short). The above VLDPE and ULDPE are interchangeable terms used in this specification, and those skilled in the related fields generally use the two terms as well. The linear low density polyethylene in the above item (Π) Density 'is generally in the range of 0.87 g / cm3 to 0.94 g / cm3, with a range of 0.87 g / cm3 to 0.915 g / cm3 being appropriate. The above (Π) The non-uniformly diverging linear low-density ethylene / &lt;: 3 to q, the α-olefin copolymer preferably has a melt index of 0.1 to 10 g / 10 minutes. The high-pressure low-density polymerization of the above (Π) item Ethylene should preferably exhibit a density of 0.916 to 0.93 g / cm3 and a melt index of 0.1 to 1 minute. The weight ratio of ethylene: vinyl acetate in the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer of this item (Π) is 2.2: 1 The range to 24: 1 is more suitable. This also exhibits a melt index of 0.2 to 10 g / 10 minutes. A morphological package of the present invention-anthrax-i- (a) The density is below 0.9 g and less than 5 g / cm3, and the melting index is below 1.0 g / 10 minutes, and at least one kind of ethyl sieve · olefin copolymer ( A) or B-based copolymer composition (A · &gt;, (AH) '(A' ") 10 to 100% by weight 'Simultaneously | ί! | (B) Linear ethylene / C3 to C with heterogeneous divergence , * Of a-olefin copolymers 丨 |! I, high pressure low density polyethylene and ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) copolymer ί j 丨 Manufactured from a blend of at least one polymer of 0 to 90% by weight : Table paper size 逑 3 A: ¾¾¾ Ping: Grid '297 mm, ------------ β ------' Order ------ &quot; --- --- &quot; Riding first read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 310465 114 '438820 Printed by the Consumers' Association of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (115) Soft bag. (b) The non-uniformly diverging linear ethylene / &lt;: α-phosphatic copolymer of 3 to Cli refers to a generally-known linear low-density polyethylene (such as polyethylene produced using a Ziegler catalyst, etc.). The linearity Low-density polyethylene contains as described above Very Low Density Polyethylene (VLDPE) and Ultra Low Density Polyethylene (ULDPE). The density of the linear low density polyethylene in item (b) is generally in the range of 0.87 g / cm3 to 0.94 g / cm3, where The range of .87 g / cm3 to 0.9 1 5 g / cm3 is preferable. The unevenly divided linear low-density ethylene / (: 3 to (: &quot;) olefin copolymer of the item (b) is preferably 0.1 to 10. Melting index of g / 10 minutes "The high pressure low density polyethylene of item (b) is preferably a having a density in the range of 0.916 to 0.9 3 g / cm3 and a melting index of 0.1 to 100 g / minute. The (b) The weight ratio of ethylene: vinyl acetate in the ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer of the item is preferably in the range of 2.2: 1 to 24: 1, and its melt index is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 10g / 10 minutes. The membrane structure for the bag includes a multilayer or composite membrane structure, and it is preferable that the polymer sealing layer contained in the structure is used as the inner layer of a soft bag.

本發明相關領域之技術人員所理解，本發明之軟袋用 多層膜片構造物，其最終膜片構造物之一部分係由本密封 層所構成的範圔內，可以含有多種膜片層之組合而完成。 本發明之軟袋用多層膜片構造物可爲共擠壓膜片，被覆膜I I片或層合狀膜片。該膜片構造物尙可與遮斷性膜片等配合丨 i ! 丨而形成本封密層°上述遮斷性膜片之例舉有聚酯、耐綸、ί ! 尺度wm: ιπο ό”公廣. .~ 115 310465 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -----裝------訂------泉 f 43882 0 A7 經濟部中央標隼馬員工消费合泎.社印製 ___ B7 五、發明説明（116 ) 乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物（EV〇H)，聚偏=氯乙烯（PVDC)， 例如薩冉（Saran. Dow Chemical公司之商標名）以及金屬 覆蓋膜片等。由軟袋上之最終用途造成與本密封層膜片配 合使用之其他材料或材料類之選擇有甚大幅度的左右空 間。本說明書中所記述的軟袋，至少指軟袋內側所使用之 密封層。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之一種形態，包含由乙 烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、 (A ”）（ A ’&quot;）所構成之密封層以及至少一種聚合物之外側 層。上述聚合物外側層宜爲聚乙烯膜片層，較宜爲本說明 書中下述以「線性低密度聚乙烯（LLDPE)，及/或「線性 超低密度聚乙烯（ULDPE)」及/或「非常低密度聚乙烯 (VLDPE)」所稱之不均勻分歧的線性聚乙烯類。市販的 LLDPE 之例舉有 DOWLEX 2045(商標名，Dow Chemical 公司製品，可向之商購市販之ULDPE之例舉有Attane 4201 (商標名，DowChemica丨公司製品，同樣可向之購 得&gt;。 本說明書中有用的LLDPE(包含VLDPE及ULDPE之 雙方）係由乙烯與碳數爲3至18之烯烴，宜爲碳數爲 4至10之α-烯烴（例如1-丁烯，4-甲基-卜戊烯，1-己烯， 1-辛烯及1-癸烯等）所製成不均勻分歧的線性共聚物類。 一般而言，使用齊格勒催化劑製造該不均勻分歧的 LLDPE(例如參照美國專利第4,076,698號公報（安德遜等 | 人）所記載方法製造之）。 | 玉纸張尺度適;ΐ1 国國家標迤WS ; 格：2丨0乂297公釐）.一 _—&quot; ~ ί----------裝— ------訂------泉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本I) 310465 116 在38抒20 A7 ___ 87 五、發明説明（ll7 ) I .1 n - I In*--I I - i - — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 外側層用之LLDPE的密度，一般在0.87g/cm3以上， 宜爲在〇 = 9至0.93g/cm3範圍，其熔融指數一般在0.1至 10g/10分鐘範圍，其中以0.5至2g/10分鐘範圍爲宜。 外側層厚度若爲密封層保持最低厚度之0.1密耳（2.5 // m)時，可以爲任意厚度。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之另一種形態，包含二層 聚合物封密層（31)之間所挾的聚合物層。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之又一種形態，包含至少 一層聚合物外側層及至少一層聚合物密封層之間至少有一 層聚合物芯層。該聚合物層及外側層相同之LLDPE膜片 層，或用不用種類之LLDPE爲較宜。尤以使用較外側層 密度高的LLDPE爲最佳。芯層之厚度，若爲密封層保持 有最低厚度之〇」密耳（2.5/zm)時，可爲任意厚度。 經濟部中央標進局貝工消費合ΐ-tt印製 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之另一種形態，乃可含封 密層以及以下說明書所稱「高壓低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)之 另一種聚乙烯膜片層所構成之構造物。一般而言，該LDPE 屬具有0.916至0.930g/cm3之密度以及〇_1至l〇g/l〇分 鐘之熔融指數。該LDPE層之厚度，其密封層若爲保持最 低厚度之0.1密耳（2.5/ini)時，可以爲任意厚度。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之又另—種形態’可包含 密封層及EVA共聚物層之構造物。上述EVA共聚物之乙 烯：乙酸乙烯酯之重量比在2.2: 1至24: 1範圍。而熔 融指數在0.2至20 g/10分鐘範圍。該EVA層之厚度’若 爲密封層保持有0.1密耳（2.5βπ〇之最低厚度時即可’並 310465 117 夂紙張尺度適5十國諷家標箪：. ( 公沒 經濟部中央標隼局員工消f合作社印製 118 438820 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明（118 ) 不受任何限制。 本發明之軟袋製造上所使用膜片構造物厚度在0.5密 耳至】〇密耳範圍（12.7至254// m)，其中以1至5密耳（25.4 至127 // m)爲宜。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物之設計有其彈性。可具備 有特定膜片特性，例如爲調節膜片硬度等爲最適目的，在 外側層及芯層上採用不同種類之L'LDPE類（例如VLDPE 及ULDPE)。按照特定用途，例如適用於垂直成型塡充密 封機等，可以將膜片特性調製爲最適者。 製造本發明之軟袋所使用聚乙烯膜片構造物可藉相關 技術領域中所周知方法，例如吹塑管擠壓法（Blown tube extrusion)或鑄塑擠壓法（Cast extrusion)之任意方法製造 之。上述吹塑管擠壓法例如記述於「現代塑膠1989年10 月中旬號，百科類，第66卷，第11期，第264至266頁 中。上述鑄塑擠壓法例如可參考同書中第256至257頁所 記述者。 本發明之軟袋乃包裝流動性材料用密封包裝容器之一 種。上述流動性材料乃指在動力存在下可流動或利用泵可 輸送的材料《該流動性材料一辭不包含氣態狀材料。該流 動性材料含有非碳酸液體（例如牛奶、水、果汁、水果酒 等 &gt;及碳酸液（例如蘇打、啤酒、水等）；乳化液（例如冰淇 |淋混合物、人造乳酪等）；糊狀物（例如肉漿、花牛泥等）； I保存物（例如果醬、布丁派、果凍等）；果膠·；麵糰；碎Those skilled in the art related to the present invention understand that a part of the final membrane structure of the multi-layer membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention is within the scope formed by the sealing layer, and may contain a combination of various membrane layers. carry out. The multilayer film structure for a soft bag of the present invention may be a co-extruded film, a coated film or a laminated film. The diaphragm structure 尙 can be combined with a blocking membrane and the like to form the sealing layer. The above-mentioned blocking membrane is exemplified by polyester, nylon, and !! Scale wm: ιπο ό " Gongguang.. ~ 115 310465 (谙 Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) ----- Install -------- Order ------ Quan f 43882 0 A7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption of employees. Printed by the company ___ B7 V. Description of the invention (116) Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EV0H), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), such as Saran (Saran. Dow Chemical Company Brand name) and metal cover membranes, etc. The final use on the soft bag causes the choice of other materials or materials used in conjunction with this sealing layer membrane to have a significant amount of left and right space. The soft bags described in this manual, At least refers to the sealing layer used on the inside of the soft bag. One form of the membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention includes an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A ") (A '&quot;) and at least one polymer outer layer. The outer layer of the polymer is preferably a polyethylene film layer, and it is more preferable to use "linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE)" and / or "linear ultra low density polyethylene (ULDPE)" and / or " "Very low density polyethylene (VLDPE)" is a type of linear polyethylene with heterogeneous divergence. Commercially available LLDPE is exemplified by DOWLEX 2045 (trade name, product of Dow Chemical Co., Ltd., and commercially available ULDPE is exemplified by Attane 4201 (trade name, Dow Chemica company product, also available from the same company). The LLDPE (including both VLDPE and ULDPE) useful in this specification is composed of ethylene and an olefin having 3 to 18 carbons, preferably an α-olefin having 4 to 10 carbons (eg, 1-butene, 4-methyl -Heterogeneous divergent linear copolymers made from pentene, 1-hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, etc. Generally, this heterogeneous divergent LLDPE ( For example, refer to the method described in US Patent No. 4,076,698 (Anderson et al., And others).) | Jade paper size is appropriate; ΐ1 national standard 迤 WS; Grid: 2 丨 0 乂 297 mm). — &Quot; ~ ί ---------- Installation------- Order ------ Quan (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this I) 310465 116 20 at 38 A7 ___ 87 V. Description of Invention (ll7) I .1 n-I In *-II-i-— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The density of LLDPE for the outer layer, general Above 0.87g / cm3, it is preferably in the range of 0 = 9 to 0.93g / cm3, and its melting index is generally in the range of 0.1 to 10g / 10 minutes, in which 0.5 to 2g / 10 minutes is preferred. If the thickness of the outer layer is The sealing layer can be of any thickness when the minimum thickness is 0.1 mil (2.5 // m). Another form of the membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention includes two polymer sealing layers (31) The polymer layer in question. Another form of the membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention includes at least one polymer core layer between at least one polymer outer layer and at least one polymer sealing layer. The polymer layer The same LLDPE film layer as the outer layer, or the use of different types of LLDPE is more appropriate. Especially the use of LLDPE with a higher density than the outer layer is the best. The thickness of the core layer, if it is the minimum thickness of the sealing layer. For mils (2.5 / zm), it can be of any thickness. Another form of printing the membrane structure for the soft bag of the present invention, which is printed by the central government bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China, is to contain a sealing layer. And the following description of the "other high-pressure low-density polyethylene (LDPE) A kind of structure composed of a polyethylene film sheet layer. Generally speaking, the LDPE has a density of 0.916 to 0.930 g / cm3 and a melting index of 0-1 to 10 g / 10 minutes. The thickness of the LDPE layer, If the sealing layer is 0.1 mil (2.5 / ini) which keeps the minimum thickness, it can be any thickness. Another form of the membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention may include a structure having a sealing layer and an EVA copolymer layer. The weight ratio of ethylene: vinyl acetate of the above EVA copolymer ranges from 2.2: 1 to 24: 1. The melting index is in the range of 0.2 to 20 g / 10 minutes. The thickness of the EVA layer is 'if the sealing layer is kept at 0.1 mil (minimum thickness of 2.5βπ〇') 310465 117 夂 The paper size is suitable for the standard of the 50 countries. (: (The central standard of the Ministry of Public Economy Printed by the staff of the Bureau 118 F 438820 A7 _____B7 5. The invention description (118) is not subject to any restrictions. The thickness of the membrane structure used in the manufacture of the soft bag of the present invention is in the range of 0.5 mil to 0 mil (12.7 to 254 // m), which is preferably 1 to 5 mils (25.4 to 127 // m). The design of the membrane structure for a soft bag of the present invention has its elasticity. It can have specific membrane characteristics, such as Adjusting the hardness of the diaphragm is the most suitable purpose. Different types of L'LDPE (such as VLDPE and ULDPE) are used on the outer layer and the core layer. According to specific applications, such as suitable for vertical molding filling and sealing machines, the diaphragm can be The characteristics are adjusted to the optimum. The polyethylene film structure used in the production of the soft bag of the present invention can be performed by methods known in the related art, such as blown tube extrusion or cast extrusion (Cast extrusion) by any method. The blow pipe extrusion method is described in, for example, "Modern Plastics, Mid-October, 1989, Encyclopedia, Volume 66, Issue 11, Pages 264 to 266. For example, the above-mentioned cast extrusion method can be referred to the same book as 256 It is described on page 257. The soft bag of the present invention is one of the sealed packaging containers for the flowable material. The above-mentioned flowable material refers to a material that can be flowed in the presence of power or can be transported by a pump. Gaseous materials are not included. This fluid material contains non-carbonated liquids (such as milk, water, fruit juice, fruit wine, etc.) and carbonated liquids (such as soda, beer, water, etc.); emulsions (such as ice cream | shower mixture, Margarine, etc.); pastes (such as meat pulp, pudding, etc.); I preserves (such as jam, pudding, jelly, etc.); pectin ·; dough; chopped

I j肉（例如香腸肉等）；粉狀物（例如明膠粉末、洗衣粉等）： &quot;* &lt; ΪΜ ___ _ __ 表紙張尺度消用..*，国囤家標;沾：公釐' 310465 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 ------------------装------訂------^-- 4 3 88 2 Ο Β7 4 3 88 2 Ο Β7 經濟部肀央標_局貝工消費合泎社印製 119 五、發明説明（η9 ) 粒狀物（例如胡桃、砂糖、穀類等 &gt;以及上述類似材料。本 發明之軟袋特別是包裝液態材料（例如牛奶等）最爲有用。 該流動性材料亦包含油質狀液態物（例如烹調用油或馬達 用油等）。 本發明之軟袋用膜片構造物在製造之同時’截斷成爲 一般軟袋製造機所使用寬度以備利周。採用本技術領域中 最熟知之所謂成型塡充密封機製造本發明之軟袋形態。本 發明之軟袋形態中，有一種塡充流動性材料在軟塑時，以 能成爲枕頭狀之軟袋，在縱方向之包裝密封與橫方向之具 有密封層之管狀部分材料之軟袋。 本發明之軟袋形態中，包含相關技術領域中所周知之 所謂「Enviro-Pak」，上述Envir〇-Pak係沿著管狀材料 之三個側面周圍具有鰭狀密封部分，即具有頂封（Top seal&gt; 與縱方向之側封（Side seal)，塡充流動性材料於軟袋後， 観其截面時，縱方向在實質上使之產生半圓形或弓形之袋 底部分，在管狀部分之底材部分所密封之袋底在實質上呈 凹形或球形狀之局部材料的一種管狀部分材料之軟袋。 依據本發明所製造軟袋，宜爲利用本技術領域中周知 之所謂垂直成型塡充密封機（簡稱爲VFFS)所能製造的軟 袋。市販的VFFS機之例舉有Hayssen公司或prepac公司 製造之VFFS機。該VFSS機可參考下述文獻中所記述者： F.C. Lewis者「成形-塡充-密封」包裝百科（Packaging Encyclopedia)，第 1 8 0 頁 &gt; 1 9 8 0 年出版。 依據VFFS包裝方法，將本說明書中所記述的塑腰 衣紙张尺度遥用爷国國家標率、TNS ; Λ4規格（2!0、&lt; 29?公爺： —' --- 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填〗巧本頁) ------------------装------訂----- 43882 0 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（120 ) 膜片構造物之膜片供料至VFFS機，在其管狀物成形部 分將膜片成形爲連續性管。將膜片之縱方向邊緣同時 密封而得將該塑膠膜片折疊’然後以內側/外側密封層 密封該膜片，或將該膜片以內側/內側密封而成爲鰭片 密封（fin seeling)，據此製成上述管狀部分材料。繼之， 用密封輥將成爲軟袋底之一邊的末端處依橫向密封管 狀物後，塡充內容物於軟袋中，例如注入牛奶等，再 用密封輥密封軟袋之頂部末端，然後利用截斷或燒斷 等方式，將製成軟袋由管中分離。此種使用DFFS機製 造軟袋方法記載於美國專利第4,5 03，1〇2號公報與第 4,52 1,43 7號公報中。 本發明之軟袋容量得加以變化。一般，此種軟袋 中可塡充流動性材料5 ml至10 1，其中以l〇ml至8 1 範圍爲較適宜，最適用者在1 1至5 1範圍內。 經濟部中夬標奉局員工消費合作·杜印製 ---1·------- i - κι 1---I 丁 (請先閲讀背面之注意#項再填寫本J) 使用2層或3層共擠壓膜片製品之乙烯· 〇：-烯烴 共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A&quot;) ' (A'M)密 封層’當用上述VFFS機得更快速製造軟袋，且得所製 成軟袋之漏袋情形較少的膜片構造物。 又，使用本技術領域所周知技術亦可在本發明之 軟袋上施與印刷，例如印刷前施以電暈處理（Corona treatment)亦屬可行方法。 | 本發明之軟袋依據本說明書中所定義的5英呎 | i (l_52m)墜落試驗進行試驗時，可得優異耐墜落衝擊結I j meat (such as sausage meat, etc.); powder (such as gelatin powder, washing powder, etc.): &quot; * &lt; ΪΜ ___ _ __ Table paper size consumption .. *, national standard; dip: mm '310465 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) ------------------ install -------- order -------- ^- -4 3 88 2 〇 Β7 4 3 88 2 〇 Β7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standard _ Printed by Bureau Shelley Consumer Co., Ltd. 119 5. Description of the Invention (η9) Granules (such as walnuts, sugar, cereals, etc.) &gt; and The above-mentioned similar materials. The soft bag of the present invention is particularly useful for packaging liquid materials (such as milk, etc.). The fluid material also includes oily liquid substances (such as cooking oil or motor oil, etc.). At the same time of manufacturing, the membrane structure for a bag is 'cut off' to a width used by a general soft bag manufacturing machine to prepare for the benefit. The so-called forming and filling sealing machine, which is the most well-known in the technical field, is used to manufacture the soft bag form of the present invention. The present invention In the form of a soft bag, there is a kind of liquid material filled with a soft bag that can become a pillow when the plastic is soft. The packaging in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction are sealed. A soft bag with a tubular portion of material having a sealing layer. The soft bag form of the present invention includes a so-called "Enviro-Pak", which is well known in the related art. The Envir0-Pak is provided along three sides of the tubular material. The fin-shaped sealing part has a top seal (side seal) and a side seal in the longitudinal direction. After filling the fluid material in the soft bag, when the cross section is crossed, the longitudinal direction substantially creates a semicircular shape. Or a bow-shaped bag bottom part, a soft bag made of a tubular part material which is a substantially concave or spherical part of the bottom material of the bag sealed in the substrate part of the tubular part. The soft bag manufactured according to the present invention is preferably A soft bag that can be manufactured by a so-called vertical molding filling and sealing machine (referred to as VFFS) known in the technical field is used. Examples of commercially available VFFS machines include VFFS machines manufactured by Hayssen or Prepac. The VFSS machine can be referred to below Described in the literature: FC Lewis "Packaging Encyclopedia", "Packaging Encyclopedia", page 180 & published in 1980. According to the VFFS packaging method, this manual The paper size of the plastic waistcoat described is remotely used from the national standard of the country, TNS; Λ4 specifications (2! 0, &lt; 29? Grandpa: — '--- 310465 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in 〖 (Smart page) ------------------ installation ------ order ----- 43882 0 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (120) Diaphragm structure The diaphragm is fed to a VFFS machine, and the diaphragm is formed into a continuous tube in a tubular forming portion. The longitudinal edges of the membrane are sealed at the same time to fold the plastic membrane, and then the membrane is sealed with an inner / outer sealing layer, or the membrane is sealed with an inner / inside to form a fin seal, Thereby, the above-mentioned tubular portion material is produced. Next, the end of the side of the bottom of the soft bag is sealed horizontally with a sealing roller, and then the contents are filled in the soft bag, such as milk, and then the top end of the soft bag is sealed with the sealing roller, and then the By cutting or burning, the soft bag is separated from the tube. Such a soft bag making method using the DFFS mechanism is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,5 03,102 and 4,52,1,37. The capacity of the soft bag of the present invention must be changed. Generally, this soft bag can be filled with a fluid material of 5 ml to 10 1, in which a range of 10 ml to 8 1 is more suitable, and the most suitable is in the range of 1 1 to 51. Consumption Cooperation of Employees of the Biaofeng Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs · Du printed --- 1 · ------- i-κι 1 --- I Ding (Please read the Note # on the back before filling this J) Use Two or three layers of co-extruded ethylene sheet products: 〇: -olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;) '(A'M) sealing layer' should be used as above The VFFS machine can make soft bags more quickly, and it can obtain membrane structures with less leaked bags. In addition, it is also possible to apply printing on the soft bag of the present invention using techniques well known in the art, such as applying a corona treatment before printing. | The soft bag of the present invention is tested according to the 5-foot | i (l_52m) drop test as defined in this specification, and an excellent drop impact knot can be obtained

I |果。該試驗中本軟袋所示破損％宜爲在4〇%以下，其 本纸張尺度適用中阔國家捸亊，·; Α4^^77ΰΓ&lt;~^ϋ一' 一 ' — Α &quot; 120 310465 經濟部中央榡準局貝工消许合作祍印紮 43882 0 λ7 B7 五、發明説明（121 ) 中較宜爲在2〇%以下，最宜爲破損率在10%以下。 本軟袋使用在消費者用途之液態包裝’例如牛奶 等包裝用途時，較已往所使用的容器，例如玻璃瓶’ 紙容器以及高密度聚乙烯製容器等有甚多優點。已往 所使用容器在製造上消耗甚多天然資源，使用後廢物 處理上又須甚多空間，需更多的貯存空間’製品之溫 度控制上亦需較多能源（容器之熱傳導特性所造成）等缺 點甚多β 發明之軟袋以薄膜片製造後提供液態包裝用途使 用時，較已往所使用容器有如下各種優點。 (1) 天然資源之消耗較少， (2) 廢棄處理時所需空間較少， (3) 可循環再利用， (4) 容易加工， (5) 所需貯藏用空間較小， (6) 貯藏用所使用能量較小（包裝物之熱傳導特性所 造成） (7) 可以安全焚燒 (8) 可再使用（例如將空軟袋改變其他用途使用’例 如作爲冷凍用袋，三明治包裝袋等一般貯藏用袋等利 用》 [批式包涵包裝體] 批式包涵包裝體（batch inclusion packages)乃係使 用前述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 &quot; 11 η **,·····- ·1 f. I I —-1 . . · - ·η - I .... ii · -..........— —- -. ·、·~^·. ..·*_'_« I ^ '' · 本.紙張尺度速J中阀國家標迤_ , :;0..c297公..f ----^-------装------訂 (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 121 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 310465 * 438820 A7 __ B7 五、發明説明（122 ) (A1)、（A1')、（A1&quot;)或含上述任意成分之組成物所製成， 使用膜片製成包裝體，再用以包含粉狀物、錠狀物以 及流動性材料而加保護，在此，可以將該包裝體整體（即 包括膜片及內容物）加入製造某製品之間的混合物中， 例如將該包裝體及其所包含製品同時放入擠壓機/混合 機中使用。 上述批式包涵包裝體之膜片所使用前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A)、（A&quot;)、（A&quot;) 宜爲當作唯一的聚合物成分而使用。然而藉前述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A]、（A&quot;)、 (Α&quot;')及其他聚合物類同時混合及/或多層擠壓及/或多層 層積使用，可修飾該膜片之加工性、膜片硬度、膜片 遮斷特性、膜片強度、膜片熔融特性或其他所欲膜片 性狀。使用乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A’）、（A”）、（Α&quot;’）及其他聚合物成分之適當混合物 所製成的批式包涵包裝物自然亦可維持改善性能。有 用的聚合物混合物成分種類包含例如乙烯/乙酸乙烯酿 共聚物（EVA)、乙烯/乙烯醇共聚物（EVOH)、聚丁烯 (PB)、密度在0.941至〇,965g/cm3之線性高密度聚乙烯 (HDPE)，以及密度在0.87至0.94g/cm*之已往的齊格 勒催化劑所製造之線性低密度聚乙烯（LLDPE)等。其 中，以前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A')、（Α&quot;)、（Α’&quot;）至少占混合組成物之大約50%， 以至少占約8〇%爲宜。但是最宜爲內側層在本質上至 122 (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -----装------訂------i-------- 4388 2 Ο 經濟部中央標準局員工消費含作杜印製 123 A7 B7 五、發明説明（123 ) 少以一種前述乙嫌* α-嫌烴共聚物（A)或乙燦系共聚物 組成物（AJ，（A&quot;&gt;、（A1&quot;)所構成。 又，在不妨礙該批式包涵包裝體之機能範圍內。 前述乙烯·〇：-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (Α·)、（AH) &gt; (A'&quot;)可含有其他添加劑。例如可塑性、抗 氧化劑、磷酸酯類、粘結添加劑、熱安定劑、光安定 劑（例如Cyasarb(商標品）UV531二苯甲酮（Cyanamid公 司製品）以及Tinubin(商標品）622受阻胺系光安定劑 (Ciba Geigy公司製品）等，色料（例如二氧化鈦、碳酸 鈣、碳黑等）、加工助劑（例如聚乙二醇、氟碳聚合物類、 氟碳彈性體類、孅類等），耐燃劑（例如Albright and Wilson Americas公司所製造以磷爲主體的耐燃劑之 Amgard(商標品）CPC102等），潤滑劑（例如蠟類、硬脂 酸塩類、礦油等），滑劑（例如芥酸醯胺、油酸醯胺等）、 抗疊粘添加劑（例如滑石、二氧化矽等）、交聯劑（例如 過氧化物類（例如DuPont公司製品之Booster(商標名） 等），防霧劑（例如ICI公司製品之 Atmer(商標名）100 山梨糖醇酯等），衝擊改質劑（例如Allied公司製品之 橡膠改質膜片樹脂之Paxon(商標名）pax P1US等），抗靜 電劑（例如Akzo Clemical公司製品之乙氧基化第三胺 之Armostat410等）’塡充劑（例如滑石、碳酸釣、粘土、 煙霧二氧化矽類等）。上述添加劑僅屬例舉並非包括全 i部範圍，自然亦不可視爲局限本發明之範圍不待說明。 | 本說明書中所記述具有新穎特性之膜片及膜片構 本紙張I度14¾ Y 家標準、) A4規袼t 2K) &lt;297公尨— ^ ™ 310465 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -----^------、訂------ 4388 2 0 A7 __B7 五、發明説明（^ ) 124 造物，可使用一般熱吹塑膜片或鑄塑膜片製造技術而 製成。該一般製造技術助以雙軸定向方法等，例如亦 可使用拉幅器或雙重氣泡方法等製造之。一般之熱吹 塑膜片方法，記述於Kirk Othmer者「The Encyclopedia of Chemical Technalogy」第 3 版，John Wiley &amp; Sons, New York，1981年，第16卷，第416至417頁及第is卷， 第191至】92頁中。雙軸定向膜片製造方法可參考例 如美國專利第3,456,〇44號公報（Pahlke等人）中所記述 之雙重氣泡方法，以及美國專利第4,8 6 5,92〇號公報 (Gol ike等人），美國專利第4,3 52,849號公報（Mueller)， 美國專利第4,82〇,557號公報（Warren)，美國專利第 4,92 7,70 8號公報（Herran等人），美國專利第4,963,419 號公報（Lustig等人）以及美國專利第七9 5 2,45丨號公報 (Mueller)中所記述方法等，均可製造本說明書中所記 述新穎膜片及膜片構造物。另外，利用拉幅器技術， 例如聚丙烯之定向所使用技術中所記述方法，亦能用 以製造上述膜片及膜片構造物。 經濟部中央標牟局員工消費合作社吓f 該膜片可爲單層或多層膜片，但該膜片構造物之 至少一層，宜爲內側層中至少使用一種前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（a&quot;)、 (A’”。該內側層指鄰接於包裝體內所包含內容物材料 之層面。上述內側層及他層，如W. J. Schrenk與c. R. Finch 等人在「Society of Plastics Engineers RETEC I Proceedings，6 月 15 至 17 日（1981 年），第 211 至 229 Γ ______________________ — ______________________ 本紙張尺度ίϋΡ?】國家標隼丨S ; .,、4規格（2i〇_X297公楚： &quot;'— 124 ---------士衣------IT (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 310465 經濟部中央標举局員4消費含作衽印« 1 4388 2 0 a7 B7 —'. , — _ 五、發明説明（125 ) 頁上的遮斷包裝體之共擠壓製造」中所記載，可使用 共擠壓加工或採用再次操作方法，將內側層層稹在其 他層上。另外’如K.R. Osborn及W. A. Jenkins在「塑 膠膜片’其技術與包裝上之應用jTechnomic Publishing 公司’ 1992年出版）中所記述，可用管狀膜片法（即吹 塑膜片製造技術）或扁平模頭法（即鑄塑膜片製造技術） 製成單層膜片。然後，任意地將該膜片與其他包裝用 材料層粘接或擠壓層積而製成多層構造物等之後續擠 壓製造步驟。該膜片爲二層以上之共擠壓物（亦屬 Osborn與Jenkins所記述），隨最終包裝體用膜片之其 他物理性狀的需求，可以將該膜片層合在後續追加的 其他包裝材料層上。另外，D. Dumb丨eton著「層合對 擠壓 j (Converting Magazine，1 992 年 9 月出版）中， 探討著共擠壓加工及層合加工之對比關係。又，單層 與共擠壓加工膜片上，再施與其他擠壓後技術，例如 雙軸定向加工等亦爲可行方法之一。 擠壓覆蓋法爲製造多層包裝體用材料之另一種技 術°與鑄塑膜片相關，擠壓覆蓋法亦爲一種平頭模頭 技術。可以利用單層或共擠壓加工擠壓產物之任意形 態之膜片層爲底材，再其上面施與擠壓覆蓋加工。 聚合物混合物及/或多層膜片構造物，一般使用前 述乙烯·〇:-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (ΑΊ (A”）、（A&quot;·)構成全部多層膜片構造物中之至少一 層’該層宜爲內側層&lt;該多層構造物之其他層可包含 本紙張尺.度遥3心f因Γα4«：.益一297公#_ &quot; ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} .-------^-----------.(*衣------訂--------- . I &gt; - II —1 «ϊ: I &gt; I _ 310465 125 經濟部中央標準局員工增_合作.社印製 126 4388 2 0 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明（126 ) 遮斷層及/或粘結層或/或構造層等°但上述並非局限該 其他層之種類範圍，不得說明。上述其他層中可使用 多種多樣的材料，其中若干可作爲同一種膜片構造物 中之2層以上使用。該材料之若干種類如下述。例如 乙烯/乙烯醇（EVOH)共聚物類’聚偏二氯乙烯（PVDC)’ 聚對若二甲酸乙二酯（PET)，定向聚丙烯（OPP)，高密 度聚乙烯（HDPE)，乙烯/乙酸乙敗酯（EVA)共聚物類’ 乙烯/丙烯酸（EAA)共聚物類，乙烯/甲基丙烯酸（EMAA) 共聚物類，LLDPE，HDPE，LDPE ’耐綸，粘接性接枝 聚合物類（例如順丁烯二酸酐所接枝之聚乙烯）以及紙等 包括之。該多層膜片構造物通常含有2至7層構造。 單層膜片或多層膜片構造物之厚度，其典型者在 0.2密耳至15密耳（5ym至381//IK)(總厚度範圍 &gt;，其 中以1密耳至5密耳（25.4/xm至l27//m)範圍爲較佳&lt;* 使用共擠壓加工（或多層擠壓加工）時，包含該實質上爲 線性之乙烯· α-烯烴聚合物的內側層，其典型厚度應 在0.2密耳至15密耳（5//m至381#m)範圍，其中以1 密耳至5密耳（25.4#m至127/zm)範圍爲更佳。 前述乙烯_〇：-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成 物（A1)、（A”）、（A·&quot;)所製成膜片和膜片構造物，隨最終 用途之需求，加工成爲袋狀，層積物狀或包裝材料。 例如可用管形模塑機襯套將各種材料逐次混合，在此， 該內容物襯套由一個管移往另一個管而與其他成分混 合然後任意送往強力混合機中。另一例舉中，尙可包 豕紙張尺度適用心剖國家標摩.；~ 310465 I. -----------裝------訂------泉 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 438820 A7 B7 _____ 五、發明説明（127 ) 裝橡膠製造中所用添加劑在袋狀體中再將含有1 之袋狀體整體，不在橡膠製造中開啓’而加入該步驟 中，此種批式包涵袋狀體之應用與製造技術記載在美 國專利第4,3 94,473號公報，美國專利第5，1 20,787號 公報，美國專利第4，2 4 8,3 4 8號公報，歐洲專利公開第 0,270,902號公報以及加拿大專利第2,0 5 3,0 5 1號公報 等中，乃係該相關產業上周知之技術。 當批式包涵袋狀體中使用前述乙烯· β-烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）、（Α&quot;_)時’可 得下述多種優點。前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（八|)、（人&quot;）、（人’|’）在吹塑膜片製造之際， 顯示優異加工性，同時，與已往使用齊格勒催化劑所 製造的聚乙烯比較，具有低熔點及軟化範圍》另外， 前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (Af)、（A11)、（Α&quot;·)由碳原子及氫原子所構成，所以與由 乙烯/丙烯酸或乙烯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物類（參考歐洲專 利第0,27〇,9〇2號所記載）所製成的批式包涵膜片或袋 狀體相對照比較，或與由乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類（參 考美國專利第5，120,7S7號公報及美國專利第4,248,348 號公報所記載）所製成膜片或袋狀體比較時，前述乙烧. α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A_)、（a&quot;)、 | (Α1&quot;)特別與橡膠產業上各種有用的彈性體添加劑有互 溶性。 該批式包涵袋狀體（或包裝材料，被覆材料或層積 兵+紙伕尺度逮»阄國家揉奉〇:S : ·\4規格i 21C:\ 297公犛------------- 310465 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標乘局負工消費合^社印掌 127 K ----------------裝------訂------泉-------- 438820 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明（m ) 物）中所加入材料類，可爲顯示自由流動材料（即該材料 在重力下可藉其本身重量而容易流動）或不顯示自由流 菌ί之材料·（即該材料在重力下不能藉其本身重量而流 動該材料種類甚多，典型者爲不顯示自由流動之材 料’例如未硫化橡膠，未交聯彈性體類以及瀝青類等 包括其中》 不目由流動之 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 碳 酸 鈣 9 乙 基 二 硫 基 胺 基 烴 胺 荒 醯 二 硫 化 苯 駢 躔 唑 劑 苯 胺 系 抗 臭 氧 衍 生 物 S 硫 黃 之 化 合 物 以 及 過 氧 化 物 劑 取 代 苯 駢 三 唑 以 及 取 代 外 光 劑 、 氧 化 鐵 X 二 氧 化 鈦 色 料 1 碳 黑 氧 化 鋅 以 及 含 強 用 色 料 加 工 助 劑 9 例 如 酯 以 及 橡 膠 加 工 油 等 交 聯 化 合 物 用 材 料 &gt; 粉 碎 輪 胎 9 及 氯 化 聚 乙 燦 (CPE)等 本 :發 包 含 涵 的 自 由 流 動 之 材 料 &gt; 料 〇 在 橡 m 產 業 中 ， 典 型 的 工 油 (倒 I如 I 〇 .5 至 1 1 3重量％)， 物 用 材 料 同 時 混 合 〇 使 用 本 材 料 全 部 固 然 不 能 全 部 列 舉 才料，包括粘土，矽酸塭’ 甲酸鎘，二硫化四甲基二 ，取代硫酯及胺型抗氧化 二胺類及/或硫黃，或賦與 類所選擇的硫代屏素硬化 二苯甲酮類中所選擇的紫 以及有機染料中所選擇的 水合矽化合物中選擇的補 二氧化矽，浮石’硬脂酸 性彈性體類’未加硫橡膠 除草劑，殺菌，殺霉劑以 明之包裝體中可以有效地 液態之外尙包括有固態材 方法乃使用少量的橡膠加 至少與一種其他包涵化合 發明之新穎包裝體可包裝 在上述中，所列舉者亦不 128 310465 D公釐： 4388 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局8工消費合作it印製 五、發明説明（129 ) 可視作局限本發明之範圍不待贅述。 本發明之包裝體或放入袋狀體中或與所包涵化含 物用材料有關連，亦與其添加劑，例如橡膠加工油等 混合物有關。未加硫橡膠一般在橡膠周圍附著膜片， 特別是包涵形態方式時，用膜片將橡膠確實包裝後， 在通常拉力下，將膜片本身加熱密封使之附著而完成 包裝體。宜爲施與膜片之加熱密封，但非必要實施之 條件。 該批式包涵包裝體所製成的產品，隨包裝體內所 包含材料種類而異。若干製品中包括瀝青動物飼料和 金屬絲線等。例如製造瀝青時粉碎輪胎之包裝，製造 動物飼料時二氧化鈦之包裝，製造金屬絲線外被時CPE 之包裝等，可使用本發明之批式包涵包裝體，將特定 材料裝在包裝體中。其他製品中可包含各種橡膠（例如 本說明書中所記載的批式包涵膜片中包裝橡膠或橡膠 用添加劑等而成）。另外，包裝廢棄材料（例如焦油嚴重 漏出物或廢棄塑膠等），然後將包裝體整個投入焚化爐 中作爲生產能源亦爲可行途徑之一。又，包裝廢棄塑 膠與其他材料而再利用，製成別種用途之產品，例如 垃圾態，或成形爲公園之休憩用椅等。 襯袋紙盒用內奘兹袈： 襯袋紙盒用內裝容器係由前述乙烯.ct-烯烴共聚 物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、（a*·)、（A，&quot;）所構成 膜片而製成。 f請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} .裝- 訂 _ 私紙張尺度通.¾中阈國家標準.+，:s；s、A#坑格（2丨〇〆297公釐 129 310465 438820 A7 B7 五、發明説明（^ ) 襯袋紙盒用內容容器形成用膜片之厚度，隨具體 的內容物或製造方法而不同，一般在30至1000/zm範 圍，其中以50至7〇〇//m範圍爲較宜。 本發明有關之襯袋紙盒用內裝容器之器壁以具備 下述條件爲宜。 (i) 疊黏強度在1〇g/cm以下， (ii) 使用測定儀反覆扭轉次數達2000次後，面積 在20.5cmX28.0cm中之針孔發生數目在2以下， (iii) 據JISP-S115所規定方法測定之耐彎曲次數在 9萬次以上，然後成型時之縮幅以一邊在20cm以下的 膜片爲宜。 襯袋紙盒用內裝容器可由前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 物（Α&gt;或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（ΑΒ)、（Α1”）所構成 單層膜片所形成，或由該乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙 烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α·&quot;)與其他樹脂（尼龍， 乙烯•乙烯醇共聚物，乙烯醇（EVOH)，粘結性樹脂等） 所構成膜片所層積而成之所謂多層膜片所形成。 襯袋紙盒用內裝容器=例如整體爲大約立方形狀， 其上端加蓋而構成。將該立方體斜剖時，相當於周緣 部分處存在有厚肉之熱密封層部分。又，襯袋紙盒用 內裝容器乃將一邊之容器之一半構造體***重疊在另 一邊之容器之另一半構造體中而形成。 襯袋紙盒用內裝容器，其內部可塡充流體等，然 後例如納入瓦楞紙箱等堅硬外裝容器中保管或運搬， .匕紙張尺度HI國家標沒、)以規格（210 097公釐： 130 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社&quot;絮 ------------------^------1T------------ 310465 經濟部中央標隼扃負工消費合作杜印製 1 438820 A7 __B7 五、發明説明（131 ) 又其空盒可以將一邊容器之一半構造物重叠在另一邊 容器之一半構造體中放置狀態下保管或運輸。 據上述，襯袋紙盒用內裝容器在折疊，膨脹成爲 立方體形狀時’或塡充內容液後運輸時，其內裝容器 之四隅部分會加上各種力量，因此，較之一般扁平袋 狀物受到更嚴重的壓力。所以容易發生針孔現象。因 此，該內裝容器被要求具備髙防針孔性、耐彎曲性、 耐疊黏性等特性。本發明有關之襯袋紙盒用內裝容器 具備上述特性可符合所需條件。 襯袋紙盒用內裝容器之製造，例如可按下述方法 進行。 (D藉長方向平行並排的T·模頭，將二張熔融樹脂 以片狀擠壓，再利用一種具有容器之相對面之周緣部 分可以連接的形狀的鑄模加以真空成型之方法。 (Π)由圓形模頭將熔融成圓筒狀的樹脂擠壓（型胚擠 壓法），再利用上述相同鑄模進行中空成型之方法。 (iii)重疊二張以上之樹脂模片，將四邊加以熱密封 成爲袋狀之方法（該時所使用膜片可爲由前述乙烯· 嫌烴共聚物（Α)或乙嫌系共聚物組成物（A')' (A1')、（Af&quot;) 所構成單層膜片，或前述共聚物（A)或組成物（a')、 (A&quot;)、（A’&quot;）所構成膜片及其他樹脂（尼龍，乙烯•乙烯 醇共聚物樹脂（EVOH)，聚乙烯醇，粘結性樹脂等）所構 成膜片層積而成之所謂多層膜片）。 此種襯袋紙盒具備優異的熱安定性、耐疊粘性、 ---I.-------装------訂------泉 (諳先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 木紙張尺及適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Λ4規格（21〇:&lt;2们公釐） 131 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作讧印製 132 '438820 at B7 五、發明説明（132 ) 防針孔性及耐彎曲性等性狀，其經濟性又佳，可提供 收容酒類、食用醋、照相顯像液、漂白劑、殺菌液等 各種液體用容器而應爲使用。 醫療用容器： 醫療用容器指多層膜片所製成袋狀物’單層膜片所製 成袋狀物或由單層膜片所構成瓶狀物等，多層膜片之至少 一層，單層膜片，單層瓶狀物係由前述乙烯·《-烯烴共 聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（ΑΜ)、（Α’”）所形成。 醫療用容器可藉水冷式或空冷式吹塑法、Τ-模頭法、 乾層合法、擠壓層合法、中空成型法等製造之。醫療用袋 狀物之成型法，由衛生、經濟上之觀點而言，以採用吹塑 法及共擠壓Τ-模頭法製造爲較宜，醫療用瓶狀物之成型 法以使用中空成型法爲較宜。 醫療用容器厚度通常在0.05至1.00mm範圍，其中 以0.1至0.7mm範圍爲較宜，最佳在0.15至0,3mm範圍。 容器厚度超過0.〇5mm以上，其耐衝擊性良好，實用上已 不成問題。 上述醫療用容器施行殺菌處理亦不失其透明性，耐熱 性優異，不會產生皺紋或變形。 耐熱容器：I | Fruit. In this test, the percentage of damage shown in the soft bag should be less than 40%, and the paper size is suitable for medium and wide countries. · Α4 ^^ 77 & Γ &lt; ~ ^ ϋ 一 '一' — Α &quot; 120 310465 The Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the People's Republic of China allowed the cooperation to seal the seal 43882 0 λ7 B7 V. In the description of the invention (121), it should be below 20%, and the damage rate should be below 10%. This soft bag has many advantages when used in liquid packaging for consumer use, such as milk, and other packaging containers, such as glass bottles, paper containers, and high-density polyethylene containers. The containers used in the past consume a lot of natural resources in manufacturing, and require a lot of space for waste treatment after use. More storage space is needed. 'The temperature control of the product also requires more energy (caused by the thermal conductivity of the container), etc. There are many shortcomings. When the soft bag of the invention is used for liquid packaging after the film sheet is manufactured, it has the following advantages over the conventional containers. (1) Less consumption of natural resources, (2) Less space required for disposal, (3) Recyclable, (4) Easy to process, (5) Small storage space required, (6) Low energy used for storage (caused by the thermal conductivity of the packaging) (7) Can be safely incinerated (8) Reusable (eg, change the empty soft bag for other uses), such as freezing bags, sandwich bags, etc. Utilization of storage bags, etc. [Batch inclusion packages] Batch inclusion packages use the aforementioned ethylene. Α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition &quot; 11 η ** , ····-· 1 f. II —-1.. ·-· Η-I .... ii · -.......... — —--. ·, ~~ ^ · .. ·· * _'_ «I ^ '' ·. Paper scale speed J national valve national standard,,:; 0..c297 public ..f ---- ^ ------- Packing ------ Order (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 310465 121 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 310465 * 438820 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the Invention (122) (A1) , (A1 '), (A1 &quot;), or a group containing any of the above The package is made of the finished product, and the film is used to make a package, which is then protected by containing powder, ingots, and fluid materials. Here, the package (the film and its contents can be included as a whole) ) Add to the mixture for manufacturing a certain product, for example, put the package and its products into an extruder / mixer for use at the same time. The aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin used in the film of the above-mentioned batch-type packaging package The copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), (A &quot;), (A &quot;) is preferably used as the sole polymer component. However, the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) Or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), (A &quot;), (Α &quot; ') and other polymers are mixed and / or multilayer extrusion and / or multilayer lamination are used at the same time, which can modify the processability of the film , Film hardness, film blocking characteristics, film strength, film melting characteristics, or other desired film properties. Use ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A "), (Α &quot; ') and other polymer ingredients Naturally, batch-type wrappers made of natural materials can also maintain improved performance. Useful polymer mixture ingredients include, for example, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), ethylene / vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH), polybutene (PB), linear high-density polyethylene (HDPE) with a density of 0.941 to 0,965 g / cm3, and linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) manufactured by the previous Ziegler catalyst with a density of 0.87 to 0.94 g / cm * )Wait. Among them, the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (Α &quot;), (A' &quot;) accounts for at least about 50% of the mixed composition, and at least About 80% is suitable. However, it is best for the inner layer to be essentially 122 (谙 read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) ----- install -------- order ------ i ------ -4388 2 〇 Consumption by employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, including Du printed 123 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (123) It should be composed of at least one of the aforesaid B-a * -hydrocarbon copolymer (A) or B-can copolymer (AJ, (A &quot; &gt;, (A1 &quot;)). Also within the range that does not hinder the function of the batch-type containment package. The aforementioned ethylene · 〇: -olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer The composition (A ·), (AH) &gt; (A '&quot;) may contain other additives such as plasticity, antioxidants, phosphate esters, bonding additives, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers (such as Cyasarb (trademark) ) UV531 benzophenone (Cyanamid company product) and Tinubin (trademark product) 622 hindered amine light stabilizer (product of Ciba Geigy company), etc., colorants (such as titanium dioxide, calcium carbonate, carbon black, etc.), processing aids ( Such as polyethylene glycol, fluorocarbon polymers, fluorocarbon elastomers, rhenium, etc.), flame retardants (such as Albright and Wilson Ameri Amgard (trademark product: CPC102, etc.), phosphorous-based flame retardants manufactured by cas company, lubricants (such as waxes, stearate, mineral oil, etc.), lubricants (such as erucamide, oleic acid, etc.) Amine, etc.), anti-adhesion additives (such as talc, silica, etc.), cross-linking agents (such as peroxides (such as Booster (brand name) of DuPont), antifog agents (such as those of ICI) Atmer (brand name) 100 sorbitol esters, etc.), impact modifiers (such as Paxon (brand name) pax P1US, etc. of rubber modified film resins made by Allied Corporation), antistatic agents (such as products of Akzo Clemical Corporation) Armostat 410, etc. of ethoxylated third amines) 'fillers (such as talc, carbonated fishing, clay, smoked silica, etc.). The above additives are only examples and do not include the entire range, and naturally cannot be regarded as a limitation. The scope of the present invention is not to be explained. | The films and film construction papers with novel characteristics described in this specification are 14 ° Y home standard,) A4 regulations 袼 t 2K) &lt; 297 public 尨 — ^ ™ 310465 (Please Read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for matters) ----- ^ ------, order ------ 4388 2 0 A7 __B7 V. Description of the Invention (^) 124 It is made by casting film manufacturing technology. This general manufacturing technology is assisted by a biaxial orientation method, etc., for example, it can also be manufactured using a tenter or a double bubble method. General Thermal Blow Molding Method, described in Kirk Othmer, "The Encyclopedia of Chemical Technalogy", 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1981, Vol. 16, pp. 416-417 and Vol. , Pp. 191 to] 92. For the manufacturing method of the biaxially oriented diaphragm, refer to, for example, the double-bubble method described in U.S. Patent No. 3,456,040 (Pahlke et al.), And U.S. Patent No. 4,86,590,200 (Gol ike et al.). People), U.S. Patent No. 4,3 52,849 (Mueller), U.S. Patent No. 4,820,557 (Warren), U.S. Patent No. 4,92 7,70 8 (Herran et al.), United States Patent No. 4,963,419 (Lustig et al.) And the method described in US Patent No. 7 5 2,45 (Mueller), etc., can produce the novel diaphragm and diaphragm structure described in this specification. In addition, the method described in the tenter technique, such as the technique used for the orientation of polypropylene, can also be used to manufacture the above-mentioned diaphragm and diaphragm structure. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Employees, Consumer Cooperatives, etc. The membrane can be a single-layer or multi-layer membrane, but at least one layer of the membrane structure should preferably use at least one of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymers in the inner layer ( A) or vinyl copolymer composition (A '), (a &quot;), (A' ". The inner layer refers to the layer adjacent to the content material contained in the package body. The above inner layer and other layers, such as WJ Schrenk And c. R. Finch and others in "Society of Plastics Engineers RETEC I Proceedings, June 15-17 (1981), Nos. 211 to 229 Γ ______________________ — ______________________ This paper scale ϋϋ?] National Standard 隼 S;. , 4 specifications (2i〇_X297 Gongchu: &quot; '— 124 --------- Shiyi ------ IT (谙 Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 310465 Economy The Ministry of the People's Republic of China marked the bureau 4 Consumption as a seal «1 4388 2 0 a7 B7 — '., — _ V. Co-extrusion manufacturing of interrupted packaging on the page of the description of the invention (125)", can be used Co-extrusion processing or re-operation method, put the inner layer on the other layer In addition, 'as described by KR Osborn and WA Jenkins in "Plastic Films and Their Applications in Technology and Packaging," published by jTechnomic Publishing Company, 1992, the tubular film method (ie, blown film manufacturing technology) or flat The die method (that is, the casting film manufacturing technology) is used to make a single-layer film. Then, the film is arbitrarily bonded or extruded and laminated with other packaging materials to form a multilayer structure and subsequent extrusion. Compression manufacturing steps. The film is a co-extruded product with more than two layers (also described by Osborn and Jenkins). According to other physical properties of the film for the final package, the film can be laminated in the subsequent addition In addition, D. Dumb 丨 eton's "Lamination vs. Extrusion j (Converting Magazine, published September 1, 992), explores the comparative relationship between coextrusion and lamination." It is also one of the feasible methods to apply single-layer and co-extrusion processing films to other post-extrusion technologies, such as biaxial orientation processing. Extrusion coating method is another technology for manufacturing multilayer packaging materials. With cast Related to plastic film, the extrusion coating method is also a flat head die technology. A single layer or co-extrusion can be used to process any form of the extruded product as the substrate, and the extrusion coating process is applied on it. The polymer mixture and / or multilayer diaphragm structure generally uses the aforementioned ethylene · :: olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (ΑΊ (A "), (A &quot; ·) to constitute all multilayer diaphragms. At least one layer in the structure 'This layer should be the inner layer &lt; The other layers of the multi-layer structure may include the paper rule. Degree remote 3 center f factor Γα4 «：. 益 一 297 公 #_ &quot; ^ (please first Read the notes on the back and fill out this page} .------- ^ -----------. (* 衣 -------- Order --------- I &gt;-II —1 «ϊ: I &gt; I _ 310465 125 Staff increase of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ cooperation. Printed by the company 126 4388 2 0 A7 B7__ V. Description of the invention (126) Blocking layer and / or adhesive Junction layer or structural layer, etc., but the above is not limited to the range of the other layers, and must not be explained. A variety of materials can be used for the other layers mentioned above, and some of them can be used as two or more layers in the same membrane structure. Several types of this material are as follows. For example, ethylene / vinyl alcohol (EVOH) copolymers such as 'polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC)', polyethylene terephthalate (PET), oriented polypropylene (OPP), high density polyethylene (HDPE), ethylene / Ethylene acetate (EVA) copolymers 'ethylene / acrylic acid (EAA) copolymers, ethylene / methacrylic acid (EMAA) copolymers, LLDPE, HDPE, LDPE' Nylon, adhesive graft polymers (Such as polyethylene grafted with maleic anhydride) as well as paper. The multilayer diaphragm structure usually contains a 2 to 7 layer structure. The thickness of a single-layer diaphragm or a multi-layer diaphragm structure is typically 0.2 mil to 15 mil (5ym to 381 // IK) (total thickness range &gt; among which 1 mil to 5 mil (25.4 / xm to l27 // m) is preferred &lt; * When co-extrusion (or multilayer extrusion) is used, the inner layer of the substantially linear ethylene · α-olefin polymer is included, and its typical thickness Should be in the range of 0.2 mils to 15 mils (5 // m to 381 # m), with a range of 1 mils to 5 mils (25.4 # m to 127 / zm) being more preferred. The aforementioned ethylene_〇:- Membrane and membrane structure made of olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A "), (A · &quot;) are processed into a bag shape according to the requirements of the end use. Laminated or packaging materials. For example, various materials can be mixed successively with a tube molding machine bushing. Here, the content bushing is moved from one tube to another, mixed with other ingredients, and then sent to the powerful mixing. In another example, the paper size can be applied to the national standard model of cardiomyopathy. ~ 310465 I. --------------------------- Order -Quan (Please read the note on the back first (Please fill in this page again for the matters needing attention) 438820 A7 B7 _____ V. Description of the invention (127) Add the additives used in the manufacture of rubber in the bag-like body and then the whole bag-like body containing 1 is not opened in the manufacture of rubber 'and added to this step The application and manufacturing technology of this batch-type containment bag-shaped body are described in US Patent No. 4,3 94,473, US Patent No. 5,120,787, and US Patent No. 4,2 4 8,3 4 8 In European Patent Publication No. 0,270,902 and Canadian Patent No. 2,0 5 3,0 51, etc., it is a technology well known in the related industry. When the above-mentioned ethylene and β- When an olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (A "), or (A &quot; _) is used, the following advantages can be obtained. The aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer Copolymer compositions (eight |), (person &quot;), and (person '|') show excellent processability during the manufacture of blown film, and are compared with polyethylenes previously produced using Ziegler catalysts Has a low melting point and a softening range. In addition, the aforementioned ethylene The α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (Af), (A11), (A &quot; ·) is composed of a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, so it is copolymerized with ethylene / acrylic acid or ethylene / methacrylic acid Batches (refer to European Patent No. 0,27,092) made of batch-type containment membranes or pouches, or compared with ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers (refer to the United States Α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition when comparing the membranes or pouches made in Patent Publication No. 5,120,7S7 and US Patent No. 4,248,348). (A_), (a &quot;), | (Α1 &quot;) are especially compatible with various useful elastomer additives in the rubber industry. This batch contains bag-like bodies (or packaging materials, coating materials or layered soldiers + paper 伕 standard catches »阄 national rubbing 〇: S: · \ 4 size i 21C: \ 297 公 牦 ------- ------ 310465 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Central Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Off-line Consumer Consumption Cooperative Office ^ K 127 K -------------- --Installation ------ Order ------ Spring -------- 438820 A7 ______B7 V. The materials added in the description of the invention (m) can be free-flowing materials ( That is, the material can easily flow by its own weight under gravity) or materials that do not show free-flowing bacteria. (That is, the material cannot flow by its own weight under gravity. There are many types of materials. Typical is not shown. Free-flowing materials such as unvulcanized rubber, uncrosslinked elastomers, and bitumen are included among them. Calcium carbonate 9 ethyldithioamino hydrocarbylamine was printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Benzazolium disulfide agent Aniline anti-ozone derivative S Sulfur compounds and peroxide substitution Phenyltriazole and substituted external light agents, iron oxide X titanium dioxide pigment 1 carbon black zinc oxide and processing aids containing strong pigments 9 materials such as cross-linking compounds such as esters and rubber processing oils &gt; crushed tire 9 and chlorine Chemical Polyethylene (CPE), etc .: Free-flowing materials containing materials> Material 〇 In the rubber industry, typical oils (such as I 0.5 to 113% by weight), for industrial use The materials are mixed at the same time. Of course, all the materials cannot be listed, including clay, gadolinium silicate, cadmium formate, tetramethyldisulfide, substituted thioesters and amine-type antioxidant diamines and / or sulfur yellow, or The selected thioscreenin-hardened benzophenones are selected as the compound, and the silicon dioxide is selected from the hydrated silicon compounds selected from the organic dyes. The pumice 'stearic acid elastomers' are not added. Sulfur rubber herbicides, bactericides, and fungicides can be effectively liquid in the package. The solid material method is to use a small amount of rubber plus at least one of the other novel packaging materials that can be combined in the invention. The above package can be packed in the above, and the list is not 128 310465 D mm: 4388 2 0 A7 B7 Cooperative it is printed. V. Description of Invention (129) It can be regarded as limiting the scope of the present invention and need not be repeated. The packaging body of the present invention is either placed in a bag-shaped body or related to the material for the contained contents, and is also related to a mixture of additives such as rubber processing oil. Non-vulcanized rubber generally attaches a membrane around the rubber, especially in the form of containment. After the rubber is surely packed with the membrane, the membrane itself is heat-sealed and attached under normal tension to complete the packaging. It is suitable to apply heat sealing to the diaphragm, but it is not necessary. The products made in this batch-type containment package vary with the types of materials contained in the package. Several products include asphalt animal feed and wire. For example, the packaging of crushed tires in the manufacture of asphalt, the packaging of titanium dioxide in the manufacture of animal feed, and the packaging of CPE in the manufacture of metal wire outer covers, etc., the batch-type containment package of the present invention can be used to pack specific materials in the package. Other products may contain various types of rubber (for example, the rubber or additives for rubber contained in the batch-type containment film described in this specification). In addition, it is also a feasible way to package waste materials (such as serious tar leaks or waste plastics), and then put the entire package into the incinerator as an energy source. In addition, the waste plastic and other materials are packaged and reused to make products for other uses, such as garbage, or formed as park lounge chairs. Liner for liner bag carton: The inner container for liner bag carton is composed of the aforementioned ethylene.ct-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A,), (a * ·), ( A, &quot;). f Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page}. Binding-Ordering _ Private Paper Standards. ¾ Mid-threshold National Standard. +,: s; s, A # Pit grid (2 丨 〇〆297mm 129 310465 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (^) The thickness of the film used to form the content container for the liner carton varies with the specific content or manufacturing method, and is generally in the range of 30 to 1000 / zm, of which 50 to 70. The range of // m is more suitable. The wall of the inner container for the lined bag carton according to the present invention is preferably provided with the following conditions. (i) The lamination viscosity is 10 g / cm or less, (ii) The measurement is used. After the instrument has been repeatedly twisted for 2000 times, the number of pinholes in an area of 20.5cmX28.0cm is less than 2. (iii) The number of bending resistances measured according to the method specified in JISP-S115 is more than 90,000, and then The shrinkage is preferably a film with a side of 20 cm or less. The inner container for the liner bag carton can be made of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A &gt;) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΒ), ( A1 ") is formed of a single-layer diaphragm, or is composed of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer (A ·), (A &quot;), (Α · &quot;) and other resins (nylon, ethylene • vinyl alcohol copolymer, vinyl alcohol (EVOH), adhesive resin, etc.) It is formed by a so-called multi-layer film. An inner container for a lined bag carton = For example, the entire shape is approximately cubic, and the upper end is covered. When the cube is cut obliquely, it is equivalent to the heat of thick meat at the periphery. The sealing layer part. The inner container for a liner bag carton is formed by inserting one half of the container of one side of the container into the other half of the container superimposed on the other side of the container. It can be filled with fluid, etc., and then stored or transported in a rigid outer container such as a corrugated cardboard box. The paper standard HI national standard is not specified.) (210 097 mm: 130 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs &quot; Su -------------------- ^ ------ 1T ---------- -310465 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards for Off-Work and Consumption Cooperation Du printed 1 438820 A7 __B7 V. Description of Invention (131) and its empty box can One half of the container on one side of the container is stacked and stored on the other half of the container, and stored or transported. According to the above, when the inner container for a liner bag carton is folded and expanded into a cube shape, or after filling with the liquid When transporting, the inner part of the inner container will be subjected to various forces. Therefore, it will be more severely pressed than ordinary flat bags. Therefore, pinholes are prone to occur. Therefore, the inner container is required to have anti-pins. Porosity, bending resistance, and tack resistance. The built-in container for a liner bag carton according to the present invention has the above-mentioned characteristics and can meet the required conditions. The production of the inner container for a liner bag carton can be performed, for example, by the following method. (D. Using T-die heads that are parallel to each other in the longitudinal direction, two sheets of molten resin are extruded in a sheet shape, and then vacuum molding is performed using a mold having a shape in which the peripheral edges of the opposite sides of the container can be connected. (Π) A circular die is used to extrude the molten resin into a cylindrical shape (preform extrusion method), and then use the same mold to perform hollow molding. (Iii) Two or more resin molds are stacked and the four sides are heated Method for sealing into a bag shape (the diaphragm used at this time may be composed of the aforementioned ethylene · hydrocarbon copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer copolymer (A ')' (A1 '), (Af &quot;) Monolayer film, or the film composed of the aforementioned copolymer (A) or composition (a '), (A &quot;), (A' &quot;) and other resins (nylon, ethylene • vinyl alcohol copolymer resin (EVOH) ), Polyvinyl alcohol, adhesive resin, etc.) is a so-called multi-layer film). This liner bag carton has excellent thermal stability, stacking resistance, --- I.- ------ Installation ------ Order ------ Quan (I read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Wooden paper ruler and in use National Standard (CNS) Λ4 Specification (21〇: &lt; 2 mm) 131 310465 Consumer Cooperative Printing of Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 132 '438820 at B7 V. Description of Invention (132) Anti-pinhole property and bending resistance It can provide various containers for liquids such as alcohol, edible vinegar, photographic imaging solution, bleach, and sterilization solution, etc. Medical container: Medical container refers to a multi-layer film. Made into a pouch 'single-layer film made of a pouch or a bottle made of a single-layer film, etc., at least one layer of a multi-layer film, a single-layer film, a single-layer bottle is made of the aforementioned ethylene · "-Olefin copolymer (Α) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΜ), (Α'"). Medical containers can be water-cooled or air-cooled blow molding, T-die Manufactured by head method, dry layer method, extrusion layer method, hollow molding method, etc. The medical bag shape molding method uses a blow molding method and a co-extrusion T-die from a health and economic point of view. The head method is suitable for manufacturing, and the hollow bottle molding method is used for the medical bottle molding method. The thickness of the medical container is usually in the range of 0.05 to 1.00 mm, of which the range of 0.1 to 0.7 mm is more preferable, and the range of 0.15 to 0.3 mm is most preferable. The thickness of the container exceeds 0.05 mm, and its impact resistance Good, practically no problem. The above-mentioned medical container is sterilized without losing its transparency, and has excellent heat resistance without wrinkles or deformation. Heat-resistant containers:

耐熱容器係指多層膜片所製成袋狀物、單層膜片所構 成袋狀物 '多層瓶狀物、單層瓶狀物等，多層膜片之至少 一層、單層膜片 '多層瓶狀物之至少一層，單層瓶狀物係I ί 由前述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 |The heat-resistant container refers to a bag made of a multilayer film, a bag made of a single-layer film, a 'multi-layer bottle, a single-layer bottle, etc., at least one layer of a multi-layer film, a single-layer film' a multi-layer bottle At least one layer of a bottle, a single-layer bottle-like system I ί is composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene copolymer |

&quot;^氏張又度適$ ：i] siii ； _ ----------J 310465 (請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)&quot; ^ 's Zhang Youduo $: i] siii; _ ---------- J 310465 (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

438820 A7 B7 ______ 五、發明説明（133 ) (A_)、（Α_·)、（A_H)所形成。 (請先閱讀背面之注杳？事項再填寫本頁) 耐熱容器爲多層膜片時，上述共聚物（A)或組成物 (A')、（A”）、（A'”）以外之層並無特別限制，可使用聚丙烯、 耐綸、聚酯 '聚乙烯醇等材料。 上述耐熱容器可藉水冷式或空冷式吹塑法、T-模頭 法、乾層合法 '擠壓層合法、中空成型法等製造之。 耐熱容器爲袋狀時，就衛生、·經濟上之觀點，以使用 吹塑法和共擠壓T-模頭法製造爲宜。又，耐熱容器爲瓶 狀時，使用中空成型法製造爲宜。 耐熱容器之厚度在0.05至1.00mm範圍，其中以0.1 至0.7mm爲宜，在〇_15至0.3mm範圍爲更宜。容器厚度 在0.0 5mm以上，其耐衝擊性良好，在實用上已不成問題。 本發明之耐熱容器加熱殺菌處理後之霧度（據A STM D-10 03-61方法測定）在30%以下，宜爲在20至0%範圍。 又’耐熱容器之熱變形開始溫度在115 DC以上，殺菌 袋裝食品用容器厚度通常在0.05至1.00mm範圍。 經濟部中夬樣準局男工消費舍作社印11 又，上述熱變形開始溫度係按照下述方法測定的。即 將成型膜片所製成袋狀或瓶狀試料，放入阿爾卑斯公司製 品之RK-4016型小型耐熱高壓蒸汽殺菌器中，以殺菌溫 度X30分鐘之熱水殺菌處理，就由殺菌器中取出上述試 料進行目視觀察評估其變化情形。由1 1 0 °C之殺菌溫度開 始，每殺菌一次結束後即提升殺菌溫度1°C，反覆上述操 ί 作，當由殺菌器中所取出試料初次發現變形時，以該殺菌i 溫度作爲變形開始溫度。 丨 I纸張尺；&quot;國 ~~ 1 133 310465 經濟部中央標隼局K工消費合作社印製 310465 '438820 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明（134 ) ~~ ' 上述耐熱容器，例如殺菌袋裝食品用容器終過殺菌處 理亦不失其透明性，且具備優異的耐熱性、耐衝擊性。 彈性纖維： 彈性纖維指纖維在100%應變下，至少表現50%之恢 復率的纖維，由上述乙烯· 烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（AJ、（A”）、（A’&quot;）所構成。 該纖維依其所具有直徑而予典型的分類。 單絲纖維其各纖維直徑在每單絲計約15丹尼爾 (denier)以上，一般定義在約3〇丹尼爾以上。細丹尼爾（fine denier)之纖維。一般每單絲計約15丹尼爾以下之纖維所 適用。微細丹尼爾之纖維，一般定義在直徑未滿100/zm 之纖維。纖維又可依據其製造方法而分類之，例如單絲纖 維、連續捲細微細長絲（Continuaus wound fine filament) 1 定長短纖維或短纖維、粘合細紗（spun bond)以及溶融吹 塑纖維（Melt blown fiber)等。 製造本說明書中所用彈性纖維，其所使用乙烯· cr-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α·Η) 之熔融指數，以單絲（一般指單絲直徑15丹尼爾以上之纖 維）言，一般在〇.〇lg/l〇分鐘至l〇〇〇g/l〇分鐘範圍，其中 以〇.lg/l〇分鐘至5g/10分鐘範圍爲較佳。小丹尼爾纖維（一 般指直徑在每單絲15丹尼爾或以下之纖維），其較宜的熔 融指數在5g/10分鐘至250g/10分鐘範圍。438820 A7 B7 ______ V. Description of the invention (133) (A_), (Α_ ·), (A_H). (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page) When the heat-resistant container is a multilayer film, the layer other than the copolymer (A) or the composition (A '), (A "), (A'") It is not particularly limited, and materials such as polypropylene, nylon, and polyester 'polyvinyl alcohol can be used. The heat-resistant container can be manufactured by a water-cooled or air-cooled blow molding method, a T-die method, a dry layer method, an extrusion layer method, and a hollow molding method. When the heat-resistant container is bag-shaped, it is preferable to use a blow molding method and a co-extrusion T-die method from the viewpoint of hygiene and economics. When the heat-resistant container has a bottle shape, it is preferable to use a hollow molding method. The thickness of the heat-resistant container is in the range of 0.05 to 1.00 mm, with 0.1 to 0.7 mm being preferred, and 0.15 to 0.3 mm being more preferred. The thickness of the container is more than 0.0 5mm, and its impact resistance is good, which is no longer a practical problem. The haze (measured according to the method of A STM D-10 03-61) of the heat-resistant container of the present invention after heating and sterilizing treatment is less than 30%, preferably in the range of 20 to 0%. Also, the heat-resistance onset temperature of the heat-resistant container is above 115 DC, and the thickness of the container for sterilized bagged food is usually in the range of 0.05 to 1.00 mm. In addition, the above-mentioned thermal deformation initiation temperature was measured according to the following method. That is, the bag-shaped or bottle-shaped sample made of the molded membrane is put into a small RK-4016 type heat-resistant high-pressure steam sterilizer manufactured by Alps Company, and sterilized by hot water with a sterilization temperature X 30 minutes, and then taken out of the sterilizer. The samples were visually evaluated to evaluate their changes. Starting from a sterilization temperature of 110 ° C, the sterilization temperature is increased by 1 ° C after each sterilization. Repeat the above operation. When the sample taken out from the sterilizer is initially deformed, use the sterilization temperature as the deformation. Start temperature.丨 I paper rule; &quot; National ~~ 1 133 310465 Printed by K Industrial Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, 310465 '438820 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention (134) ~~' The above heat-resistant container, such as sterilized bagged food The container can be sterilized without losing its transparency, and has excellent heat resistance and impact resistance. Elastic fibers: Elastic fibers are fibers that exhibit a recovery rate of at least 50% under 100% strain. They are composed of the ethylene · olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (AJ, (A "), (A '&quot;). The fibers are typically classified according to their diameter. Monofilament fibers have a fiber diameter of more than about 15 denier per monofilament, and are generally defined above about 30 denier. Fine Fine denier fiber. Generally, it is suitable for fibers below 15 denier per filament. Fine Daniel fiber is generally defined as fiber with a diameter less than 100 / zm. Fiber can be classified according to its manufacturing method. For example, monofilament fiber, Continuaus wound fine filament 1 fixed staple fiber or staple fiber, spun bond, and melt blown fiber, etc. Manufacture of elastic fibers used in this specification , The melt index of the ethylene · cr-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A · Η) is based on the monofilament (commonly referred to as monofilament straight) Fibers above 15 denier) Generally speaking, it is in the range of lg / 10 minutes to 1000 g / 10 minutes, with a range of lg / 10 minutes to 5 g / 10 minutes being preferred. Small Denier fiber (generally refers to a fiber with a diameter of 15 denier or less per filament). Its preferred melt index is in the range of 5 g / 10 minutes to 250 g / 10 minutes.

在不影響本發明者所發現的纖維改進及素質特性之範丨 圍內，製造本發明之彈性纖維所使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 I ϋ張尺.度； rT ' 1 134 — ί— ^-------疼------訂------泉 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本莧) 438820 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 B7五、發明説明（135 ) 物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（A。、（A'”）中，可包 含添加劑，例如抗氧化劑、磷酸酯類、粘結添加劑、抗疊 粘劑及色料等。 使用乙烯_ ct -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A_)、（A&quot;)、（A&quot;·)亦可製造各種同型（bomofil)纖維。同型 纖維乃指具有單一領域（domain)而不具有其他聚合物領域 (例如二成分系纖維所具有領域）之纖維。此種同型纖維包 括短纖維、粘合細紗纖維或熔融吹塑纖維（例如美國專利 第4,340,563號公報（Appel等人），美國專利第4,663,220 號公報（Wisneski等人），美國專利第4,668,566號公報 (braun)或美國專利第4,322,027號公報（Reba)所揭示的系 統所使用者）以及凝膠紡紗纖維（例如美國專利第 4,413,110號公報（Kavesh等人）中所揭示的系統）。短纖維 乃可以熔融紡紗者（即不需要用追加延伸，可直接擠壓加 工成爲最終纖維直徑之纖維），或將之熔融紡紗而產生具 有較大直徑之纖維後，使用一般的纖維延伸技術加熱延伸 或冷延伸而製成所欲直徑大小之纖維。本發明說明書中所 公開之新穎的彈性短纖維亦可作爲結合用纖維而使用，特 別是本新穎的彈性纖維在此情形下，具有其周圍的母體纖 維（matrix fiber)較低之熔點。結合用纖維之用途中，典型 的是將該結合用纖維與其他母體纖維同時混合後，加熱於 該構造物整體上，使結合用纖維熔融連繫在其周圍之母體 纖維。使用此種新穎的彈性纖維而受益的典型的母體纖 維’例如聚（對苯二甲酸乙酯纖維、棉纖維 '耐綸纖維、 ---J------^------.訂------t (请先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS i A4規格（210X297公釐 135 310465 4388 2 Ο Α7 Β7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（136) 聚丙烯纖維、其他不均勻分歧的聚乙烯纖維，以及線性聚 乙烯同族聚合物纖維等。但上述例舉並非局限其範圍不待 解釋。隨最終使用用途，母體纖維之直徑得以變化之。 本發明中驚人的事實係由乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（AH)、（Af&quot;)所製成熔融紡紗纖 維所表現恢復率，當其纖維直徑熔融紡紗成爲上述熔融紡 紗纖維直徑之2倍或3倍後，再冷_延伸成爲相同直徑之纖 維所示恢復率幾乎相同。由其彈性並非熱處理使定向成爲 無效之結果，故其後再曝露在熱下，尙可得具有維持其彈 性功能之製品。 本說明書中所揭示新穎的彈性纖維，使對於該纖維之 彈性盡量降低影響之下，可以將乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A j、（Α”）、（ Α·Η)之熔融指數大幅 度地加以變化。據此，該維纖及其素質之強度與收縮力由 彈性分開而獨立地加以變化，因此，素質和最終製品之設 計有關柔軟性得以更加提升。例如不要改變纖維直徑而變 化聚合物之熔融指數而可以變化纖維之收縮力（使熔融指 數降低時收縮力會提高），所以該素質必要之彈性/強度性 能得以保持下，可以改善質地手觸時之感覺更適更加。 又，使用該乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A·)、（A”）、（A·”）亦可以製造二成分系纖維。上述 二成分系纖維之至少一部分改用該乙烯* α -輝烴共聚物（A) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（AM)、（A'H) &amp;例如外層/芯 層之二成分系纖維（即外層以同心圓狀圍繞在芯層之纖維） I ----„-------裝------訂-------泉 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁〕 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準ί CNS ;| Α4祝格（210X297公釐） 136 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 經濟部中夬標隼局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明（137) 時，該乙烯·《·烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (Α·)、（AM)、（Α·Η)可以存在於外層或芯層之任意位置。又 可會不同乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A·)、（A”）、（Α1”）在相同纖維之外層與芯層中獨立使用， 此時宜爲兩種成分均具有彈性，尤以使外層成分之熔點低 於芯層成分之熔點爲宜=其他種類之二成分系纖維也同樣 在本發明之範圍內，例如包括相互支持纖維（side-by-side fiber)(例如具有各個不同聚合物領域之纖維，本發明中， 指以乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)構成纖維表面之至少一部分）等構造物》 該纖維之形狀並無任何限制。例如典型的纖維具有圓 形之剖面形狀，但有時亦有不同形狀，例如三裂形（trilobal) 或扁平狀（例如絲帶狀）等形狀纖維。本說明書中所揭示的 彈性纖維不受纖維形狀之限制。 纖維之直徑可用各種方式測定並報告。一般，測定纖 維之丹尼爾作爲纖維之直徑。丹尼爾乃定義爲纖維長 9 000m之纖維之g數所代表紡織物品上的術語。單絲纖維 一般指每一長絲之丹尼爾在15以上，通常適用於30丹尼 爾以上之擠壓加工線料上。小丹尼爾纖維一般指具有15 丹尼爾或以下的纖維。微細丹尼爾纖維（microfiber)—般 適用於具有約l〇〇//m以下直徑之纖維。本說明書中所揭 示的新穎彈性纖維，在幾乎不影響纖維之彈性下，可以大 幅度地變化其直徑範圍。然而爲適應最終製品之功能， 可以調整該纖維之丹尼爾値，以熔融吹塑而言，0.5至30 {請先鬩讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（21CTX297公釐） 137 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印黎 4388 2 0 a7 B7五 '發明説明（138 ) 丹尼爾/長纖爲宜，粘合細紗以1至30丹尼爾/長纖爲宣， 連續捲繞長絲以〗至2000丹尼爾/長纖爲較宜。 由上述新穎纖維所製成布料包括織布與非織物兩種。 美國專利第3,485,7〇6號公報（Evans)及美國專利第 4,939,016號公報（Rad wanski等人）所揭示的包括 Spunlaced纖維（或用水力紡紗）布料在內的非織物等各種 製法皆屬可行方法。尙可以將短纖維使之起毛後加熱結 合，或一次連續操作而進行連續纖維之細紗結合 (Spunbonding)，或將纖維熔融吹塑加工後所產生波狀加 以壓延加工，或加熱粘接而製成布料等均爲可行的製造方 法。上述各種非織物之製造技術乃本領域之技術人員所周 知者，本發明所公開者不受其任何各個方法之限制。由上 述纖維所製成的其他構造物亦包括在本發明範圍內，例如 本新穎纖維與其他纖維（例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯&gt;(ΡΕΤ) 或棉等）間之混合物亦包含之。 本發明說明書中申請專利範圍內所使用之「本質上 由……而構成」乃指由本纖維及布料製造上所使用乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;1) 之外，在不影響該纖維或布料之彈性範圍內，尙可含有其 他追加材料。上述有效而非局限的添加劑材料種類，例如 色料、抗氧化劑、安定劑、界面活化劑（例如美國專利第 4,4 86,5 5 2號公報（Niemann)、美國專利第4,578,4 1 4號公 報（Sawyer等人）或美國專利第4,835,194號公報（Bright 等人）所公告者均包含在內》 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙朵尺度適用中國國家標準；CNS ) A4規格（2】ί)Χ29·/公釐〉 138 310465Within the range that does not affect the fiber improvement and quality characteristics found by the present inventors, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer I used in the production of the elastic fibers of the present invention has a square foot. Degree; rT '1 134 — ί — ^- ------ Pain ------ Order ------ Quan (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this card) 438820 A7 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7 V. Invention Note (135) The compound (A) or the vinyl copolymer composition (A '), (A., (A' ")) may contain additives such as antioxidants, phosphates, adhesion additives, and anti-adhesion Agents, colorants, etc. Using ethylene ct-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A_), (A &quot;), (A &quot; ·) can also produce various homomorphic fibers. Refers to fibers that have a single domain and no other polymer domains (such as the domains of bicomponent fibers). Such homogeneous fibers include staple fibers, bonded spun fibers, or melt blown fibers (such as U.S. Patent No. Gazette No. 4,340,563 (Appel et al.), U.S. Patent No. 4,663,220 (Wisne ski et al.), users of the system disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,668,566 (braun) or U.S. Patent No. 4,322,027 (Reba), and gel-spun fibers (such as U.S. Patent No. 4,413,110 (Kavesh et al. )). Short fibers are those that can be melt-spun (that is, fibers that can be directly extruded into the final fiber diameter without additional stretching), or melt-spun to produce larger-diameter fibers. After the fiber, the fiber is stretched by heating or cold stretching using a common fiber stretching technology to make a fiber of a desired diameter. The novel elastic short fibers disclosed in the description of the present invention can also be used as binding fibers, especially the novel In this case, the elastic fiber has a relatively low melting point of matrix fibers around it. In the use of bonding fibers, the bonding fibers are typically mixed with other matrix fibers at the same time and then heated to the structure. On the whole, the parent fiber that fuses the bonding fibers to its surroundings. Typical benefits of using this novel elastic fiber Mother fiber's such as poly (ethylene terephthalate fiber, cotton fiber 'nylon fiber, --- J ------ ^ ------. Order ------ t (please first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page again.) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS i A4 specifications (210X297 mm 135 310 465 4388 2 〇 Α7 Β7) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (136) Polypropylene fibers, other non-uniformly divergent polyethylene fibers, and linear polyethylene homopolymer fibers. However, the above examples are not limited in scope and need not be explained. Depending on the end use, the diameter of the parent fiber can vary. The surprising fact in the present invention is the recovery rate exhibited by melt-spun fibers made from ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (AH), (Af &quot;), when After the fiber diameter of the melt-spun yarn becomes 2 or 3 times the diameter of the melt-spun fiber, the recovery rate after cold-stretching to a fiber of the same diameter is almost the same. Since its elasticity is not the result of orientation being invalidated by heat treatment, it can be subsequently exposed to heat to obtain products that maintain its elasticity. The novel elastic fibers disclosed in this specification can reduce the influence on the elasticity of the fibers as much as possible. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A j, (A "), The melting index of (A · Η) changes greatly. According to this, the strength and shrinkage of the fiber and its quality are changed independently by elasticity. Therefore, the quality and softness of the final product design are more flexible. Enhancement. For example, instead of changing the fiber diameter and changing the polymer's melt index, the shrinkage force of the fiber can be changed (the shrinkage force will increase when the melt index is lowered), so the necessary elasticity / strength properties of this quality are maintained, and the texture can be improved. It feels more appropriate when touched. In addition, a two-component system can also be produced by using the ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (A "), (A ·"). Fiber. At least a part of the two-component fiber is replaced by the ethylene * α-hydrocarbon copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (AM), (A'H) & Core layer Two-component fiber (that is, the fiber with the outer layer surrounding the core layer in a concentric circle shape) I ---- „--------------------------- Read the notes on the reverse side and fill in this page] This paper size applies the Chinese national standard CNS; | Α4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) 136 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 In the description of the invention (137), the ethylene ···· olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), (AM), or (A · Η) may exist in any position of the outer layer or the core layer. In addition, different ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (A) or ethylene-based copolymer compositions (A ·), (A "), and (A1") may be used independently in the outer layer and the core layer of the same fiber. Both components have elasticity, and it is preferable that the melting point of the outer layer component is lower than the melting point of the core layer component. Other types of two-component fibers are also within the scope of the present invention, such as including side-by- side fiber) (for example, fibers with different polymer fields, in the present invention, it refers to ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) Structures such as ethylene copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot;), (A '&quot;) constitute at least part of the fiber surface) The shape of the fiber is not limited. For example, a typical fiber has a circular shape. Sectional shape, but sometimes also different shapes, such as trilobal or flat (such as ribbon) shape fibers. The elastic fibers disclosed in this specification are not limited by the shape of the fiber. The diameter of the fiber can be used It is measured and reported in various ways. Generally, the fiber is measured as the diameter of the fiber. Daniel is the term used on textiles as defined by the g number of fibers with a fiber length of 9 000 m. Monofilament fiber generally refers to a denier of 15 or more per filament, and is generally suitable for extrusion processing of 30 denier or more. Small denier fibers generally refer to fibers having 15 denier or less. Microfiber-generally suitable for fibers with diameters below about 100 // m. The novel elastic fibers disclosed in this specification can greatly change their diameter range without affecting the elasticity of the fibers. However, in order to adapt to the function of the final product, the fiber's Daniel 値 can be adjusted. In terms of melt blow molding, 0.5 to 30 (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21CTX297 mm) 137 310465 Employees 'Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, India and Li 4388 2 0 a7 B7 Five' Invention Description (138) Daniel / Filament is suitable, the bonding spun yarn should be 1 to 30 Daniel / Fiber Xuan, it is more suitable to continuously wind the filament from 2000 to 2000 denier / fiber. The cloth made from the above-mentioned novel fibers includes woven cloth and non-woven cloth. U.S. Patent No. 3,485,708 (Evans) and U.S. Patent No. 4,939,016 (Rad wanski et al.) Disclose a variety of manufacturing methods including non-woven fabrics including Spunlaced fiber (or hydrospun) cloth. Workable.尙 It can be made by fuzzing short fibers and heating and bonding, or spunbonding of continuous fibers in one continuous operation, or calendering the wave shape generated by melt blow molding, or heating and bonding. Cloth and the like are all feasible manufacturing methods. The above-mentioned various non-woven manufacturing techniques are well known to those skilled in the art, and the present invention is not limited by any of its various methods. Other structures made of the above-mentioned fibers are also included in the scope of the present invention. For example, the mixture between the novel fiber and other fibers (such as polyethylene terephthalate &gt; (PET) or cotton, etc.) is also included. . The term "consisting essentially of" used in the scope of the patent application in the present specification refers to an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') used in the manufacture of the fiber and cloth. ), (A &quot;), (Α &quot; 1), 尙 may contain other additional materials within the range that does not affect the elasticity of the fiber or cloth. The above effective but non-limiting types of additive materials, such as colorants, antioxidants, stabilizers, and interfacial activators (such as US Patent No. 4,4 86,5 5 2 (Niemann), US Patent No. 4,578,4 1 4 (Announcement No. 4 (Sawyer et al.) Or U.S. Patent No. 4,835,194 (Bright et al.) Are included) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards; CNS) A4 specifications (2) ί) × 29 · / mm> 138 310465

7 7 A B 438820 五、發明説明（139 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 使用本說明書中所掲示的新穎彈性纖維和布料可製造 之製品，例如希望具有彈性部分之複合布料製品（例如尿 布）等亦包括在內。例如尿布爲防止脫落在腰帶部分以及 防漏之腿環部分均需備有彈性（參考美國專利第4,381，781 號公報（Sciaraffa)所記述）。該彈性部分往往有助於組合 舒適性及可靠性闱途之形狀適合及/或使固定系統更良好 等功能。使用本說明書中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維及布料可 以製造具有彈性與通氣性調配之構造物。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消费合作社印製 本說明書中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維及布料亦可使用在 美國專利第2,957,5 12號公報（Wade)所記述之各種構造物 上。例如該美國專利第2,95 7,5 1 2號公報中所記述之構造 物之層50(即示弾性之構成因素）（特別是在此地係將不具 有彈性的材料坦平，加上褶襞，加以縐布加工等製成具有 彈性之構造物），可使用本新穎彈性纖維及布料而取代之。 本發明之新穎彈性纖維及/或布料，可利用熔融結合或粘 接劑而加設在不表現彈性之纖維、布料或構造物上。此種 使用新穎彈性纖維及/或布料，以及不表現彈性之構成部 分，在加設之前，於不表現彈性之構成部分（如美國專利 第2,957,512號公報所記述）上先加上褶襞，加設之前， 事先將表現彈性之構成部分拉伸，或加設後再將表現彈性 之構成部分施與熱收縮，而由此製成附設有打褶或剪應部 分之彈性構造物》 本說明書中所記述的彈性纖維用Spurlaced方法（或 用水力糾繞）亦可製成新穎構造物。例如美國專利第 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 139 310465 A7 438820 _B7 五、發明説明（140) 4,801,482號公報（Goggans)所揭示的彈性片料（12)，亦可 用本說明書中所記述的新穎彈性纖維/布料而製造之。 本說明書中所記述的表現彈性之連續性長絲亦可利用 在需求及彈性甚高的織物材料用途。 又，本說明書中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維和布料之韌性 及收縮力可得調節，據此，必要時例如美國專利第 5，〗96,000號公報（Clear等人）所記述之衣料中，藉變化收 縮力而得柔軟的設計。 美國專利第5,〇37,4】6號公報（Allen等人）記述使用 表現彈性之絲帶而獲得形狀適合性的頂部片料之優點（參 照該美國專利第5,〇37,410號公報中之材料（19)ρ此種新 穎彈性纖維所欲達成的美國專利第5,〇37,416號公報中之 材料（I9)所示機能或所期彈性，亦可藉布料形態而達成。 使用分子量極高的線性聚乙稀或聚乙燒共聚物之複合 體，亦可使用本說明書中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維而受益。 例如本新穎的彈性纖維備有低熔點（該聚合物之熔點及密 度，本質上有直線相關），其結果如美國專利第4,5 84,3 47 號公報（Harpell等人）所記述分子量非常高的聚乙烯纖維 (例如Allied Chemical公司所製造之Spectra(商標名）纖維 及本新穎彈性纖維間之混合物中，在不熔融該低熔點之彈 性纖維下，上述高分子量之聚乙烯纖維即可連繫在高分子 量纖維上，保持與該高分子量纖維所示高強度之一體性。 美國專利第4,98 1,74*7號公報（Morman)中所述形成包 括可逆瓶頸（reversibly necked)材料之複合彈性材料的彈 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) Λ4規格（210X297公釐） 310465 I!--„------装------訂------東 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 140 經濟部中央標举局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 0 Α7 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明（141) 性片料（122)’亦可使用本發明中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維 及/或布料而代替之》 本新穎彈性纖維亦可作爲美國專利第4,8 79, 170號公 報（Radwanski)之圖示中以圖號（6&gt;所記述的熔融吹塑加工 之彈性構成成分使用《該專利中，一般而言，記述表現彈 性之共同成形材料及其製造方法。 使用本發明說明書中所揭示的新穎彈性纖維及布料亦 可製造彈性儀表板，此種儀表板例如可提供美國專利第 4,940,464 號公報（Van Gompel)中之材料（18,20，14 及 /或 26 等）而使用。本說明書中所記述的新穎彈性纖維和布料亦 可作爲複合側儀表板之彈性構成成分（例如美國專利第 4，940,464號公報中所記述之層（86))而使用。 發泡成型體： 發泡成型體可成型爲包括桿狀、管狀、帶狀、片狀等 各種形狀而提供緩衝材料、隔熱材料 '濕布劑等之底材用 途。 發泡成型體係由前述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α，&quot;）和發泡劑混合，加熱或 減壓下’使發泡劑氣化或分解氣體發泡而在樹脂成型體中 產生氣泡而製成。 發泡成型體之製造方法，例如可舉下述方法。 &lt;1&gt;擠壓發泡法 擠壓機之料斗中加入前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、（ A，，）、,在樹脂之熔點附 — ί— ^-------¾------II------泉 f請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS :) A4规格（210X297公瘦.） 141 310465 經濟部中失標準爲員工消費合作社印^ r 438820 A7 B7_五、發明説明（142 ) 近溫度下擠壓時，擠壓機之中途所設置壓入孔，壓入物理 型發泡劑，由所欲形狀之塑模擠壓而連續可製造發泡成製 體之方法。上述物理型發泡劑之種類’例如氟隆、丁烷、 戊烷、己烷、環己烷等揮發性發泡劑’氮、空氣、水、二 氧化碳等無機性氣體系發泡劑等。又’擠壓發泡之際，可 添加碳酸鈣、滑石、粘土、氧化鎂等氣泡核形成劑。 物理型發泡劑之配合比率，以前述乙烯· 烯烴共 聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（A”）、（A'yiOO重量 份計，一般使用5至6〇重量份，其中以使用10至50重 量係爲宜。物理型發泡劑之調配比率過少時，發泡體之發 泡功能降低，相反地，過多時，發泡體之強度會降低。 &lt;2&gt;將前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A_)、（A&quot;)、（Α’&quot;）與偶氮碳酸醯胺等有機系熱分解 型發泡劑，以及需要時再加上其他添加劑或熱可塑性樹 脂，使用單軸擠壓機、雙軸擠壓機、萬馬力型混合機、捏 和混合機、輥等之混練設備，在熱分解型發泡劑之分解溫 度以下溫度進行熔融混合而製成發泡性樹脂組成物，一般 將之製成片狀，繼之將該片狀物加熱到發泡劑之分解溫度 以上，使之發泡而製成發泡體之方法。 上述有機系熱分解型發泡劑之配合比率，以1〇〇重量 分之前述乙烯* α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A1)、（ΑΗ)、（Α&quot;·)計，一般使用1至50重量分，其中以 使用4至25重量分爲宜。有機系熱分解型發泡劑之調配 比率過少時，發泡體之發泡性降低，相反地過多時，發泡 II-------裝------訂------泉 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210Χ 297公釐） 142 310465 438820 經濟部中央標傘局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7____五、發明説明（143 ) 體之強度劣化。 &lt;3&gt;壓力容器中發泡方法 將前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成 物（A')、（A”）、（ΑΙΗ)用加壓機或擠壓機製成片狀、塊狀等 形狀，繼之將該成型體投入壓力容器中，將物理型發泡劑 充分溶解在樹脂中之後，藉減壓而獲得發泡體之方法。又， 投入該成型體於壓力容器中，在常溫下充滿物理型發泡劑 後加壓，減壓後取出，然後在油浴中或烘箱中加熱使之發 泡亦爲一種可行方法。 又，前述乙烯* α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A1)、（A11)、（Α·”）事前加以交聯時，可製得交聯型發 泡體。 一般之交聯方法，例如樹脂中混合存在的過氧化物自 由基發生劑，以熱分解使之交聯的方法，利用電離性輻射 線照射使之交聯的方法，在多官能性單體存在下以電離性 輻射線照射而交聯之方法以及用矽烷交聯之方法等。 利用上述方法製成交聯發泡體時，上述乙烯· α-烯 烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;1)， 有機系熱分解型發泡劑，交聯助劑用途之多官能單體以及 其他配合劑在熱分解型發泡劑之分解溫度以下溫度下，先 熔融混合成型爲片狀。所得發泡性樹脂組成物片狀物定量 照射以電離性輻射線，使共聚物（Α)或組成物（A1)、（Α&quot;)、 (Α'&quot;)交聯後，該交聯片狀物力D熱至發泡劑之分解溫度以 上使之發泡。上述電離性輻射線可使用α線、谷線，線以 (請先間讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格ί 2丨〇;&lt;297公釐） 143 310465 438820 A7 B7______ 五、發明説明（144 ) 及電子束等。又，代替電離性輻射線之照射交聯，可利用 過氧化物交聯或矽烷交聯等方法。 本發明中，在不影響本發明之目的範圍內，上述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α·)、（Αη)、（Α···) 在必要時可配合以耐候安定劑、耐熱安定劑、防滑劑、抗 疊粘劑、防霧劑、潤滑劑、色料、染料、核劑、可塑劑、 防止老化劑 '塩酸吸收劑、抗氧化劑等添加劑。又，本脫 離本發明之目的範圍內，亦可混合少量的其他高分子化合 物。 上述發泡體具備優異的柔軟性及強韌性。 發泡構造體= 發泡構造體係由乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α1&quot;)所構成。 乙烯·〇:-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A‘）、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;’）以及適當的其他乙烯聚合物或其他天然 或合成聚合物之混合物亦可使用。上述適當的其他乙烯系 聚合物包括低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)，中密度聚乙烯（MDPE) 以及高密度聚乙烯（HDPE)(例如美國專利第4,07 6,698號 公報中所記述使用齊格勒催化劑而製造者）。乙烯/乙酸乙 烯酯共聚物，乙烯及乙烯系不飽和羧酸之共聚物，α-乙 烯類之同族與共聚物。其他適當的聚合物包含聚苯乙烯（包 括耐衝擊性聚苯乙烯），苯乙烯-丁二烯嵌段共聚物，聚異 戊二烯與其他橡膠。以主要比率而含有高熔點樹脂之混合 物較佳。製造發泡構造體用之上述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α) I!---------餐------iT------t (讀先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（|：；^)八4現格（2][〇&gt;&lt;297公釐） 144 310465 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 145 310465 438820 A7 _______B7 五 '發明説明（145 ) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;&gt;、（A1&quot;)或含有上述之混 合物在此稱爲乙傭系聚合物材料。 不論其組成分，乙烯系聚合物材料，宜在5〇重量％ 以上’尤以含有70重量％以上之乙烯單體爲較宜。乙烯 系聚合物材料可完全或整體由乙烯單體所構成。較宜的混 合物爲乙嫌_ 烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A·)、（A11)、（Α_Μ)與含一般的其他'乙烯系聚合物，例如 LDPE、HDPE、乙輝/丙儲酸共聚物（ΕΑΑ)及LLDPE所構 成者。 在不阻礙發明申請人所發現改善性狀之範圍內，乙 烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α，）、（Α，_)、 (Α'Η)中，可含有抗氧化劑（例如受阻酚類（Irgan〇x(商標 名）10〗0)，磷酸酯類（例如Irgafas(商標名）168)，色料等 添加劑。 製造發泡構造物之方法以及其加工方法之最好資料可 參考 C. P. Park 著「Polyolefin Foam」第 9 毫中，D. Klempner 與 K. C. Frisch 所共編的「Handbook ofPolymer Foams and Technology」，Hanser Publishers 公司出版，Munich, Viena， New York, Barcelona, 19 91 年。 上述發泡構造體可用已往的擠壓發泡法製造之。該構 造體一般可藉如用可塑化或熔融聚合物材料形成時同樣方 法，將乙烯系聚合物材料加熱’或發泡性凝膠之形成同樣 方法將發泡劑放入其中’或形成發泡製品同樣方法將凝膠 經過模頭擠壓而製造之°混合發泡劑之前’聚合物材料加 本紙張尺度適用¥國國家標率((：奶）八4规格（2!0'犬297公釐） ----------装------、1T------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 438820 B7____ 五、發明説明（146 ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 熱至玻璃轉移溫度或熔點以上之溫度。發泡劑可藉擠壓 機、混合機、攪拌機等已往技術之各種方法加入熔融聚合 物材料中，或混合之。發泡劑在可抑制熔融聚合物之實質 上的發泡與可大約均勻地分散發泡劑所需要充分的高壓條 件下，與熔融聚合物材料混合《必要時，成核劑可混合在 熔融聚合物中，或可塑化或熔融前乾燥混合在聚合物材料 中，發泡性凝膠爲使發泡構造體之物性最適化，通常冷卻 到較低溫度。然後，凝膠按形成泡沫構造體之方式，通過 所欲形狀之模頭擠壓或輸送至減壓或壓力較低處，上述壓 力較低處，指較發泡性凝膠經過模頭擠壓前所維持壓力低 的壓力處》較低壓力高於大氣壓，或低於大氣壓（真空）均 可，宜爲在大氣壓水準。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 上述構造體亦可經過多孔模頭藉乙烯系聚合物材料之 擠壓以凝聚絲束狀態加工。熔融擠壓物之相鄰接的流體間 之接觸在發泡步驟之間發生，而且接觸表面成爲一體的泡 沫構造體，具備充分的附著性同時互相能附著條件下，配 置有模孔。由模頭擠出的熔融擠壓物之流體採取絲束或斷 面狀態宜爲發泡、凝聚’而且互相粘附形成一體構造。凝 聚之各個絲束或斷面調整發泡、賦形，然後使用時所遭遇 的應力使絲束不致於剝離，宜以一體構造而同時附粘之狀 態存在。凝聚的絲束狀態下製造發泡體之方法及設備可參 考美國專利第L5：?3，！52號公報及美國專利第4,824,72〇 號公報。 該發泡構造體如美國專利第4,323，528號公報所示可 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS ) Μ規格ί &quot; '一~一 146 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 0 a? _ B7 _五、發明説明（147) 藉累積擠壓法形成。該方法中，具有大側面剖面積之低密 度發泡構造體係 1) 在壓力下形成乙烯系聚合物材料及發泡劑之凝膠， 在此凝膠之粘度在凝膠發泡時，保持發泡劑所需充分之溫 度下形成， 2) 擠壓至維持在不使凝膠發泡溫度及壓力下之保持層 處》在此保持層具有使凝膠發泡，圍繞較低壓層之模孔開 口部分的出口模頭，以及具有關閉模孔之可開放的澆口， 3) 周期性開放澆口， 4) 藉可移動至凝膠上的擠料桿，將機械上的壓力實質 上同時加壓，然後由保持層經過模孔模頭放出至較低壓 處，在此，較模孔中發生實質上發泡更大的速度，而且較 截面積或形狀之實質上不規則性產生時的較低速度下進行 釋放，以及 5) 如同產生泡沬構造體，將所釋放的凝膠至少不拘束 在一方向狀態下使之發泡，而製造之。 該發泡構造體可加工成爲適合於成型爲製品的未經交 聯的發泡珠（Foam beeds)。爲製造上述發泡珠，分散成爲 粒狀樹脂粒料的樹脂粒狀物，以上述樹脂實質上不溶性之 液體溶劑加以懸浮，在加壓釜或其他壓力容器中以高溫及 高壓下藉導入發泡劑於液體溶劑中而爲發泡劑所浸漬，然 後快速排出至大氣中或減壓環境中藉以形成發泡珠。上述 方法充分記載於美國專利第4,379,859號公報及美國專利 第4,464,484號公報中。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公釐） 147 310465 經濟部中央標隼局W工消费合作社印裂 148 310465 (4388 2 0 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明（H8 ) 上述製法所衍生的方法係浸漬發泡劑之前，苯乙烯單 體爲與乙烯系聚合物材料形成接枝共聚物可浸漬於懸浮有 粒料之溶劑中。聚乙烯/聚苯乙烯共聚物珠經冷卻，然後 實質上未發泡情形下由容器中排出。然後，該珠按照已往 的發泡苯乙烯珠形成法進行發泡而成型。製造聚乙烯/聚 苯乙烯共聚物珠之方法記載於美國專利第4,1 68,3 53號公 報中。 發泡珠在之後，可利用各種從事業者所周知方法成 型，例如裝入發泡珠於金屬製模中，然後按製品形成方法 使發泡珠凝聚，爲使之熔融利用蒸汽加熱而進行成型加 工。必要時，發泡珠在裝入金屬製模之前，在高溫和高壓 下，浸漬在其他發泡劑或空氣中。另外，發泡珠亦可在裝 塡前先行加熱。發泡珠在此之後，亦可以用從事業者所周 知之適當方法成型爲塊料或造型物（若干相關方法記載於 美國專利第3,5 04,068號公報及美國專利第3,953,5 5 8號 公報中）。上述製法及成型方法在C. P. Park著之上述著 作中第191頁，第〗97至198頁與第227至229頁上有優 越的教示。 上述發泡構造物之製造上有益的發泡劑包括無機性發 泡劑、有機性發泡劑以及分解性化學發泡劑。無機性發泡 劑之適當種類有二氧化碳、氮氣、氫、水、空氣及氦等。 有機性發泡劑之適當種類包含具有1至6個碳原子之脂肪 族碳化氫類，具有1至3個碳原子之脂肪族醇類，以及具 有1至4個碳原子之完全或局部鹵化的脂肪族碳化氫類 L ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________—___________________________________ .k紙張尺度適冗中S國家標準； Λ4規格公f : n ^^1 n PI— ....... ί 1 ...... Id --- - -- HI I— ,1TI i - - - - --------- ------ 1! ! _____3 1------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 4388 2 0 B7___ 五、發明說明（Η9 ) 等。上述脂肪族碳化氫之具體例舉如甲烷、乙烷、丙烷、 正丁烷、異丁烷、正戊烷、異戊烷及新戊烷等。上述脂肪 族醇類之具體例舉有甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇及異丙醇等。上 述完全或局部鹵化之脂肪族碳化氫之具體例舉包括氟化 碳、氯化碳以及氯、氟化碳等。上述氟化碳之例舉有氟代 甲烷、全氟化甲烷、氟代乙烷、1，1-二氟乙烷（HFC-152a)， 1，1，1-三氟乙烷（HFC-143a)，1,1,1,2-四氟乙烷，2,2-二氟 丙院，三氣丙院、全氟丙院、二氯丙院、二贏丙院、 二氟丙烷、全氟丁烷、全氟環丁烷等。本發明中所使用之 局部鹵化氯化碳和氯、氟化碳類包括氯代甲烷、二氯甲烷、 氯代乙烷、1,1,1-三氯乙烷、1,1-二氯-1-氟化乙烷（HCFC-141b)，1-氯-1，1-二氟乙烷（HCFC-142b)、1，1·二氯 _2,2,2_ 三氟乙烷（HCFC-123)，以及1-氯-1，2,2,2-四氟乙烷 (HCFC-124)。上述完全鹵化之氯、氟化碳類包括三氯一 氟化甲烷（CFC-1 1)、二氯二氟化甲烷（CFC-12)、三氯三氟 化乙烷（CFC-η3)、三氟化乙烷、五氟化乙烷、二氯 四氟化乙烷（CFC-114)、一氯七氟化丙烷和二氯六氟化丙 烷。上述化學發泡劑之種類包含有偶氮甲醯胺，偶氮二異 丁睛、苯磺醯胼、4，4·氧化苯磺醯胺基脚、對-甲苯磺醯 胺基脲、疊氮基羧酸鋇、N，N'-二甲基-二硝基酞酸醯胺以 及三肼二畊等。其中較佳的發泡劑爲異丁烷，HFC-152a 以及其混合物。 製造發泡形成性凝膠時，聚合物熔融材料中所加入發 泡劑量，每kg聚合物計爲0.2至5.0gmai範圍，其中以 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· I I--- I 訂·!-----線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 149 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 _B7 五、發明說明（150 ) 0.5 至 3.0g mal/kg 聚合物爲宜，以 1.0 至 2_50g mol/kg 聚 合物爲最宜 上述發泡構造體中可加入安定性控制劑、成核劑、無 機性塡充劑、色料、抗氧化劑、酸去除劑、紫外光吸收劑、 耐燃劑、加工助劑、擠壓助劑等種種添加劑》 上述安定性控制劑爲提升尺度安定性而加入發泡構造 體中》安定性控制劑之較佳種類包含碳數爲10至24之脂 肪酸之醯胺及酯類。上述安定性控制劑記載於美國專利第 3,644,23〇號公報和第4,214,〇54號公報中。最佳的安定 性控制劑包含硬脂基硬脂醯胺，丙三醇單硬脂酸酯，丙三 醇單二十二烷酸酯以及山梨醣醇單硬脂酸酯。一般，上述 安定性控制劑之使用量，以100分聚合物計使用約0.1至 1 0分範圍量。 上述發泡構造體顯示優異的尺度安定性。較佳的發泡 構造物恢復至初期體積之80%以上，上述初期體積乃指發 泡構造物發泡30秒鐘後所測定値。上述體積之測定可利 用排水之體積等適當方法而測定。 可爲控制發泡之氣泡大小而加入成核劑。較佳的成核 劑種類有碳酸鈣、滑石、粘土、二氧化酞、二氧化矽、硫 酸鋇 '砂藻土'檸檬酸及碳酸氫鈉間之混合物等無機性物 質。所使用成核劑之量’以100重量分之聚合物樹脂計， 大約0.01至5重量分範圍量。 該發泡構造體’實質上屬於未交聯或無交聯者。包括 本泡沫構造物之烯烴基芳香族聚合物材料，實質上未有交 ------------t---— II--訂---- -----線 ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 150 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 438820 A7 _B7___ 五、發明說明（ 聯。該發泡構造體據AS TMD-2 765-84之方法A，可含有 5 %以下之凝膠《未使用交聯劑或輻射線照射而自然發生 之若干交聯在容許範圍內。 該發泡構造體具有未滿2 50kg/cm3之密度，其中以未 滿100kg/cm3爲較宜，以10未滿70kg/cm3範圍爲最宜。 泡沬構造體據ASTMD3576具有0.05至5.0mm之平均氣 泡大小，其中以0.2至2.0mm爲較宜，以具有0.3至l.8mm 範圍之平均氣泡大小爲最宜。 該發泡構造體可具有該業者所周知之任何所有物理形 狀。例如擠壓片狀、桿狀、厚板狀以及異形材狀等。發泡 構造體可由發泡性珠予次成型爲上述任意形狀或其他的任 意形狀而成型之。 該發泡構造體可爲獨立性氣泡或連續性氣泡。該泡沫 據ASTM D28 56-A，宜爲含有80%以上之獨立性氣泡° 上述更強韌且更富彈性之泡沫構造體在運動及休閒用 途以及緩衝包裝用途上當然非常有用。 發泡構浩體= 發泡構造體係由乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α·&quot;)所構成，強而富於彈性且爲 低密度構造。 又，本發明之發泡構造體較EVA發泡構造體具有熱 安定性，在發泡膨脹、製造及使用中亦不會發生不愉快惡 臭。此種柔軟而強的交差結合性泡構造體作爲運動用具' 醫療設備以及緩衝用品甚爲有用° 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 x 297公釐） 151 310465 ------------^--------^ · I I I I I I--嫌 &lt;請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫未頁) A7 438820 B7____ 五、發明說明（152) 製造上述發泡構造體之際，可使用前述乙烯· α-烯 烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)與 其他適當的不同種類之乙烯系聚合物或其他天然或合成的 聚合物間之混合物。上述適當的不同種類之乙烯系聚合物 的例舉有低密度聚乙烯（LDPE)(例如高壓、自由基聚合反 應技術所製成），中密度聚乙烯（MDPE)以及高密度聚乙烯 (HDPE)(例如美國專利第76,698號公報所記載之使用 齊格勒催化劑而製造者）、乙烯/酯類共聚物、乙烯/乙酸 乙烯酯共聚物，乙烯及乙烯系不飽和羧酸間之共聚物、α -乙烯系物質等的均聚物和共聚物等。其他之適當旳聚合 物種類有聚苯乙烯（包含高衝擊性苯乙烯）、苯乙烯-丁二 烯嵌段共聚物，聚異戊二烯以及其他橡膠等。其中以主要 比率而含有高熔點之樹脂混合物爲較宜。與所含組成分不 相關，乙烯性聚合物以含有50重量％以上爲宜。以含有70 重量％以上之乙烯系單體單位爲最宜。上述乙烯系聚合物 物質可以完全由乙烯性單體單位所構成。較佳的混合物爲 前述乙烯· 烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A')、（A&quot;)、（A1&quot;)和其他一般乙烯系聚合物，例如LDPE、 HDPE、己烯/丙烯酸共聚物（E VA)以及LLDPE間之混合 物。 本發明之發泡構造體可爲相關技術領域中所周知任何 物理形狀，例如片狀、花飾狀或盤紙形狀等。其他有用之 發泡體乃係由膨脹性或發泡性粒狀物，成型用發泡性粒狀 物’或珠狀物以及珠狀物之膨脹及/或癒合以及熔融而產 --------I I I I, 裝·--— — — — — 訂 ------- 線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 152 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 五、發明說明（153) 生之物品。 發泡構造物之製造方法以及其處理方法之有益參考資 料爲0.?.卩84著之「？〇1丫〇16!^11、卩〇&amp;1118」第9章，1^1101)〇〇15： of Polymer Foams and Technology, Munich, Viena, New York, Barcelona 之 Hanser Publishers 公司出版，i 99 i 年， D. Klempner 及 K. C. Frisch 所編輯者。 本發明之發泡構造物可由下述方法製造之。將前述乙 烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A，）、（A&quot;)、 (Α·”）與分解性化學發泡劑混合加熱，製成發泡性可塑化 或熔融聚合物物質，再將該發泡性熔融聚合物物質由模頭 擠壓，該熔融聚合物物質中使之含有交差結合劑，然後將 熔融聚合物物質曝露在升溫下，釋放發泡劑而製成發泡構 造體，聚合物物質及化學發泡劑可使用相關技術領域所周 知方法，例如擠壓機、混合機或攪拌機加以混合並熔融混 合而成。化學發泡劑可在加熱聚合物材料爲熔融狀態之 前，與聚合物材料進行乾式混合爲宜，亦可以當聚合物材 料在溶融相時加入化學發泡劑。上述交聯可由添加交聯劑 或照射輻射線而感應之。交聯鍵合之感應與膨脹或進行發 泡而露出昇溫，可以同時或逐次進行。使用交聯合劑時， 與化學發泡劑同樣地調配在聚合物材料中。另外，使用交 聯劑時宜爲將發泡性聚合物熔融物質加熱或曝露在未滿 150 °C溫度’防止交聯劑或發泡劑之分解，阻止交聯鍵結 之提前發生。採用輻射線交聯鍵結時，發泡性聚合物物質 宜爲加熱或曝露在未滿160 °C之溫度以防止發泡劑之分 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝------ 訂·111!!·緣 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用_國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 153 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 438820 A7 _____B7____ 五、發明說明（154) 解。發泡性熔融聚合物物質經過所欲製成形狀之模頭擠壓 而製成發泡構造體。繼之，使用烘箱之高溫（典型的是150 至2 5〇°C )將發泡性構造體加以交聯鍵結使之膨脹·&gt;使用 幅射交聯鍵結時，照射發泡性構造體而使聚合物交聯鍵 結，繼之在上述升溫下使之膨脹。本發明之發泡構造體可 任意採用交聯劑或輻射而按照上述方法製成片狀或薄板狀 物。 本發明之發泡構造體可以按照GB2,1 45,96 1 A號公報 中所記載的使用長程模頭之擠壓法製成連續性薄板構造 體。該方法中，聚合物與分解性發泡劑以及發泡劑在擠壓 機中混合，然後加熱此混合物使聚合物交聯鍵結，發泡劑 在長程模頭中發泡，然後經過模頭進行發泡構造體之成 型。發泡構造體與模頭之接觸利用適當的潤滑劑肋其潤 滑。 本發明之發泡構造體亦可製成適合於物品成型用途之 交聯鍵結型發泡珠。製造發泡珠時，將各個樹脂粒料，例 如顆粒狀樹脂粒料，懸浮在實質上不溶性之液體；例如水 中，在加壓釜或其他壓力容器中升壓及升溫下浸漬在交聯 鍵結劑與發泡劑中；然後排出在大氣壓或減壓領域中製成 發泡珠。聚合物珠以發泡劑浸漬、冷卻，由容器中排出， 繼之，加熱或用蒸汽使之膨脹。上述感應方法中，苯乙烯 單體及交聯鍵結劑同時浸漬在懸浮粒料中而製成含有乙烯 性聚合物物質之接枝共聚物。亦可將懸浮狀或非水狀態之 樹脂粒料中浸漬以發泡劑。繼之，膨脹性珠以水蒸汽加熱7 7 AB 438820 V. Description of the invention (139) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Products that can be manufactured using the new elastic fibers and fabrics shown in this manual, such as composite fabric products that want elastic parts (Eg diapers) etc. are also included. For example, the diaper needs to have elasticity in order to prevent it from falling off on the waistband portion and the leak-proof leg loop portion (refer to US Pat. No. 4,381,781 (Sciaraffa)). This elastic part often helps to combine comfort and reliability with the shape fit and / or make the fixing system better. Using the novel elastic fibers and cloths disclosed in this specification, it is possible to manufacture structures having elasticity and air permeability. Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The novel elastic fibers and fabrics disclosed in this manual can also be used for various structures described in US Patent No. 2,957,512 (Wade). For example, the layer 50 of the structure described in the U.S. Patent No. 2,95 7,5 1 2 (namely, the constitutive factor of the showability) (especially here is to flatten the material without elasticity, plus pleats Alas, crepe processing is used to make elastic structures), and the novel elastic fiber and cloth can be used instead. The novel elastic fibers and / or cloths of the present invention can be added to fibers, cloths or structures that do not exhibit elasticity by fusion bonding or adhesives. Before using such a novel elastic fiber and / or cloth, and the component that does not exhibit elasticity, pleats are added to the component that does not exhibit elasticity (as described in US Patent No. 2,957,512), and Before designing, stretch the component that expresses elasticity in advance, or apply thermal contraction to the component that exhibits elasticity after installation, and thereby make an elastic structure with a pleated or shearing part. The described elastic fibers can also be made into novel structures by using the Spurlaced method (or twisting with water). For example, the paper size of the US patent applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 139 310465 A7 438820 _B7 V. The elastic sheet (12) disclosed in the description of the invention (140) 4,801,482 (Goggans), also It can be manufactured with the novel elastic fiber / cloth described in this specification. The continuous filaments expressing elasticity described in this specification can also be used in textile materials with high demand and elasticity. In addition, the toughness and shrinkage of the novel elastic fibers and fabrics disclosed in this specification can be adjusted. Based on this, for example, the clothing described in U.S. Patent No. 5, 96,000 (Clear et al.) May be changed by necessity. Soft design with shrinking force. U.S. Patent No. 5,037,4] 6 (Allen et al.) Describes the advantages of using a ribbon that exhibits elasticity to obtain a shape-fitting top sheet (refer to the material in U.S. Patent No. 5,037,410). (19) The function or expected elasticity shown in the material (I9) of US Patent No. 5,037,416 to be achieved by this novel elastic fiber can also be achieved by the form of the cloth. Use of extremely high molecular weight linearity The composites of polyethylene or polyethylene copolymers can also benefit from the novel elastic fibers disclosed in this specification. For example, the novel elastic fibers have a low melting point (the melting point and density of the polymer are essentially Linear correlation), and the results are described in US Patent No. 4,5 84,3 47 (Harpell et al.) Polyethylene fibers with very high molecular weight (such as Spectra (trade name) fiber manufactured by Allied Chemical Company and the novel In the mixture between the elastic fibers, the above-mentioned high-molecular-weight polyethylene fibers can be linked to the high-molecular-weight fibers without melting the low-melting-point elastic fibers, and remain in contact with the high-molecular-weight fibers. It shows the physical properties of high strength. The paper size of the elastic paper forming the composite elastic material including reversibly necked material described in US Patent No. 4,98 1,74 * 7 (Morman) is applicable to the Chinese national standard ( CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297mm) 310465 I!-„------ install -------- order ------ East (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Economy Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives 140 Printed by the Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Employees Cooperatives 4388 2 0 Α7 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (141) Sexual material (122) 'can also be used as disclosed in the present invention "The new elastic fiber and / or cloth is replaced by this" The novel elastic fiber can also be used as the melt blow molding process described in the figure of the US Patent No. 4,8 79, 170 (Radwanski) with the figure (6 &gt;) The elastic constituents are described in the patent. Generally speaking, a co-forming material that expresses elasticity and its manufacturing method are described. The elastic instrument panel can also be manufactured by using the novel elastic fiber and cloth disclosed in the description of the present invention. U.S. Patent No. 4,9 available The materials (18, 20, 14 and / or 26, etc.) used in Gazette No. 40,464 (Van Gompel) are used. The novel elastic fibers and cloth described in this specification can also be used as the elastic constituents of the composite side instrument panel (such as the United States It is used in the layer (86) described in Patent No. 4,940,464. Foam molding: Foam molding can be molded into various shapes including rod, tube, belt, sheet, etc. to provide cushioning materials, Insulation materials such as wet cloths are used as substrates. The foam molding system is composed of the aforementioned ethylene α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (A, &quot;) and a foaming agent, and is heated or reduced pressure. It is produced by vaporizing a foaming agent or foaming a decomposed gas to generate bubbles in a resin molded body. The method for producing a foamed molded product includes, for example, the following method. &lt; 1 &gt; Add the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A,), (A ,,), to the melting point of the resin in the hopper of an extrusion foaming extruder. Attached— ί— ^ ------- ¾ ------ II ------ Quan f Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS :) A4 specification (210X297 male thin.) 141 310465 The standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed by the employee consumer cooperative ^ r 438820 A7 B7_V. Description of the invention (142) The pressure set in the middle of the extruder when it is extruded at near temperature The method of making a foam into a body by continuously inserting a physical foaming agent into a hole and extruding it from a mold of a desired shape. The type of the physical type foaming agent is exemplified by volatile foaming agents such as fluorine, butane, pentane, hexane, and cyclohexane ', and inorganic gas system foaming agents such as nitrogen, air, water, and carbon dioxide. In the case of extrusion foaming, bubble nucleating agents such as calcium carbonate, talc, clay, and magnesium oxide can be added. The blending ratio of the physical foaming agent is generally 5 to 60% by weight based on the aforementioned ethylene-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), and (A'yiOO). Part by weight, in which 10 to 50 weights are preferably used. When the blending ratio of the physical foaming agent is too small, the foaming function of the foam is reduced. On the contrary, when it is excessive, the strength of the foam is reduced. &Lt; 2 &gt; Foaming organic thermal decomposition type foams such as the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A_), (A &quot;), (A '&quot;), and azocarbamate Additives, and other additives or thermoplastic resins if needed, using single-shaft extruder, twin-shaft extruder, ten-horsepower mixer, kneading mixer, roller, etc. The foaming resin composition is melt-mixed to a temperature below the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent. Generally, the foaming resin composition is formed into a sheet, and the sheet is heated to a temperature higher than the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent to make it foam. Method for making foamed body Ratio, based on 100 parts by weight of the aforementioned ethylene * α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A1), (ΑΗ), (Α &quot; ·), generally 1 to 50 parts by weight, Among them, it is suitable to use 4 to 25 weights. When the blending ratio of the organic thermal decomposition foaming agent is too small, the foaming property of the foam is reduced, and when it is too large, the foaming II -------- packing ------ Order ------ Quan (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) 142 310465 438820 Economy Printed A7 B7____ printed by the employee ’s consumer cooperative of the Ministry of Standards and Umbrella Bureau of the People ’s Republic of China. 5. The strength of the invention (143) is degraded. &Lt; 3 &gt; The copolymer compositions (A '), (A "), and (ΑΙΗ) are formed into a sheet shape or a block shape using a press or an extruder, and then the molded body is put into a pressure vessel to physically shape the hair. After the foaming agent is sufficiently dissolved in the resin, a method of obtaining a foam by reducing the pressure is performed. The molded body is put into a pressure vessel, and It is also a feasible method to fill the physical type foaming agent at room temperature with pressure, take it off under reduced pressure, and then heat it in an oil bath or oven to make it foam. Also, the aforementioned ethylene * α-olefin copolymer (A) or When the ethylene-based copolymer compositions (A1), (A11), and (A · ") are crosslinked in advance, a crosslinked foam can be obtained. A general crosslinking method, for example, a peroxide mixed in a resin Free radical generator, method for cross-linking by thermal decomposition, method for cross-linking by irradiation with ionizing radiation, method for cross-linking by irradiation with ionizing radiation in the presence of a polyfunctional monomer, and silane Cross-linking methods, etc. When a crosslinked foam is produced by the above method, the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A &quot; 1), an organic thermal decomposition type The foaming agent, the cross-linking auxiliary polyfunctional monomer and other compounding agents are melt-mixed into a sheet shape at a temperature below the decomposition temperature of the thermal decomposition foaming agent. The obtained foamable resin composition sheet is quantitatively irradiated with ionizing radiation to crosslink the copolymer (Α) or the composition (A1), (Α &quot;), (Α '&quot;), and the crosslinked sheet The object force D is heated above the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent to cause foaming. The above ionizing radiation can use alpha line and valley line. (Please read the precautions on the back first and then fill out this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications ί 2 丨 〇; &lt; 297 (%) 143 310465 438820 A7 B7______ 5. Description of the invention (144) and electron beam. In addition, instead of crosslinking by irradiation with ionizing radiation, a method such as peroxide crosslinking or silane crosslinking can be used. In the present invention, the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), (Αη), and (A ···) are used, as long as the object of the present invention is not affected. It can be combined with additives such as weather-resistant stabilizers, heat-resistant stabilizers, anti-slip agents, anti-sticking agents, anti-fog agents, lubricants, colorants, dyes, nucleating agents, plasticizers, anti-aging agents, acetic acid absorbers, and antioxidants. In addition, a small amount of other polymer compounds may be mixed within the scope of the present invention. The foam has excellent flexibility and toughness. Foamed structure = The foamed structure system is composed of an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A1 &quot;). Ethylene · 〇: -olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A &quot;') and other appropriate mixtures of ethylene polymers or other natural or synthetic polymers be usable. The above-mentioned other suitable ethylene-based polymers include low-density polyethylene (LDPE), medium-density polyethylene (MDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE) (for example, the use of Ziegler is described in US Patent No. 4,07,698). Catalyst and maker). Ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, copolymers of ethylene and ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, homologues and copolymers of alpha-ethylenes. Other suitable polymers include polystyrene (including impact-resistant polystyrene), styrene-butadiene block copolymers, polyisoprene, and other rubbers. Mixtures containing a high melting point resin in a major ratio are preferred. The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) I used for manufacturing foamed structures I! --------- Meal ------ iT ------ t (Read the first Please note that this page is to be filled in again.) Consumption cooperation between employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the printed version of this paper applies Chinese national standards (| :; ^) 8 (4) (2) [〇 &gt; &lt; 297 mm) 144 310465 Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 145 310465 438820 A7 _______B7 Five 'Invention Description (145) or Ethylene Copolymer Composition (A'), (A &quot; &gt;, (A1 &quot;) or a mixture containing the above This is referred to as a second polymer polymer material. Regardless of its composition, the ethylene polymer material is preferably 50% by weight or more, and more preferably contains 70% by weight or more of an ethylene monomer. Ethylene polymer materials It can be composed entirely or entirely of ethylene monomers. The preferred mixtures are ethylene-olefin copolymers (A) or ethylene-based copolymer compositions (A ·), (A11), (A_M) and others Ethylene-based polymers, such as those made of LDPE, HDPE, acetic acid / acrylic acid copolymer (EAA), and LLDPE. As long as the properties found by the applicant of the present invention are improved, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A,), (Α, _), (A'Η) may contain an antioxidant (For example, hindered phenols (Irgan 0x (trade name) 10) 0), phosphates (for example, Irgafas (trade name) 168), colorants, and other additives. The best method for manufacturing foamed structures and processing methods For information, please refer to CP Park's "Polyolefin Foam", 9th Mill. "Handbook of Polymer Foams and Technology" edited by D. Klempner and KC Frisch, published by Hanser Publishers, Munich, Viena, New York, Barcelona, 1991. The above-mentioned foamed structure can be manufactured by a conventional extrusion foaming method. Generally, the structure can be heated by using the same method as when forming a plasticizable or molten polymer material, or a foamable gel. The same method is used to form the foaming agent into it, or the same method is used to form the foamed product. The gel is produced by extruding the gel through a die. Before mixing the foaming agent, the polymer material is added to the paper. ¥ National standard rate ((: milk) 8 4 specifications (2! 0 'dog 297 mm) ---------- install --------, 1T ------ ^ ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 438820 B7____ V. Description of the invention (146) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Heat to a temperature above the glass transition temperature or melting point. The foaming agent can be added to the molten polymer material by various methods such as an extruder, a mixer, and a mixer, or mixed. The foaming agent can be mixed with the molten polymer material under sufficient high pressure conditions that can suppress the substantial foaming of the molten polymer and can disperse the foaming agent approximately uniformly. If necessary, the nucleating agent can be mixed in the melt polymerization. In order to optimize the physical properties of the foamed structure, the foamable gel is usually cooled to a relatively low temperature in order to optimize the physical properties of the foamed structure. Then, the gel is squeezed or conveyed to a reduced pressure or a lower pressure through a die of a desired shape in the manner of forming a foam structure. The lower pressure means that the foamable gel is squeezed through the die. Where the previously maintained pressure is low, the lower pressure is higher than atmospheric pressure, or lower than atmospheric pressure (vacuum), and it should be at atmospheric level. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The above-mentioned structures can also be processed in a condensed tow state through the extrusion of a porous die through the extrusion of an ethylene-based polymer material. The contact between the adjacent fluids of the molten extrudate occurs between the foaming steps, and the contact surface becomes an integrated foam structure, which has sufficient adhesion and can adhere to each other, and is provided with die holes. The fluid of the molten extrudate extruded from the die is preferably in the state of tow or section, and is preferably foamed, agglomerated 'and adhered to each other to form an integrated structure. Each tow or section of the aggregate is adjusted for foaming and shaping, and then the stress encountered during use prevents the tow from peeling. It should be in an integrated structure with stickiness. The method and equipment for manufacturing foam in the state of condensed tow can refer to US Patent No. L5:? 3 ,! Publication No. 52 and U.S. Patent No. 4,824,72. As shown in US Patent No. 4,323,528, this foam structure can be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specification at this paper size. &Quot; '一 ~ 一 146 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 0 a? _ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (147) Formed by cumulative extrusion. In this method, a low-density foaming structural system having a large cross-sectional area 1) A gel of an ethylene-based polymer material and a foaming agent is formed under pressure, and the viscosity of the gel is maintained while the gel is foaming The foaming agent needs to be formed at a sufficient temperature, 2) Extruded to a holding layer maintained at a temperature and pressure that does not cause the gel to foam. Here, the holding layer has a mold for foaming the gel and surrounding the lower pressure layer. The exit die of the opening part of the hole, and the openable gate with closed die hole, 3) the gate is opened periodically, 4) the extrusion pressure can be moved to the gel, the mechanical pressure is substantially simultaneously Pressing, and then releasing the holding layer through the die hole die to a lower pressure, where the foaming speed is substantially higher than that in the die hole, and the substantial irregularity of the cross-sectional area or shape occurs Release at a relatively low speed, and 5) like a foam structure, the released gel is foamed at least in one direction and manufactured. The foamed structure can be processed into non-crosslinked foam beads suitable for molding into a product. In order to manufacture the above-mentioned foamed beads, the resin granules dispersed into granular resin pellets are suspended in a liquid solvent in which the resin is substantially insoluble, and then foamed in a pressure kettle or other pressure vessel at high temperature and pressure The agent is impregnated with a foaming agent in a liquid solvent, and then quickly discharged to the atmosphere or a reduced pressure environment to form foamed beads. These methods are fully described in U.S. Patent No. 4,379,859 and U.S. Patent No. 4,464,484. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 147 310465 Printed by W Industry Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 148 310465 (4388 2 0 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention (H8) Before the method derived from the above-mentioned method is impregnating the blowing agent, the styrene monomer is a graft copolymer formed with the ethylene-based polymer material, and may be immersed in a solvent in which the pellets are suspended. The polyethylene / polystyrene copolymer beads are cooled, and then discharged from the container without being substantially expanded. Then, the beads are foamed and formed according to the conventional expanded styrene bead forming method. Polyethylene / polyethylene is produced The method of styrene copolymer beads is described in U.S. Patent No. 4,1 68,3 53. Foamed beads can be molded by various methods known from the industry, for example, the foamed beads can be placed in a metal mold. Then, the foamed beads are agglomerated according to the product formation method, and the molding process is performed by heating with steam in order to melt them. If necessary, the foamed beads are immersed under high temperature and pressure before being filled into a metal mold. In other foaming agents or air. In addition, the foamed beads can also be heated before decoration. After this, the foamed beads can also be formed into blocks or shapes by appropriate methods known to the operator (several related The method is described in U.S. Patent No. 3,5,04,068 and U.S. Patent No. 3,953,5 58). The above-mentioned manufacturing method and molding method are described in CP Park's above-mentioned work on pages 191, 97 to 198, and Excellent teaching on pages 227 to 229. The foaming agents useful in the manufacture of the above foamed structures include inorganic foaming agents, organic foaming agents, and decomposable chemical foaming agents. Suitable types are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, water, air, helium, etc. Suitable types of organic blowing agents include aliphatic hydrocarbons having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and aliphatic alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Class, and fully or partially halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons having 1 to 4 carbon atoms L ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ —___________________________________ .k The paper size is moderate and national standard S; Λ4 specification f: n ^^ 1 n PI— ....... ί 1 ...... Id -----HI I— , 1TI i------------- ------ 1!! _____3 1 ------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 4388 2 0 B7___ 5. Description of the invention (Η9), etc. Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon include methane, ethane, propane, n-butane, isobutane, n-pentane, isopentane, and neopentane. Specific examples of the aliphatic alcohols include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, and isopropanol. Specific examples of the fully or partially halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbons include carbon fluoride, carbon chloride, and chlorine, carbon fluoride, and the like. Examples of the fluorinated carbon include fluoromethane, perfluorinated methane, fluoroethane, 1,1-difluoroethane (HFC-152a), and 1,1,1-trifluoroethane (HFC-143a). ), 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, 2,2-difluoropropane, three gas propane, perfluoropropane, dichloropropane, diwin propane, difluoropropane, perfluoro Butane, perfluorocyclobutane, etc. The partially halogenated carbon chlorides and chlorines and carbon fluorides used in the present invention include methyl chloride, methylene chloride, chloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, 1,1-dichloro- 1-fluorinated ethane (HCFC-141b), 1-chloro-1,1-difluoroethane (HCFC-142b), 1,1 · dichloro_2,2,2_ trifluoroethane (HCFC-123 ), And 1-chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane (HCFC-124). The aforementioned fully halogenated chlorine and fluorocarbons include trichloromethane monofluoride (CFC-1 1), dichloromethane difluoride (CFC-12), trichloromethane trifluoride (CFC-η3), and trichloromethane. Ethylene fluoride, ethane pentafluoride, dichlorotetrafluoroethane (CFC-114), propane monochloroheptafluoride and propane dichlorohexafluoride. The types of the chemical foaming agents include azomethoxamine, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzenesulfonium, 4,4 · benzenesulfonylamine oxide, p-toluenesulfonamide urea, and azide. Barium carboxylate, N, N'-dimethyl-dinitrophthalate, ammonium trihydrazine, etc. Among the preferred blowing agents are isobutane, HFC-152a and mixtures thereof. When manufacturing foam-forming gels, the amount of foam added to the polymer melt is in the range of 0.2 to 5.0 gmai per kg of polymer, of which &lt; please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) I I --- I Order ·! ----- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Standards for paper used by China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 149 310465 Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperatives 438820 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (150) 0.5 to 3.0g mal / kg polymer is suitable, 1.0 to 2_50g mol / kg polymer is the most suitable. Stability can be added to the above foamed structure Control agents, nucleating agents, inorganic fillers, colorants, antioxidants, acid removers, UV absorbers, flame retardants, processing aids, extrusion aids and other additives. Scale stability is added to the foamed structure. The preferred types of stability control agents include amidoamines and esters of fatty acids having 10 to 24 carbon atoms. Such stability control agents are described in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,644,230 and 4,214,054. The best stability control agents include stearyl stearylamine, glycerol monostearate, glycerol monocosarate, and sorbitol monostearate. Generally, the amount of the stability control agent used is in the range of about 0.1 to 10 minutes based on 100 points of polymer. The foamed structure described above exhibits excellent dimensional stability. The preferred foamed structure is restored to more than 80% of the initial volume. The initial volume refers to the volume measured after the foamed structure is foamed for 30 seconds. The above-mentioned volume can be measured by an appropriate method such as the volume of drainage. Nucleating agents can be added to control the size of foaming bubbles. Preferred types of nucleating agents include inorganic substances such as calcium carbonate, talc, clay, phthalic oxide, silicon dioxide, a mixture of barium sulfate 'diatomaceous earth' citric acid and sodium bicarbonate. The amount of the nucleating agent used is about 0.01 to 5 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polymer resin. This foamed structure 'is substantially uncrosslinked or uncrosslinked. The olefin-based aromatic polymer material including the foam structure is not substantially intersected .------------ t ----- II--order ---- ----- line ί Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 150 310465 Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Du Printed 438820 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention (crosslinking). According to the method A of AS TMD-2 765-84, the foamed structure may contain less than 5% of the gel. "Some crosslinks that occur naturally without the use of a crosslinker or radiation are within the allowable range. The foamed structure has a density of less than 2 50 kg / cm3, of which the most suitable is less than 100 kg / cm3, and the most suitable range is 10 to 70 kg / cm3. The foamed structure has 0.05 to 5.0 according to ASTMD3576. The average bubble size in mm is preferably 0.2 to 2.0 mm, and the average bubble size in the range of 0.3 to 1.8 mm is most suitable. The foamed structure may have any physical shape known to those skilled in the art. For example Extruded sheet shape, rod shape, thick plate shape, and special-shaped material shape, etc. The foamed structure can be made of foamable beads. The shape is formed into any of the above shapes or other arbitrary shapes. The foamed structure can be independent bubbles or continuous bubbles. According to ASTM D28 56-A, the foam should contain more than 80% of independent bubbles. ° Tougher and more flexible foam structures are of course very useful for sports and leisure applications as well as cushioning packaging applications. Foamed structure = Foamed structure system made of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer It is composed of (A '), (A &quot;), and (A · &quot;), which is strong, flexible, and low-density. The foamed structure of the present invention has a higher heat than the EVA foamed structure. Stability, no unpleasant odor will occur during foam expansion, manufacture and use. This soft and strong cross-linked foam structure is very useful as sports equipment 'Medical equipment and cushioning products ° This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 x 297 mm) 151 310465 ------------ ^ -------- ^ IIIII I--Small &lt; Please read the back Note for refilling the unpaged page) A7 438820 B7____ 5. Description of the invention (15 2) In the production of the above-mentioned foamed structure, the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ·), (A &quot;), (Α '&quot;) and others may be used as appropriate. A mixture of different types of vinyl polymers or other natural or synthetic polymers. Examples of the appropriate different types of ethylene-based polymers include low-density polyethylene (LDPE) (for example, made by high-pressure, radical polymerization), medium-density polyethylene (MDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE). (For example, a manufacturer using a Ziegler catalyst described in U.S. Patent No. 76,698), an ethylene / ester copolymer, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, a copolymer between ethylene and an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid, α -Homopolymers and copolymers of ethylene-based substances and the like. Other suitable polymers include polystyrene (including high impact styrene), styrene-butadiene block copolymers, polyisoprene, and other rubbers. Among them, a resin mixture containing a high melting point in a main ratio is preferable. Regardless of the composition contained therein, the ethylene-based polymer is preferably contained in an amount of 50% by weight or more. It is most preferable to use an ethylene-based monomer unit containing 70% by weight or more. The ethylene-based polymer material may be entirely composed of vinyl monomer units. Preferred mixtures are the aforementioned ethylene · olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A1 &quot;) and other general vinyl polymers such as LDPE, HDPE, hexene / Acrylic copolymer (E VA) and LLDPE mixture. The foamed structure of the present invention may have any physical shape known in the related art, such as a sheet shape, a flower decoration shape, or a disc shape. Other useful foams are produced from expanded or foamable granules, foamable granules for molding 'or beads, and the expansion and / or healing and melting of beads ----- ---- IIII, installed --- — — — — — order ------- line (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 152 310465 4388 2 0 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (153) Raw items. A useful reference material for the manufacturing method and processing method of foamed structures is "? 〇1 丫 〇16! ^ 11, 卩 〇 &amp; 1118" by Chapter 84, 1 ^ 1101). 〇15: Published by Hanser Publishers of Polymer Foams and Technology, Munich, Viena, New York, Barcelona, 1999, edited by D. Klempner and KC Frisch. The foamed structure of the present invention can be produced by the following method. The above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A,), (A &quot;), (A · ") and a decomposable chemical foaming agent are mixed and heated to form a foamable plastic. Melt or melt the polymer material, and then extrude the foamable molten polymer material from the die, the molten polymer material contains a cross-linking agent, and then the molten polymer material is exposed to elevated temperatures to release foaming The foaming structure is formed by using an agent, and the polymer substance and the chemical foaming agent can be mixed and melt-mixed by a method known in the related technical field, such as an extruder, a mixer, or a mixer. The chemical foaming agent can be heated under heat. Before the polymer material is in a molten state, it is advisable to dry-mix it with the polymer material, or a chemical foaming agent may be added when the polymer material is in the molten phase. The above-mentioned crosslinking may be induced by adding a crosslinking agent or irradiating radiation. Induction and expansion of the cross-linking bond or foaming to increase the exposure temperature can be performed simultaneously or successively. When a cross-linking agent is used, it is formulated in the polymer material in the same manner as the chemical foaming agent. When using a cross-linking agent, it is advisable to heat or expose the foamable polymer molten substance to a temperature below 150 ° C to prevent the decomposition of the cross-linking agent or the foaming agent and prevent the premature cross-linking from occurring. Radiation cross-linking When bonding, the foamable polymer substance should be heated or exposed to a temperature below 160 ° C to prevent the division of the foaming agent (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Order · 111 !! · Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Standards for this paper _ National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) 153 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 _____B7____ V. Explanation of the Invention (154) Solution. The foamable molten polymer substance is extruded through a die with a desired shape to form a foamed structure. Then, the high temperature of the oven (typically 150 to 150) is used. 2 50 ° C) Expandable structure is crosslinked to expand it. &Gt; When using radiation crosslink, the foamable structure is irradiated to crosslink the polymer, followed by It expands under the above temperature rise. The foamed structure of the present invention may It is intended to use a cross-linking agent or radiation to make a sheet or thin plate according to the above method. The foamed structure of the present invention can be extruded using a long-range die as described in GB2,1 45,96 1A. The method is used to make a continuous sheet structure. In this method, the polymer is mixed with a decomposable foaming agent and a foaming agent in an extruder, and then the mixture is heated to crosslink the polymer, and the foaming agent is in a long-range mold. The foam is formed in the head, and then the foam structure is formed through the die. The contact between the foam structure and the die is lubricated with an appropriate lubricant rib. The foam structure of the present invention can also be made suitable for article molding. Crosslinked bond type foamed beads for use. When manufacturing foamed beads, each resin pellet, such as granular resin pellets, is suspended in a substantially insoluble liquid; for example, water, in an autoclave or other pressure vessel It is immersed in a cross-linking bonding agent and a foaming agent under elevated pressure and temperature; then it is discharged to make foamed beads in the field of atmospheric pressure or reduced pressure. The polymer beads are impregnated with a foaming agent, cooled, and discharged from the container, which is then expanded by heating or steam. In the above-mentioned induction method, a styrene monomer and a cross-linking bonding agent are simultaneously immersed in suspended pellets to prepare a graft copolymer containing an ethylene polymer substance. It is also possible to impregnate resin pellets in a suspended or non-aqueous state with a foaming agent. Next, the expandable beads are heated with water vapor

If------------------訂 *-------•線 &lt;請先閱讀背面之江意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 x 297公釐） 154 310465 r 438820 A7 ______B7____ 五、發明說明（〗55) 使之膨脹，按照一般方法成型成爲膨脹性苯乙烯發泡珠。 該發泡珠可藉相關技術領域中周知方法成型之。例如 塡充發泡珠於鑄模中藉壓縮鑄模而壓縮發泡珠，然後利用 例如水蒸汽加熱，使珠癒合及熔融而製成所欲物品。塡充 珠於鑄模之前，可以任意用空氣或其他發泡劑爲珠進行預 加熱處理。上述方法和成型方法之有益參考文獻見於C.P. Park著之上述出版物中之第227至233頁中；或美國專 利第3,886,100號公報，美國專利第3,959, 189號公報， 美國專利4,168,3S3號公報以及美國專利第4,429,059號 公報中。發泡珠亦可用下述另一方式製造之，即將聚合物 及交聯劑以及分解性混合物所構成混合物利用適當混合裝 置或擠壓機加以製造，然後將該混合物製成粒料，再將粒 料加熱使之交聯及膨脹而製成。 適合於物品成型用之交聯鍵結發泡體珠另有其製造方 法，首先將乙烯聚合物物質熔融，在一般發泡體擠壓機中， 混合以物理性發泡劑。製成實質上連續發泡線料。將上述 發泡線料顆粒化或粒料化而製成發泡珠。繼之，將該發泡 珠以輻射而使之交聯鍵結。然後將該交聯鍵結發泡珠癒合 並成型，再用其他發泡珠法按照上述製成各種物品。上述 方法之追加資料可參考美國專利第3，6 1 6，3 6 5號公報以及 C. P. Park著上述出版物中之第224至228頁。 本發明之發泡構造體可藉兩種不同方法製成盤紙狀 體。其中一種方法係使用交聯劑而另一種是使用輻射方 法》 (諝先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------.訂-----I ---線 ！ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 155 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 __B7_ 五、發明說明（156) 本發明之發泡構造體，可由混合前述乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)與交 聯劑以及化學發泡劑製成塊料，再於鑄模中將上述混合物 加熱，由交聯劑使聚合物交聯鍵結能分解發泡劑，然後在 鑄模中弛放壓力使之膨脹而製成盤紙狀體。弛放壓力之際 所產生盤紙可任意爲再行膨脹而再加熱。 交聯鍵結之聚合物片料可藉高能量珠之聚合物片料照 射，或由含有化學***聯劑之聚合物片料加熱而製成。交 聯鍵結聚合物片料裁切成所欲形狀，在聚合物之軟化點以 上溫度下浸漬於高壓氮氣中，弛放壓力使片料中之氣泡核 形成並進若干膨脹。片料在軟化點以上溫度，以低壓下再 加熱，繼之弛放壓力使發泡體膨脹。 本發明中製造發泡構造體有益之發泡劑包括分解性化 學發泡劑。上述化學發泡劑在高溫下分解發生氣體或水蒸 汽，使聚合物膨脹成發泡形體。該化學發泡劑爲容易與聚 合物材料進行乾式混合，宜爲採用固態形狀。上述化學發 泡劑之種類例如偶氮二甲醯胺、偶氮二異丁睛、苯磺酸醸 肼、454-氧基苯磺酸胺基脲、對-甲苯磺醯胺基脲、偶氮 羧酸鋇、Ν，Ν_-二甲基-Ν，Ν，-二硝基酞酸醯胺、Ν，Ν，-二硝 基五亞甲基四胺、4,4-氧基雙（苯磺醯劑）以及三肼基三畊 等，其中以偶氮二甲醢胺爲最宜《化學發泡劑有關追加資 料可參考C. P. Park著之上述出版物中之第2〇5至208頁 以及 F, A. Sutobbs 著之「Polyolefin Foam」Handbook of Polymer Foams and Technology 中之第 382 至 402 頁，D. K. -----------I 裝--------訂·!---I -線 ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 156 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 __B7__ 五、發明說明（157)If ------------------ Order * ------- • Lines &lt; Please read the Jiang Yi matters on the back before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 154 310465 r 438820 A7 ______B7____ V. Description of the invention (〖55) It is expanded and formed into expanded styrene foam beads in accordance with the general method. The foamed beads can be formed by methods known in the related art. For example, filling foam beads in a mold by compressing the mold to compress the foam beads, and then using, for example, heating with steam to make the beads heal and melt to make the desired item. Before filling the beads before casting, you can pre-heat the beads with air or other blowing agents. Useful references for the above methods and molding methods can be found on pages 227 to 233 of the aforementioned publication by CP Park; or US Patent No. 3,886,100, US Patent No. 3,959,189, and US Patent No. 4,168,3S3 And U.S. Patent No. 4,429,059. Foamed beads can also be produced in another way, that is, a mixture of a polymer, a cross-linking agent, and a decomposable mixture is produced by an appropriate mixing device or an extruder, and then the mixture is made into pellets. The material is heated to make it cross-linked and expanded. The crosslinked bonded foam beads suitable for article molding have another manufacturing method. First, the ethylene polymer substance is melted, and the physical foaming agent is mixed in a general foam extruder. Made of a substantially continuous foamed strand. The foamed strands are granulated or pelletized to form foamed beads. Next, the foamed beads are irradiated to crosslink them. The crosslinked bonded foamed beads are then healed and shaped, and various other foamed beads methods are used to make various articles as described above. For additional information on the above method, refer to U.S. Patent Nos. 3,6,16,365 and C. P. Park, pages 224 to 228 of the above publication. The foamed structure of the present invention can be made into a disc-shaped body by two different methods. One method is to use a cross-linking agent and the other is to use a radiation method "(谞 Read the precautions on the back before filling this page). --------. Order ----- I --- line !! Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumer Cooperatives The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 155 310465 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ’Consumer Cooperatives 438820 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention (156 ) The foamed structure of the present invention can be obtained by mixing the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), (A &quot;), (A '&quot;) with a crosslinking agent and a chemical The foaming agent is made into a block, and the above mixture is heated in a mold. The polymer is crosslinked by the crosslinking agent to decompose the foaming agent, and then the pressure is relaxed in the mold to expand it to form a disc shape. body. The disc paper produced at the time of relaxation pressure can be reheated arbitrarily for re-expansion. The crosslinked polymer sheet can be made by irradiating the polymer sheet with high energy beads or by heating the polymer sheet containing a chemical crosslinker. The crosslinked polymer sheet is cut into a desired shape, immersed in high pressure nitrogen at a temperature above the softening point of the polymer, and the relaxation pressure causes the bubble nuclei in the sheet to form and expand several times. The sheet is heated at a temperature above the softening point at a low pressure, followed by relaxation pressure to expand the foam. Foaming agents useful in the manufacture of foamed structures in the present invention include decomposable chemical foaming agents. The above chemical foaming agent decomposes at high temperature to generate gas or water vapor, which expands the polymer into a foamed body. The chemical blowing agent is easy to dry-mix with the polymer material, and is preferably in a solid form. The types of the aforementioned chemical blowing agents are, for example, azobismethylamine, azobisisobutyronitrile, hydrazine besylate, 454-oxybenzenesulfonamide urea, p-toluenesulfonamide urea, azo Barium carboxylate, N, N_-dimethyl-N, N, -dinitrophthalamide, N, N, -dinitropentamethylenetetramine, 4,4-oxybis (benzenesulfonate Elixirs) and trihydrazine three farming, etc., of which azodimethanamine is the most suitable. "For additional information on chemical blowing agents, please refer to pages 205 to 208 and F of the above publication by CP Park. , "Polyolefin Foam" by A. Sutobbs, Handbook of Polymer Foams and Technology, pages 382 to 402, DK ----------- I Pack -------- Order ·!- --I -line, please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 __B7__ V. Description of the Invention (157)

Flempner 和 K-C. Frisch 著，Hanser Publishers 公司出版， 在 Munich, Viena，New York, Barcelona 刊行（1991 年）。 化學發泡劑之用量，以每kg聚合物計，使用能釋放 出0.2至5. Omol之氣體或水蒸汽充分量範圍，其中以〇.5 至3.0mol爲宜，以能釋放出1.2至2.50mol量之氣體或 水蒸汽充分量之發泡劑用量與聚合物物質混合爲最宜ώ 製造本發明之發泡構造體上有益的交聯劑係有機過氧 化物。該有機過氧化物交聯劑之有用者，例如ι，ι-二-第 三丁基過氧化-3, 3,5 -三甲基環己烷：二異丙苯過氧化物， 2,5-二甲基-2,5-二（第三丁基過氧化）己烷；1-丁基異丙苯 過氧化物，α，α 二（丁基過氧化）-二異丙苯，二-第三丁 基過氧化物以及2,5-二甲基-2,5-二-(第三丁基過氧化）己 烷。其中以二異丙苯過氧化物爲最佳試劑》有機過氧化物 交聯劑有關更進一步之資料可參考C. P. Park著之上述出 版物中的第198至204頁。 使用輻射線交聯通常可藉任意種類而進行。有用的輻 射線種類。例如電子束或万線7絲，X線或中子線等。輻 射係藉發生聚合物基而進行交聯，被推測係該基聚集而交 聯鍵結。輻射線交聯有關更進一步資料同樣可參考C. P. Park著之上述出版物中的第198至204頁。 製造本發明之發泡構造體之若干方法中，尙有使用物 理性發泡劑之方法。上述物理性發泡劑可舉無機及有機性 之試劑。適當的無機性發泡劑之種類有二氧化碳、氮、氫、 水、空氣和氨。有機性發泡劑之種類有碳數爲1至9之脂 ----— — — — —— — — 裝 ------訂---------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 157 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明（158) 肪族碳化氫，碳數爲1至3之脂肪族醇類，以及碳數爲1 至4之完全或局部鹵化之碳化氫等。脂肪族碳化氫之具體 例舉有甲烷、乙烷、丙烷、正丁烷、異丁烷、正戊烷、異 戊烷及新戊烷。脂肪族醇類之具體例舉有甲醇、乙醇、正 丙醇及異丙醇等。完全與局部鹵化的碳化氫之例舉有氟化 碳類，氯化碳類以及氯·氟化碳類》氟化碳之例舉有甲基 氟化物、全氟甲烷、乙基氟化物、1，1-二氟乙烷（HFC-152a)、1，丨，1-三氟乙烷（HFC-143a)、四氟化乙烷 (HFC-134a)、1,1,1,2-四氟乙烷、五氟化乙烷、二氟化甲 烷、全氟乙烷、2,2-二氟丙烷、1，1,1-三氟丙烷、全氟丙 烷、二氯丙烷、二氟丙烷、全氟丁烷、全氟環丁烷等。本 發明中所使用局部鹵化氯化碳以及氯、氟化碳之例舉有甲 基氯化物、二氯甲烷、乙基氯化物、1，1，1-三氯乙烷、1，1-二氯-1-氟化乙烷（HCFC-141b&gt;、1-氯-1，1-二氟化乙烷 (HCFC-142b)、氯二氟化甲烷（HCFC-22)、1,1-二氯-2,2,2-三氟乙烷（HCFC-123)以及1-氯-1，2,2,2·四氟化乙烷 (HCFC-124)等。完全鹵化氯氟化碳之例舉有三氯-氟甲烷 (CFC-11)'二氯二氟化甲烷（CFC-12)、三氯三氟化乙烷 (CFC-113)' 1，1，1-三氟化乙烷、五氟化乙烷 '二氯四氟化 乙烷（CFC-114)、氯七氟化丙烷以及二氯六氟化丙烷等。 製造發泡性聚合物凝膠時，配合在聚合物熔融物所使 用發泡劑量，一般爲0.2至5.0莫耳/kg聚合物，其中以 0.5至3.0莫耳/kg聚合物爲宜。在1.0至2.50莫耳/kg聚 合物範圍爲最宜。 ------------裝--------訂-!丨！線 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210x297公釐） 158 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 0 A7 __B7_ 五、發明說明（159) 本發明之發泡構造體據ASTMD-2765-S4之A法測 定，一般具有5至90%範圍內交聯密度，其中以具有30 至70%範圍之交聯密度爲更宜。 本發明之發泡構造物具有未滿500kg/m3之密度，其 中以未滿2 5 0kg/m3爲宜，以具有未滿150kg/m3之密度爲 最宜&lt;•本發明之發泡構造體據光學顯微鏡等所観測 &gt; 一般 具有50//in至5.0mm之平均細孔徑，其中以100/zm至 3.0mm範圍爲宜。 本發明之發泡構造體可任意爲密閉氣泡或開放氣泡。 據ASTMD2 856-A法所測定本發明之發泡構造體乃多於90 %係密閉氣泡。 本發明之發泡構造體可配合各種添加劑。上述添加物 之種類，例如無機塡充劑、安定性控制劑、核劑、色料、 抗氧化劑、除酸劑、紫外光吸收劑、耐燃劑、加工助劑以 及擠壓助劑等。 墊圈： 墊圈（Gasket)亦爲由乙烯.a·烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A')、（ΑΗ&gt;、（Α’&quot;）所構成。該墊圈在不污 染內容物情形之下，具有多種容器之壓縮密封功能《本發 明說明書中所揭示的新穎墊圏材料最適於液體用容器上之 用途。 某種墊圈，尤指當其用途爲熱塡充（hot fill)用途時， 時間雖然短，但必須能耐高於室溫（約2 5 °C )之特性。例 如必需殺菌之製品，必須裝設具有1 0 0 °c以上之熔點的墊 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 159 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明說明（160) 圈。因此，必須隨其用途選擇適當之聚合物，亦即隨該墊 圈所處環境，選擇適當密度之聚合物材料提供墊圈用途。 又，隨最終使用特性之需求，可以將有效量之上述乙 烯· &lt;2-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ'tA11)、 (A’&quot;）與其他聚合物類調配而製造墊圈。上述其他聚合物 類，例如熱可塑性聚合物類（即可熔融加工者），具體而言， 包括高分岐的低密度聚乙烯，不均勻分岐的線性低密度聚 乙烯、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類以及乙烯/丙烯酸共聚物 類等聚合物類。 由上述乙烯烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成 物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（A&quot;_)所製成的墊圈，雖然需要備有充分的 硬度以耐壓縮，然而爲形成適度的密封亦需備有充分的柔 軟性質。因此|使聚合物具有隨所需的硬度，可製得各種 墊圈。本說明書中，硬度之測定以ASTMD-2240爲據，用 肖氏硬度（shore hardness)表示之，例如「肖氏A硬度」、「肖 氏D硬度」等。構成墊圈爲乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙 烯系共聚物組成物（A1)、（A”）、（Α&quot;·)時，共肖氏Α硬度之 範圍，即使爲降低聚合物及所製成墊圈之硬度爲目的而一 般會添加石油系油脂，未添加使用時，亦在70至100之範 圍0 又，在不影響本發明者所發現的特性上之改進範圍， 上述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ、 (A &quot;) ' (A'Η)中可含有添加劑。上述添加劑之種類，例如抗 氧化劑 '磷酸酯、粘結添加劑（例如ΡΙΒ等），增滑劑（例如 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝--------訂i I------線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 160 310465 4388 2 0 A7 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明（⑹）By Flempner and K-C. Frisch, published by Hanser Publishers and published in Munich, Viena, New York, Barcelona (1991). The amount of chemical foaming agent, based on the polymer per kg, can be used to release a sufficient amount of gas or water vapor in the range of 0.2 to 5.0 Omol, of which 0.5 to 3.0 mol is appropriate to release 1.2 to 2.50 A mol amount of gas or a sufficient amount of water vapor is used as the blowing agent in combination with the polymer substance to produce the beneficial cross-linking agent based on the foamed structure of the present invention, which is an organic peroxide. Useful for the organic peroxide crosslinking agent, such as ι, ι-di-third-butylperoxy-3, 3,5-trimethylcyclohexane: dicumyl peroxide, 2,5 -Dimethyl-2,5-di (third butyl peroxide) hexane; 1-butyl cumene peroxide, α, α bis (butyl peroxide) -dicumene, di- Third butyl peroxide and 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di- (third butyl peroxide) hexane. For further information on the use of dicumyl peroxide as the best reagent, organic peroxide crosslinkers, see pages 198 to 204 of the aforementioned publication by C. P. Park. Crosslinking using radiation can usually be performed by any kind. Useful radiation types. For example, electron beam or 7-wire, X-ray or neutron. The radiation is crosslinked by the occurrence of a polymer group, and it is presumed that the group aggregates and crosslinks. Further information on radiation cross-linking can also be found on pages 198 to 204 of the aforementioned publication by C. P. Park. Among several methods for producing the foamed structure of the present invention, there is a method using a physical foaming agent. Examples of the physical foaming agent include inorganic and organic agents. Suitable types of inorganic blowing agents are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, water, air, and ammonia. Types of organic foaming agents are fats with a carbon number of 1 to 9 ------------------------------------------------ Order (Please read first Note on the back page, please fill in this page again) This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 157 310465 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 _B7_ V. Description of Invention (158) Fatty hydrocarbons, aliphatic alcohols with 1 to 3 carbons, and fully or partially halogenated hydrocarbons with 1 to 4 carbons. Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon include methane, ethane, propane, n-butane, isobutane, n-pentane, isopentane and neopentane. Specific examples of the aliphatic alcohols include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, and isopropanol. Examples of fully and partially halogenated hydrocarbons include fluorocarbons, chlorinated carbons, and chlorocarbons. Examples of fluorinated carbons include methyl fluoride, perfluoromethane, ethyl fluoride, 1 1,1-difluoroethane (HFC-152a), 1, 丨, 1-trifluoroethane (HFC-143a), tetrafluoroethane (HFC-134a), 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoro Ethane, ethane pentafluoride, methane difluoride, perfluoroethane, 2,2-difluoropropane, 1,1,1-trifluoropropane, perfluoropropane, dichloropropane, difluoropropane, all Fluorobutane, perfluorocyclobutane, etc. Examples of the partially halogenated carbon chloride, chlorine and carbon fluoride used in the present invention include methyl chloride, methylene chloride, ethyl chloride, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, and 1,1-dichloromethane. Chloro-1-fluorinated ethane (HCFC-141b &gt;, 1-chloro-1,1-difluorinated ethane (HCFC-142b), chlorodifluorinated methane (HCFC-22), 1,1-dichloro -2,2,2-trifluoroethane (HCFC-123) and 1-chloro-1,2,2,2,2 · tetrafluoroethane (HCFC-124), etc. Examples of fully halogenated chlorofluorocarbons There are trichloro-fluoromethane (CFC-11) 'dichlorodifluoromethane (CFC-12), trichlorotrifluorethane (CFC-113)' 1, 1,1-trifluoroethane, pentafluoro Ethane 'dichlorotetrafluoroethane (CFC-114), chloroheptafluoropropane, and dichlorohexafluoropropane, etc. When producing foamable polymer gels, blend with the polymer melt The bubble dosage is generally 0.2 to 5.0 moles / kg polymer, of which 0.5 to 3.0 moles / kg polymer is preferred. The range of 1.0 to 2.50 moles / kg polymer is most suitable. ------ ------ Installation -------- Order-! 丨! Line {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper is also applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications 210x297 mm) 158 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 0 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention (159) The foamed structure of the present invention is measured according to ASTM A-2765-S4 method A, and generally has 5 to A cross-link density in the range of 90%, with a cross-link density in the range of 30 to 70% being more preferred. The foamed structure of the present invention has a density of less than 500 kg / m3, of which a weight of less than 250 kg / m3 is preferable, and a density of less than 150 kg / m3 is most suitable &lt; • the foamed structure of the present invention According to optical microscopy, etc., it generally has an average pore diameter of 50 / in to 5.0 mm, with a range of 100 / zm to 3.0 mm being preferred. The foamed structure of the present invention may be a closed cell or an open cell. According to ASTM D2 856-A method, the foamed structure of the present invention is more than 90% closed air bubbles. Various additives can be added to the foamed structure of the present invention. The types of the additives mentioned above include, for example, inorganic fillers, stability control agents, nuclear agents, colorants, antioxidants, acid scavengers, ultraviolet light absorbers, flame retardants, processing aids, and extrusion aids. Gasket: Gasket is also made of ethylene.a · olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΗ &gt;, (Α' &quot;). The gasket is not contaminated. Under the circumstances, it has the function of compressing and sealing multiple containers. The novel gasket material disclosed in the description of the present invention is most suitable for liquid containers. A gasket, especially when its use is hot fill In use, although the time is short, it must be able to withstand higher than room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). For example, for products that must be sterilized, a pad with a melting point above 100 ° c must be installed. -------------- Order --------- Line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 159 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention (160) circle. Therefore, the appropriate polymer must be selected according to its use, that is, with the gasket. Environment, choose the appropriate density of polymer materials to provide gasket applications. Also, with end-use characteristics If necessary, an effective amount of the above-mentioned ethylene &lt; 2-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ'tA11), (A '&quot;) and other polymers can be blended to manufacture a gasket. Other polymers, such as thermoplastic polymers (that is, melt processors), specifically, including high-density low-density polyethylene, non-uniformly-differentiated linear low-density polyethylene, and ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers And polymers such as ethylene / acrylic copolymers. Gaskets made of the above-mentioned ethylene-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A &quot; _), although Sufficient hardness is required to withstand compression, but sufficient softness is required to form a moderate seal. Therefore, making the polymer with the required hardness can produce various gaskets. In this specification, the hardness measurement Based on ASTMD-2240, it is expressed by shore hardness, such as "Shore A hardness", "Shore D hardness", etc. The gasket is made of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene. Copolymer composition For (A1), (A "), (Α &quot; ·), the range of the Shore A hardness is common. Even if the purpose is to reduce the hardness of the polymer and the gasket made, petroleum-based grease is generally added. In the range of 70 to 100, and in the range of improvement that does not affect the characteristics found by the present inventors, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ, (A &quot;) '(A'Η) may contain additives. Types of the above additives, such as antioxidants' phosphates, bonding additives (such as PIB, etc.), slip agents (for example (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this (Page) Installation -------- Order i I -------- The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 160 310465 4388 2 0 A7 ____B7 _ V. Invention description (⑹)

Elcamide等）、抗疊粘劑、色料等。 &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 墊圈可爲各種形態，例如包括〇-環及平片密封（例如 隨用途而具有相對應厚度之各種薄膜狀墊圈）等。 蟹圈之適切的最終用涂如下： 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 例如飮料用封蓋襯墊 '熱塡充果汁用封蓋襯墊、聚丙 烯製封蓋襯墊、金屬製封蓋襯墊，高密度聚乙烯製封蓋襯 墊、玻璃窗用墊圈、密封容器密封用封蓋、醫學裝置用墊 圈、濾器元件、排除壓力用墊圈、熱熔融墊圈、易扭開蓋 (easy twist off cap)、電化學電池用墊圈、電冰箱用墊圏、 伽伐尼電池（Galvanic cell)用墊圈、保証不漏洩電池（Leak proof cell)用墊圈、防水片料' 可再利用墊圈、合成軟木 狀材料、細薄電池電子膜分離裝置、磁氣橡膠材料、酒精 飮料用瓶蓋用圚盤型墊圈（片）、耐冷凍用封口環、塑模塡 裝用墊圈、伸縮性連接器和水栓、耐蝕性導管接頭、軟質 磁氣塑膠、管接頭封口、整體型耐候塑膠蓋及輸電用鉸鏈、 磁氣面發泡品（Magnetic faced foamed articles)、注塑機鎮 模裝置防震墊片、軟式墊圈、玻璃封口、惡作劇証據用封 口墊片、壓力裝置用、瓶蓋連吸管容器、大瓶調味料用瓶 蓋襯墊1蘋果醬或沙爾沙瓶用金屬封蓋襯墊、家庭加工罐 頭用廣口瓶襯墊、瓶冠蓋用襯墊等。 由上述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系聚合物組成 物（A1)、（A”）、（Α'”）所製成的墊圈，特別是提供食品用途 時具備多項優點。該優點中，與現在所常用聚合物製墊 圈比較，例如乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物比較，在香味方面 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 161 310465 438820 A7 ______B7_ 五、發明說明（I62) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 有甚大改進，對於極性材料（例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯， 玻璃等）之粘接性低（該性狀對於開啓密封容器/封蓋時降 低扭矩有益），對於非極性材料（例如聚丙烯和高密度聚乙 烯（線性均聚物之聚乙烯或線性不均一高密度聚乙烯等）的 粘接性良好，具有充分的氧氣，二氧化碳及水之遮斷能力， 較現在使用的聚合物類（例如乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等） 具有較高的熔點，具備良好的抗應力龜裂性、耐化學藥劑 性良好，可改變硬度（例如特定包裝中，密封容器所需扭 矩程度以及該容器內部壓力之不同，有必要調整墊圈硬度 之大小時方便）等優點皆包括之。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上述種種墊圈之製造技術均已揭示在下列資料中。例 如美國專利第5,2丨5,5 8 7號公報（1^(：〇111^11〇£1^等人）；美 國專利第4,085,1 86號公報（Rainer);美國專利第4,619,848 號公報（Knight等人）；美國專利第5,1 04,7 10號公報（Knight 等人）；美國專利第4,981，231號公報（Knight等人）；美國專 利第4,717,034號公報（]^1^(^(1);美國專利第3,7 8 6,954號 公報（Shull);美國專利第3,779,965號公報（Lefforge等人）； 美國專利第3,493,4 53號公報（Ceresa等人）；美國專利第 3,1 83,1 44號公報（Caviglia);美國專利第3,300,072號公報 (〇3?丨£1丨&amp;);美國專利第4,9 84,7 03號公報（31^¥1^1^);美 國專利第3,41 4,938號公報（cauiglia);美國專利第4,939,859 號公報（Bayer);美國專利第5，137，164號公報（Bayer);以 及美國專利第5,000,992號公報（Kelch)。 本說明書中所申請專利之墊圈亦可利用一般技術|例 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS〉A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 162 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 438820 A7 __B7_ 五、發明說明（163) 如擠壓加工片料或膜片製造方法，例如吹塑膜片製法，鑄 塑膜片製法或擠壓覆蓋膜片製法製得片料或膜片，再冲切 或切割而製造之。本說明書中所掲示的墊圈製造上，亦可 使用多層膜片構造物，但其中至少一層（較宜爲鄰接製品 位置之內層）使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚 物組成物（A J、（A1')，（Α’&quot;）而構成。含乙烯.烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)之發泡多層 墊圈在本發明中亦甚爲有用。 擠壓加工製品： 擠壓加工製品包括擠壓加工塗層製品（Extrusion coated article)、擠壓型材加工型態製品以及擠壓加工鑄 塑膜片等，上述皆由乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α'&quot;)所製成。 又，上述乙烯.α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組 成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（A&quot;·)亦可與其他聚合物材料摻合而利用， 使用上述材料可製成單層或多層構造製品，例如可製成封 口劑、粘接劑或結合層等構造物。爲修飾加工性、膜片強 度，熱封性或粘接性爲目的，亦可使用乙烯· α -烯烴共 聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A'·)、（Α'&quot;)與其他聚 合物材料之摻合物。 另外，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成 物（A')、（A”）、（Α’&quot;）亦可利用其化學性及/或物理性修飾形 態而使用。上述修飾技術可以採用任何周知的技術而達 成，例如離子絡聚物化與擠壓加工接枝化等技術皆可應 — 11111 — — — — — — « — — — — —I— « — — ill — — — I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 163 310465 4388 2 0 A7 __B7_ 五、發明說明（1M) 用。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本說明書中，牽伸（drawdown)乃意指熔融聚合物擠壓 加工品（extrudate，包括料片或長絲）按機械方向或有時（輕 而同時）朝橫方向拉伸之操作。 本說明書中，縮幅（neck-in)乃意指模寬及引出處之擠 壓加工品的寬度或製造品之最終寬度的收縮差値，上述收 縮差値會受擠壓加工品之膨脹及輕微程度之表面張力效果 的影響。縮幅測定値（在一定輸出下）在牽伸率提高，亦維 持一定或隨而降低，一般的乙烯聚合物類隨分子量降低/ 或分子量分布縮小，其縮幅値已知會提高。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又，乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A1)、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;')中，在不影響本發明硏究者所發現高牽 伸及實質上降低的縮幅値之範圍內，可含有例如抗氧化 劑、磷酸酯類、粘結劑（例如ΡΙΒ等）、Standostab PEPQ(商 標品，Sundoz公司提供）、色料、着色劑及塡充劑等添加 劑。乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、 (A”）、（Α'&quot;)中，亦可含有抗疊粘性和提升摩擦係數特性用 添加劑（例如未處理和處理之二氧化矽、滑石、碳酸鈣及 粘土，再加上第一級、及二級以及取代脂肪酸之醯胺類等， 但上述例舉並非局限使用範圍），冷卻輥用剝離劑，矽氧 被覆材料等。又如Niemann氏在美國專利第4,486,552號公 報中的記述，例如添加可提升透明擠塑薄膜之消霧性 (anti-fogging)用的其他添加劑亦是可行。爲改進本發明之 被膜、外觀以及膜片之抗靜電性，例如包裝對電子敏感的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 164 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 _B7 五、發明說明（165) 製品或使之可行製造，尙可使用其他添加劑，例如單獨使 用第四級銨化物或與乙烯一丙烯酸（E A A)共聚物類或其他 官能性聚合物類配合而添加使用。 含有乙烯· 烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;_)之多層構造物可以採用任何周知方法製 成，該方法包括擠壓加工 '層合加工和其組合之方法。乙 烯· α -烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（Α'·)、 (Α'&quot;)可使用共擠壓加工操作，該時可使用具有較高牽伸 材料，而在本質上載持一種以上之顯示較低牽伸材料。 不論乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A')、（A”）、（Α&quot;_)爲單層構造或多層構造，均可使用擠壓 塗屬加工、擠壓型材加工以及擠壓加工鑄塑膜片製造方 法。乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α’）、 (A”）、（Α1&quot;)作爲塗層目的或多層構造目的而使用時，其底 材或鄰接材料層可任意爲極性或非極性，此等材料中可包 括紙製品 '金屬、陶磁、玻璃以及各種聚合物，尤指其他 聚烯烴以及上述之配合組成，但上述例舉並非局限其所使 用種類範圍不待說明。擠壓型材加工材料可以加工製成各 種製品，該製品包括電冰箱用墊圈、金屬絲及繩索之外罩、 金屬絲塗料、醫學用管材與配水管等，但上述例舉自然並 非局限其種類範圍。使用乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A')、 （ΑΜ)、（Α’&quot;）所製成的擠壓加工平 擠薄膜可提供食品包裝及產業用伸縮包裝（Stretch wrap)用 途0 ------------^ ml— —----I _線 I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 165 310465 438820 A7 __B7___ 五、發明說明（l66) 管（pipe):管乃由前述乙烯· a-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙 烯系共聚物組成物（A·)、（A”）、（A’&quot;）之矽烷改質物所製成。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 矽烷改質乃前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（Α'Μ)中加入自由基引發劑及矽烷 化合物，再使用例如韓蘇混合機（Hennschelmixer)等適當 的混合機混合，然後以擠壓機、萬馬力混煉機（Banbury mixer)等，加熱至M0至250°C左右，加熱、混煉並施以加 熱接枝反應而製成。 矽烷改質反應中所使用自由基引發劑之種類，例如 2.5-二甲基-2.5-雙（第三丁基過氧化）己烷，2.5-二甲基- 2.5-雙（第三丁基過氧化）己炔·3等爲較宜。 矽烷改質反應中所使用矽烷化合物之種類，以具有末 端乙烯基及烷氧基等可以加水分解的有機基之矽烷化合物 爲較宜，其具體例舉以乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙 氧基矽烷等爲較佳。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 管及由前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A')、（A&quot;)、（A’H)之矽烷改質物之成型體經交聯而 成。該成型體配合以矽烷醇縮合催化劑後，通常使用管材 成型機而製成管狀物。 上述矽烷醇縮合催化劑之種類，可採用促進矽烷醇基 間之脫水縮合反應用催化劑用途之周知化合物。另外，使 用矽烷醇縮合催化劑以及改質前之直鏈狀聚乙烯另外製成 母料（Master batch)，然後以此與矽烷改質直鏈狀聚乙烯 同時藉韓蘇混煉機、Y型混合機進行乾燥混合後，然後使 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 166 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4388 2 Ο Α7 _Β7___ 五、發明說明（I67) 用此混合物作爲管狀物成型用途亦可行。 所成型的管，通常在常溫至130°C下，在水中，水蒸 汽中或多濕環境下與水接觸1分鐘至1星期時間=據此，藉 矽烷醇催化劑得以進行矽烷交聯反應而製成交聯管。 上述管可調配以耐熱安定劑、抗氧化劑、耐候安定劑、 塩酸吸收劑、潤滑劑，有機或無機系色料、碳黑1防止眼 垢劑、耐燃劑、抗靜電劑、塡充劑等。 射出成塑物： 射出成型物係將前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯 系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α&quot;')施以射出成型而得。射 出成型物可使用已往周知的射出成型設備而製造，其成型 條件亦可採用已往周知的條件。 本發明之射出成型物具備優異的耐熱性、耐環境應力 破壞性。 雷纘譁層= 電纜護層乃指保護電纜或電纜用之護層（一般指最外 層之護層）。 電纜護層由前述乙烯·《-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α'Μ)製造，必要時可添加已往周 知的耐熱安定劑、耐候安定劑、碳黑、色料、耐燃劑、抗 氧化劑等而製成。 電纜護層之發生50%龜裂時間（F5I3)(依據ASTMD 1698) 在600小時以上，錐形磨損試驗（據nSK7204，載重lKg ， 磨耗輪CS-17，60rpm，1000次）所測定的磨損量爲lOmg以 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝------訂----—丨！ 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 167 310465 A7 438820 B7_ 五、發明說明（168) 下，而在-40°C下所測定的懸臂樑衝擊強度（Izod impact value，依據ASTMD，256，備有v型切痕）爲40J/m2以上爲 較宜。 上述電纜護層可使用前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或 乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（A&quot;1)按照已往周知的擠 壓塗層形成方法而製造之。 此種電纜護層具有耐環境應力破壞性、耐磨損性以及 低溫下之耐衝擊性。 前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物 (A’）、（ΑΗ)、（Α’&quot;）可在下述高牽伸擠壓方法中使用。 高牽伸擠壓方法係使用前述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α) 或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A”）、（Α〜）或包括上述原料 之組成物（以下，或稱爲熱可塑性組成物。）爲基材，藉擠 壓塗層加工或平擠薄膜方法製造之。該方法包括如下步 驟： (i) 至少在一架擠壓機中供應熱塑性組成物， (ii) 將該熱可塑性組成物熔融混合，至少形成一個聚 合物流層， (iii) 將該熔融聚合物流層經過模頭擠出而產生主要料 片， 上述方法之改進如下： (i)將上述擠壓機以每分鐘152公尺以上速度操作，然 後， U)將上述料片牽伸在上述材料上，藉此利用上述 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装--------訂·！-----_ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 168 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明（169) 熱可塑性組成物之至少一層覆蓋在上述材料上，或 (b)將上述料片冷卻，牽伸在引出裝置上，使用上 述熱可塑性組成物之至少一層而製造上述薄膜， (ii)繼之，使用時將上述覆蓋之材料或上述薄膜進行 輸送或收集。 採用本發明方法時，較使用已往的齊格勒催化劑所製 造之己烯聚合物類所得者，可得較低縮幅、較高牽伸率及 較商耐牽伸共振性（draw resonance;溶體流動不安定現 象）。 本說明書中，所使用牽伸（draw down)—詞乃指將熔 融的聚合物擠壓物（包括料片或長絲狀物）朝機械方向或有 時朝橫方向（輕微但同時）拉伸或延伸之情況 本說明書中，以模寬及引出位置之料片寬度之差距定 義爲縮幅，（neck-in)，此乃擠壓物受到膨脹之影響，雖然 輕微仍會受表面張力效果之影響。測定縮幅値（在一定輸 出下）在牽伸率提升下維持一定或隨之降低。一般的乙烯 聚合物類之縮幅値乃通常隨分子量之降低/或隨分子量分 布之狹小，已知會升高。 本發明中，上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共 聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α1&quot;)中可含有例如抗氧化劑、磷 酸酯類、粘結添加劑（例如ΡΙΒ等）、Standostab PEPQ(商標 名，Sundoz公司製品），色料、着色劑 '塡充料等添加劑。 該擠壓薄膜或膜片亦可含有抗疊粘劑及提升摩擦係數性狀 之添加劑等，其種類例如未處理及處理的二氧化矽、滑石、 ------------装--------訂--------I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 169 310465 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 438820 A7 _B7 五、發明說明（Π0) 碳酸鈣及粘土等，以及第一級、第二級及取代脂肪酸之酸 胺類、冷卻輥離模劑、矽氧塗層劑等，但上述例舉並非局 限其範圍不待說明。例如美國專利第4,486,552號公報中， 由Niemann所記載，例如亦可添加改進透明之平擠薄膜之 防霧劑（anti-fogging)。另外，爲改進本發明之薄膜及膜片 之防止靜電性以便包裝對於電子敏感的材料使闱，也可以 添加例如第四級銨化物等，或單獨使用或配合在乙烯-丙 烯酸（E A A)共聚物類或其他官能性聚合物類同時添加使 用。 本發明之組成物及製品之製造上所使用乙烯· α-烯 烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A')、（Α'_)、（Α’1·)，不 論其結果所產生的是薄膜或所使用塗層的單層構造物或多 層構造物，可與線性乙烯聚合物類及/或高壓乙烯聚合物 類同時混合，或作爲唯一樹脂狀聚合物成分而使用。又該 乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α’）、 (A &quot;)、（Α'&quot;)亦可與均聚物類同時混合，或更與其他聚合物 類混合而改善其加工性、薄膜強度、熱密封性或粘接性能 等。 上述能與該乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A')、（ΑΜ)、（Α&quot;')同時混合的若干適當材料，雖非 限定在下述種類，例如低密度乙烯聚合物' 高壓低密度乙 烯均聚物（LDPE)，乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物（EVA)，乙烯一 羧酸共聚物類以及乙烯丙烯酸酯共聚物類，再加上由低壓 至中壓所製造之烯烴聚合物類，例如聚丁烯（PB)以及乙烯 ------------^--------訂---------線 I (請先閱讀背面之沒意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210x297公釐） 170 310465 A7 438820 B7__ 五、發明說明（m) /α-烯烴聚合物類（其中包含高密度聚乙烯、中密度聚乙 烯、聚丙烯'乙烯/丙烯共聚物類，線性低密度聚乙烯（LLDPE) 以及超低密度聚乙烯等），以及接枝改質聚合物類，還有 上述之組合物等皆可採用。 適當的尚壓法乙儲系共聚物類有Mckinney等人在美國 專利第4,599,392號公報中所記述，乙烯與至少一種之α、 汐-乙烯系不飽和共聚物類（例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸以及 乙酸乙烯酯等）混合共聚合反應而得的共聚合物類包括其 中。上述適當的高壓法乙烯系共聚物類，占整體共聚物中 之0·1至55重量％，其中以占1至35重量％爲較宜，以占2至 2 8重量％爲最宜，上述尙可以由任何周知技術，例如離子 絡聚物擠壓接枝化等化學及/或物理方法改質者亦包括 之。 然而，較佳的聚合物摻合物中，至少含有一種乙烯· 〇：-烯烴共聚物（八）或乙烯系共聚物組成物（八’）、（八'_)、 (Α’Μ)，而且其含量占全體摻合組成物之至少約5%，其中 占摻合組成物之至少約10%爲較宜。 本發明之多層塗層及薄膜，不論在一層或多少層，至 少含有一種上述乙烯· CK-烯烴共聚物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物 組成物（A J、（A&quot;)，（Α'&quot;)在其中。多層薄膜及塗層構造物 時，其最適條件係外側層（本技術領域中或稱爲表層或表 面層）以及封合層中至少含有一種上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)或乙烯系共聚物組成物（A’）、（A&quot;)、（Α’&quot;）。 本發明之摻合組成物可採用本技術領域中所周知的任 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 装-------訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規袼（210 X 297公釐） 171 310465 438820 A7 B7 五、發明說明（172) 何適當方法而製成，該方法包括例如乾式滾桶方法，摻合 或側臂擠壓熔融混合方法’多重反應槽聚合方法等以及上 述方法之組合方法。又本發明之多層構造物亦可採用任何 周知方法製成，該方法包括共擠壓、層合方法以及其組合 方法等。本發明之組成物尙可在示以較高牽伸之材料而本 質上載持較低牽伸之一種以上材料之共擠壓操作中應用》 不論爲單層構造物或多層構造物，本發明之摻合組成物或 非混合組成物，可使用在種種極性以及非極性基材之覆蓋 用途，該基材包括例如紙製品、金屬、陶磁、玻璃以及各 種聚合物類，尤其是其他聚烯烴類以及其組合物等，但上 述例舉並非局限本發明範圍不待說明。 ------I------裝--------訂111111--線 . (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填窝本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員Μ消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 172 310465Elcamide, etc.), anti-adhesive, colorants, etc. &lt; Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) The gasket can be in various forms, such as O-ring and flat sheet seals (such as various film-like gaskets with corresponding thickness according to the application). The appropriate final application of the crab ring is as follows: Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, for example, a cap liner for food stuffing, a cap liner for hot juice filling, a cap liner made of polypropylene, and a metal cap. Gaskets, high-density polyethylene cover gaskets, gaskets for glass windows, gaskets for sealing sealed containers, gaskets for medical devices, filter elements, gaskets for pressure relief, hot-melt gaskets, easy twist off caps cap), gaskets for electrochemical cells, gaskets for refrigerators, gaskets for Galvanic cells, gaskets for Leak proof cells, waterproof sheets, 'recyclable gaskets, synthetic cork-like Materials, thin battery electronic membrane separation devices, magnetic rubber materials, pan-type gaskets (pieces) for bottle caps for alcoholic beverages, freeze-resistant sealing rings, gaskets for mold mounting, flexible connectors and water plugs, Corrosion-resistant conduit joints, soft magnetic plastics, pipe joint seals, integral weather-resistant plastic covers and hinges for power transmission, magnetic faced foamed articles, shock-proof devices for injection molding machines Tablets, soft gaskets, glass seals, sealing gaskets for mischievous evidence, pressure devices, bottle caps with straw containers, bottle cap liners for large bottles of seasonings1 metal cap liners for applesauce or sand bottles, household processing Canned jar liners, crown cap liners, etc. The gasket made of the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based polymer composition (A1), (A "), (A '") has a number of advantages, especially when it is provided for food applications. Compared with the commonly used polymer gaskets, such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, this paper applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) in terms of fragrance. 161 310465 438820 A7 ______B7_ 5. Description of the Invention (I62) (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) There are great improvements, low adhesion to polar materials (such as polyethylene terephthalate, glass, etc.) (this property Good for reducing torque when opening sealed containers / caps), good adhesion to non-polar materials such as polypropylene and high density polyethylene (linear homopolymer polyethylene or linear non-uniform high density polyethylene, etc.) It has sufficient oxygen, carbon dioxide and water blocking ability. It has a higher melting point than the currently used polymers (such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers), and has good stress crack resistance and chemical resistance. Good, can change the hardness (such as the degree of torque required to seal the container and the internal pressure of the container in a particular package, it is necessary to adjust the hardness of the gasket The size and convenience) and other advantages are included. The manufacturing technology for printing the above-mentioned gaskets by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has been disclosed in the following information. For example, US Patent No. 5, 2 丨 5, 5 8 7 (1 ^ (: 〇111 ^ 11〇 £ 1 ^ et al.); U.S. Patent No. 4,085,186 (Rainer); U.S. Patent No. 4,619,848 (Knight et al.); U.S. Patent No. 5,1 04, 7 Gazette (Knight et al.); U.S. Patent No. 4,981,231 (Knight et al.); U.S. Patent No. 4,717,034 () ^ 1 ^ (^ (1); U.S. Patent No. 3,7 8 6,954 Shull; US Patent No. 3,779,965 (Lefforge et al.); US Patent No. 3,493,4 53 (Ceresa et al.); US Patent No. 3,1 83,1 44 (Caviglia); US Patent No. 3,300,072 (〇3? 丨 £ 1 丨 &amp;); U.S. Patent No. 4,9 84,7 03 (31 ^ ¥ 1 ^ 1 ^); U.S. Patent No. 3,41,938 (cauiglia) ; US Patent No. 4,939,859 (Bayer); US Patent No. 5,137,164 (Bayer); and US Patent No. 5,000,992 Kelch). The gaskets applied for patents in this manual can also use general technology. For example, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 438820 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention (163) For example, extrusion sheet or film manufacturing method, such as blown film, cast film or extrusion cover film, and then Made by die cutting or cutting. In the manufacturing of the gaskets shown in this specification, multilayer diaphragm structures can also be used, but at least one layer (preferably the inner layer adjacent to the product location) uses an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer. Composition (AJ, (A1 '), (A' &quot;). Contains ethylene. Olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A), (A &quot;), (Α '&quot;) The foamed multi-layer gasket is also very useful in the present invention. Extrusion products: Extrusion products include extrusion coated articles, extrusion profile products, and extrusion cast films. Sheets, etc., are made of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (A '&quot;). Also, the above-mentioned ethylene.α-olefin The copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A &quot; ·) can also be used by blending with other polymer materials, and the single-layer or multi-layer structure can be made by using the above materials. Products, for example, can be made into structures such as sealants, adhesives or bonding layers. For the purpose of processability, film strength, heat-sealability, or adhesiveness, an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A' ·), (Α '&quot;) Blends with other polymer materials. In addition, ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (A) or ethylene-based copolymer compositions (A'), (A "), (Α '&quot;) also It can be used by its chemical and / or physical modification form. The above modification technology can be achieved by using any well-known technology, such as ion complexation and extrusion processing grafting. — 11111 — — — — — — «— — — — — — I —« — — ill — — — I (Please read the notes on the reverse side before filling out this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 163 310465 4388 2 0 A7 __B7_ 5. For the description of the invention (1M) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) In this manual, drawdown means extrudate of molten polymer. , Including blanks or filaments) by mechanical direction or sometimes (light And at the same time) the operation of stretching in the transverse direction. In this specification, "neck-in" means the shrinkage difference between the die width and the width of the extruded product or the final width of the manufactured product. The rate difference will be affected by the swelling of the extruded product and a slight degree of surface tension effect. Shrinkage measurement (under a certain output) increases in the draft rate, and also maintains a certain or lower, general ethylene polymers As the molecular weight decreases and / or the molecular weight distribution decreases, the shrinkage margin 値 is known to increase. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A1), (A &quot;), (Α &quot; ') does not affect the present invention The researchers found that within the scope of high draft and substantially reduced shrinkage, it may contain, for example, antioxidants, phosphates, binders (such as PIB, etc.), Standostab PEPQ (trademark, provided by Sundoz), Additives such as colorants, colorants and fillers. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), and (A' &quot;) may further contain an additive for improving tack resistance and improving friction coefficient characteristics (for example, Untreated and treated silicon dioxide, talc, calcium carbonate, and clay, plus the first, second, and ammonium substituted fatty acids, but the above examples are not limited to the scope of use), stripping agent for cooling rollers Silicone coating materials, etc. As described by Niemann in US Patent No. 4,486,552, for example, it is also feasible to add other additives for improving anti-fogging of transparent extruded films. In order to improve the present invention, Invented film, appearance, and antistatic properties of the film. For example, the paper size of the paper sensitive to electronics is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). 164 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (165) The product may be made feasible, and other additives may be used, such as the fourth grade ammonium compound alone or with ethylene-acrylic acid (EAA) copolymers Other functional polymers are added and used in combination. Any multilayer structure containing an ethylene · olefin copolymer (A) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), or (A &quot; _) may be used. It is produced by a method including extrusion processing, lamination processing, and a combination thereof. Ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A' ·), (Α '&quot;) Co-extrusion processing operations can be used, in which case materials with higher drafts can be used, while more than one material with a lower draft is inherently supported. Regardless of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) or The ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), and (A &quot; _) have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure, and can be used for extrusion coating processing, extrusion profile processing, and extrusion processing of cast membranes. Production method. When the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), (Α1 &quot;) is used for coating purpose or multilayer structure purpose, the substrate or adjacent material layer thereof It can be polar or non-polar. These materials can include paper products, metals, ceramics, glass, and various polymers, especially other polyolefins and the combination of the above. However, the above examples are not limited to the range of types used. Description. Extrusion processing materials can be processed into various products, including refrigerator gaskets, wire and rope covers, wire coatings, medical pipes and water distribution pipes, but the above examples are not limited to their types. Scope. Extrusion processing and extrusion film made of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΜ), (Α' &quot;) can provide food packaging and Industrial stretch wrap use 0 ------------ ^ ml— —---- I _line I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size Applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Grid (210 X 297 mm) 165 310465 438820 A7 __B7___ 5. Description of the invention (l66) Pipe: The pipe is composed of the aforementioned ethylene · a-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A ·) , (A "), (A '&quot;) made of modified silane. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Silane modification is the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (Α'Μ) Add a free radical initiator and a silane compound, mix with a suitable mixer such as a Hennschelmixer, and then heat it to 0 to 250 ° with an extruder, a Banbury mixer, etc. About C, it is made by heating, kneading, and applying a heating graft reaction. The type of free radical initiator used in the silane modification reaction, such as 2.5-dimethyl-2.5-bis (third butyl peroxy) hexane, 2.5-dimethyl-2.5-bis (third butyl peroxy) Oxidation) Hexyne · 3 is preferred. The type of the silane compound used in the silane modification reaction is preferably a silane compound having a hydrolyzable organic group such as a terminal vinyl group and an alkoxy group. Specific examples include vinyltrimethoxysilane and vinyltrimethoxysilane. Ethoxysilane and the like are preferred. Printed tubes of consumer cooperatives of employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and silane modified products composed of the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymers (A) or ethylene copolymers (A '), (A &quot;), and (A'H) The formed body is crosslinked. This molded article is compounded with a silanol condensation catalyst, and is usually formed into a tube using a tube forming machine. As the kind of the silanol condensation catalyst, a known compound used as a catalyst for promoting dehydration condensation reaction between silanol groups can be used. In addition, a silanol condensation catalyst and straight-chain polyethylene before modification are separately prepared into a master batch, which is then mixed with silane-modified straight-chain polyethylene at the same time by a Hansu mixer and Y-type mixer. After the machine is dried and mixed, then the paper size is adapted to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 166 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4388 2 〇 Α7 _Β7 ___ 5. Description of the invention (I67 ) It is also possible to use this mixture for tube forming. The formed tube is usually contacted with water in water, water vapor or humid environment for 1 minute to 1 week at normal temperature to 130 ° C. According to this, the silane catalyst can be used to make silane cross-linking reaction. Transaction joint management. The tube may be equipped with a heat-resistant stabilizer, an antioxidant, a weather-resistant stabilizer, an acid absorbent, a lubricant, an organic or inorganic colorant, carbon black 1 as an antiscalant, a flame retardant, an antistatic agent, a filler, and the like. Injection molding: The injection molding is obtained by injection molding the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), and (A &quot;'). The injection-molded article can be produced using conventional injection molding equipment, and the molding conditions can also be conventionally known. The injection molded article of the present invention has excellent heat resistance and resistance to environmental stress destruction. Lightning layer = cable sheath refers to the sheath used to protect the cable or cable (usually the outermost sheath). The cable sheath is made of the aforementioned ethylene-"-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A'M), and if necessary, conventional heat-resistant stabilizers, Made of weathering stabilizers, carbon black, colorants, flame retardants, antioxidants, etc. The cable sheath has a 50% cracking time (F5I3) (according to ASTMD 1698) over 600 hours, and the amount of wear measured by the tapered abrasion test (according to nSK7204, load 1Kg, wear wheel CS-17, 60rpm, 1000 times) For lOmg (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Loading -------- Order -------- 丨! The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 167 310465 A7 438820 B7_ V. Description of the invention (168), and the impact strength of the cantilever beam measured at -40 ° C (Izod Impact value, according to ASTMD, 256, with V-shaped notch) is preferably 40J / m2 or more. The said cable sheath can use the said ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A &quot; 1) according to the conventionally well-known extrusion coating formation method. Make it. The cable sheath is resistant to environmental stress, abrasion, and impact at low temperatures. The ethylene-α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΗ), (Α' &quot;) can be used in the following high-drawing extrusion method. The high-drawing extrusion method uses the aforementioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A "), (A ~) or a composition including the above raw materials (hereinafter, Or thermoplastic composition.) Is a substrate manufactured by extrusion coating or extrusion film method. The method includes the following steps: (i) supplying the thermoplastic composition in at least one extruder, ( ii) melt-mixing the thermoplastic composition to form at least one polymer stream layer, (iii) extruding the molten polymer stream layer through a die to produce a main tablet, the improvement of the above method is as follows: (i) the above extrusion The press operates at a speed of more than 152 meters per minute, and then, U) draw the above material on the above material, so as to take advantage of the above (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). --- Order ·! -----_ Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper is printed in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 168 310465 Printed by the cooperative 438820 A7 ____B7 _ V. Description of the Invention (169) At least one layer of the thermoplastic composition is covered on the above material, or (b) the sheet is cooled and drawn on a drawing device, and the above film is manufactured using at least one layer of the thermoplastic composition, ( ii) Next, the above-mentioned covered material or the above-mentioned film is transported or collected during use. When using the method of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a lower shrinkage than that obtained from the hexene polymers produced using the conventional Ziegler catalyst. Width, Higher Draft Rate, and Better Resistance to Draw Resonance (Draw Resonance). In this specification, the term draw down is used to refer to the extrusion of molten polymer When the object (including the sheet or filament) is stretched or extended in the mechanical direction or sometimes in the lateral direction (slightly but at the same time), in this specification, the difference between the die width and the sheet width at the lead-out position is defined as shrinkage. (Neck-in), which is the effect of the extruded material on expansion, although it will be slightly affected by the effect of surface tension. Measurement of shrinkage (under a certain output) to maintain a certain or with the increase of the draft rate Decrease. Generally, the shrinkage ratio of ethylene polymers is known to increase with decreasing molecular weight and / or narrowing molecular weight distribution. In the present invention, the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene copolymerization The composition (A '), (A &quot;), (Α1 &quot;) may contain, for example, antioxidants, phosphates, binding additives (such as PIB, etc.), Standostab PEPQ (trade name, product of Sundoz), colorants Additives such as colorants, tinctures, etc. The extruded film or film may also contain anti-adhesive agents and additives to improve friction coefficient properties, such as untreated and treated silica, talc, --- --------- Installation -------- Order -------- I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 169 310465 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 438820 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (Π0) Calcium carbonate and clay, etc., as well as first, second and substituted fatty acids Acid amines, cooling roll release agent, silicone coating agent, etc., but on Its scope is not mentioned limitations wait for instructions. For example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,486,552, described by Niemann, for example, an anti-fogging agent for improving a transparent flat extrusion film may be added. In addition, in order to improve the antistatic property of the films and membranes of the present invention in order to package materials sensitive to electrons, for example, a fourth-order ammonium compound can be added, or used alone or in combination with ethylene-acrylic acid (EAA) copolymers. Or other functional polymers. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A'_), (A'1 ·) used in the production of the composition and product of the present invention, regardless of the result The resulting monolayer or multilayer structure of the film or coating used can be mixed with linear ethylene polymers and / or high pressure ethylene polymers at the same time, or used as the sole resinous polymer component. The ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) or the ethylene copolymer composition (Α '), (A &quot;), (Α' &quot;) may be mixed with homopolymers at the same time, or with other polymers. Polymers are mixed to improve processability, film strength, heat sealability, and adhesive properties. The above-mentioned suitable materials that can be mixed with the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) or the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (ΑΜ), (Α &quot;') are not limited to the following types, for example: Low Density Ethylene Polymers' High-pressure low-density ethylene homopolymer (LDPE), ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), ethylene-carboxylic acid copolymers and ethylene acrylate copolymers, plus low pressure to medium Olefin polymers, such as polybutene (PB) and ethylene ------------ ^ -------- order --------- line I (Please read the unintentional matter on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) 170 310465 A7 438820 B7__ 5. Description of the invention (m) / α-olefin polymer (Including high-density polyethylene, medium-density polyethylene, polypropylene 'ethylene / propylene copolymers, linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), ultra-low-density polyethylene, etc.), and graft-modified polymers, Also, the above-mentioned compositions can be used. Suitable pressure-storage method B storage copolymers are described by Mckinney et al. In US Patent No. 4,599,392. Ethylene and at least one of α, thia-vinyl unsaturated copolymers (such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and Copolymers obtained by a mixed copolymerization reaction such as vinyl acetate are included. The appropriate high-pressure ethylene copolymers as described above account for 0.1 to 55% by weight of the overall copolymer, with 1 to 35% by weight being preferred, and 2 to 28% by weight being most preferred. Rhenium can be modified by any known technique, such as chemical and / or physical methods such as extrusion extrusion grafting of ionic complexes. However, the preferred polymer blend contains at least one kind of ethylene · 0: -olefin copolymer (eight) or an ethylene-based copolymer composition (eight '), (eight'_), (A'M), And its content accounts for at least about 5% of the total blended composition, with at least about 10% of the blended composition being preferred. The multilayer coating and film of the present invention, at least in one or more layers, contain at least one of the above-mentioned ethylene · CK-olefin copolymer (A) or ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ, (A &quot;), (Α '&quot; ) Among them, in the case of a multilayer film and a coating structure, the optimum conditions are at least one of the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (Α) in the outer layer (also referred to as the surface layer or the surface layer in the technical field) and the sealing layer. ) Or ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), (A &quot;), (A' &quot;). The blend composition of the present invention can adopt any of the well-known in the technical field (please read the notes on the back first) (Fill in this page again.) Packing ------- Ordering --------- Consumption cooperation between employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed paper standards applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 171 310465 438820 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (172) Any suitable method, including, for example, dry barrel method, blending or side-arm extrusion melting mixing method, multiple reaction tank polymerization method, etc. And a combination method of the above methods. And the multilayer of the present invention The creation can also be made by any well-known method, including co-extrusion, lamination method, combination method, etc. The composition of the present invention can be shown as a material with a higher draft but with a lower draft in nature. Application of the above materials in co-extrusion operations》 Whether it is a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure, the blended composition or non-mixed composition of the present invention can be used for various polar and non-polar substrate covering applications. Materials include, for example, paper products, metals, ceramics, glass, and various polymers, especially other polyolefins and their compositions, but the above examples are not limited to the scope of the present invention and need not be described. ------ I-- ---- Equipment -------- Order 111111-line. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the member of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, M Consumer Cooperative, this paper applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 172 310465

Claims (2)

8__Φ公 o 2 o'r 正 I修 H. 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委貝會印製 __________ 第88 103 65 1號專利範圍申請案 申請專利範圍修正本 (89年10月9曰） 1. 一種成型物，其特徵在於：由下述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)而成者，其中乙烯· α·烯烴共聚物（Α): 55至99重量％乙烯及i至45重量％碳原子數爲6 至8之α -烯烴間之共聚合物， (A-i)190°C下之熔融拉力（ΜΤ)及熔體流動速率 (MFR)符合下列所示關係， 9.Ox MFR'°-65&gt; MT&gt; 2.2x MFR ° 84 (A-ii)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所 求得流動活化能量（（Ea)x 10·4 J/mol k)及共聚物中的α 烯烴之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α-烯烴之含有率（X mol%)之間的相關關係符合下式條件： (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)x x + 2.87 &lt;Eax 10'4^ (0.039Ln(C-2)+0.1660)x x+2.87 (A-iii)將該共聚物加以吹塑成型爲厚度30 Am之 膜片時，該膜片之霧度符合下述之相關性， 190°C下的剪切應力到達2.4x l〇6dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)與熔體流動速率 (MFR)爲， FI 2 lOOx MFR 時， 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲6之際，渾濁度&lt;0.45 /l-d)x log(3x MT1 4)x (C-3)° 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國袁標準（CNS )A4規格（210 X 297公D 1 310465 438820 H3 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲7或8之際，渾濁度&lt; 0.50/(l-d)x log(3x MT!·4)- 190°C下之剪切應力到達2.4x 106dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)與熔體流動速率（MFR) 爲， FI &lt; lOOx MFR 時， 當α 烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲6之際，渾濁度&lt; 0.25/ (l-d)x Iog(3x MT14)x (C-3)01 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲7或8之際，渾濁度&lt; 0.50 /(l-d)x log(3x MT1') (但是，上式中d示密度（g/cm3)，MT示熔融拉力 (g)); 其中上述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)係由有機鋁氧化 物&lt;a)，與下列一般式（I)所示過渡金屬化合物中至少選 擇一種過渡金屬化合物（b-I)， ML' X ......(I) 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 (上式中，Μ示週期表第四族中所選擇之過渡金屬 原子，L1示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)之配位基，其中至 少兩個配位基（L1)係由碳數3至10之烷基所選擇至少一 種有機基所構成而具有取代基之環戊二烯基，具有取代 基之環戊二烯基以外的配位基（U)乃係碳數爲1至12 之烷基、烷氧基'芳氧基、三烷基甲矽烷基、鹵素原子 或氫原子，X示過渡金屬（Μ)之原子價）， 與下列一般式（Ε)所示過渡金靥化合物中至少選 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )Α4規格（210 X 297公爱) 2 310465 438820 H3 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 擇一種過渡金屬化合物（b-Π ) ML2X ...... ( H ) (上式中，Μ示週期表第四族中所選擇之過渡金屬 原子，L2示配位於過渡金屬原子（Μ)配位基，其中至少 兩個配位基（L2)乃係甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯 基，而上述甲基環戊二烯基或乙基環戊二烯基以外的配 位基（L2)乃係碳原子數爲1至12之烷基、烷氧基、三烷 基甲矽烷基、鹵素原子或氫原子、X示過渡金屬原子（Μ) 之原子價），所構成之烯烴聚合反應用催化劑之存在 下，由乙烯及碳原子數爲6至8之α-烯烴進行共聚合 反應而成。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之成型物，其中上述乙烯·α-烯烴共聚物（Α)乃係前述有機鋁氧化物（a)、過渡金屬化 合物（b-I)以及過渡金屬化合物（b- Π )，在以載劑（c)載持 烯烴聚合反應用催化劑之存在下，由乙烯及碳數原子數 6至8之α-烯烴共聚合反應而成。 3. —種成型物，其特徵在於：由下列乙烯系共聚物組成物 (Α’）而成，其中乙烯系共聚物組成物（AJ係55至99重 量％乙烯及1至45重量％碳原子數6至8之α -烯烴間之 共聚物（Β)，而 (B-i)密度在 0.890 至 0.935g/cm3 範圍， (B-ii)190°C，2.16kg負載下之熔體流動速率（MFR) 在0.05至50g/10分鐘之範圍， (B-iii)室溫下，癸烷可溶性成分重量比率（w)及密 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210 X 297公董) 3 310465 438820 H3 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 度（d)爲， MFR客l〇g/l〇分鐘時，符合下述關係， W&lt; 80x exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 當MFR &gt;10g/l〇分鐘時，符合下式關係， W&lt; 80x (MFR-9)0 26x exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 (B-iv)以示差掃描型熱量計（簡稱爲DSC)所測定吸 熱曲線之最高峰位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)符合下式所 75關係： Tm &lt; 400x d-248 ' (B-v)190°C下之熔融拉力（MT)與熔體流動速率 (MFR)符合下式所示關係： 9.Ox MFR-°-65&gt; MT&gt; 2.2x MFR 0 8 4 (B-vi)流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所求 得流動活化能量（（Ea)x l(T4j/mol k)與共聚物中的α -烯 烴之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α -烯烴之含有率（X mol%)之間符合下式關係： (0.039Ln(C*2) + 0.0096)x x + 2.87 &lt; Eax 10 4^ (0.039Ln(C-2)+0.1660)x x+2.87 » (B-vii)由GPC所求得重量平均分子量（Mw)及數平 均分子量（Μη)之比率（Mw/Mn)爲2.2&lt; Mw/Mn&lt; 3.5所示 之乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物， 與由55至99重量％乙稀及1至45重量％碳原子數 爲6至8之α -烯烴所構成之共聚物（C)，而 (C-i)密度在 0.880 至 0.960g/cm3範圍， 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210X297公釐) 4 310465 4388 2 Ο Η3 (C-ii)190°C，2.16kg負載下之熔體流動速率（MFR) 在0.05至50g/10分鐘範圍， (C-iii)室溫下，癸烷可溶性成分重量比率（w)及密 度（d)爲， 當MFR S10g/10分鐘時，符合下述關係： W&lt; 80x exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 當MFR&gt;10g/10分鐘時，符合下述關係： W&lt; 80x (MFR- 9 ) 0 2 6 x exp(-100(d-0.88)) + 0.1 (C-iv)以示差掃描型熱量計（DSC)所測定吸熱曲線 之最高峰位置的溫度（Tm)及密度（d)之間符合下式關 係： Tm &lt; 400x d- 248， (C-v)190°C下之熔融拉力（MT)及熔體流動速率 (MFR)係， MTS2.2X MFR 0 8 4， 所示乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物之間所構成之組成物， 共聚物（C)之熔體流動速率（MFR(C))及共聚物（Β) 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 之熔體流動速率（MFR(B))間之比率爲 1&lt; (MFR(C))/(MFR(B))S 20。 4.如申請專利範圍第3項之成型物，其中上述乙烯系共聚 物組成物（A')乃係乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（B)及（C)皆爲乙 烯•己烯-1共聚物，而 (A’-ingOt：下之熔融拉力（ΜΤ)及熔體流動速率 (MFR)符合下式關係： 本紙張尺度適用中國a家標準（CNS)A4規格（210X297公董) 5 310465 438820 H3 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委貝會印製8__Φ 公 o 2 o'r Positive I repair H. Printed by the Employee Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __________ 88 103 65 No. 1 Patent Scope Application Application Amendment of Patent Scope (October 9, 89) 1 A molded article comprising the following ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A), wherein the ethylene · α · olefin copolymer (A): 55 to 99% by weight of ethylene and i to 45% by weight Copolymers of α-olefins with 6 to 8 carbon atoms. (Ai) Melt tension (MT) and melt flow rate (MFR) at 190 ° C meet the relationship shown below, 9.Ox MFR '° -65 &gt; MT &gt; 2.2x MFR ° 84 (A-ii) The flow activation energy ((Ea) x 10 · 4 J / mol k) obtained from the time-temperature overlap of the flow curve and the The correlation between the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin and the content of the α-olefin in the copolymer (X mol%) conforms to the following formula: (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) xx + 2.87 &lt; Eax 10'4 ^ (0.039Ln (C-2) +0.1660) x x + 2.87 (A-iii) When the copolymer is blow-molded into a film with a thickness of 30 Am, the haze of the film conforms to Correlation of 190 When the shear stress at ° C reaches 2.4 x 106 dyne / cm2, the flowability index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate are: FI 2 100x MFR, when the α-olefin When the number of carbon atoms (C) is 6, the turbidity &lt; 0.45 / ld) x log (3x MT1 4) x (C-3) ° 1 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male D 1 310465 438820 H3 Turbidity &lt; 0.50 / (ld) x log (3x MT! · 4)-190 ° C shear when the number of carbon atoms (C) of α-olefin is 7 or 8 When the shear stress reaches 2.4x 106 dyne / cm2, the fluidity index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate are, when FI &lt; 100x MFR, when the number of carbon atoms of the α-olefin (C) When it is 6, the turbidity &lt; 0.25 / (ld) x Iog (3x MT14) x (C-3) 01. When the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin is 7 or 8, the turbidity &lt; 0.50 / (ld) x log (3x MT1 ') (However, in the above formula, d indicates the density (g / cm3) and MT indicates the melt tensile force (g)); wherein the above-mentioned ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is organic Aluminum oxide &lt; a) is at least selected from the transition metal compounds represented by the following general formula (I) A transition metal compound (bI), ML 'X ...... (I) printed by the Staff Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (in the above formula, M represents the transition metal atom selected in Group IV of the periodic table, L1 represents a ligand located at a transition metal atom (M), of which at least two ligands (L1) are cyclopentyl having a substituent composed of at least one organic group selected from an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms Dienyl, ligands (U) other than cyclopentadienyl having substituents are alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy'aryloxy, trialkylsilyl, and halogen atoms Or hydrogen atom, X is the atomic valence of the transition metal (M)), and at least one of the transition metal compounds shown in the following general formula (E) is selected. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297). ) 2 310465 438820 H3 Printed by the Staff Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to select a transition metal compound (b-Π) ML2X ...... (H) (In the above formula, M shows the selection of the fourth group of the periodic table Transition metal atom, L2 shows coordination at the transition metal atom (M) ligand, of which at least two Position (L2) is methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl, and the above-mentioned methylcyclopentadienyl or ethylcyclopentadienyl ligands (L2) are 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkyl, alkoxy, trialkylsilyl, halogen or hydrogen atoms, X indicates the atomic value of the transition metal atom (M), the catalyst for the polymerization of olefins In the presence, it is made by copolymerizing ethylene and α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms. 2. As for the molded article in the first item of the patent application scope, wherein the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) is the aforementioned organoaluminum oxide (a), transition metal compound (bI), and transition metal compound (b-Π ), Which is formed by copolymerizing ethylene and an α-olefin having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the presence of a catalyst (c) for the catalyst for olefin polymerization. 3. A molded article characterized by being composed of the following ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '), wherein the ethylene-based copolymer composition (AJ-based 55 to 99% by weight ethylene and 1 to 45% by weight carbon atoms) Alpha-olefin interpolymer (B) with a number of 6 to 8 and (Bi) density in the range of 0.890 to 0.935 g / cm3, (B-ii) melt flow rate (MFR) at 190 ° C under a load of 2.16 kg ) In the range of 0.05 to 50 g / 10 minutes, (B-iii) At room temperature, the weight ratio of decane-soluble components (w) and the size of the dense paper are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) 3 310465 438820 H3 The stamp system of the Employee Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (d) is that when the MFR is 10 g / 10 minutes, the following relationship is met, W &lt; 80x exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 When MFR &gt; 10g / 10 minutes, the following relationship is met, W &lt; 80x (MFR-9) 0 26x exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 (B-iv) with differential scanning calorimeter (Abbreviated as DSC) The temperature (Tm) and density (d) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured are in accordance with the relationship of 75 in the following formula: Tm &lt; 400x d-248 '(Bv) Melting tensile force (MT at 190 ° C) ) And melting The flow rate (MFR) conforms to the relationship shown in the following formula: 9.Ox MFR- ° -65 &gt; MT &gt; 2.2x MFR 0 8 4 (B-vi) Time-temperature overlap of the flow curve and the movement activation energy obtained from the overlapping factors (The relationship between ((Ea) xl (T4j / mol k) and the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin in the copolymer and the content of the α-olefin in the copolymer (X mol%) is in accordance with the following formula: 0.039Ln (C * 2) + 0.0096) xx + 2.87 &lt; Eax 10 4 ^ (0.039Ln (C-2) +0.1660) x x + 2.87 »(B-vii) Weight average molecular weight (Mw) determined by GPC ) And the number average molecular weight (Μη) ratio (Mw / Mn) of 2.2 &lt; Mw / Mn &lt; 3.5 ethylene · α-olefin copolymer shown, and 55 to 99% by weight of ethylene and 1 to 45% by weight Copolymer (C) composed of α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, and (Ci) density is in the range of 0.880 to 0.960 g / cm3, and this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ) 4 310465 4388 2 Η (3 (C-ii) 190 ° C, melt flow rate (MFR) under a load of 2.16kg in the range of 0.05 to 50g / 10 minutes, (C-iii) decane-soluble components at room temperature The weight ratio (w) and density (d) are, When MFR S10g / 10 minutes, the following relationship is met: W &lt; 80x exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 When MFR> 10g / 10 minutes, the following relationship is met: W &lt; 80x (MFR- 9) 0 2 6 x exp (-100 (d-0.88)) + 0.1 (C-iv) between the temperature (Tm) and the density (d) of the highest peak position of the endothermic curve measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) Meet the following formula: Tm &lt; 400x d- 248, (Cv) Melt tension (MT) and melt flow rate (MFR) at 190 ° C, MTS2.2X MFR 0 8 4, shown as ethylene · α- Composition of olefin copolymers, the melt flow rate (MFR (C)) of copolymer (C) and the melt flow rate (MFR) printed by the Employee Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The ratio between (B)) is 1 &lt; (MFR (C)) / (MFR (B)) S 20. 4. The molded article according to item 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') is an ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) and (C) are both ethylene • hexene-1 copolymers (A'-ingOt: melt tension (MT) and melt flow rate (MFR) below meet the following relationship: This paper size is applicable to China Standard A (CNS) A4 specification (210X297)) 5 310465 438820 H3 Printed by the Staff Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 9.Ox MFR ° 65&gt; MT&gt; 2.2x MFR 0 84 · (AMi)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所 求得流動活化能量（（Ea)x l(T4j/m〇l ]〇及共聚物（B)以及 共聚物（C)中的己烯4之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物（C)與 共聚物（C)中的己烯-1之含有率總和量（X mol%)間之關 係符合下式條件： (0.039Ln(C^2) + 0.0096)x x+2.87 &lt;Eax 10'4^ (0.039Ln(C-2)+0.1660)x x+2.87 (A’-iii)將該共聚物組成物吹塑成型而製成30/zm 厚之膜片時，該膜片之渾濁度符合下式關係： 190°C下之剪切應力達到2.4x 106dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義的流動性指數（FI)和熔體流動速率（MFR) 之關係爲， 當 FI 3 lOOx MFR 時， 渾濁度 &lt; 0.45/(l-d)x log(3x MT14)x (C-3)0·1， 190°C下之剪切應力到達2.4x lOMyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)及熔體流動速率（MFR) 之關係爲， 當 FI &lt; lOOx MFR 時， 渾濁度 &lt; 0.25/( 1·(1)χ log(3x MT14)x (C-3)°1， (但是上式中，d示密度（g/cm3)，MT示熔融拉力 (g)，C示己烯-1之碳原子數，亦即示6)。 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之成型物，其中上述乙烯系共聚 物組成物（A’）乃除符合上述（A’-i)至（A^iii)的必要條件 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )A4規格（210 X 297公褒) 6 310465 4388 2 Ο Η3 之外，再符合下述關係： (Α’-iv)由GPC所求得重量平均分子量（Mw)與數平 均分子量（Mn)之比率（Mw/Mn)之相關符合2.0客Mw/Mn S 2.5。 6. —種成型物，其特徵在於由下列乙烯系共聚物組成物 (AH)而成；其中乙烯系其聚物組成物（A”）： 由申請專利範圍第1項或第2項之乙烯· α-烯烴 共聚物（Α)與下述的另一種乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物（D)而成 之組成物，而乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)係， 由有機鋁氧化物（a)與含有環戊二烯架構之配位基 而屬於週期表第四族之過渡金屬化合物在內的烯烴聚 合反應用催化劑（b-ffl)之存在下，由乙烯及碳原子數爲 3至20之α-烯烴共聚合反應而得，而 (D-i)密度在 0.910 至 0.960g/cm3 範圍， 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委員會印製 (D-ii)135°C下，十氫萘中所測定固有粘度[??]在 0.4至1.25dl/g範圍之乙烯· ce-烯烴共聚物而成的組成 物，（但是乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（A)及乙烯· a-烯烴共 聚物（D)爲不同構造之共聚物）。 7. —種成型物，其特徵在於由下列乙烯系共聚物組成物 (Α&quot;)而成，其中乙烯系共聚物組成物（Α’&quot;）： 由申請專利範圍第3項至第5項之任一項之乙烯系 共聚物組成物（AD與下述乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物而成的組 成物，而上述另一種乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物係， 由有機鋁氧化物U)與含有環戊二烯架構之配位基 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS )Α4規格（210 X 297公货) 7 310465 438820 H3 而屬於週期表第四族之過渡金屬化合物在內的烯烴聚 合反應用催化劑（b-m)之存在下由乙烯及碳原子數爲3 至20之ΰί-烯烴施以共聚合反應而製成，而 (D-i)密度在 0.910 至 0.960g/cm3 範圍， (D-ii)135t下，十氬萘中所測定固有粘度[?/]在 0.4至i.25dl/g範圍之乙烯· α -烯烴共聚物而成的組成 物，（但是乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（Β)及（C)以及乙烯· α-烯烴共聚物（D)並非相同構造）。 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物爲單層之膜片或片料。 9. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物爲多層之膜片或片料。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物爲射出成型物。 11. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物係擠壓成型物。 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委貝會印製 12_如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物係纖維者。 13. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物係發泡成型物者。 14. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項之任一項之成型物，其 中前述成型物係電纜護層者。 本紙張尺度適用干國國家標準（CNS ) Α4規格（210 X 297公#) 8 310465 438820 视川.-9修正 年月63 A5 B5 附件三 經濟部智慧財羞局ΛΚ工消費合作杜印製 、中文發明摘要（發明之名稱：乙嫌·〇：-烯烴共聚物之用途及乙嫌 系共聚物組成物之用途 本發明之目的在獲得具備機械強度、耐熱性、透明性 之任一者優異特性而可供薄膜板片、包裝材料、射出成型 品、發泡成型品、纖維等用途’由乙烯及碳數爲6至8之 α-烯烴而成之共聚物’其熔融拉力與MFR符合特定的相 關性，由流動曲線之時間·溫度重叠的移動因素所求得流動 活化能量及共聚物中的^ ·烯烴之碳數以及共聚物中之α -烯烴含有率符合特定相關性，將該共聚物加以吹塑成形爲 30 厚度之膜片時’該膜片之霧度能滿足特定相關性的 乙烯。α-烯烴共聚物（A)，或與前述（A)實質上具有相同組 成分之組成物而由（Β)乙烯與碳數爲6至8之α-烯烴間的 共聚物以及（C)乙烯與碳數爲6至8之α-烯烴間之共聚物 荚文發明摘要（發明之名稱：σ5Ε OF USE OF --OLEFIN COPOLYMER ? OOPOLYMER COMPOSITION A copolymer (A) of an ethylene and an a -olefin has 6~8 carbon atoms is-useful for making products of a 61m, a sheet, a pacldi^ matefial, an injection molded article, a molded foam article and fibers, the products having aa excellent mechanical strength, heat resistance property, or transparency. The copolymer has a specific relatioa between its melt tension (MT) and MFR, and specific refaiion amoi^ the flow activation energy calculated fix&gt;m a shift &amp;ctor of time-temperaiure superposition of a flow curve, the number of carbon atom of the a-olefin in the copolymer, and the amount of the a -olefin contained in the coporymer. The film made of this-copolymer by inflation forming kaving a thickness of 30 μ m has ΐ haziness meeting a specific requirement. A copolymer composition (A1) containing practKally the same components of the copolymer (A), a copolymer (B) of ethylene and a -oieftn having 6~8 carfeon atoms, and another copolymer (C) of ethylene and a -olefin having 6~8 carbon atoms, with the MFR of (C) and that of (B) being in a specific relation, is equally useful. 本紙浪尺度逍用中國國家揉率（CNS ) A4说格（公釐） 2 (修正頁）3祕5 (請先«讀背面之注*事項再填寫本Ϊ各斕)9.Ox MFR ° 65 &gt; MT &gt; 2.2x MFR 0 84 · (AMi) The flow activation energy ((Ea) xl (T4j / m〇l)) and copolymerization obtained from the time-temperature overlapping movement factors of the flow curve Carbon number (C) of hexene 4 in the substance (B) and copolymer (C) and the sum of the content ratios of the hexene-1 in the copolymer (C) and the copolymer (C) (X mol%) The relationship between them meets the following formula: (0.039Ln (C ^ 2) + 0.0096) x x + 2.87 &lt; Eax 10'4 ^ (0.039Ln (C-2) +0.1660) x x + 2.87 (A'-iii ) When the copolymer composition is blow-molded to make a 30 / zm thick film, the turbidity of the film conforms to the following relationship: When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4x 106 dyne / cm2, The relationship between the fluidity index (FI) and the melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate is that when FI 3 lOOx MFR, the turbidity &lt; 0.45 / (ld) x log (3x MT14) x (C- 3) When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4x lOMyne / cm2, the relationship between the fluidity index (FI) and the melt flow rate (MFR) defined by the shear rate is, when FI & lt At lOOx MFR, the turbidity &lt; 0.25 / (1 · (1) χ log (3x MT14) x (C-3) ° 1, ( In the above formula, d indicates the density (g / cm3), MT indicates the melt tensile force (g), and C indicates the number of carbon atoms of hexene-1, that is, 6). Materials, in which the above-mentioned ethylene-based copolymer composition (A ') is in addition to meeting the requirements of (A'-i) to (A ^ iii) above. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297).褒) In addition to 6 310465 4388 2 〇 Η3, the following relationship is satisfied: (Α'-iv) Correlation between the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) (Mw / Mn) obtained by GPC Compliant with 2.0 Mw / Mn S 2.5. 6. —A molded product, which is characterized by the following ethylene-based copolymer composition (AH); of which the ethylene-based polymer composition (A ”): from the scope of patent application The composition of the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) of item 1 or 2 and another ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) described below, and the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D ) System, the polymerization of olefins including organoaluminum oxide (a) and a transition metal compound belonging to the fourth group of the periodic table with a ligand containing a cyclopentadiene structure In the presence of a catalyst (b-ffl), it is obtained by copolymerization of ethylene and an α-olefin having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the (Di) density ranges from 0.910 to 0.960 g / cm3. The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The employee welfare committee printed (D-ii) a composition made of ethylene · ce-olefin copolymer having an intrinsic viscosity [??] determined in decalin at 135 ° C in the range of 0.4 to 1.25 dl / g, ( However, the ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A) and the ethylene · a-olefin copolymer (D) are copolymers having different structures). 7. A molded article, which is characterized by being composed of the following ethylene-based copolymer composition (A &quot;), wherein the ethylene-based copolymer composition (A '&quot;): from item 3 to item 5 of the scope of patent application Ethylene-based copolymer composition of any one (AD and the following ethylene · α-olefin copolymer composition, and the other ethylene · α-olefin copolymer system mentioned above is composed of organoaluminum oxide U) and The basic paper size of the complex containing the cyclopentadiene structure is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public goods) 7 310465 438820 H3. It is used for the polymerization of olefins including transition metal compounds belonging to the fourth group of the periodic table The catalyst (bm) is made by copolymerization of ethylene and ΰ-olefin having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and (Di) density is in the range of 0.910 to 0.960 g / cm3, and (D-ii) 135t The composition of ethylene · α-olefin copolymer with intrinsic viscosity [? /] In deca argon naphthalene in the range of 0.4 to i.25dl / g, (but ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (B) and (C) and ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (D) are not the same structure). 8. If the molded article according to any one of claims 1 to 7 is applied for, the aforementioned molded article is a single-layer film or sheet. 9. The molded article according to any one of the scope of claims 1 to 7, wherein the aforementioned molded article is a multilayer film or sheet. 10. The molded article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the aforementioned molded article is an injection molded article. 11. The molded article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the aforementioned molded article is an extrusion molded article. Printed by the Staff Welfare Commission of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 12_ If any of the molded items in the scope of items 1 to 7 of the patent application, the aforementioned molded products are fibers. 13. For a molded article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, in which the aforementioned molded article is a foamed molded article. 14. In the case of any one of the items 1 to 7 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the aforementioned molded product is a cable sheath. This paper size applies to the National Standard of Dry Country (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 male #) 8 310465 438820 Shichuan. -9 amendment year 63 A5 B5 Annex III Wisdom and Finance Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Abstract of the Chinese Invention (Name of the invention: Use of ethno-〇: -olefin copolymer and use of ethene-based copolymer composition The object of the present invention is to obtain excellent characteristics of any of mechanical strength, heat resistance and transparency It can be used for film plates, packaging materials, injection molded products, foam molded products, fibers, etc. 'copolymers made of ethylene and α-olefins with 6 to 8 carbons' whose melt tensile force is in accordance with a specific MFR Correlation, which is obtained from the time-temperature overlapping movement factor of the flow curve, and the activation energy of the flow, the carbon number of the olefin in the copolymer, and the α-olefin content in the copolymer conform to a specific correlation. When blow-molded into a 30-thick film, 'the haze of the film satisfies a specific correlation. The α-olefin copolymer (A), or a composition having substantially the same composition as the aforementioned (A) and (B) Copolymer between ethylene and α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbons and (C) Copolymer between ethylene and α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbons Abstract of the Invention (Name of the Invention: σ5Ε OF USE OF --OLEFIN COPOLYMER? OOPOLYMER COMPOSITION A copolymer (A) of an ethylene and an a -olefin has 6 ~ 8 carbon atoms is-useful for making products of a 61m, a sheet, a pacldi ^ matefial, an injection molded article , a molded foam article and fibers, the products having aa excellent mechanical strength, heat resistance property, or transparency. The copolymer has a specific relatioa between its melt tension (MT) and MFR, and specific refaiion amoi ^ the flow activation energy calculated fix &gt; ma shift &amp; ctor of time-temperaiure superposition of a flow curve, the number of carbon atom of the a-olefin in the copolymer, and the amount of the -olefin contained in the coporymer. The film made of this-copolymer by inflation forming kaving a thickness of 30 μ m has ΐ haziness meeting a specific requirement. A copoly mer composition (A1) containing practKally the same components of the copolymer (A), a copolymer (B) of ethylene and a -oieftn having 6 ~ 8 carfeon atoms, and another copolymer (C) of ethylene and a -olefin having 6 ~ 8 carbon atoms, with the MFR of (C) and that of (B) being in a specific relation, is equally useful. ) 3 secrets 5 (please «read the notes on the reverse side before filling in this section each） 而成之乙烯系共聚物組成物（A。，其中（C)之MFR與（B)之 MFR符合特定相關係。 -------„--ϊ----裝— (請先a讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁各襴) 英文發明摘要（發明之^稱： ΤΓ 線 ，局貝工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度遴用中國國家揉準（CNS ) A4規格（210X297公* ) 2-U 修正頁)310465 8__Φ公 o 2 o'r 正 I修 H. 經濟部中央標準局員工福利委貝會印製 __________ 第88 103 65 1號專利範圍申請案 申請專利範圍修正本 (89年10月9曰） 1. 一種成型物，其特徵在於：由下述乙烯· α-烯烴共聚 物（Α)而成者，其中乙烯· α·烯烴共聚物（Α): 55至99重量％乙烯及i至45重量％碳原子數爲6 至8之α -烯烴間之共聚合物， (A-i)190°C下之熔融拉力（ΜΤ)及熔體流動速率 (MFR)符合下列所示關係， 9.Ox MFR'°-65&gt; MT&gt; 2.2x MFR ° 84 (A-ii)由流動曲線之時間-溫度重疊之移動因素所 求得流動活化能量（（Ea)x 10·4 J/mol k)及共聚物中的α 烯烴之碳原子數（C)以及共聚物中的α-烯烴之含有率（X mol%)之間的相關關係符合下式條件： (0.039Ln(C-2) + 0.0096)x x + 2.87 &lt;Eax 10'4^ (0.039Ln(C-2)+0.1660)x x+2.87 (A-iii)將該共聚物加以吹塑成型爲厚度30 Am之 膜片時，該膜片之霧度符合下述之相關性， 190°C下的剪切應力到達2.4x l〇6dyne/cm2時，以剪 切速度所定義之流動性指數（FI)與熔體流動速率 (MFR)爲， FI 2 lOOx MFR 時， 當α-烯烴之碳原子數（C)爲6之際，渾濁度&lt;0.45 /l-d)x log(3x MT1 4)x (C-3)° 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國袁標準（CNS )A4規格（210 X 297公D 1 310465The resulting ethylene-based copolymer composition (A., where MFR of (C) and MFR of (B) conform to a specific relationship. ------- „-ϊ ---- 装 — (Please first aPlease read the notes on the reverse side and fill in each page on this page.) English Abstract of the Invention ) 2-U amendment page) 310465 8__Φ 公 o 2 o'r Positive I repair H. Printed by the Staff Welfare Committee of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs __________ No. 88 103 65 No. 1 Patent Scope Application Application Patent Amendment Scope ( (October 9th, 89) 1. A molded article comprising the following ethylene · α-olefin copolymer (A), wherein the ethylene · α · olefin copolymer (A): 55 to 99 weight % Ethylene and i to 45% by weight interpolymer between α-olefins having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, (Ai) Melt tension (MT) and melt flow rate (MFR) at 190 ° C meet the following Relationship, 9.Ox MFR '° -65 &gt; MT &gt; 2.2x MFR ° 84 (A-ii) The flow activation energy obtained from the time-temperature overlap of the flow curve The correlation between ((Ea) x 10 · 4 J / mol k) and the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin in the copolymer and the α-olefin content (X mol%) in the copolymer is as follows Formula conditions: (0.039Ln (C-2) + 0.0096) xx + 2.87 &lt; Eax 10'4 ^ (0.039Ln (C-2) +0.1660) x x + 2.87 (A-iii) When formed into a film with a thickness of 30 Am, the haze of the film conforms to the following correlation. When the shear stress at 190 ° C reaches 2.4x106dyne / cm2, the fluidity is defined by the shear rate. When the index (FI) and melt flow rate (MFR) are FI 2 lOOx MFR, when the number of carbon atoms (C) of the α-olefin is 6, the turbidity &lt; 0.45 / ld) x log (3x MT1 4 ) x (C-3) ° 1 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male D 1 310465